Nammcesa 000050 PDF

I A E

V2500

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 71
__________
L.E.P. 1- 8 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 13
71-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
1- 9 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

201- 236, MOD.20446P1579 REMOVED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
238-A228 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - PROBE HEAT COMPU-
TER - REPLACE POWER SUPPLY COMPUTERS.
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
REVISED PROCEDURE
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

501-A522 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
REVISED PROCEDURE
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

401- 408, MOD.20446P1579 REMOVED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
410-A408 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - PROBE HEAT COMPU-
TER - REPLACE POWER SUPPLY COMPUTERS.
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
IMPROVED PIN RETENTION CHECK OF THE SOCKETS
(GENERATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR 400VC)

71-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 5
CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

601- 604, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
606- 615

6- 8

416- 421







620- 636


801- 809 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
REVISED ILLUSTRATION

CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------











401- 431 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
DELETED TEM REFERENCE




CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


401- 416, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

418- 483
71-51-44 MOD.20011P0003 INCORPORATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

401- 459 ELECTRICS- GENERATION- DISTRIBUTION-
V.U.S AND AVIONICS- DEFINE SYSTEMS OF
THE BASIC AIRCRAFT-
MOD.20192P0414 INCORPORATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
ELECTRICAL POWER - PROVIDE PROTECTION OF
DOWNSTREAM STATIC INVERTER
MOD.23008P2652 INCORPORATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
POWER PLANT - IAE - INSTALL DERATED
V2500-A5 ON A320 A/C
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,








CES

I A E

V2500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 71-00-00 R 215 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 257 Feb01/10

OF TEMP. 71-00-00 R 216 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 258 Feb01/10
REVISION 71-00-00 R 217 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 259 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 218 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 260 Feb01/10
L.E.P. R 1- 8 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 219 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 261 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 1 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 220 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 262 Feb01/10
T. of C. N 13 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 232 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 274 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 233 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 275 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 1 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 234 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 276 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 2 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 235 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 277 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 3 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 236 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 278 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 4 Feb01/10 71-00-00 237 Aug01/09 71-00-00 R 279 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 5 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 238 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 280 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 6 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 239 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 281 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 7 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 240 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 282 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 8 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 241 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 283 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 9 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 242 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 284 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 201 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 243 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 285 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 202 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 244 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 286 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 203 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 245 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 287 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 204 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 246 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 288 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 205 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 247 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 289 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 206 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 248 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 290 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 207 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 249 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 291 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 208 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 250 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 292 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 209 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 251 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 293 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 210 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 252 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 294 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 211 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 253 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 295 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 212 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 254 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 296 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 213 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 255 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 297 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 214 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 256 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 298 Feb01/10
71-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

71-00-00 R 299 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 522 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 573 Feb01/10

71-00-00 R A200 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 523 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 574 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A201 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 524 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 575 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A202 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 525 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 576 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A203 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 526 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 577 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A204 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 527 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 578 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A205 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 528 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 579 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A206 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 529 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 580 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A207 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 530 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 581 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A208 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 531 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 582 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A209 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 532 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 583 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A210 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 533 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 584 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A211 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 534 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 585 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A212 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 535 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 586 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A213 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 536 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 587 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A214 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 537 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 588 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A215 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 538 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 589 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A216 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 539 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 590 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A217 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 540 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 591 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A218 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 541 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 592 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A219 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 542 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 593 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A220 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 543 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 594 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A221 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 544 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 595 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A222 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 545 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 596 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A223 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 546 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 597 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A224 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 547 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 598 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A225 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 548 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 599 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A226 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 549 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A500 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A227 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 550 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A501 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R A228 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 551 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A502 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 501 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 552 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A503 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 502 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 553 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A504 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 503 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 554 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A505 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 504 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 555 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A506 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 505 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 556 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A507 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 506 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 557 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A508 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 507 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 558 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A509 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 508 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 559 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A510 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 509 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 560 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A511 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 510 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 561 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A512 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 511 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 562 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A513 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 512 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 563 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A514 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 513 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 564 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A515 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 514 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 565 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A516 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 515 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 566 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A517 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 516 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 567 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A518 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 517 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 568 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A519 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 518 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 569 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A520 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 519 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 570 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R A521 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 520 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 571 Feb01/10 71-00-00 N A522 Feb01/10
71-00-00 R 521 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 572 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 401 Feb01/10
71-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

71-00-20 R 402 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 453 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R A404 Feb01/10

71-00-20 R 403 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 454 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R A405 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 404 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 455 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R A406 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 405 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 456 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R A407 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 406 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 457 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R A408 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 407 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 458 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 601 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 408 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 459 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 602 Feb01/10
71-00-20 409 Nov01/07 71-00-20 R 460 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 410 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 461 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 1 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 411 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 462 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 2 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 412 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 463 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 3 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 413 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 464 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 601 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 414 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 465 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 602 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 415 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 466 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 603 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 416 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 467 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 604 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 417 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 468 Feb01/10 71-10-00 605 Nov01/07
71-00-20 R 418 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 469 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 606 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 419 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 470 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 607 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 420 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 471 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 608 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 421 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 472 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 609 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 422 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 473 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 610 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 423 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 474 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 611 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 424 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 475 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 612 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 425 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 476 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 613 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 426 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 477 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 614 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 427 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 478 Feb01/10 71-10-00 R 615 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 428 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 479 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 429 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 480 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 1 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 430 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 481 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 2 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 431 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 482 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 3 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 432 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 483 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 4 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 433 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 484 Feb01/10 71-11-11 5 Nov01/07
71-00-20 R 434 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 485 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 6 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 435 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 486 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 7 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 436 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 487 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 8 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 437 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 488 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 401 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 438 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 489 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 402 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 439 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 490 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 403 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 440 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 491 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 404 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 441 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 492 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 405 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 442 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 493 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 406 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 443 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 494 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 407 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 444 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 495 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 408 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 445 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 496 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 409 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 446 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 497 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 410 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 447 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 498 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 411 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 448 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 499 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 412 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 449 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R A400 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 413 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 450 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R A401 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 414 Feb01/10
71-00-20 R 451 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R A402 Feb01/10 71-11-11 415 May01/09
71-00-20 R 452 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R A403 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 416 Feb01/10
71-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

71-11-11 R 417 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 827 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 208 Feb01/10

71-11-11 R 418 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 828 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 209 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 419 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 829 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 210 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 420 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 830 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 211 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 421 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 831 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 501 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 601 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 832 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 502 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 602 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 833 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 503 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 603 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 834 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 504 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 604 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 835 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 505 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 605 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 836 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 506 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 606 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 837 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 507 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 607 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 838 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 508 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 608 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 839 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 509 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 609 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 840 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 510 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 610 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 841 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 511 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 611 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 842 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 512 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 612 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 843 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 513 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 613 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 844 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 514 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 614 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 845 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 515 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 615 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 846 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 516 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 616 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 401 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 517 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 617 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 402 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 518 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 618 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 403 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 519 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 619 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 404 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 601 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 620 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 405 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 602 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 801 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 406 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 603 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 802 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 407 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 604 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 803 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 408 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 605 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 804 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 409 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 606 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 805 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 410 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 607 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 806 Feb01/10 71-11-43 R 411 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 608 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 807 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 609 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 808 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 1 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 610 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 809 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 2 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 611 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 810 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 3 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 612 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 811 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 4 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 613 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 812 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 5 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 614 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 813 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 6 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 615 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 814 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 7 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 616 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 815 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 8 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 617 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 816 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 9 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 618 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 817 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 10 Feb01/10 71-13-00 619 Nov01/07
71-11-11 R 818 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 11 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 620 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 819 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 12 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 621 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 820 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 201 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 622 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 821 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 202 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 623 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 822 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 203 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 624 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 823 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 204 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 625 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 824 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 205 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 626 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 825 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 206 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 627 Feb01/10
71-11-11 R 826 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 207 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 628 Feb01/10
71-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

71-13-00 R 629 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 608 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 424 Feb01/10

71-13-00 R 630 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 609 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 425 Feb01/10
71-13-00 R 631 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 801 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 601 Feb01/10
71-13-00 R 632 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 802 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 602 Feb01/10
71-13-00 R 633 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 803 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 603 Feb01/10
71-13-00 R 634 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 804 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 604 Feb01/10
71-13-00 R 635 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 805 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 605 Feb01/10
71-13-00 R 636 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 806 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 801 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 401 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 807 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 802 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 402 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 808 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 803 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 403 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 809 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 804 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 404 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 810 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 805 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 405 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 811 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 806 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 406 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 812 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 807 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 407 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 813 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 808 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 408 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 814 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 809 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 409 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 815 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 401 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 801 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 816 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 402 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 802 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 817 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 403 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 803 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 818 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 404 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 804 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 819 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 405 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 805 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 820 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 406 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 806 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 821 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 407 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 807 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 822 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 408 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 808 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 823 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 801 Feb01/10
71-13-11 R 809 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 824 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 802 Feb01/10
71-13-12 R 401 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 825 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 803 Feb01/10
71-13-12 R 402 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 826 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 804 Feb01/10
71-13-12 R 403 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 401 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 805 Feb01/10
71-13-12 R 404 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 402 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 806 Feb01/10
71-13-12 R 405 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 403 Feb01/10 71-13-17 R 807 Feb01/10
71-13-12 R 406 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 404 Feb01/10 71-13-19 R 401 Feb01/10
71-13-12 R 407 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 405 Feb01/10 71-13-19 R 402 Feb01/10
71-13-12 R 408 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 406 Feb01/10 71-13-19 R 403 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 401 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 407 Feb01/10 71-13-19 R 404 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 402 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 408 Feb01/10 71-13-19 R 405 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 403 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 409 Feb01/10 71-13-19 R 406 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 404 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 410 Feb01/10 71-13-19 R 407 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 405 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 411 Feb01/10 71-13-19 R 408 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 406 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 412 Feb01/10 71-13-19 R 409 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 407 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 413 Feb01/10 71-13-19 R 410 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 408 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 414 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 409 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 415 Feb01/10 71-20-00 R 1 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 410 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 416 Feb01/10 71-20-00 R 2 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 601 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 417 Feb01/10 71-20-00 R 3 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 602 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 418 Feb01/10 71-20-00 R 4 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 603 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 419 Feb01/10 71-20-00 R 5 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 604 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 420 Feb01/10 71-20-00 R 501 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 605 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 421 Feb01/10 71-20-00 R 502 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 606 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 422 Feb01/10 71-20-00 R 503 Feb01/10
71-13-14 R 607 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 423 Feb01/10
71-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

71-21-12 R 401 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 403 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 412 Feb01/10

71-21-12 R 402 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 404 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 413 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 403 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 405 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 414 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 404 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 406 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 415 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 405 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 407 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 416 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 406 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 408 Feb01/10 71-51-42 417 Aug01/08
71-21-12 R 407 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 601 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 418 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 408 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 602 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 419 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 409 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 603 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 420 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 410 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 604 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 421 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 411 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 605 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 422 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 412 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 606 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 423 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 413 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 607 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 424 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 414 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 608 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 425 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 415 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 609 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 426 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 416 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 610 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 427 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 417 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 611 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 428 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 418 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 612 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 429 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 419 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 613 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 430 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 420 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 614 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 431 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 421 Feb01/10 71-22-11 R 615 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 432 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 422 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 433 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 423 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 1 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 434 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 424 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 2 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 435 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 425 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 3 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 436 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 426 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 4 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 437 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 427 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 5 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 438 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 428 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 601 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 439 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 429 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 602 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 440 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 430 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 603 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 441 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 431 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 604 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 442 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 601 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 605 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 443 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 602 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 606 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 444 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 603 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 607 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 445 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 604 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 608 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 446 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 605 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 609 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 447 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 606 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 610 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 448 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 607 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 611 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 449 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 608 Feb01/10 71-50-00 R 612 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 450 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 609 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 451 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 610 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 401 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 452 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 611 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 402 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 453 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 612 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 403 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 401 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 613 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 404 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 402 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 614 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 405 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 403 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 615 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 406 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 404 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 616 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 407 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 405 Feb01/10
71-21-12 R 617 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 408 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 406 Feb01/10
71-51-42 R 409 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 407 Feb01/10
71-22-11 R 401 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 410 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 408 Feb01/10
71-22-11 R 402 Feb01/10 71-51-42 R 411 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 409 Feb01/10
71-L.E.P. Page 6
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

71-51-43 R 410 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 461 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 429 Feb01/10

71-51-43 R 411 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 462 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 430 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 412 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 463 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 431 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 413 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 464 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 432 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 414 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 465 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 433 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 415 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 466 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 434 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 416 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 467 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 435 Feb01/10
71-51-43 417 Nov01/07 71-51-43 R 468 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 436 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 418 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 469 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 437 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 419 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 470 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 438 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 420 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 471 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 439 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 421 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 472 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 440 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 422 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 473 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 441 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 423 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 474 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 442 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 424 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 475 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 443 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 425 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 476 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 444 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 426 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 477 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 445 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 427 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 478 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 446 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 428 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 479 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 447 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 429 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 480 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 448 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 430 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 481 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 449 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 431 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 482 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 450 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 432 Feb01/10 71-51-43 R 483 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 451 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 433 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 401 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 452 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 434 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 402 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 453 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 435 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 403 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 454 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 436 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 404 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 455 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 437 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 405 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 456 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 438 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 406 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 457 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 439 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 407 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 458 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 440 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 408 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 459 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 441 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 409 Feb01/10 71-51-49 R 401 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 442 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 410 Feb01/10 71-51-49 R 402 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 443 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 411 Feb01/10 71-51-49 R 403 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 444 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 412 Feb01/10 71-51-49 R 404 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 445 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 413 Feb01/10 71-51-49 R 405 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 446 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 414 Feb01/10 71-51-49 R 406 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 447 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 415 Feb01/10 71-51-49 R 407 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 448 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 416 Feb01/10 71-51-49 R 408 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 449 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 417 Feb01/10 71-51-49 R 409 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 450 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 418 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 451 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 419 Feb01/10 71-52-41 R 401 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 452 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 420 Feb01/10 71-52-41 R 402 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 453 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 421 Feb01/10 71-52-41 R 403 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 454 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 422 Feb01/10 71-52-41 R 404 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 455 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 423 Feb01/10 71-52-41 R 405 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 456 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 424 Feb01/10 71-52-41 R 406 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 457 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 425 Feb01/10 71-52-41 R 407 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 458 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 426 Feb01/10 71-52-41 R 408 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 459 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 427 Feb01/10 71-52-41 R 409 Feb01/10
71-51-43 R 460 Feb01/10 71-51-44 N 428 Feb01/10 71-52-41 R 410 Feb01/10
71-L.E.P. Page 7
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

71-52-41 R 411 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 408 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 604 Feb01/10

71-52-41 R 412 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 409 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 605 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 413 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 410 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 606 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 414 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 411 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 607 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 415 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 412 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 416 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 413 Feb01/10 71-71-42 R 401 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 417 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 414 Feb01/10 71-71-42 R 402 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 418 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 415 Feb01/10 71-71-42 R 403 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 419 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 416 Feb01/10 71-71-42 R 404 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 420 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 417 Feb01/10 71-71-42 R 405 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 421 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 418 Feb01/10 71-71-42 R 406 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 422 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 419 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 401 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 423 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 420 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 402 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 424 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 421 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 403 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 425 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 422 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 404 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 426 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 423 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 405 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 427 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 424 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 406 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 428 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 425 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 407 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 429 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 426 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 408 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 430 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 427 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 409 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 431 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 428 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 410 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 432 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 429 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 411 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 433 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 430 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 412 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 434 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 431 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 413 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 435 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 432 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 414 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 436 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 433 Feb01/10 71-71-43 R 415 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 437 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 434 Feb01/10 71-71-48 R 601 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 438 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 435 Feb01/10 71-71-48 R 602 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 439 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 436 Feb01/10 71-71-48 R 603 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 440 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 437 Feb01/10 71-71-48 R 604 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 441 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 438 Feb01/10 71-71-48 R 605 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 442 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 439 Feb01/10 71-71-48 R 606 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 443 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 440 Feb01/10 71-71-49 R 601 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 444 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 441 Feb01/10 71-71-49 R 602 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 445 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 442 Feb01/10 71-71-49 R 603 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 446 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 443 Feb01/10 71-71-49 R 604 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 447 Feb01/10 71-52-42 R 444 Feb01/10 71-71-49 R 605 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 448 Feb01/10 71-71-49 R 606 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 449 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 1 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 450 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 2 Feb01/10 71-73-49 R 601 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 451 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 3 Feb01/10 71-73-49 R 602 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 452 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 4 Feb01/10 71-73-49 R 603 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 453 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 5 Feb01/10 71-73-49 R 604 Feb01/10
71-52-41 R 454 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 6 Feb01/10 71-73-49 R 605 Feb01/10
71-52-42 R 401 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 201 Feb01/10 71-73-49 R 606 Feb01/10
71-52-42 R 402 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 202 Feb01/10
71-52-42 R 403 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 203 Feb01/10
71-52-42 R 404 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 204 Feb01/10
71-52-42 R 405 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 601 Feb01/10
71-52-42 R 406 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 602 Feb01/10
71-52-42 R 407 Feb01/10 71-70-00 R 603 Feb01/10
71-L.E.P. Page 8
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
POWER PLANT - GENERAL
_____________________ 71-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Location 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Engine 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cowling 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Mounts 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Attachment Fittings 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fire Seals 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Electrical Harness 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Engine Drains 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
______________________
POWER PLANT - GENERAL 71-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
List of Preservation Procedures 201 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Preservation of the Power Plant 204 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Depreservation of the Power Plant 211 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Clean and Examine the Power Plant 217 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Protect the Engine External 219 501-509, 511-526
Surfaces 528-599,
Preservation of the Main Line 221 501-509, 511-526
Bearings 528-599,
Table of Idle Indications 224 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Table of Idle Indications 227 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Oil and Fuel Systems Priming 230 501-509, 511-526
Procedure 528-599,
71-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Procedure After the Use of Fire 232 501-509, 511-526
Extinguishing Agents 528-599,
Engine Safety Precautions 234 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Engine Operation Limits, 251 501-509, 511-526
Guidelines and Special Procedures 528-599,
Procedure After Engine 266 501-509, 511-526
Overtemperature (No Surge or 528-599,
Stall) (Above Idle)
Procedure for an Emergency 275 501-509, 511-526
Shutdown 528-599,
Discontinued Start, Restart and 277 501-509, 511-526
Shutdown Procedures 528-599,
Procedure After Engine Surge or 281 501-509, 511-526
Stall (No Overtemperature) 528-599,
Procedure After Engine 284 501-509, 511-526
Overtemperature (With Surge or 528-599,
Stall)
Normal Engine Automatic Start 286 501-509, 511-526
Procedure 528-599,
Normal Engine Manual Start 299 501-509, 511-526
Procedure 528-599,
Procedure for an Emergency A211 501-509, 511-526
Shutdown (New or Overhauled 528-599,
Engines)
Inhibit the Engine Fuel System A215 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Procedure after Accidental Opening A218 501-509, 511-526
of the Thrust Reverser Pressure 528-599,
Relief Door
Cold Weather Operation Procedure A222 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Procedure for a Bowed Rotor Start A226 501-509, 511-526
Prevention 528-599,
______________________
POWER PLANT - GENERAL 71-00-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Ground Test Requirements after 501 501-509, 511-526
Power Plant Module/Component 528-599,
Repair or Replacement Procedures
Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check 510 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Test No.2 : Wet Motor Leak Check 518 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
71-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check 528 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Test No.6 : ELectronic Engine 534 501-509, 511-526
Control (EEC) System Idle Test 528-599,
Test No.8 : Vibration Survey 536 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Test No.9 : Low Pressure (LP) 541 501-509, 511-526
Compressor (Fan) Trim Balancing - 528-599,
One Shot Method
Test No.9 : LP Compressor (Fan) 577 501-509, 511-526
Trim Balancing - Trial Weight 528-599,
Method
Test No.11 : High Power Assurance 599 501-509, 511-526
Test 528-599,
Test No.13 : Pretested Replacement A504 501-509, 511-526
Engine Test 528-599,
Procedure to Dry Out the High A516 501-509, 511-526
Pressure Turbine After Oil 528-599,
Contamination
POWER PLANT - DEMOUNTABLE 71-00-20
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Power Plant 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Power Plant with 434 501-509, 511-526
the Engine Positioner TWW 75E 528-599,
(MIAG)
Installation of the Power Plant 448 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Power Plant 481 501-509, 511-526
with the Engine Positioner TWW 75E 528-599,
(MIAG)
POWER PLANT - DEMOUNTABLE 71-00-20
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Examine the Engine Mount Bolts 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
_______
COWLING 71-10-00
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
________
COWLING 71-10-00
71-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
528-599,
Aerodynamic Smoothness 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
COWL - AIR INTAKE 71-11-11
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Air Intake Cowl Configuration 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Air Intake Cowl Anti-Icing 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Air Intake Cowl Structure 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Air Intake Cowl Materials 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
528-599,
Removal of the Air Intake Cowl 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Air Intake 406 501-509, 511-526
Cowl 528-599,
Removal of the Fan Cowl Locator 413 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Fan Cowl 418 501-509, 511-526
Locator 528-599,
528-599,
Interface Inspection of the Air 601 501-509, 511-526
Intake Cowl 528-599,
Visually Examine the Air Intake 606 501-509, 511-526
Cowl - Allowable Damage Data 528-599,
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replace the Identification Marks 801 501-509, 511-526
on the Nose Cowl - VRS2733 528-599,
Replace a Captive Nut on the 808 501-509, 511-526
Attach Ring - VRS2934 528-599,
Replace Thermal Anti-Icing Outlet 814 501-509, 511-526
Grille - VRS2825 528-599,
71-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Replace the Seal on the Thermal 820 501-509, 511-526
Anti-Icing Outlet Panel - VRS2804 528-599,
Repair the Aerodynamic Sealant on 826 501-509, 511-526
the Air Intake Cowl or the P2/T2 528-599,
Sensor
Replace the Loose or Damaged 835 501-509, 511-526
Rivets of the Lipskin Inner 528-599,
Surface - VRS2746
Replace the Loose or Damaged 841 501-509, 511-526
Rivets of the Lipskin Outer 528-599,
Surface - VRS2770
HARNESS - AIR INTAKE COWL 71-11-43
528-599,
Removal of the P2T2 to 4012VC 401 501-509, 511-526
Harness 528-599,
Installation of the P2T2 to 4012VC 404 501-509, 511-526
Harness 528-599,
Removal of the P2T2 to 4013VC, 407 501-509, 511-526
4010VC Harness 528-599,
Installation of the P2T2 to 409 501-509, 511-526
4013VC, 4010VC Harness 528-599,
COWL - FAN 71-13-00

528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Opening/Closing 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Access Doors 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Provision for Nacelle 1 501-509, 511-526
Ventilation and Accessory 528-599,
Cooling
Fan Cowl Structure 12 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fan Cowl Materials: 12 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
COWL - FAN 71-13-00

528-599,
71-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Opening of the Fan Cowls 201 501-509, 511-526
437AL(447AL), 438AR(448AR) 528-599,
Closing of the Fan Cowls 208 501-509, 511-526
437AL(447AL), 438AR(448AR) 528-599,
COWL - FAN 71-13-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Functional Check of Fan Cowl Latch 501 501-509, 511-526
Tension 528-599,
Adjustment of the Fan Cowl Spigots 505 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Adjustment of the Fan Cowl Latches 515 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
COWL - FAN 71-13-00

528-599,
Detailed Inspection of the Fan 601 501-509, 511-526
Cowl Doors 528-599,
Visually Examine the Fan Cowls - 606 501-509, 511-526
Allowable Damage Data 528-599,
General Visual Inspection of the 634 501-509, 511-526
Fan Cowl Hinge Fittings 528-599,
COWL - FAN, LEFT 71-13-11
528-599,
Removal of the Left Fan Cowl 401 501-509, 511-526
437AL(447AL). 528-599,
Installation of the Left Fan Cowl 405 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
COWL - FAN, LEFT 71-13-11
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
on the left Fan Cowl Door - 528-599,
VRS2734
ROD - FAN COWL DOOR HOLD OPEN 71-13-12
528-599,
Removal of the Fan-Cowl Hold-Open 401 501-509, 511-526
Rod (1420KM1, 1420KM2, 1420KM3, 528-599,
1420KM4)
Installation of the Fan-Cowl 405 501-509, 511-526
71-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Hold-Open Rod (1420KM1, 1420KM2, 528-599,
1420KM3, 1420KM4)
ACCESS PANELS - FAN COWL LEFT 71-13-14
528-599,
Removal of the Chip Detector Door 401 501-509, 511-526
(437CL, 447CL) and the Access Door 528-599,
Latches
Installation of the Chip Detector 405 501-509, 511-526
Door (437CL, 447CL) and the Access 528-599,
Door Latches
528-599,
Examine the Oil Filler Access Door 601 501-509, 511-526
Assembly 528-599,
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
on the Oil Filler Door/Chip 528-599,
Detector Door - VRS2735
Hand Blend and Polish Damage on 809 501-509, 511-526
the Access Panel Hinge - VRS2935 528-599,
Replace the Hinge on the Oil 813 501-509, 511-526
Filler Access Door - VRS2849 528-599,
Replace the Hi-Lok Fasteners on 820 501-509, 511-526
the Oil Filler Door Oversize 528-599,
Fasteners - VRS2741
COWL - FAN, RIGHT 71-13-16
528-599,
Removal of the Right Fan Cowl 401 501-509, 511-526
(438AR, 448AR) 528-599,
Installation of the Right Fan Cowl 406 501-509, 511-526
(438AR, 448AR) 528-599,
Removal of the Gearbox Breather 411 501-509, 511-526
Vent 528-599,
Installation of the Gearbox 414 501-509, 511-526
Breather Vent 528-599,
Removal of the Gearbox Breather 417 501-509, 511-526
Outlet Duct 528-599,
Installation of the Gearbox 421 501-509, 511-526
Breather Outlet Duct 528-599,
71-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Inspection of the Outer Skin of 601 501-509, 511-526
the Right Fan Cowl 528-599,
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
on the Right Fan Cowl Door - 528-599,
VRS2736
ACCESS PANELS - FAN COWL RIGHT 71-13-17
528-599,
Removal of the Air Starter/Blow 401 501-509, 511-526
Out Door (438BR) 528-599,
Installation of the Air 404 501-509, 511-526
Starter/Blow Out Door (438BR) 528-599,
ACCESS PANELS - FAN COWL RIGHT 71-13-17
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
on the Air Starter Door - VRS2737 528-599,
STRAKES - FAN COWL 71-13-19
528-599,
Removal of the Fan Cowl Strakes 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Fan Cowl 406 501-509, 511-526
Strakes 528-599,
______
MOUNTS 71-20-00
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Location 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
The Front Mount 1500KM 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
The Aft Mount 1550KM 3 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 3 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
71-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
The Front Mount 1500KM 3 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
The Aft Mount 1550KM 5 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
_______
MOUNTS 71-20-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Adjustment of the Front Mount Tube 501 501-509, 511-526
with engine removal 528-599,
MOUNT - FORWARD 71-21-12
528-599,
Removal of the Forward Engine 401 501-509, 511-526
Mount Thrust Links without Engine 528-599,
Removal
Installation of the Forward Engine 409 501-509, 511-526
Mount Thrust Links without Engine 528-599,
Removal
Mount Bolts One at a Time 528-599,
Mount Bolts One at a Time 528-599,
Mount 528-599,
Mount 528-599,
MOUNT - FORWARD 71-21-12
528-599,
Detailed Inspection of Forward 601 501-509, 511-526
Engine Mount Installation 528-599,
General Visual Check of the 610 501-509, 511-526
Forward Engine Mount 528-599,
Detailed Inspection of Forward 613 501-509, 511-526
Engine Mount Installation 528-599,
Inspection of the Front Mount Tube 615 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
MOUNT - AFT 71-22-11
528-599,
Removal of the Aft Engine Mount 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Aft Engine 406 501-509, 511-526
Mount 528-599,
71-CONTENTS Page 9
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
MOUNT - AFT 71-22-11
528-599,
Detailed Inspection of Aft Engine 601 501-509, 511-526
Mount Installation 528-599,
General Visual Examination of the 610 501-509, 511-526
Aft Engine Mount 528-599,
Detailed Inspection of Aft Engine 614 501-509, 511-526
Mount Installation 528-599,
__________________
ELECTRICAL HARNESS 71-50-00
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
The harness assemblies 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 5 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
___________________
ELECTRICAL HARNESS 71-50-00
528-599,
Wire Harness Visual Inspection - 601 501-509, 511-526
All Power Plant Electrical Cables 528-599,
Wire Continuity Check - All Power 605 501-509, 511-526
Plant Electrical Cables 528-599,
Insulation Resistance and Shorted 609 501-509, 511-526
Wire Checks - All Power Plant 528-599,
Electrical Cables
HARNESS - EEC AND IGNITION SUPPLY 71-51-42
528-599,
Removal of the EEC and Ignition 401 501-509, 511-526
Supply Harness 528-599,
Installation of the EEC and 435 501-509, 511-526
Ignition Supply Harness 528-599,
HARNESS - GENERAL SERVICES 71-51-43
528-599,
Removal of the General Services 401 501-509, 511-526
Harness 528-599,
Installation of the General 459 501-509, 511-526
71-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Services Harness 528-599,
HARNESS - IGNITION SUPPLY 71-51-44
528-599,
Removal of the Ignition Supply 401 501-509, 511-526
Harness (Pre SBE 71-0288 only) 528-599,
Installation of the Ignition 441 501-509, 511-526
Supply Harness (Pre SBE 71-0288 528-599,
only)
RELAY BOX 71-51-49
528-599,
Removal of the Relay Box (4100KS) 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Relay Box 405 501-509, 511-526
(4100KS) 528-599,
HARNESS - FIRE DETECTION (SYSTEM A) 71-52-41
CABIN SERVICES AND NACELLE TEMPERATURE
528-599,
Removal of the Fire Detection 401 501-509, 511-526
(System A), Cabin Services and 528-599,
Nacelle Temperature Harness
Installation of the Fire Detection 434 501-509, 511-526
(System A), Cabin Services and 528-599,
Nacelle Temperature Harness
HARNESS - FIRE DETECTION (SYSTEM B) 71-52-42
528-599,
Removal of the Fire Detection 401 501-509, 511-526
(System B) Harness 528-599,
Installation of the Fire Detection 429 501-509, 511-526
(System B) Harness 528-599,
__________________
POWER PLANT DRAINS 71-70-00
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Operation 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fuel Drains 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Oil, Hydraulic and Water Drains 1 501-509, 511-526
71-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Permitted drain system leakage 5 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Drain Mast 5 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
___________________
528-599,
Leakage Rates at Drains Mast 201 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
___________________
528-599,
General Visual Inspection of the 601 501-509, 511-526
Power Plant Drain Lines and 528-599,
Connectors
DRAIN MAST 71-71-42
528-599,
Removal of the Drains Mast 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Drains Mast 404 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
DRAIN TUBES 71-71-43
528-599,
Removal of the Drain Tubes 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Drain Tubes 411 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
TUBES - DRAIN, POWER PLANT FUEL 71-71-48
528-599,
General Check of the Power Plant 601 501-509, 511-526
Fuel Drain Tubes 528-599,
TUBES - DRAIN ENGINE FUEL 71-71-49
528-599,
Examine the Engine Fuel Drain 601 501-509, 511-526
Tubes 528-599,
TUBES - OIL, HYDRAULIC AND WATER DRAIN 71-73-49
71-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 71
__________
POWER PLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Inspection of the Oil, Hydraulic 601 501-509, 511-526
and Water Drain Tubes 528-599,
71-CONTENTS Page 13
Feb 01/10
CES

I A E

V2500

POWER PLANT - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The aircraft is powered by two IAE V2500 turbo fan engines designed for
subsonic commercial airline service.
Each engine is housed in a nacelle suspended from a pylon attached below the
wing.
The right and left power plants are interchangeable except for the thrust
reverser C ducts.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1100KM1 COWL-AIR INTAKE, LEFT 431 71-11-11
1100KM2 COWL-AIR INTAKE, RIGHT 441 71-11-11
1400KM COWL-FAN, LEFT 430 71-13-11
1410KM COWL-FAN, RIGHT 440 71-13-16
1420KM ROD-FAN COWL DOOR HOLD OPEN 400 71-13-12
- ACCESS PANEL-FAN COWL RIGHT 400 71-13-17
- STRAKE-FAN COWL, LEFT 438 71-13-19
- STRAKE-FAN COWL, RIGHT 447 71-13-19
1500KM MOUNT-FORWARD 400 451AL 71-21-12
1550KM MOUNT-AFT 400 451AL 71-22-11
- DRAIN MAST 430 438AR 71-71-42
3400KM THRUST REVERSER HALF, LEFT 450 78-32-01
3410KM THRUST REVERSER HALF, RIGHT 460 78-32-03
3900KM1 CONE-ENGINE EXHAUST, LEFT 450 78-11-12
3900KM2 CONE-ENGINE EXHAUST, RIGHT 460 78-11-12
3850KM1 COLLECTOR-COMMON NOZZLE EXHAUST, LEFT 455 78-11-11
3850KM2 COLLECTOR-COMMON NOZZLE EXHAUST, RIGHT 465 78-11-11
3. Description
___________
A. Engine
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The V2500 is a two spool, axial flow, high by-pass ratio turbo fan
engine. The design and configuration of the engine are based on obtaining
long life high reliability and easy access for line maintenance.
The V2500 incorporates a Full Authority Digital Engine Control (FADEC).
The control system governs all engine control functions including power
plant management.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Schematic
Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

The main modules of the engine are: the Low Pressure (LP) compressor (fan
and booster) assembly, the LP compressor/intermediate case, the No. 4
bearing and combustion section, the High Pressure (HP) compressor, the HP
turbine section, the LP turbine section and the accessory drives
(gearbox).
B. Cowling
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006)
The cowling assembly consists of:
- the air intake cowl,
- the fan cowl 437AL, 438AR, 447AL, 448AR,
- the thrust reverser 451AL, 452AR, 461AL, 462AR,
- the Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA).
The thrust reverser and the common nozzle assembly are dealt with in
chapter 78
The hinged fan reverser and fan cowls are attached to the pylon.
The fan cowls are hinged at the upper part by four hinges.
They are held open by hold-open rods providing access to the engine for:
- maintenance,
- rigging,
- trouble shooting.
The composite components of the nacelle incorporate a lightning
protection system consisting of:
- a conductive graphite material within the skin.
On the fan cowl further protection is provided by the addition of
expanded copper foil on its airwashed surface.
Mechanical attachments and fittings conduct the current into the
pylon/engine structure.
C. Mounts
The engine is attached to the pylon by two damage tolerant mounts. The
mounts are the main attaching structures (forward and aft).
The forward mount comprises five attach bolts that connect the engine
directly to the pylon.
The aft mount consists of a link and beam system attaching the engine to
the pylon.
D. Attachment Fittings
The attachment fittings and support brackets ensure the attachment on the
engine of:
- components,
- ducts,
- pipes,
- electrical cables.
The attachment fittings and support brackets are attached on:
- the engine core,
- the fan case,

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Nacelle Dimensions
Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Lightning Zone
Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- the accessories,
- the accessory gearbox.
E. Fire Seals
The fire walls and fire seals provide fire protection (to a fireproof
standard) between the power plant designated fire zones (fan and core
compartments).
F. Electrical Harness
The engine electrical harness:
- distributes the power required by the aircraft electrical system,
- supplies the 115VAC or 28VAC power to the engine or nacelle systems.
- transmits signals for:
nacelle sub-systems
engine control
monitoring functions
G. Engine Drains
The drain and vent system consists of lines collecting and carrying waste
fluids and vapors overboard through the system drain mast.
This system drains the gearbox mounted accessories and engine components

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POWER PLANT - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________________________
TASK 71-00-00-500-010
List of Preservation Procedures
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task lists the tasks required to preserve the V2500 engine.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-100-010 Clean and Examine the Power Plant

71-00-00-550-010 Preservation of the Power Plant
71-00-00-550-011 Depreservation of the Power Plant
71-00-00-550-012 Preservation of the Main Line Bearings
71-00-00-600-010 Inhibit the Engine Fuel System
71-00-00-600-011 Protect the Engine External Surfaces
71-00-00-991-158 Fig. 201
71-00-00-991-159 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-941-103
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-550-061
A. The preservation procedures in this section are as follows: (Ref. TASK

71-00-00-550-010) , (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-100-010), (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
600-011), (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-550-012), (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-600-010),
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-550-011),
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 71-00-00-991-158)
NOTE : The engine storage conditions and storage times are given in:
____
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 71-00-00-991-159)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake and Common Nozzle Covers

Figure 201/TASK 71-00-00-991-158

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Storage conditions
Figure 202/TASK 71-00-00-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-550-010
Preservation of the Power Plant
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE OIL TANK CAP FOR FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE
_______
STOPS, TO BLEED THE TANK PRESSURE.
CAUTION : YOU MUST DO ALL THE APPLICABLE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES WHEN AN ENGINE
_______
IS PUT INTO STORAGE. IF YOU DO NOT, CORROSION AND GENERAL
DETERIORATION OF THE CORE ENGINE AND THE FUEL SYSTEM CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : THE TIMES GIVEN IN THIS PROCEDURE ARE THE MAXIMUM FOR WHICH THE
_______
ENGINE CAN BE PRESERVED. IF THE TIME THE ENGINE IS IN PRESERVATION IS
TO BE EXTENDED, THE FULL PRESERVATION PROCEDURE MUST BE DONE AGAIN.
THE ENGINE CAN BE DAMAGED IF THESE PROCEDURES ARE NOT FOLLOWED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This Task gives the procedures that are necessary for the preservation of
the power plant. The time for which the engine will be stored, and the
climatic conditions of storage are shown in the chart. This chart gives the
preservation procedures that must be done in different conditions and for
different storage times. These procedures are as follows:
- preservation of the main line bearings
- inhibit the engine fuel system
- attach the transportation covers.
NOTE : It is necessary to start the engine.

____
Before a power plant is put in storage, these basic procedures must also be
done:
- clean and examine the power plant
- protect the engine external surfaces.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2. ______________________
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adhesive tape

No specific piece of transparent plastic sheet
No specific warning notice
IAE1N20008 1 COVER-COMMON NOZZLE
IAE1N20400 1 COVER-INLET COWL
R 98F10103500000 2 CHOCK-MLG,ENGINE RUN-UP
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. V02-039 *

moisture resistant tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
desiccant (Ref. 70-30-00)
indicators (Ref. 70-30-00)
temporary rust preventative (Ref. 70-30-00)
PVC sheet (Ref. 70-30-00)
VPI paper (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-010 Drain the Engine Oil System

12-13-80-600-010 Replenishment of Starter Oil System
24-21-51-200-010 Check of the Oil Level and Filter Differential
Pressure Indicator (DPI)
71-00-00-100-010 Clean and Examine the Power Plant
71-00-00-600-011 Protect the Engine External Surfaces
R 71-00-00-710-012 Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
R 71-00-00-710-013 Test No.11 : High Power Assurance Test
71-00-00-710-018 Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-047 Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
R 71-00-00-860-010 Engine Operation Limits, Guidelines and Special
R Procedures (Pre SB 79-0070)
R 71-00-00-860-012 Engine Safety Precautions
78-31-00-710-041 Operational test of the Thrust Reverser without the
CFDS and Engine Running
71-00-00-991-158 Fig. 201
71-00-00-991-159 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-140
A. Find the applicable preservation procedures.

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 71-00-00-991-159)
(1) Find the climatic condition in which the power plant will be stored.
(2) Find the time for which the power plant will be stored.
(3) Compare this data with the chart and find which preservation
procedures must be done.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-550-050
A. Do the preservation of the power plant.
(1) Clean and examine the power plant (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-100-010).
(2) Ground run the engine
CAUTION : DURING GROUND RUNNING, CONCERN FOR FAN BLADE INTEGRITY

_______
PROHIBITS STABILISED ENGINE OPERATION IN THE FOLLOWING
SPEED RANGE:
- FOR PRE-SCN17/V A/C: DO NOT STABILISE THE ENGINE BETWEEN
61% TO 74% N1 SPEED RANGE
- FOR POST-SCN17/V A/C (SERVICE BULLETIN A320-73-1075):
STABILISED OPERATION OF THE ENGINE BETWEEN APPROXIMATELY
60% TO 74% N1 SPEED RANGE (LIMITS ARE A FUNCTION OF OUTSIDE
TEMPERATURE) WILL BE PROHIBITED BY THE EEC, AS THE SOFTWARE
INCLUDES THE KEEP-OUT-ZONE FOR ON-GROUND, STATIC OPERATION.
THEREFORE, THE PILOT MAY NOTICE A DIFFERENCE IN ENGINE
POWER RESPONSE COMPARED TO AN ENGINE WITH PRE-SCN17/V
SOFTWARE. REFER TO SERVICE BULLETIN A320-73-1075 FOR MORE
DETAILS.
NOTE : This procedure is not necessary if the engine and thrust

____
reverser have operated during the 24 hours before the start of
the preservation.
NOTE : If the engine has been operated in, or has stood in wet
____
weather prior to preservation then this procedure should be
carried out before the start of preservation.
R NOTE : For general information refer to engine safety precautions

____
R (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-012) and engine operation limits,
R guidelines and special procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010)
R .
R NOTE : If engine start is followed by a high power run, use CHOCK-

____
R MLG,ENGINE RUN-UP (98F10103500000).
(a) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-
00-00-710-047).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 207
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Operate the engine as required until the oil temperature is 220
R deg.F (104 deg.C) or more (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012) or
R (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-013). Continue to operate the engine for
R 10 minutes. Return engine to MIN IDLE and allow engine to
R stabilize for 5 minutes.
R NOTE : It is possible that you will not get the necessary oil
____
R temperature during an engine run at ground idle when the
R outside temperature is below 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).
(c) Operate the thrust reverser through one cycle (Ref. TASK 78-31-
00-710-041).
(d) Shutdown the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
(3) Drain some of the oil from the engine oil tank until the cockpit
indication shows a level of 3.75 USgal (14.2 l) (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-
610-010).
(4) Install the oil tank drain plug (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010).
(5) Service the starter with oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-80-600-010).
(6) Service the IDG oil system (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-200-010).
(7) Protect the engine external surfaces (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-600-011).
(8) Do the applicable preservation procedure(s).
(9) Preserve the thrust reverser halves.
(a) Apply a layer of temporary rust preventative (Material No. V10-

015) to areas that are not painted on these parts:
1
_ the actuators
2
_ the valves
3
_ the equipment housings
4
_ the hydraulic tubes

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 208
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(10) For power plant stored on-wing, desiccant (Material No. V02-075) must
be used for protection as follows:
(a) Put desiccant (Material No. V02-075) into the intake and exhaust.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DESICCANT IS PUT ON THE VPI PAPER.
_______
IF THE DESICCANT IS ON THE ENGINE CORROSION CAN OCCUR.
1
_ Put VPI paper (Material No. V12-013) in to the bottom of the
intake cowl and common nozzle assembly (CNA). The coated side
of the VPI paper must point up.
2
_ Put 25lb (11.3kg) of desiccant (Material No. V02-075) on to
the VPI paper in the intake.
3
_ Put 25lb (11.3kg) of desiccant (Material No. V02-075) on to
the VPI paper in the CNA.
4
_ Put indicators (Material No. V02-076) in to the intake and
exhaust adjacent to the desiccant.
(b) Put VPI paper (Material No. V12-013) in to the air intake and
exhaust. The VPI paper must make a cover in the air intake and
exhaust. Make sure that the coating on the paper points in to the
engine.
1
_ Cut a hole in the VPI paper (Material No. V12-013) that is
3in. (76.2mm) square and approximately 12in. (304.80mm) from
the bottom edge.
2
_ Seal the hole with a piece of transparent plastic sheet and
adhesive tape.
3
_ Make sure you can see the humidity indicator through the
plastic sheet.
(c) Install the COVER-INLET COWL (IAE1N20400) and the COVER-COMMON

NOZZLE (IAE1N20008).
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 71-00-00-991-158)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 209
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Seal all openings in the fan cowls and thrust reverser halves
with PVC sheet (Material No. V12-004) and moisture resistant tape
(Material No. V02-039), moisture resistant tape (Material No.
V02-040), moisture resistant tape (Material No. V02-041),
moisture resistant tape (Material No. V02-042), moisture
resistant tape (Material No. V02-044), moisture resistant tape
(Material No. V02-045), moisture resistant tape (Material No.
V02-046).
NOTE : If it is necessary that covers or blanks must be removed

____
during the time in the storage, this must be done on a dry
day. It must be also be done on a day when humidity is
relatively low, so that the desiccant is not open to
atmospheric moisture.
(e) Make sure that all desiccant, blanks/covers and tape are removed
from the engine before it is put back into operation.
(f) Examine the indicators after the first 24 hours, after 7 days and
then each 28 days. If one or more of the indicators shows unsafe
then replace the indicators and desiccant and repeat this
procedure.
1
_ If the engine has pre-SB72-0369 standard HPC stage 6 rotorpath
lining the indicators should be examined after the first 24
hours and then each 7 days.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-941-053
A. Put a warning notice on the ENG panel 115VU to tell persons that the
engine 1(2) is in preservation.
Subtask 71-00-00-869-133
B. Safety Precautions
(1) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 210
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-550-011
Depreservation of the Power Plant
CAUTION : ENGINES WHICH HAVE NOT OPERATED IN THE LAST 7 DAYS MUST BE GROUND RUN
_______
BEFORE RETURN TO SERVICE. THE OIL FILTERS MUST THEN BE EXAMINED FOR
CARBON PARTICLES. THESE PARTICLES CAN BLOCK THE OIL FILTERS AND CAUSE
ENGINE FAILURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives instructions to put the V2500 engine back in to service
after preservation.
All engines which are preserved for 7 days or more must have an oil filter
contamination check before return to service. Carbon particles released in
to the oil system from engine components can block the oil filters when it
is first operated.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth

R 98F10103500000 2 CHOCK-MLG,ENGINE RUN-UP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

white spirit (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 211
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish
R 71-00-00-710-012 Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
R 71-00-00-710-013 Test No.11 : High Power Assurance Test
71-00-00-710-046 Test No.2 : Wet Motor Leak Check
R 71-00-00-860-010 Engine Operation Limits, Guidelines and Special
R Procedures (Pre SB 79-0070)
R 71-00-00-860-012 Engine Safety Precautions
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-600-011 Lubrication of the LPC Bleed Valve Mechanism
75-32-42-640-010 Lubrication of HP Compressor Variable Stator Vane
(VSV) Mechanism
79-00-00-200-012 Inspection of the Oil Filters
71-00-00-991-158 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-860-066
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a warning notice is in
position to tell persons that the engine 1(2) is in preservation.
(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 212
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-550-055
R A. Return engines to service which were stored for up to 3 months with

R applicable preservation procedures.
(1) Remove the air intake cover and the common nozzle cover.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 71-00-00-991-158)
(2) Remove all PVC sheet and tape used to seal openings in the fan cowls
and thrust reverser halves.
(3) Remove the VPI paper from the air intake and exhaust
(4) Remove the desiccant, VPI paper and the indicators from the intake
and exhaust
(5) Fill the engine oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
(6) Wet motor the engine until fuel comes out of the exhaust (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-710-046).
Subtask 71-00-00-550-056
R B. Return engines to service which were stored for more than 3 months with
R applicable preservation procedures.
(1) Remove the air intake cover and the common nozzle cover.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 71-00-00-991-158)
(2) Remove all PVC sheet and tape used to seal openings in the fan cowls
and thrust reverser halves.
(3) Remove the VPI paper from the air intake and exhaust
(4) Remove the desiccant, VPI paper and the indicators from the intake
and exhaust
(5) Remove the corrosion preventive from these components on the thrust
reverser halves. Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with white
spirit (Material No. V01-115).
(a) the actuators
(b) the valves

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 213
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) the equipment housing
(d) the hydraulic tubes
(6) Fill the engine oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
(7) Lubricate the VSV mechanism (Ref. TASK 75-32-42-640-010)
(8) Lubricate the 2.5 Bleed system (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-011).
(9) Wet motor the engine until fuel comes out of the exhaust (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-710-046).
Subtask 71-00-00-720-052
C. Run the engine

_______
PROHIBITS STABILISED ENGINE OPERATION IN THE FOLLOWING SPEED
RANGE:
- FOR PRE-SCN17/V A/C: DO NOT STABILISE THE ENGINE BETWEEN 61%
TO 74% N1 SPEED RANGE
STABILISED OPERATION OF THE ENGINE BETWEEN APPROXIMATELY 60% TO
74% N1 SPEED RANGE (LIMITS ARE A FUNCTION OF OUTSIDE
THEREFORE, THE PILOT MAY NOTICE A DIFFERENCE IN ENGINE POWER
RESPONSE COMPARED TO AN ENGINE WITH PRE-SCN17/V SOFTWARE. REFER
TO SERVICE BULLETIN A320-73-1075 FOR MORE DETAILS.
R NOTE : For general information refer to engine safety precautions

____
R (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-012) and engine operation limits,
R guidelines and special procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010) .
R NOTE : If engine start is followed by a high power run, use CHOCK-

____
R MLG,ENGINE RUN-UP (98F10103500000).
(1) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-047).
(2) Operate the engine as required until the oil temperature is 220 deg.F
R (104 deg.C) or more (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-
R 00-710-013). Continue to operate the engine for 10 minutes, while
R monitoring the oil pressure and temperature. Make sure that the oil
R pressure and temperature stay within limits. Return engine to MIN
R IDLE and allow engine to stabilize for 5 minutes.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 214
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

R NOTE : It is possible that you will not get the necessary oil
____
R temperature during an engine run at ground idle when the
R outside temperature is below 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).
(3) Operate the thrust reverser through one cycle.
(4) Shutdown the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
(5) Examine the pressure and scavenge oil filters (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-
200-012).
(a) If carbon particles are found, install new filters, run the
engine and examine the filters again.
(b) if no carbon particles are found, return the engine to service.
NOTE : This examination is not necessary if the engine is to be

____
re-preserved.
(6) Do a check for leaks from the drains mast.
Subtask 71-00-00-010-081
D. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-00-00-281-050
E. Take samples of the engine oil and check for water and acid content on
engines that have been preserved for more than 30 days
(1) Check the oil for water content
(a) Take a 4 oz (100 ml) sample of oil from the engine.
(b) Do a Karl Fisher titration ASTMD-6304-04ae1 water analysis to

find the water content of the oil.
(c) If the water content is above 800 parts per million (ppm), either
by weight or by volume, drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-010) and fill it with new oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-
610-011).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 215
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Check the oil for acid content
(a) Take a 4 oz (100 ml) sample of oil from the engine.
(b) Take a 4 oz (100 ml) sample of new oil that is used for servicing
the engine.
(c) Do a ASTMD-664 Total Acid Number (TAN) (titrated to PH 11)

Analysis to compare the TAN of the oil from the engine with the
TAN of the new oil.
(d) If the TAN of the oil from the engine is more than 0.2 above the
TAN of the new oil, drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-010) and fill it with new oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-
011).
Subtask 71-00-00-410-085
F. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Remove the warning notice(s).
Subtask 71-00-00-910-051
G. If the engine oil has been replaced
(1) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-047).
(2) Let the engine become stable at MIN IDLE for five minutes.
(3) Shutdown the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 216
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-100-010
Clean and Examine the Power Plant
WARNING : YOU MUST BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON THE ENGINE PARTS AFTER THE
_______
ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE PARTS CAN STAY HOT FOR ALMOST 1 HOUR.
WARNING : YOU MUST NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS WITHOUT APPLICABLE GLOVES. HOT PARTS CAN
_______
CAUSE AN INJURY. IF YOU GET AN INJURY PUT IT IN COLD WATER FOR 10
MINUTES AND GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : YOU MUST OBEY THE MANUFACTURER HEALTH AND SAFETY DATA FOR THE
_______
SPECIFIED MATERIALS. YOU MUST ALSO REFER TO LOCAL REGULATIONS TO MAKE
SURE THAT THE PROCEDURES ARE DONE SAFELY. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS AN
INJURY CAN OCCUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure to clean and examine the power plant before
the application preservation procedures are done.
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stoddard Solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
Engine Cleaning Solution (Ref. 70-30-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-941-100
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 217
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-110-054
A. Clean the engine
(1) Clean the engine, nose cowl, fan cowls, thrust reverser halves and
common nozzle assembly externally with Stoddard Solvent (Material No.
V01-297) or Engine Cleaning Solution (Material No. V01-298).
(2) Examine the engine, nose cowl, fan cowls, thrust reverser halves and
common nozzle assembly externally for corrosion and damage to the
surface protection. Remove corrosion and repair damage to the surface
protection as necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-942-065
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 218
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-600-011
Protect the Engine External Surfaces
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure to protect the engine external surfaces before
the application preservation procedures are done
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Spray Can with Nozzle Extension
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Anti-Corrosion Inhibiting Fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-941-101
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-620-062
A. Protect the engine external surfaces by applying a coating of Anti-

Corrosion Inhibiting Fluid (Material No. V10-014).
(1) Spray the fluid on to the following external surfaces of the engine,
using a Spray Can with Nozzle Extension as required to make access
between pipes, harness, etc
CAUTION : APPLY SMALL QUANTITIES, TO AVOID EXCESSIVE FLUID ADJACENT

_______
TO THE VSV MECHANISM BUSHES AND PADS.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 219
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Bolt heads on HP compressor casing flanges and split line
flanges.
(b) Bolt heads on HP compressor casing blanks and handling bleed

valve attachment bolts.
(c) Bolt heads on the VSV actuator system.
(d) Nuts on all pipe end fittings on the core and on the P3 air pipes
to the solenoids on the fan casing.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-942-066
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 220
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-550-012
Preservation of the Main Line Bearings
WARNING : YOU MUST NOT LET ENGINE OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN. FLUSH THE OIL FROM
_______
YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN BE ABSORBED INTO
YOUR BODY.
CAUTION : DRAINED OIL MUST NOT BE RETURNED TO THE SYSTEM.

_______
CAUTION : THE OIL SPECIFIED FOR USE IN THIS SYSTEM CAN DAMAGE PAINTWORK AND
_______
CERTAIN TYPES OF RUBBER. IT MUST NOT BE ALLOWED TO CONTAMINATE THOSE
PARTS OF THE ENGINE NOT NORMALLY IN CONTACT WITH IT. OIL SPILLED
DURING SERVICING MUST BE WIPED UP IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE
CLOTH.
CAUTION : CONTAMINATION BY TINY AMOUNTS OF CERTAIN ALKALI CLEANING FLUIDS CAN

_______
CAUSE COMPLETE BREAKDOWN OF THE SYNTHETIC OIL. USE SCRUPULOUSLY CLEAN
CONTAINERS AND EQUIPMENT.
NOTE : This subtask is only necessary if the engine is to be stored after a

____
period of service operation.
NOTE : If the engine is not installed on an aircraft, the engine must be

____
installed in a test cell before the procedure can be carried out.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the preservation of the main line
bearings. It is for an installed engine that can be operated without damage
being caused to the engine.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

engine lubricating oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 221
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-941-102
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-550-060
A. Do the preservation of the engine main line bearings
(1) Fill the engine oil system with oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
(2) Dry motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
(a) Dry motor the engine until there is an indication of a positive

oil pressure.
(b) If there is not an oil pressure indication 30 seconds after N2

starts to turn, stop the engine. Do the steps that follow:
1
_ Make sure that you can see oil in the oil tank sight glass.
2
_ if the oil level is low, add engine lubricating oil (Material
No. V10-077) to the oil tank until oil can be seen in the
sight glass.
3
_ Do the dry motor procedure again and look for the oil pressure
indication.
(3) Drain the oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 222
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-942-067
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 223
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-860-011
Table of Idle Indications
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for A5 basic (non SelectOne) engines, which have not SBE
72-0565 (SelectOne Retrofit Standard) or SBE 72-0560, SBE 72-0561, SBE
72-0562, SBE 72-0563, SBE 72-0564 and SBE 73-0203 (SelectOne Production
Standard) incorporated.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-700-011 Test No.13 : Pretested Replacement Engine Test

71-00-00-710-012 Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
71-00-00-710-013 Test No.11 : High Power Assurance Test
71-00-00-991-256 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-970-050
A. Reason for Tables
(1) The tables are included to specify normal engine operation when
referenced by the procedures:
- (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043)
- (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047)
- (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012)
- (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-013)
- (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-011)
(2) Tables are provided for engine operation at minimum idle.
(3) Tables apply for static ground test only, after the engines have
thermally stabilized.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 224
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-970-051
B. Parameter values
(1) Tolerances apply to all listed data.
(2) Altitude corrections apply to atmospheric pressure.
(3) Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is in degrees Celsius (deg C).
NOTE : Take the OAT in the shade at the airplane nose gear.
____
(4) To convert from kg/hr to lb/hr, multiply by 2.2046.

To convert from lb/hr to kg/hr, multiply by 0.4536.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-860-069
A. Table of Idle Parameters.
(1) Refer to the assurance tables.
NOTE : Aircraft/Engines bleed configuration for the Table of Idle

____
Parameters is:
- Bleeds OFF
- ECS Bleeds OFF
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 71-00-00-991-256)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 225
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Idle Indications (PRE SBE 72-0565 or PRE SBE 72-0560/72-0561/72-0562/

72-0563/72-0564/73-0203)
Figure 203/TASK 71-00-00-991-256

R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-00-00 Page 226
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-860-011- 01
Table of Idle Indications
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for A5 engines only, which have SBE 72-0565 incorporated
(SelectOne Retrofit Standard) or SBE 72-0560, SBE 72-0561, SBE 72-0562, SBE
72-0563, SBE 72-0564 and SBE 73-0203 (SelectOne Production Standard)
incorporated.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-991-257 Fig. 204
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-970-057
A. Reason for Tables
(1) The tables are included to specify normal engine operation when
referenced by the procedures:
- (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043)
- (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047)
- (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012)
- (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-013)
- (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-011)
(2) Tables are provided for engine operation at minimum idle.
(3) Tables apply for static ground test only, after the engines have
thermally stabilized.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 227
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-970-058
B. Parameter values
(1) Tolerances apply to all listed data.
(2) Altitude corrections apply to atmospheric pressure.
(3) Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is in degrees Celsius (deg C).
NOTE : Take the OAT in the shade at the airplane nose gear.
____
(4) To convert from kg/hr to lb/hr, multiply by 2.2046.

To convert from lb/hr to kg/hr, multiply by 0.4536.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-860-160
A. Table of Idle Parameters.
(1) Refer to the assurance tables.
NOTE : Aircraft/Engines bleed configuration for the Table of Idle

____
Parameters is:
- Bleeds OFF
- ECS Bleeds OFF
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 71-00-00-991-257)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 228
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Idle Indications (POST SBE 72-0565 or POST SBE 72-0560/72-0561/72-0562/

72-0563/72-0564/73-0203)
Figure 204/TASK 71-00-00-991-257

R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-00-00 Page 229
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-860-013
Oil and Fuel Systems Priming Procedure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SPM 700401650501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-142
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-612-050
A. Fill the oil:
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE OIL TANK CAP FOR A MINIMUM OF FIVE MINUTES
_______
AFTER SHUTDOWN. THIS WILL LET THE PRESSURE DECREASE SO THE HOT
OIL WILL NOT SPRAY ON YOU.
(1) Fill the oil tank as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
Subtask 71-00-00-869-132
B. Make sure the fuel pump has a minimum of 5 psi (0.3 bar) fuel supply
pressure.
NOTE : Use approved fuels (Ref. SPM 700401650501).

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 230
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-710-101
C. Do a wet motor leak check of the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046)
(1) Make sure the oil pressure is 10 psi (0.7 bar) or more in less than
30 seconds after you start to motor the engine.
(2) Make sure the fuel flow is 99.6 lb.Hr (45.17 kg.Hr) or more in less
than 30 seconds after you set the mode to FUEL ON.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-612-051
A. Fill the oil tank to the top of the filler cap overflow in 5 to 20
minutes after the wet motor leak check is completed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 231
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-860-014
Procedure After the Use of Fire Extinguishing Agents
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-00-00-280-006 Check of the Green or Yellow Hydraulic System after

Operation in a Possible Cavitation Condition of the
Engine Pump
70-11-56-910-001 Cleaning Requirements After Chemical Contact with
Fire Extinguinshing Agents, Hydraulic Fluid, Oil, or
Fuel
70-11-56-991-150 Illustration of the Cleaning Requirements after
Chemical Contacts
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-143
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-280-050
A. If the crew closed the fire shut-off valve during operation of the fire
extinguishers, do the check of the hydraulic system after Operation of
the engine pumps in possible starvation or cavitation condition:
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-006).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 232
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-860-054
B. Procedure after the use of dry or foam chemical fire extinguishing agents
CAUTION : DO NOT START THE ENGINE WHEN DRY OR FOAM CHEMICAL FIRE
_______
EXTINGUISHING AGENTS POSSIBLY HAVE CONTAMINATED THE ENGINE GAS
PATH. REMOVE THE ENGINE FROM SERVICE FOR SHOP VISIT TO
DISASSEMBLE AND TO CLEAN ALL CONTAMINATED PARTS.
CAUTION : DO NOT PERFORM A COMPRESSOR WASH OF THE ENGINE GAS PATH AFTER
_______
EXPOSURE TO DRY OR FOAM CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER AGENTS.
(1) After use of dry and foam chemical fire extinguishing it is necessary
to clean all components which have contact with the chemical
(Ref. TASK 70-11-56-910-001). Do a visual and borescope inspection to
find which parts of the engine are affected.
NOTE : It is not possible to remove all signs of dry or foam chemical

____
agents without engine disassembly. It is permitted in
assembled engine condition to clean the external flow and exit
nozzle area only. Make sure no extinguishing agent is found to
the engine gas path.
Subtask 71-00-00-110-062
C. Procedure after the Use of Other Fire Extinguishing Agents.
(1) Clean all components which have contact with the chemical (Ref. TASK
70-11-56-910-001).
NOTE : The majority of fire extinguishing agents covered by this task

____
requires engine disassembly and cleaning as well (Ref. TASK
70-11-56-991-150). Partial disassemble and cleaning is
possible to a level where access to all parts is provided.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 233
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-860-012
Engine Safety Precautions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The properties of operation of jet engine powered aircraft make it necessary

to prevent:
- Injury to the persons who operate the engine.
- Damage to the engine.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98F10103500000 2 CHOCK-MLG,ENGINE RUN-UP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-860-014 Procedure After the Use of Fire Extinguishing Agents

78-10-00-200-012 Visually Examine the Mixed Exhaust System
71-00-00-991-151 Fig. 205
71-00-00-991-152 Fig. 206
71-00-00-991-153 Fig. 207
71-00-00-991-154 Fig. 208
71-00-00-991-230 Fig. 209
71-00-00-991-168 Fig. 210
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-149
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 234
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-860-055
A. Engine safety precautions
CAUTION : DO NOT DO ENGINE GROUND RUNS UNLESS THE GROUND WHICH IS BEHIND
_______
THE ENGINE IS A CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
ENGINE EXHAUST GASES CAN CAUSE AN ASPHALT PAVEMENT TO MELT.
MELTED ASPHALT CAN CAUSE IMPORTANT DAMAGE TO THE REAR STRUCTURE
OF THE AIRCRAFT AND/OR TO THE ENGINE NACELLES.
NOTE : Idle runs are allowed on asphalt provided it is in good

____
conditions.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is parked on a clean dry flat area. There
must be no oil, grease or other slippery material and no gravel or
other small elements being on that surface. Pavement must be in
concrete because behind the engine asphalt can cause damage to the
engine/aircraft structure. Pavement must be solid forward the engine.
(2) Engine safety precautions for the persons who operate the engine
WARNING : EAR PROTECTION MUST BE WORN BY ALL PERSONS WHO WORK NEAR
_______
THE ENGINE WHILE THE ENGINE OPERATES. LOUD NOISE FROM THE
ENGINE CAN CAUSE TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EARS.
(a) Engine noise
1
_ Full octave sound pressure levels are given in the figure.
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 71-00-00-991-151)
(b) The Air Intake and the Fan Discharge Velocity

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 71-00-00-991-152)
WARNING : STAY AWAY FROM THE DANGER AREAS AT THE FRONT AND THE
_______
SIDES OF THE ENGINE DURING OPERATION.
1
_ The air intake
a
_ The engine can make enough suction at the inlet duct to
pull a person up to, or in to (in part or fully) the duct.
This can cause a very bad injury or kill a person.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 235
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Noise Levels

Figure 205/TASK 71-00-00-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 236
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

71-00-00

Page 237
Aug 01/09

CES

I A E

V2500

R Air Intake
Figure 206/TASK 71-00-00-991-152- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 238
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

R Air Intake

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 239
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ The fan discharge velocity
a
_ When the thrust reverser operates, the fan air comes out
forward. The velocity of the discharge air is sufficiently
high to cause a bad injury.
(c) The Exhaust
WARNING : KEEP AWAY FROM THE EXHAUST AREA WHEN THE ENGINE IS
_______
STARTED AND WHILE THE ENGINE OPERATES. THE EXHAUST
GASES HAVE A BAD SMELL AND CAN BE BAD TO BREATHE. THE
GAS IS BAD FOR THE EYES. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS OR LET
THE GAS GET IN YOUR EYES (IN AREAS WHERE THERE IS A
HIGH CONCENTRATION).
1
_ General
a
_ The jet wake diagrams show danger areas.
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 71-00-00-991-153, 208/TASK 71-00-00-
991-154)
b
_ The jet wake diagrams are at standard sea level static
conditions.
2
_ The exhaust heat
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 71-00-00-991-230)
a
_ At some time, when the engine is started, fuel which has
not been burned in the combustion chamber can ignite in the
exhaust area. This can cause long flames to blow out of the
exhaust nozzle. all persons must keep away from the exhaust
when the engine is started. Remove all flammable material
from the area.
b
_ The exhaust is hot when the engine operates at idle. Do not
go in the path of the exhaust. The skin can get burned.
3
_ The exhaust velocity
a
_ Eye protection must be worn while the engine operates. The
fan discharge air can collet and blow loose dirt, stones,
sand, and other unwanted material a large distance.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 240
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Jet Wake (Take-Off Power and Ground Idle)

Figure 207/TASK 71-00-00-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 241
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Jet Wake (Minimum Power)

Figure 208/TASK 71-00-00-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 242
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Jet Wake Temperature Contour (Take-Off Power)

Figure 209/TASK 71-00-00-991-230

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 243
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) The Engine Ignition System High Voltage
1
_ Do not touch any part of the engine ignition system while the
engine operates. The engine ignition system uses high energy
which is dangerous and can make electric shocks wich can cause
a bad injury or kill a person.
(e) Hot Engine Parts
1
_ Be careful when you work on the engine components immediatly
after the engine is shutdown. The engine components can stay
hot for up to one hour.
2
_ After engine operation, do not work or make an inspection on
the hot section or the exhaust areas for one-half hour
(preferably longer).
(f) The Compressor Bleed Valve Discharge
1
_ Stay away from the bleed valve during the valve-open operation
while the engine is in operation. When the bleed valve opens,
high pressure air at a high velocity comes out. This air can
move a person from his feet and cause injury.
(g) Fuel and Oil
1
_ Fuels and oils can cause the skin to dry out. If possible do
not let fuels or oils touch the skin.
(h) Pressurized Oil System
1
_ Hot oil can spray on a person and cancause burns.
2
_ The oil tank is pressurized during operation. The pressure
slowly decreases after shutdown. Do not remove the oil tank
cap for a minimum of five minutes after engine shutdown.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 244
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Precautions and Procedures for Safe and Correct Engine Operation

_______
PROHIBITS STABILISED ENGINE OPERATION IN THE FOLLOWING
SPEED RANGE:
- FOR PRE-SCN17/V A/C: DO NOT STABILISE THE ENGINE BETWEEN
61% TO 74% N1 SPEED RANGE
STABILISED OPERATION OF THE ENGINE BETWEEN APPROXIMATELY
60% TO 74% N1 SPEED RANGE (LIMITS ARE A FUNCTION OF OUTSIDE
THEREFORE, THE PILOT MAY NOTICE A DIFFERENCE IN ENGINE
POWER RESPONSE COMPARED TO AN ENGINE WITH PRE-SCN17/V
SOFTWARE. REFER TO SERVICE BULLETIN A320-73-1075 FOR MORE
DETAILS.
CAUTION : BEFORE THE ENGINE IS OPERATED, DO A CHECK OF THE AIR

_______
INTAKE, AND THE AREA NEAR IT. EXAMINE FOR LOOSE OBJECTS
WHICH COULD BE PULLED IN TO THE ENGINE.
(a) The Air Intake
1
_ Clean the area in front of the air intake before the engine is
operated.
(b) The exhaust
CAUTION : THE ENGINE EXHAUST TEMPERATURE IS SUFFICIENT TO CAUSE

_______
DETERIORATION OF THE ASPHALT PAVEMENT. CONCRETE IS
RECOMMENDED FOR THE AREA IN THE EXHAUST PATH.
1
_ The jet wake diagrams are for reference.
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 71-00-00-991-153, 208/TASK 71-00-00-991-
154)
2
_ The jet wake diagrams are at standard sea level static
conditions.
(c) Deicing Fluid
1
_ Do not apply deicing fluid with a spray gun in to the engine
while the engine is in operation. The deicing fluid will cause
contamination of the airfoils and deterioration of performance
will be the result.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 245
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) X-rays
1
_ The Electronic Engine Control (EEC) can be damaged by
continued use of x-rays. The EEC must be removed before the
use of x-rays.
(e) Thrust Lever Movement
CAUTION : A DETERIORATION OF THE PERFORMANCE CAN RESULT IF YOU DO

_______
NOT OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS THAT FOLLOW.
1
_ When possible, all throttle control lever movements must be
slow and smooth.
2
_ Snap accelerations and decelerations will not cause a
deterioration of the engine performance if you obey the
instructions which follow:
a
_ Before a snap acceleration, operate the engine at IDLE for
at least five minutes after the first engine start.
b
_ After a fast deceleration, operate the engine at IDLE for
at least five minutes before an engine shutdown.
c
_ If you operated the engine at high power (higher than 1.33
EPR) for more than 30 seconds (which includes the usual
acceleration time), and then operated the engine at IDLE
for more than one minute, you must operate the engine at
IDLE for at least ten minutes before you make a snap
acceleration.
(f) Wind Direction
1
_ Wind direction and velocity affects the stability of the
engine. Where possible, the engine must be operated with the
intake in to the wind.
(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 71-00-00-991-168)
(g) Tailpipe Fires During Engine Start
1
_ If a tailpipe fire occurs during engine start, shut off the
fuel and motor the engine to blow out the fire and decrease
the internal engine temperature.
2
_ In the event of a tail pipe fire of up to 5 seconds duration,
there is no need for a special inspection of the CNA or other
engine components.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 246
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Wind Direction and Velocity Operational Limits

Figure 210/TASK 71-00-00-991-168

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 247
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3
_ In the event of a tail pipe fire of 5 seconds duration or
longer, on start-up, or during shutdown, a visual inspection
of the CNA and surrounding engine components should be carried
out (Ref. TASK 78-10-00-200-012).
(h) Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishing Agents
CAUTION : USE OF DRY CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENTS CAN CAUSE

_______
CORROSION OF THE ENGINE PARTS.
CAUTION : WATER USED TO REMOVE DRY CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHING

_______
AGENTS CAN INCREASE THE POSSIBILITY OF CORROSION.
1
_ Dry chemical fire extinguishing agents are not recommended,
but if these agents are used, special precautions are
necessary to prevent corrosion to the engine parts (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-860-014).
2
_ Water is not recommended to remove dry chemical fire
extinguishing agents. These agents are not water-soluable.
Water can cause the agents to build-up and bond to the parts,
which can increase the possibility of corrosion.
(i) Aircraft thrust balance during engine operation
1
_ Single engine operation is allowed up to 1.25 EPR.
2
_ If higher power is necessary, the thrust of the second engine
(non tested engine or opposite engine) must be equal to 1.08
EPR.
(j) Prevent aircraft movement during engine run up
1
_ If high power is necessary (above idle) aircraft must be
immobilized by wheel chocks and brake pedals. Do the following
procedure:
a
_ On the LANDING GEAR CTL & IND PNL 402VU select A/SKID NOSE
WHEEL switch in ON position.
b
_ Fully depress brake pedals and hold.
c
_ Release parking brake handle
d
_ Once the test is terminated, return to the parking brake
configuration.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 248
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- Move back the two throttle control levers to idle
position.
- Return to the parking brake configuration.
NOTE : If engine start is followed by a high power run, use

____
CHOCK-MLG,ENGINE RUN-UP (98F10103500000).
2
_ There must be two qualified persons in the cockpit when
performing an engine run above idle. One must monitor the
outside and the aircraft behaviour while the other performs
the engine test.
3
_ If the aircraft begins to move while performing an engine run,
immediately set all the thrust levers to idle position.
Subtask 71-00-00-865-095
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 71-00-00-860-065-A
C. Prevent aircraft movement during engine run up

_______
RANGE:

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 249
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) If high power is necessary (above idle) aircraft must be immobilized
by wheel chocks and brake pedals. Do the following procedure:
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN LGCIU CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1GA, 2GA, AND 52GA. IF
_______
YOU DO THIS, AIRCRAFT BRAKING THROUGH BRAKE PEDALS DOES NOT
OPERATE.
(a) On the LANDING GEAR CTL & IND PNL 402VU select A/SKID NOSE
WHEEL switch in ON position.
R (b) Make sure the parking brake is ON position.
R (c) Fully depress brake pedals and hold.
R (d) Once the test is terminated, return to the parking brake

configuration.
1
_ Move back the two throttle control levers to idle position.
2
_ Return to the parking brake configuration.
NOTE : If engine start is followed by a high power run, use

____
CHOCK-MLG,ENGINE RUN-UP (98F10103500000).
R (e) There must be two qualified persons in the cockpit when

performing an engine run above idle. One must monitor the outside
and the aircraft behaviour while the other performs the engine
test.
R (f) If the aircraft begins to move while performing an engine run,


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 250
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-860-010
Engine Operation Limits, Guidelines and Special Procedures
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for V2500-A5 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
05-51-26-200-001 INSPECTION AFTER ENGINE FAILURE

71-00-00-710-014 Procedure After Engine Overtemperature (No Surge or
Stall) (Above Idle)
71-00-00-710-020 Procedure After Engine Overtemperature (With Surge or
Stall)
TSM 77-30-00-810-826 High N1 Vibration Level on Engine 1
TSM 79-00-00-810-838 High Oil Consumption on Engine 1
TSM 79-00-00-810-839 High Oil Consumption on Engine 2
TSM 79-33-00-810-830 Oil Pressure less than 80 PSI on Engine 1
TSM 79-33-00-810-831 Oil pressure less than 80 PSI on Engine 2
TSM 80-00-00-810-813 EGT Higher than the Limit during Start-Up on Engine 1
TSM 80-00-00-810-814 EGT Higher than the Limit during Start-Up on Engine 2
71-00-00-991-161 Fig. 211
71-00-00-991-155 Fig. 212
71-00-00-991-239 Fig. 213
71-00-00-991-156 Fig. 214
71-00-00-991-157 Fig. 215
71-00-00-991-252 Fig. 216
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-151
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 251
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-869-138
A. Engine Operation Limits
(1) Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) Limits :
(a) Starting, for up to 2 minutes:

(Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 71-00-00-991-161)
635 deg.C (1175 deg.F)
NOTE : Refer to engine operation guidelines for more data on

____
starter operation.
(b) Transient:
635 deg.C (1175 deg.F)
(c) Take-off, for up to 5 minutes:

635 deg.C (1175 deg.F) for V2522, V2524, V2527E and V2527.
650 deg.C (1202 deg.F) for V2530 and V2533.
(d) Maximum Continuous:

610 deg.C (1130 deg.F)
(2) Oil Pressure Limits:
(a) The main oil differential pressure must be on or within the

limits given during stabilized ground operation only.
(Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 71-00-00-991-155)
1
_ Correction for main oil temperature and HP speed can be
applied during stabilized ground running at idle only using
the DMOP Idle Correction Equation.
(Ref. Fig. 213/TASK 71-00-00-991-239)
2
_ If the DMOP is below the lower limit, perform trouble shooting
(Ref. TSM TASK 79-33-00-810-830) or (Ref. TSM TASK 79-33-00-
810-831).
(b) During operation in cold weather, the scavenge oil filter

differential pressure switch on the filter housing, can operate
until the main oil temperature gets to approximately 32 deg.C
(89.60 deg.F).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 252
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) The No. 4 compartment scavenge oil pressure range is 0 to 205
psig (0 to 1413,4kPa) at the highest power settings when the No.4
scavenge valve is CLOSED. The normal operating pressure is 0 to
145 psig (0 to 999.7kPa) after three minutes of stabilization.
(d) The indicated oil pressure can be different between engines by as

much as 80 PSIG (551,6kPa) without this being an indication of an
oil system malfunction.
(3) Oil Temperature Limits:
(a) The maximum oil temperature is 155 deg.C (311 deg.F) (when
operation is stabilized for a minimum of three minutes). If the
oil temperature is higher than 155 deg.C (311 deg.F), find the
cause of the high temperature, as soon as possible.
(b) The maximum transient temperature is 165 deg.C (329 deg.F) for 15
minutes after any high power operation. If the temperature is
higher than 165 deg.C (329 deg.F) shut down the engine and find
the cause of the high temperature.
(c) Before operation above idle, the oil temperature must be a

minimum of -10 deg.C (+14 deg.F).
(d) Before operation at high power (Max Continuous(MCT), Climb (CL)

or greater, the oil temperature must be a minimum of 50 deg.C
(122 deg.F).
(e) At start, the oil temperature must be a minimum of -40 deg.C (-40
deg.F).
(4) Rotor Operation Speed limits:
(a) The maximum N1 is 5,650/rpm/100 percent
(b) The maximum N2 is 14,950/rpm/100 percent
NOTE : If the rotor speeds are more than these limits:

____
(Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 71-00-00-991-156, 215/TASK 71-00-00-
991-157)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 253
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

EGT Overtemperature Limits (for Starting)


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 254
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 255
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 256
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Main Oil Pressure (MOP) Limits during Engine Operation above IDLE
Figure 212/TASK 71-00-00-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 257
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Differential Main Oil Pressure (DMOP) Idle Correction Equation

Figure 213/TASK 71-00-00-991-239

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 258
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Rotor Speed Limits

Figure 214/TASK 71-00-00-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 259
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Rotor Speed Limits

Figure 215/TASK 71-00-00-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 260
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Overtemperature limit: (Ref. TSM TASK 80-00-00-810-813) or (Ref. TSM
TASK 80-00-00-810-814).
(a) Refer to Procedure After Engine Overtemperature (no surge or

stall) (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-014) or Procedure After Engine
Overtemperature (with Surge or stall) (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
020)
(b) Nacelle Temperature Limit:
(c) The nacelle temperature advisory comes on at 320 deg.C (608

deg.F).
Subtask 71-00-00-869-137
B. Engine Operation Guideline
(1) Oil consumption guidelines
(a) Oil consumption is acceptable if the consumption is not more than

0.6 US pints (0.5 Imperial pint) (approximately 0.3 quart) each
hour.
(Ref. Fig. 216/TASK 71-00-00-991-252)
(b) If high oil consumption is experienced greater than 0.3 US Qts/Hr

(0.6 pts/hr) (Ref. TSM TASK 79-00-00-810-838) or (Ref. TSM TASK
79-00-00-810-839).
NOTE : If it is found that the oil level has increased by 0.42 US

____
pints (200ccs) or more compared to before, obtain an oil
sample and send it to the laboratory for the fuel
contamination check
(c) The minimum time of operation for a check of oil consumption is

30 minutes. The engine must have operated at high and low thrust
lever positions during these 30 minutes.
(2) Starter Operation Guideline
(a) Usual starter operation time must not be more than two minutes.
(b) Do the starter procedure that follows:
1
_ Do three consecutive cycles (two cycles of two minutes and one
cycle of one minute).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 261
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Oil Consumption Flow Chart


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 262
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Oil Consumption Flow Chart


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 263
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Stop operation for 15 seconds between cycles to let the
starter rotor lubricate again.
3
_ After three cycles, stop for 30 minutes to let the starter
become cool.
4
_ Do not engage the starter again with the engine motoring above
10 percent N2.
(c) Starter operating pressure is between 30 and 40 psig (206,84 and

275,79 kPa).
(3) Vibration limits and fan trim balance vibration guidelines.
(a) Vibration limits (steady state):

N1 (peak): 5.0 Units
1
_ Engines that have vibrations within the vibration limits are
acceptable.
2
_ Engines that have N1 peak vibration that exceeds the above
limit, trouble shoot per TSM (Ref. TSM TASK 77-30-00-810-826)
or (Ref. TSM TASK 77-30-00-810-827)
3
_ Engines that have N2 peak vibration that exceeds the above
limit, trouble shoot per TSM (Ref. TSM TASK 77-30-00-810-828)
or (Ref. TSM TASK 77-30-00-810-829).
4
_ A non-revenue ferry flight to a maintenance base is
permissible with N1 or N2 vibration above limits, if no fault
in the respective trouble shooting procedures in steps 2_ and
3_ above. This condition is permissible for only one engine
per aircraft.
(b) Vibration guidelines.

1
_ Fan trim balance is recommended any time N1 peak vibration
exceeds this guideline. N1 vibration levels above this
guideline are generally accompanied by perceivable airframe
vibrations. Waiting until N1 peak vibration approaches or
exceeds the 5.0 unit limit may require multiple fan trim
balances to bring N1 vibration down to an acceptable limit.
NOTE : 5.0 Units (aircraft display)= 1.5 IPS

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 264
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Aircraft/FCOM correlation.
- As stated in the FCOM, if N2 vibration during engine start
exceeds limit, start should be aborted. Subsequent starts
may be initiated without maintenance action for up to three
start attempts.
- The above limits and guidelines are stable (steady state)
levels. Aircraft systems continually monitor vibration and
as such may not be stable, therefore the aircraft level is
advisory and not a limit. Vibration above the advisory level
may or may not require maintenance action, as described in
the FCOM; initially depending on icing condition or other
engine parameter shifts and finally whether the advisory
level is confirmed at steady state conditions.
(4) Maintenance action after an unwanted and sudden shutdown of the

engine:
(a) If the engine does not have damage after which engine removal is
necessary, immediately do again an engine start.
(b) If there is engine damage such as component seizure or rupture

(Ref. TASK 05-51-26-200-001). This task includes the engine
removal and a detailed inspection of the engine pylon.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 265
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-014
Procedure After Engine Overtemperature (No Surge or Stall) (Above Idle)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-200-012 Borescope Inspection of the LP Turbine
72-00-00-200-013 Borescope Inspection of inside of Combustion Chamber
and HP turbine stage 1 Vanes
72-00-00-200-013 Borescope Inspection of inside of Combustion Chamber
and HP turbine stage 1 Vanes
72-00-00-200-014 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 High Pressure
Turbine (HPT) Blades
72-00-00-200-014 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades
72-00-00-200-016 Inspection of the HP Compressor
TSM 77-00-00-810-817 EGT Higher than the Limit on Engine 1
TSM 77-00-00-810-818 EGT Higher than the Limit on Engine 2
71-00-00-991-163 Fig. 217
71-00-00-991-235 Fig. 218
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-295
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 266
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-188
A. Procedure After Engine Overtemperature (No Surge or Stall) (Above Idle)
(1) General
CAUTION : IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS THAT FOLLOW, DAMAGE TO

_______
THE ENGINE CAN BE THE RESULT.
(a) When the EGT is more than the limits and there is no surge or
stall
1
_ Do not do an engine shutdown. Cool the engine at IDLE for five
minutes unless you know that continued operation will cause
more damage, or if there is not a decrease in EGT.
2
_ Do an engine shutdown (after five minutes if necessary).
3
_ Write how much time the temperature was more than the limit
and the highest temperature for subsequent analysis. This is a
very important step, if IAE representative assistance is
requested and is also required for subsequent analysis or
maintenance actions.
4
_ Refer to Overtemperature Limits
(Ref. Fig. 217/TASK 71-00-00-991-163)
NOTE : For engines that show overtemperature during idle or

____
below idle operating conditions (which include low
power rundown events) use the overtemperature limits
contained in the engine starting procedures (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047)
(2) Necessary action
(a) Transient Area (5 seconds).

(Ref. Fig. 217/TASK 71-00-00-991-163)
For A319 aircraft with V2522-A5 or V2524-A5 engines, and A320
aircraft with V2527-A5, V2527E-A5 or V2527M-A5 engines.
- If overtemperature was transient up to 1238 deg.F (670 deg.C)
for five seconds or less, no action is necessary.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 267
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

EGT Overtemperature Limits (idle and above)

Figure 217/TASK 71-00-00-991-163

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 268
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Area A1
1
_ Examine the cause of overtemperature (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-00-
810-817) or (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-00-810-818).
2
_ Record:
- Engine serial No.
- Maximum temperature.
For A319 aircraft with V2522-A5 or V2524-A5 engines, and
A320 aircraft with V2527-A5, V2527E-A5 or V2527M-A5 engines.
- Time of overtemperature above 635 deg.C (1175 deg.F)
- If the condition was steady-state or surge.
3
_ Examine the exhaust area for signs of burning or distortion
and metal particles from upstream damage.
a
_ If there are no signs of damage, the engine can continue to
operate
b
_ If you see damage, do the steps that follow:
- Borescope inspect the HP Compressor (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-
200-016).
- Borescope inspect the Combustion Chamber (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-013).
- Borescope inspect the Stage 1 HPT Blades (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-014).
00-00-200-015).
- Borescope inspect the LP Turbine (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
012).
- Examine for broken turbine cooling air supply tubes
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 71-00-00-991-235)
(c) Area A2 from 1 to 9 events of EGT overtemperature
1
810-817) or (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-00-810-818).
2
_ Record:
- Engine serial No.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 269
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Turbine Cooling Air Supply Tubes Locations

Figure 218/TASK 71-00-00-991-235

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 270
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3
a
_ If there are no signs of damage, the engine can continue to
operate.
b
200-016).
00-00-200-013).
00-00-200-014).
00-00-200-015).
012).
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 71-00-00-991-235)
(d) Area A2 from 10 events of EGT overtemperature or more
1
810-817) or (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-00-810-818).
2
_ Record:
- Engine serial No.
3
a
_ If you do not see damage, the engine can continue to
operate. In less than 25 hours, do the steps that follow:
200-016).
00-00-200-013).
00-00-200-014).
00-00-200-015).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 271
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

012).
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 71-00-00-991-235)
b
200-016).
00-00-200-013).
00-00-200-014).
00-00-200-015).
012).
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 71-00-00-991-235)
(e) Area B for 1 to 9 times
1
810-817) or (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-00-810-818).
2
_ Record:
- Engine serial No.
3
a
_ If you do not see damage, the engine can continue to
operate. In less than 25 hours, do the steps that follow:
200-016).
00-00-200-013).
00-00-200-014).
00-00-200-015).
012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 272
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 71-00-00-991-235)
b
200-016).
00-00-200-013).
00-00-200-014).
00-00-200-015).
012).
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 71-00-00-991-235)
4
_ Only one engine per aircraft can be in this group.
(f) Area B for 10 times
1
_ Record:
- Engine serial No.
2
_ Remove the engine from service for hot section inspection and
metallurgical analysis of the stage 1 and stage 2 HP turbine
blades.
3
_ Examine for broken turbine cooling air supply tubes
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 71-00-00-991-235)
(g) Area C
1
_ Record:
- Engine serial No.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 273
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Remove the engine from service for hot section inspection and
metallurgical analysis of the stage 1 and stage 2 HP turbine
blades, and examination of the stage 3 LP turbine blade.
3
_ Examine a stage 3 LP turbine blade only if the stage 2 HP
turbine blades are rejected for overtemperature.
4
_ Examine for broken turbine cooling air supply tubes
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 71-00-00-991-235)
NOTE : It is permissible to ferry-fly a non-revenue engine

____
with overtemperature to a maintenance base, but a
visual inspection and a hot section borescope
inspection (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-013), (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-014) and (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-015) must
show the hardware is within limits and shows no visual
damage. This condition is permissible for only one
engine per aircraft.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 274
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-015
Procedure for an Emergency Shutdown
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-700-016 Procedure for a Bowed Rotor Start Prevention

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-153
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-093
A. Procedure for an emergency shutdown
CAUTION : IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS PROCEDURE, DAMAGE TO THE HP ROTOR BLADE

_______
TIP SEALS CAN BE THE RESULT.
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO START AN ENGINE THAT HAS AN N2 ROTOR THAT IS

_______
LOCKED.
THE HP ROTOR BLADE TIP SEALS CAN BE DAMAGED.
CAUTION : DO NOT START NEWLY OVERHAULED ENGINES WITH HP COMPRESSOR BLADE

_______
TIP CLEARANCES THAT ARE NOT WORN AFTER AN EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN.
THIS CAN CAUSE AN ECCENTRIC RUB PATTERN OF THE HP COMPRESSOR
BLADE TIP SEALS.
THIS IS CAUSED BY A THERMALLY BOWED ROTOR BECAUSE OF HEAT
BUILD-UP IN THE 15 MINUTES THAT FOLLOW AN EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN.
THIS ECCENTRIC RUB PATTERN CAN CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY ENGINE
PERFORMANCE AND STABILITY.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 275
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Quickly and immediately move the throttle control lever to MIN IDLE
position.
(2) On the ENG panel 115VU:

Set the ENG/MASTER control switch 1(2) to OFF. The HP fuel valve will
close immediately.
(3) Do a dry motoring.
CAUTION : YOU CAN ENGAGE STARTER MOTOR WHEN N2 IS LESS THAN 10 PER
_______
CENT. IF YOU ENGAGE STARTER MOTOR AT MORE THAN 10 PERCENT
N2 SPEED CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE STARTER.
(a) Do a dry motoring of the engine for a minimum of 30 seconds but

not more than two minutes to remove the remaining fuel and to
decrease the EGT below 250 deg.C (482 deg.F) (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-045).
(4) Examine the ignition system leads.
CAUTION : WHEN ENGINE SHUTDOWN OCCURS QUICKLY, THE IGNITION LEAD CAN
_______
POSSIBLY NOT BE SUFFICIENTLY COOL. DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER
BUSHINGS AND INSULATION CAN BE THE RESULT.
(a) Examine the ignition system leads at the terminal end (which is
connected to the igniter) for signs of damage before the
subsequent start. The cause of the damage is high temperature.
(5) Before you start the engine refer to the procedure for a bowed rotor
start prevention after an emergency shutdown (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-
016).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 276
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-018
Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-154
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-097
A. Discontinued Start
(1) You can manually stop the automatic start procedure all the time when
you turn the MASTER control switch to OFF. In the auto start mode,
the automatic start abort protection is on only when N2 is less than
50 percent RPM.
(a) When automatic engine start is used, the FADEC will abort a start
(less than 50 percent N2 RPM) if one or more of the indications
that follow are detected.
1
_ Hot start
After light up is detected, EGT goes above the applicable
ground trimmed maximum EGT limit.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 277
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Hung start
After the hung start wait period after ignition , N2DOT falls
below the hung start tolerance for the hung start delay time.
If N2 is not available, this test is not done.
3
_ Ignition failure
4
_ Locked low rotor
If N2 exceeds the abort speed for locked N1, and there is no
sure indication of N1 rotation.
5
_ Engine stall
The engine surge indicator is activated.
6
_ Loss of EGT on the ground
T5 failed in both channels
7
_ FADEC autostop group failsafed
(2) The EEC abort indicator is not active during:
(a) The manual start mode and you must abort the start as follows.
1
_ Before the ENG/MASTER switch 1(2) is set to ON:
- On the overhead panel 22VU release the MAN START pushbutton
switch (OFF).
2
_ After the ENG/ MASTER switch 1(2) is set to ON:
- On the ENG PNL 115VU, set the ENG/MASTER switch 1(2) to OFF.
This will close the starter air valve, shut off the fuel
flow and shut off the igniters.
(b) The autostart mode above N2 IDLE speed and you must abort the
start as follows:
1
_ On the ENG PNL 115VU, set the ENG/MASTER switch 1(2) to OFF.
This will close the starter air valve, shut off the fuel flow
and shut off the igniters.
(3) Dry motor
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 278
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Dry motor the engine for 30 seconds to removed caught fuel and to
decrease the EGT below 250 DEG.C (482 deg.F) (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-045).
NOTE : If the auto abort start protection system comes on, the
____
FADEC will engage the starter automatically when N2 is at
10 percent RPM. The engine will continue to motor until
the EGT is decreased to less than 250 deg.C (482 deg.F) or
for two minutes, the one that occurs first.
NOTE : Automatic dry cranking follows a stopped automatic start.

____
(4) Stop the start if a component or a procedure failure display is shown

on the ECAM.
Subtask 71-00-00-710-117
B. Restart
(1) Set the ENG/MAN START pushbutton switch to off. You must do this
before you start the engine again after an aborted manual start or an
engine shutdown.
(2) If the starter is disengaged during the manual start, you can engage
the starter when N2 is below 10 percent.
(3) Do the automatic or manual start procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-

043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
Subtask 71-00-00-710-118
C. Engine shutdown
(1) Set the throttle control lever to the minimum idle position
(2) Operate the engine at MIN IDLE for three minutes before you do an
engine shutdown. If you operated the engine at high power (more than
of 1.33 EPR) for more than five minutes, increase the time at MIN
IDLE to 15 minutes before shutdown.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 279
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS AN ENGINE SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATELY,

_______
WHEN THE HP MASTER CONTROL SWITCH IS SET TO OFF. THE
SHUTDOWN IS INDICATED WHEN THE FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE CLOSES.
IF THE ENGINE CONTINUES TO OPERATE WHEN YOU SET THE MASTER
CONTROL SWITCH TO OFF, THERE IS A MALFUNCTION. MAINTENANCE
IS NECESSARY BEFORE A SUBSEQUENT ENGINE START.
(a) Set the ENG/MASTER control switch 1(2) to OFF.
Subtask 71-00-00-865-086
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU ANTI ICE/RAIN/RPLNT/CAPT 1DB1 D01
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/R 4DG2 W14
122VU ANTI ICE/RAIN/RPLNT/F/O 1DB2 W11
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/L 4DG1 X14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 280
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-019
Procedure After Engine Surge or Stall (No Overtemperature)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TSM 71-00-00-810-808 Surge or Stall on engine 1
TSM 71-00-00-810-809 Surge or Stall on engine 2
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-242
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-154
A. Procedure After Engine Surge or Stall
CAUTION : IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS THAT FOLLOW, DAMAGE TO THE
_______
ENGINE CAN BE THE RESULT.
(1) If there is an engine surge or stall and EGT is usual, do the steps
which follow:
(a) Quickly and immediately move the thrust lever to MIN IDLE STOP.
(b) Operate the engine for five minutes at MIN IDLE and continue
usual operation.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 281
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) If there is an engine surge or stall and EGT is above usual, do the
steps which follow:
(a) Quickly and immediately move the thrust lever to MIN IDLE STOP.
(b) On the ENG PNL 115VU:

Set the ENG/MASTER switch 1(2) to OFF. The HP fuel valve will
close immediately.
(3) Dry motor
_______
(a) Dry motor the engine for a minimum of 30 seconds but not more
than two minutes to remove caught fuel and to decrease the EGT
below 250 deg.C (482 deg.F) (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
(b) Complete Troubleshooting for Surge/Stall (Ref. TSM TASK 71-00-00-

810-808) or (Ref. TSM TASK 71-00-00-810-809).
(c) Before you start the engine refer to the procedure for a bowed
rotor start prevention after an emergency shutdown (Ref. TASK 71-
00-00-700-016).
(4) If there is an engine surge or stall where the EGT increases quickly,
the rotor speeds decrease suddenly, and the engine operation will not
follow thrust lever movement, do the steps which follow:
(a) Move the thrust lever to MIN IDLE STOP.
(b) On the ENG PNL 115VU:

Set the ENG/MASTER switch 1(2) to OFF. The HP fuel valve will
close immediately and stop the fuel flow to the engine.
(c) At 10 percent N2, dry motor the engine, continue to dry motor the
engine at 20 percent N2 until the EGT has decreased below 250
deg.C (482 deg.F) or for two minutes, whichever is reached first.
(d) Complete Troubleshooting for Surge/Stall (Ref. TSM TASK 71-00-00-

810-808) or (Ref. TSM TASK 71-00-00-810-809).
(e) Before you start the engine refer to the procedure for a bowed
rotor start prevention after an emergency shutdown (Ref. TASK 71-
00-00-700-016).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 282
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-710-155
B. Procedure After Crew Report of Engine Inflight Surge or Stall (No

Overtemperature) with Ignition On message with no Stall Warning
(1) Complete Troubleshooting for Surge/Stall (Ref. TSM TASK 71-00-00-810-

808) (Ref. TSM TASK 71-00-00-810-809).
Subtask 71-00-00-710-156
C. Procedure After Crew Report of Engine Inflight Surge or Stall (No

Overtemperature) with Ignition On message and Stall Warning
(1) Complete Troubleshooting for Surge/Stall (Ref. TSM TASK 71-00-00-810-

808) or (Ref. TSM TASK 71-00-00-810-809).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 283
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-020
Procedure After Engine Overtemperature (With Surge or Stall)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-991-163 Fig. 217
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-156
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-099
A. Procedure After Engine Overtemperature (With Surge or Stall)
(1) Quickly and immediately move the throttle control lever to the
minimum idle position.

Set the ENG/MASTER control switch 1(2) to OFF. The HP fuel shut off
valve will close immediately.
(3) Dry motor
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 284
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Dry motor the engine for a minimum of 30 seconds but not more
than two minutes to remove caught fuel and to decrease the EGT
below 250 deg.C (482 deg.F) (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
(4) Write how much time the temperature was more than the limit and the
highest temperature for subsequent analysis.
(Ref. Fig. 217/TASK 71-00-00-991-163)
This is a very important step if IAE representative assistance is
requested.
(5) Find the cause of surge or overtemperature

(Ref. Fig. 217/TASK 71-00-00-991-163)
NOTE : For engines that show overtemperature during idle or below

____
idle operating conditions (which includes low power rundown
events) use the overtemperature limits contained in the engine
stating procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-710-047)
(6) If the overtemperature event is mild and it has been determined that
the engine can be restarted for continued operation, refer to the
procedure for a bowed rotor start prevention after an emergency
shutdown (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-016).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 285
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-043
Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL ENGINE OPERATING AREAS ARE AS CLEAN AS POSSIBLE.
_______
ALL RAMPS, TAXIWAYS, RUNWAYS AND OTHER OPERATING AREAS MUST BE VERY
CLEAN TO PREVENT BAD DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE, AIRCRAFT AND PERSONS IN
THE AREA.
WARNING : DO NOT TRY TO STOP FAN FROM TURNING BY HAND. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
_______
THE PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE LANDING GEAR GROUND SAFETIES AND THE WHEEL CHOCKS
_______
ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : - ENGINE OPERATION MUST NOT EXCEED MINIMUM IDLE WHEN PERSONNEL ARE IN
_______
ENTRY/EXIT CORRIDOR.
- POSITIVE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE FLIGHT COMPARTMENT AND PERSONNEL
IN ENTRY EXIT CORRIDOR IS NECESSARY.
- INLET AND EXHAUST HAZARD AREAS MUST BE STRICTLY OBSERVED BY
PERSONNEL IN ENTRY/EXIT CORRIDOR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
- THE PASSENGER DOORS ARE CLOSED AND THE PASSENGER LOADING STAIRS ARE
REMOVED WHEN AT LEAST ONE ENGINE IS OPERATED ABOVE IDLE POWER.
- THE CARGO DOORS ARE CLOSED AND CARGO LOADING EQUIPMENT IS REMOVED
WHEN:
. ENGINE 2 IS OPERATED AT IDLE OR ABOVE
. AT LEAST ONE ENGINE IS OPERATED ABOVE IDLE POWER
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS INJURY TO THE PERSONNEL AND
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT AND/OR EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 286
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

WARNING : BEFORE YOU OPERATE THE ENGINES AT POWER SETTINGS ABOVE IDLE, MAKE
_______
SURE THAT THERE IS NO RISK OF PRE-PRESSURIZATION OR RESIDUAL PRESSURE
IN THE AIRCRAFT AFTER SUBSEQUENT ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
TO DO THIS, MAKE SURE THAT THE AIR CONDITIONING OUTFLOW VALVES ARE
OPEN DURING ALL THE TEST. TO OPEN THE VALVES:
- SET THE CABIN PRESSURE MODE TO MANUAL. THEN SET THE CABIN
PRESS/MAN/V/S CTL SWITCH TO UP. THE DITCHING FUNCTION MUST NOT BE
SET TO ON.
OR
- SET THE RAM AIR INLET TO OPEN (THE OVERFLOW VALVES ARE THEN IN THE
50% OPEN POSITION).
IF PERSONS TRY TO OPEN A DOOR WHEN THERE IS RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN THE
AIRCRAFT:
- THE DOOR CAN OPEN WITH DANGEROUS SUDDEN FORCE, AND
- THERE IS A RISK OF BAD INJURY OR DEATH, AND
- THERE CAN BE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU MOTOR THE ENGINE. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT FOR THE ENGINE GROUND RUN TEST :
_______
- THE AIRCRAFT IS IN A CLEAR AREA SPECIFIED FOR ENGINE GROUND RUN
WITH NO OBSTACLE NEARER THAN 50 METERS (164 FT.) IN FRONT OF THE THE
AIRCRAFT.
- THE AIRCRAFT IS STOPPED AND CANNOT MOVE DURING THE ENGINE GROUND
RUN. IF DURING THE ENGINE GROUND RUN TEST THE AIRCRAFT DOES START TO
MOVE FORWARD :
- DECREASE THE ENGINE THRUST IMMEDIATELY,
- STOP THE AIRCRAFT WITH THE PARKING BRAKE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO HYDRAULIC GROUND POWER SUPPLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE AIRCRAFT WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE. IF A GROUND POWER SUPPLY IS
CONNECTED, THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE PUMPS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 287
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
26-12-00-710-001 Operational Check of Loop/Squib
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-30-00-200-002 Check of the Reservoir Quantity Indication on the
ECAM Display Unit
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
36-12-00-860-001 Pressurization of the Bleed System with the APU
36-12-00-860-002 Pressurization of the Bleed System through the HP
Ground Connector
36-12-00-860-003 Pressurization of the Bleed System from a Second
Aircraft
71-00-00-700-014 Cold Weather Operation Procedure
71-00-00-860-012 Engine Safety Precautions
71-00-00-860-013 Oil and Fuel Systems Priming Procedure
71-00-00-991-168 Fig. 210
71-00-00-991-161 Fig. 211
71-00-00-991-232 Fig. 219

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 288
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-210-060
A. Do these inspections before the procedure:
NOTE : If a Post Flight Report (PFR) is necessary after the ground run,
____
enter a new flight number thru the MCDU (at least one dummy
character is sufficient).
(1) Make sure that the engine inlet and exhaust covers have been removed.
Also, look at these areas to make sure that they are clear of any
foreign objects.
(2) Do a visual check of the temperature sensors, fan inlet, and exhaust
areas. If snow or ice has collected in the fan duct, make sure that
the fan turns freely. Also, make sure that the engine inlet, inlet
lip, fan spinner, and fan exhaust duct are clear of ice or snow. If
the fan does not turn freely, thaw the engine with hot air before an
engine operation. Do the cold weather operation procedure (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-700-014)
(3) Look at the general condition of the fan spinner and the fan blades,
core exhaust nozzle, LPT and external surfaces of the cowls.
(4) Do a check of the drain ports for fuel, oil and hydraulic leaks. Also
make sure that fuel drained from the engine does not cause a fire.
Subtask 71-00-00-861-072
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 71-00-00-865-081
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
FOR 1000EM1
49VU ENGINE/1/FADEC A/AND EIU 1 2KS1 A04
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/OIL/PRESS/AND REV SNSR/CHAN A 2EN1 N40
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/OIL/QTY 1EN1 N39
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 289
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM2
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
Subtask 71-00-00-865-085
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3),

_______
4DA1(2,3) AND 5DA1(2,3) BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT
BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
- THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
- THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE
PERSONNEL.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 290
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-860-058
E. Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM display units only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).
Subtask 71-00-00-869-182
F. Check of the Reservoir Quantity Indication:
(1) Make sure that fire-fighting personnel are present.
(2) On the lower ECAM display unit:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR PRESSURE IS IN THE

_______
CORRECT OPERATION RANGE BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE. THE
HYDRAULIC FLUID IS NECESSARY TO LUBRICATE THE HYDRAULIC
PUMPS THAT THE ENGINE OPERATES.
(a) Get the HYDRAULIC page.
(b) Make sure that the pressure of the Green reservoir for the engine
1 (Yellow reservoir for the engine 2) is correct.
(c) Make sure that the reservoir fluid level is correct (Ref. TASK
29-30-00-200-002).
(3) Make sure that the engine 1(2) pump is serviceable (on the HYD/FUEL
PNL 40VU the OFF legend of the ENG1(2) PUMP pushbutton switch must be
off).
Subtask 71-00-00-710-130
G. Do the operational test of the engine fire and overheat detection

(loop/squib) (Ref. TASK 26-12-00-710-001).
Subtask 71-00-00-869-183
H. Preparation before procedure
(1) Put chocks in position in front of each forward outboard MLG wheel.
NOTE : If engine start is followed by a high power run, use CHOCK-

____
MLG,ENGINE RUN-UP (98F10103500000).
(2) On the RVD TRIM/PARKING BRK PNL:
(a) Make sure that the parking-brake control switch is set to ON.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 291
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) On the ENG PNL 115VU:
(a) Make sure that the ENG/MASTER 1(2) switch is set to OFF.
(4) Make sure that the thrust lever of the engine 1(2) is in the idle
stop position (zero on the graduated sector).
(5) On the CENTER INSTRUMENT PNL 400VU, make sure that:
(a) The brake pressure indication on the brake Yellow - pressure

triple - indicator is correct. If necessary, pressurize the brake
accumulator with the Yellow pump (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
(b) The landing gear normal control-lever is in the DOWN position.
(6) Make sure that the interphone system operates correctly.
(7) Make sure there is a positive communication between cockpit and

ground staff placed in front of the aircraft to ensure that the
aircraft is cleared and that there are no persons in the dangerous
areas.
(a) Get the FUEL page. Make sure that there is the correct quantity
of fuel in the fuel tanks to run the engine.
(9) On the HYD/FUEL panel 40VU:
(a) Push all the FUEL/PUMPS pushbutton switches (The OFF legends of
these pushbutton switches go off).
(10) Supply the aircraft pneumatic system:
CAUTION : DO NOT RUN THE ENGINE IF THE FUEL INLET PRESSURE IS NOT
_______
POSITIVE (THE FUEL IS NECESSARY TO LUBRICATE THE ENGINE
FUEL PUMPS AND THE FMU AND THUS PREVENT DAMAGE).
(a) Supply the aircraft pneumatic system from a HP ground power unit
or the APU (Ref. TASK 36-12-00-860-001) or (Ref. TASK 36-12-00-
860-002) or (Ref. TASK 36-12-00-860-003).
(11) On the panel control 25VU:

- set the EXT LT/BEACON switch to ON.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 292
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-131
A. Do the Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure as follows:
(1) General
WARNING : AFTER AN ABORT OF THE ENGINE STARTING SEQUENCE, A DRY

_______
CRANK, TO REMOVE FUEL VAPOURS, WILL OCCUR, ACCOMPANIED BY
ECAM MESSAGE:
- AUTO CRANK IN PROGRESS
ON COMPLETION OF THE DRY CRANK, ALWAYS PUT THE ENG/MASTER
SWITCH BACK TO THE OFF POSITION WHEN INSTRUCTED BY ECAM
MESSAGE:
- ENG MASTER OFF.
IF YOU ONLY CHANGE THE POSITION OF THE ENGINE MODE SELECTOR
SWITCH (FROM IGN/START TO NORM), THE FADEC SYSTEM WILL
NOT COMPLETE THE ABORT. THERE IS THUS A RISK THAT THE
ENGINE WILL START. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS.
CAUTION : REVERSE WINDMILLING CAN OCCUR IF THE AIRCRAFT IS OPEN TO A

_______
STRONG TAIL WIND. CAREFULLY MONITOR THE START TO PREVENT A
HOT START. REFER TO WIND DIRECTION AND VELOCITY OPERATIONAL
LIMITATIONS DIAGRAM.
(a) Do each step of the procedure in sequence. If you abort the

start, you must do each step of the sequence again.
(Ref. Fig. 219/TASK 71-00-00-991-232)
(b) During the start, keep the service air bleed inputs and accessory
load to a minimum.
(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 71-00-00-991-168)
1
_ If a tail wind prevents an easy start, position the aircraft
toward the wind. (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-012)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 293
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Start Fault Diagnostics

Figure 219/TASK 71-00-00-991-232

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 294
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Do the engine start
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ENG panel 115VU: On the lower ECAM display unit :

- Set the - The ENGINE page comes into view. Make
ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START sure that :
selector switch to IGN/START. - The air pressure is between 20 psi
(1.4 bar) and 39 psi (2.7 bar).
- The oil quantity is correct.
A. Fill the oil tank by the procedure that follows to avoid overfilling the
system
(1) If the engine was shut down for more than 10 hours, motor the engine
with the starter for a minimum of two minutes. Check the oil level
after the rotor stops. Fill the oil tank as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-
13-79-610-011).
(2) If the engine was shut down for less than 10 hours, check the oil
level. Fill the oil tank as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
(3) Before the first start after an overhaul, or if you drained the fuel
or the oil compartments to repair the engine, prime the oil and fuel
systems (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-013).
B. Before engine start refer to procedure for a bowed rotor start prevention
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-016).
CAUTION : THE HPC AND HPT ROTORS WILL HAVE IMPORTANT DAMAGE IF YOU DO NOT
_______
OBEY THE INSTRUCTION GIVEN IN THE TASK SPECIFIED BELOW.
2. On the ENG panel 115VU: On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
- Set the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control ENGINE page:
switch to ON. - The symbol for the starter valve is
in the open position.
- An automatic dry crank sequence of 30
seconds is performed.
3. On the upper ECAM display unit: 30 seconds after MASTER switch ON, the
- Monitor the management A or B indication comes into view below
parameters, EPR, N1, N2, EGT, IGN.
FF.
4. Monitor the engine start:

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 295
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAUTION : IF FUEL COMES ON AND NEITHER IGN A OR IGN B IS DISPLAYED OR NO EGT
_______
RISE WITHIN 20 SECONDS AFTER FUEL ON, INTERRUPT AUTOMATIC ENGINE
START BY SELECTING ENG MASTER SWITCH TO OFF AND PROCEED WITH A
MANUAL ENGINE START WITH 50 SECONDS DRY CRANK PROCEDURE.
5. On the lower ECAM display unit: At 43 percent N2 the symbol for the
- Monitor the oil pressure. starter valve is in the closed
position.
The A or B indication goes out of view.
NOTE : During pack valves closing, the FAULT legends of the AIR
____
COND/PACK pushbutton switches come on until the pack valves
are fully closed.
(3) Monitor the engine start:
CAUTION : IF YOU FAIL TO DO THE STEPS THAT FOLLOW, A HUNG START CAN
_______
BE THE RESULT.
(a) Monitor the N2 and the EGT carefully during the start for any
unusual indications. Sluggish N2 acceleration is an indication of
a possible hot or hung start. If this indication is accompanied
by a fast increase in EGT when N2 is more than 50 percent, abort
the start immediately. The EEC automatically aborts the start if
there are unusual indications and N2 is less than 50 percent. The
EEC also gives fault indication.
(b) If the EGT is more than the start temperature limit, shut the
engine down immediately. Write down the length of the time and
the highest temperature during overtemperature.
(Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 71-00-00-991-161)
(c) Abort the start if the oil pressure does not increase.
(d) Abort the start if the fuel or ignition is accidently stopped.
(e) Monitor all the engine parameters to make a check of the

automatic start procedure.
(f) Ignition automatically starts 30 seconds after the engine MASTER

Switch . The starter and the ignition automatically turn off at
43 percent N2.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 296
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(g) During the start sequence, if the igniter plug is defective, an
automatic ground start abort occurs. The defective igniter plug
is indicated by the ECAM system. During the subsequent start
attempt the EEC selects the other igniter plug. If this is also
defective, the ground start abort sequence again occurs and an
ECAM message comes into view.
(h) Make sure that the APU rpm goes back to normal.
NOTE : Automatic dry cranking follows an aborted start.

____
(i) When the engine idle speed is stable , on the ENG panel 115VU:
1
_ Set the ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START selector switch to NORM.
NOTE : When the engine start sequence has ended and the engine
____
is at or above idle (with TLA<8): on the upper ECAM
DU, AVAIL is displayed in green (10 seconds) on the
middle of the EPR dial in order to indicate that the
engine start is successful.
(4) Engine warm-up
(a) No minimum warm-up time is necessary after a usual engine

shutdown if the engine is started again in less than two hours.
(b) If the engine was not operated for more than two hours, operate
the engine at MIN IDLE for five minutes. This keeps thermal
stresses to a minimum. The engine must be warmed-up until the oil
temperature is a minimum of -10 deg.C (+14 deg.F) before you move
the thrust lever forward.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-869-157
A. Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-869-184
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Stop the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
(2) Stop the pneumatic supply to the aircraft
(a) Disconnect the HP ground power unit or stop the APU.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 297
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Do the EIS stop procedure: (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
Subtask 71-00-00-862-071
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 298
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-047
Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL ENGINE OPERATING AREAS ARE AS CLEAN AS POSSIBLE.
_______
ALL RAMPS, TAXIWAYS, RUNWAYS AND OTHER OPERATING AREAS MUST BE VERY
CLEAN TO PREVENT BAD DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE, AIRCRAFT AND PERSONS IN
THE AREA.
WARNING : DO NOT TRY TO STOP FAN FROM TURNING BY HAND. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
_______
THE PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
_______
ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : - ENGINE OPERATION MUST NOT EXCEED MINIMUM IDLE WHEN PERSONNEL ARE IN
_______
ENTRY/EXIT CORRIDOR.
- POSITIVE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE FLIGHT COMPARTMENT AND PERSONNEL
IN ENTRY EXIT CORRIDOR IS NECESSARY.
- INLET AND EXHAUST HAZARD AREAS MUST BE STRICTLY OBSERVED BY
PERSONNEL IN ENTRY/EXIT CORRIDOR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
- THE PASSENGER DOORS ARE CLOSED AND THE PASSENGER LOADING STAIRS ARE
REMOVED WHEN AT LEAST ONE ENGINE IS OPERATED ABOVE IDLE POWER.
- THE CARGO DOORS ARE CLOSED AND CARGO LOADING EQUIPMENT IS REMOVED
WHEN:
. ENGINE 2 IS OPERATED AT IDLE OR ABOVE
. AT LEAST ONE ENGINE IS OPERATED ABOVE IDLE POWER
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS INJURY TO THE PERSONNEL AND
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT AND/OR EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 299
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

WARNING : BEFORE YOU OPERATE THE ENGINES AT POWER SETTINGS ABOVE IDLE, MAKE
_______
SURE THAT THERE IS NO RISK OF PRE-PRESSURIZATION OR RESIDUAL PRESSURE
IN THE AIRCRAFT AFTER SUBSEQUENT ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
TO DO THIS, MAKE SURE THAT THE AIR CONDITIONING OUTFLOW VALVES ARE
OPEN DURING ALL THE TEST. TO OPEN THE VALVES:
- SET THE CABIN PRESSURE MODE TO MANUAL. THEN SET THE CABIN
PRESS/MAN/V/S CTL SWITCH TO UP. THE DITCHING FUNCTION MUST NOT BE
SET TO ON.
OR
- SET THE RAM AIR INLET TO OPEN (THE OVERFLOW VALVES ARE THEN IN THE
50% OPEN POSITION).
IF PERSONS TRY TO OPEN A DOOR WHEN THERE IS RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN THE
AIRCRAFT:
- THE DOOR CAN OPEN WITH DANGEROUS SUDDEN FORCE, AND
- THERE IS A RISK OF BAD INJURY OR DEATH, AND
- THERE CAN BE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU MOTOR THE ENGINE. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT FOR THE ENGINE GROUND RUN TEST :
_______
- THE AIRCRAFT IS IN A CLEAR AREA SPECIFIED FOR ENGINE GROUND RUN
WITH NO OBSTACLE NEARER THAN 50 METERS (164 FT.) IN FRONT OF THE THE
AIRCRAFT.
- THE AIRCRAFT IS STOPPED AND CANNOT MOVE DURING THE ENGINE GROUND
RUN. IF DURING THE ENGINE GROUND RUN TEST THE AIRCRAFT DOES START TO
MOVE FORWARD :
- DECREASE THE ENGINE THRUST IMMEDIATELY,
- STOP THE AIRCRAFT WITH THE PARKING BRAKE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO HYDRAULIC GROUND POWER SUPPLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE AIRCRAFT WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE. IF A GROUND POWER SUPPLY IS
CONNECTED, THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE PUMPS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A200
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
26-12-00-710-001 Operational Check of Loop/Squib
29-30-00-200-002 Check of the Reservoir Quantity Indication on the
ECAM Display Unit
Ground Connector
36-12-00-860-003 Pressurization of the Bleed System from a Second
Aircraft
71-00-00-700-014 Cold Weather Operation Procedure
71-00-00-860-013 Oil and Fuel Systems Priming Procedure
71-00-00-991-168 Fig. 210
71-00-00-991-161 Fig. 211
71-00-00-991-232 Fig. 219

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A201
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-210-061
A. Do these inspections before the procedure:
NOTE : If a Post Flight Report (PFR) is necessary after the ground run,
____
enter a new flight number thru the MCDU (at least one dummy
character is sufficient).
(1) Make sure that the engine inlet and exhaust covers have been removed.
Also, look at these areas to make sure that they are clear of any
foreign objects.
(2) Do a visual check of the temperature sensors, fan inlet, and exhaust
areas. If snow or ice has collected in the fan duct, make sure that
the fan turns freely. Also, make sure that the engine inlet, inlet
lip, fan spinner and fan exhaust duct are clear of ice or snow. If
the fan does not turn freely, thaw the engine with hot air before an
engine operation. Do the cold weather operation procedure (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-700-014).
(3) Look at the general condition of the fan spinner and the fan blades,
core exhaust nozzle, LPT and the external surfaces of the cowls.
(4) Do a check of the drain ports for fuel, oil and hydraulic leaks.
Also, make sure that fuel drained from the engine does not cause a
fire.
Subtask 71-00-00-861-073
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A202
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-865-082
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 71-00-00-865-084
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3),

_______
4DA1(2,3) AND 5DA1(2,3) BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT
BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
- THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
- THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE
PERSONNEL.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A203
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 71-00-00-860-056
E. Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM display units, only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-
00-860-001).
Subtask 71-00-00-869-185
F. Check of the Reservoir Quantity Indication:
(1) Make sure that the fire-fighting personnel are in position.

_______
CORRECT OPERATION RANGE BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE. THE
HYDRAULIC FLUID IS NECESSARY TO LUBRICATE THE HYDRAULIC
PUMPS THAT THE ENGINE OPERATES.
(a) Get the HYDRAULIC page.
(b) Make sure that the pressure of the Green reservoir for the engine
1 (Yellow reservoir for the engine 2) is correct.
(c) Make sure that the reservoir fluid level is correct (Ref. TASK
29-30-00-200-002) .
(3) Make sure that the engine pump is serviceable (on the HYD/FUEL PNL
40VU the OFF legend of the ENG 1(2) PUMP pushbutton switch must be
off).
Subtask 71-00-00-710-119
G. Do the operational test of the engine fire and overheat detection

(loop/squib). (Ref. TASK 26-12-00-710-001)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A204
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-869-160
H. Preparation before procedure:
(1) Put chocks in position in front of each forward outboard MLG wheel.
NOTE : If engine start is followed by a high power run, use CHOCK-

____
MLG,ENGINE RUN-UP (98F10103500000).
(2) On the RVD TRIM/PARKING BRK panel 110VU:
(a) Make sure that the parking brake control switch is set to ON.
(a) Make sure that the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch is set to OFF.
(4) Make sure that the throttle control lever of the engine 1(2) is in
the idle stop position (zero on the graduated sector).
(5) On the center instrument panel 400VU, make sure that:
(a) The brake pressure indication on the brake yellow - pressure

triple indicator is correct. If necessary, pressurize the brake
accumulator with Yellow pump (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
(b) The landing gear normal control lever is in the DOWN position.
(6) Make sure that the interphone system operates correctly.
(7) Make sure there is a positive communication between cockpit and

ground staff placed in front of the aircraft to ensure that the
aircraft is cleared and that there are no persons in the dangerous
areas.
(a) Get the FUEL page. Make sure that there is the correct quantity
of fuel in the fuel tanks to run the engine.
(9) On the HYD/FUEL panel 40VU:
(a) Push all the FUEL/PUMPS pushbutton switches (The OFF legends of
these pushbutton switches go off).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A205
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(10) Supply the aircraft pneumatic system:
CAUTION : DO NOT RUN THE ENGINE IF THE FUEL INLET PRESSURE IS NOT
_______
POSITIVE (THE FUEL IS NECESSARY TO LUBRICATE THE ENGINE
FUEL PUMP AND THE FMU AND THUS PREVENT DAMAGE).
(a) Supply the aircraft pneumatic system from a HP ground power unit
or APU (Ref. TASK 36-12-00-860-001) or (Ref. TASK 36-12-00-860-
002) or (Ref. TASK 36-12-00-860-003).
(11) On the panel control 25VU:

- set the EXT LT/BEACON switch to ON.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-132
A. Do the Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure as follows:
(1) General
WARNING : AFTER AN ABORT OF THE ENGINE STARTING SEQUENCE, A DRY

_______
CRANK, TO REMOVE FUEL VAPOURS, WILL OCCUR, ACCOMPANIED BY
ECAM MESSAGE:
- AUTO CRANK IN PROGRESS
ON COMPLETION OF THE DRY CRANK, ALWAYS PUT THE ENG/MASTER
SWITCH BACK TO THE OFF POSITION WHEN INSTRUCTED BY ECAM
MESSAGE:
- ENG MASTER OFF.
IF YOU ONLY CHANGE THE POSITION OF THE ENGINE MODE SELECTOR
SWITCH (FROM IGN/START TO NORM), THE FADEC SYSTEM WILL
NOT COMPLETE THE ABORT. THERE IS THUS A RISK THAT THE
ENGINE WILL START. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS.
CAUTION : REVERSE WINDMILLING CAN OCCUR IF THE AIRCRAFT IS OPEN TO A

_______
STRONG TAIL WIND. CAREFULLY MONITOR THE START TO PREVENT A
HOT START. REFER TO WIND DIRECTION AND VELOCITY OPERATIONAL
LIMITATIONS DIAGRAM.
(a) Do each step of the procedure in sequence. If you abort the

start, you must do each step of the sequence again.
(Ref. Fig. 219/TASK 71-00-00-991-232)
(b) During the start, keep the service air bleed inputs and accessory
load to a minimum.
(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 71-00-00-991-168)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A206
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1
_ If a tail wind prevents an easy start, position the aircraft
toward the wind. (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-012)
(2) Fill the oil tank by the procedure that follows to avoid overfilling
the system
(a) If the engine was shut down for more than 10 hours, motor the
engine with the starter for a minimum of two minutes. Check the
oil level after the rotor stops. Fill the oil tank as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011)
(b) If the engine was shut down for less than 10 hours, check the oil
level. Fill the oil tank as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-
011)
(c) Before the first start after an overhaul, or if you drained the
fuel or the oil compartments to repair the engine, prime the oil
and fuel systems (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-013)
CAUTION : THE HPC AND HPT ROTORS WILL HAVE IMPORTANT DAMAGE IF
_______
YOU DO NOT OBEY THE INSTRUCTION GIVEN IN THE TASK
SPECIFIED BELOW.
(3) Before engine start refer to procedure for a Bowed Rotor Start
Prevention (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-016)
(4) Do the engine start
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ENG panel 115VU: On the lower ECAM display unit:

- Put the - The engine page comes into view.
ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START - Make sure that:
selector switch to IGN/START. The air pressure is between 30 psi
(2.1 bar) and 40 psi (2.8 bar).
The oil quantity is correct.
NOTE : After IGN/START selection, wait about 5 seconds before selecting ENG
____
MAN START ON.
2. On the OVERHEAD control and - The ON legend of this pushbutton

indicating panel 22VU: switch comes on.
- Push the ENG/MAN START/1(2) - On the lower ECAM display unit, on
pushbutton switch. the ENGINE page:
Simultaneously start the timer The symbol for the starter valve is

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A207
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
for 30 seconds to perform a dry in the open position.
crank.
NOTE : For second engine start, wait about 5 seconds after the electrical
____
power transient (at 50 percent N2) before selecting the second ENG
MAN START ON.
3. Make sure that the engine - On the lower ECAM display unit, on
operates. the ENGINE page:
Make sure that the oil pressure
indication is positive.
NOTE : During pack valves closing, the FAULT legends of the AIR COND/PACK
____
pushbutton switches come on until the pack valves are fully closed.
4. After 30 seconds on the ENG panel On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
115VU: ENGINE page:
- Set the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control - The AB indication comes into view
switch to ON. below IGN
5. On the upper ECAM display unit: At 43 percent N2:

- Monitor the management The symbol for the starter valve is in
parameters (EPR, N1, N2, EGT the closed position.
and FF). - The AB indication goes out of view.
6. On the lower ECAM display unit:

- Monitor the oil pressure.
(5) Monitor the engine start
CAUTION : IF YOU FAIL TO DO THE STEPS THAT FOLLOW, A HUNG START CAN
_______
BE THE RESULT.
(a) Monitor the N2 and the EGT carefully during the start for any
unusual indications. Sluggish N2 acceleration is an indication of
a possible hot or hung start. If this indication is accompanied
by a fast increase in EGT, abort the start immediately.
(b) If the EGT is more than the start temperature limit, shut the
engine down immediately. Write down the length of the time and
the highest temperature during overtemperature.
(Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 71-00-00-991-161)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A208
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Abort the start if N1 turn does not occur immediately after an
increase in EGT or by the time N2 is more than 34 percent.
(d) Abort the start if more than 90 seconds is necessary for the
engine to accelerate from FUEL ON to idle N2.
(e) Abort the start if the EGT does not increase in less than 20
seconds after FUEL ON.
(f) Abort the start if the fuel or ignition is accidentally stopped.
(g) Abort the start if the oil pressure does not increase.
NOTE : If you abort the start, perform a dry motoring (Ref. TASK
____
71-00-00-710-045) for 30 seconds to remove caught fuel or
gases or until the EGT decreases below 250 deg.C (482
deg.F).
(h) Make sure that EGT, N1 and N2 increase in less than 20 seconds
(upper ECAM).
(i) Make sure that the EGT has an usual increase.
(j) Make sure that N1 and N2 have usual acceleration.
(k) Continue to motor the engine until the EGT peaks, decreases, then
becomes stable at MIN IDLE.
(l) When the engine idle speed is stable, on the panel 115VU:
- Put the ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START selector switch to NORM.
NOTE : When the engine start sequence has ended and the engine is
____
at or above idle (with TLA<8): on the upper ECAM DU,
AVAIL is displayed in green (10 seconds) in the middle
of the EPR dial in order to indicate that the engine start
is successful.
(m) On the panel 22VU:
1
_ Release the ENG/MAN/START/1(2) pushbutton switch.
- The ON legend of this pushbutton switch goes off.
(6) Engine Warm-Up
(a) No minimum warm-up time is necessary after a usual engine

shutdown if the engine is started again in less than two hours.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A209
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) If the engine was shutdown for more than two hours, operate the
engine at MIN IDLE for five minutes. This keeps thermal stresses
to a minimum. The engine must be warmed-up until the oil
temperature is a minimum of -10 deg.C (+14 deg.F) before you move
the throttle control lever forward.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-869-158
A. Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-862-072
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A210
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-021
Procedure for an Emergency Shutdown (New or Overhauled Engines)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-991-167 Fig. 220
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-161
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-095
A. Procedure for an emergency shut down for engines with less than two hours
of operation time since overhaul of HP rotor blade tip seals.
CAUTION : IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS PROCEDURE, DAMAGE TO THE HP ROTOR BLADE

_______
TIP SEALS CAN BE THE RESULT.
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO START AN ENGINE THAT HAS AN N2 ROTOR THAT IS

_______
LOCKED.
THE HP ROTOR BLADE TIP SEALS CAN BE DAMAGED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A211
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

CAUTION : DO NOT START NEWLY OVERHAULED ENGINES WITH HP COMPRESSOR BLADE
_______
TIP CLEARANCES THAT ARE NOT WORN AFTER AN EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN.
THIS CAN CAUSE AN ECCENTRIC RUB PATTERN OF THE HP COMPRESSOR
BLADE TIP SEALS.
THIS IS CAUSED BY A THERMALLY BOWED ROTOR BECAUSE OF HEAT
BUILD-UP IN THE 15 MINUTES THAT FOLLOW AN EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN.
THIS ECCENTRIC RUB PATTERN CAN CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY ENGINE
PERFORMANCE AND STABILITY.
(1) Quickly and immediately move the throttle control lever to the
minimum idle position.
(2) On the ENG panel 115VU: Set the ENG/MASTER control switch 1(2) to
OFF. The HP fuel shut off valve will close and stop the flow of fuel
to the engine.
NOTE : The EEC will engage the starter automatically when N2 reaches
____
10 percent and will continue to motor the engine until the EGT
has decreased below 250 deg.C (482 deg.F) or for two minutes,
whichever is reached first.
(3) Start the engine again in less than 15 minutes by the instructions
given in Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-043) or Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-047)
(4) Keep the power at minimum idle for 15 minutes before you move the
throttle control lever forward. Normal operation can continue after
15 minutes at minimum idle.
(5) If you cannot start the engine again in less than 15 minutes, do not
try to start the engine for six hours, but you can turn the HP
compressor as follows :
(a) Turn the HP compressor (use the gearbox crank pad) 180 degrees
each half hour until the start can be made. One third turn
clockwise (as seen from the front of the gearbox) on the gearbox
crank pad is equal to 180 degrees N2.
(Ref. Fig. 220/TASK 71-00-00-991-167)
NOTE : Between 10 and 20 minutes after the last manual rotor

____
turn, before you try an engine start, the HP rotor must be
free to turn (less than 500 lbf.in (5.65 m.daN) of torque
at the gearbox crank pad) through 360 degrees. Operate the
engine at APPROACH IDLE for 15 minutes before you
accelerate.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A212
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Gearbox Crank Pad Locations

Figure 220/TASK 71-00-00-991-167

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A213
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) If the rotor cannot be turned (if more than 500 lbf.in (5.65
n.daN) of torque is necessary), try to turn the rotor each one
half hour until the rotor is free.
(c) When the rotor is free, turn the rotor 180 degrees, stop for one
hour and start the engine. Operate the engine at APPROACH IDLE
for 15 minutes before you accelerate.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A214
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-600-010
Inhibit the Engine Fuel System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1R18685 1 ADAPTER - INHIBITING RIG
IAE1R18757 1 RIG - INHIBITING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

material oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-162
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A215
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-620-050
A. After the last engine operation, preserve the fuel system
(1) Disconnect the main fuel inlet line to the fuel pump inlet at the
aircraft interface.
(2) Drain the fuel system.
(3) Connect to RIG - INHIBITING (IAE1R18757) with ADAPTER - INHIBITING

RIG (IAE1R18685) or a supply of material oil (Material No. V10-103),
at an inlet pressure of 5 to 50 psig (34,5 to 344,7 kPa) and a
minimum temperature of 60 deg.F (15.5 deg.C).
(4) Cleanliness of the fuel system:
CAUTION : UNWANTED MATERIAL THAT GOES IN TO THE FUEL SYSTEM CAN CAUSE
_______
DAMAGE.
(a) Make sure that unwanted material does not go in to the fuel
system. Equipment must be provided with filters or strainers that
have mesh no coarser than 0.040 mm (0.002 in.).
Subtask 71-00-00-865-071
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
49VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT1/ENG1 1QG A08
121VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT2/ENG1 3QG M25
FOR 1000EM2
49VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT1/ENG2 2QG A09
121VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT2/ENG2 4QG M26
Subtask 71-00-00-869-136
C. On the HYD/FUEL paneL 40VU, make sure that all the FUEL/PUMPS pushbutton
switches are set to OFF.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A216
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-620-051
D. Inhibiting procedure:
(1) Wet motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046) until the
preservation/ inhibiting fluid gases go out of the tailpipe.
(2) Disconnect the inhibiting ring IAE1R18757 and adapter IAE1R18685 or

the supply of mineral oil.
(3) Drain the remaining fluid from the engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A217
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-700-040
Procedure after Accidental Opening of the Thrust Reverser Pressure Relief Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-80-700-010 Test the Release Load Setting of the Thrust Reverser
Pressure Relief Door Latches
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-941-060
A. Safety Precautions
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A218
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
1(2).
Subtask 71-00-00-010-078
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in to position.
Subtask 71-00-00-040-058
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.
WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______ CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-00-00-010-079
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A219
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-210-055
A. Procedure after accidental opening of the thrust reverser pressure relief

door
(1) Visually examine all pneumatic ducts and valves for cracks, ruptures,
loose or broken clamps, and loose support links.
(2) If the pneumatic system is satisfactory and in good condition, check

the pressure relief door, including hinges, for cracks, distortion
and screws and rivets that are not there.
(3) Examine the thrust reverser structure. Make sure that it is

satisfactory and has no distortion around the pressure relief door.
(4) Check that the release settings of the pressure relief door latches
are correct (Ref. TASK 78-32-80-700-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-410-080
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-440-058
B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A220
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-410-081
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A221
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-700-014
Cold Weather Operation Procedure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
- Ice that can collect at the engine inlet is one of the primary problems
during engine operations in cold weather.
- Engine icing can cause the conditions that follow:
. rotor blades that are caught against the stator case
. a rotor system that is not balanced
. internal damage in the engine.
- These conditions add to the engine icing problem:
. rotor blades and blade tips that have ice attached and is caused from:
* Snow that melts and freezes again on the engine rotors and stators
during engine cool-down.
* Engine suction during engine operation. This action decreases the air
pressure which causes the air temperature to decrease. This condition is
more apparent during high power static ground runs in stable weather
conditions.
* Evaporating cooling.
. Collected ice that goes in to the engine nacelle during engine
operation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-271
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A222
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-869-272
A. Cold Weather Operation Procedure
(1) Before Engine Operation
(a) Remove the engine inlet and exhaust covers.
(b) Remove all the loose ice and snow from the engine inlet ducts,
exhaust ducts and engine external surfaces.
(c) Make sure there is no fluid around the exhaust area that will
burn.
(d) Turn the fan blades:
WARNING : PUT APPROVED GLOVES ON YOUR HANDS BEFORE YOU TURN THE
_______
FAN BLADES.
AS THE BLADES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR HANDS.
1
_ Make sure the N1 rotor will turn freely. Use your hand and
turn the rotor in a clockwise direction when you look from the
rear of the engine.
(e) Apply heat if you have one or more of the conditions that follow:
1
_ The rotors do not move because of ice.
2
_ Ice and snow on the cowling, external surfaces, joints of the
thrust reverser, inlet cowl acoustic panels, fan duct and
turbine exhaust duct.
(2) Start the engine. Use the normal engine automatic start procedure
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or the normal engine manual start
procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
WARNING : DO NOT VISUALLY EXAMINE THE INLET COWL FOR ICE WHEN THE
_______
ENGINE IS IN OPERATION. DO NOT GO NEAR THE INLET AREA OR
INJURY TO THE PERSON CAN OCCUR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A223
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Apply engine/nacelle thermal anti-icing if you have the
conditions that follow:
1
_ There is visible moisture such as clouds, fog, rain, snow,
sleet or ice crystals present and the outside static air
temperature is less than 42 deg.F (5.5 deg.C) or if the dew
point and outside air temperature (ram air temperature (RAT)
or static air temperature (SAT)) are in 5 deg.F (-15 deg.C) or
3 deg.C (37.4 deg.F) of each other.
2
_ There is bad icing conditions
CAUTION : DURING GROUND RUNNING, CONCERN FOR FAN BLADE

_______
INTEGRITY PROHIBITS STABILISED ENGINE OPERATION IN
THE FOLLOWING SPEED RANGE:
- FOR PRE-SCN17/V A/C: DO NOT STABILISE THE ENGINE
BETWEEN 61% TO 74% N1 SPEED RANGE
- FOR POST-SCN17/V A/C (IAE SERVICE BULLETIN
V2500-ENG-73-0184) STABILISED OPERATION OF THE
ENGINE BETWEEN APPROXIMATELY 60% TO 74% N1 SPEED
RANGE (LIMITS ARE A FUNCTION OF OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE)
WILL BE PROHIBITED BY THE EEC, AS THE SOFTWARE
INCLUDES THE KEEP-OUT-ZONE FOR ON-GROUND, STATIC
OPERATION. THEREFORE, THE PILOT MAY NOTICE A
DIFFERENCE IN ENGINE POWER RESPONSE COMPARED TO AN
ENGINE WITH PRE-SCN17/V SOFTWARE. REFER TO IAE
SERVICE BULLETIN V2500-ENG-73-0184 FOR MORE DETAILS.
a
_ Do a regular engine run-up (with the engine anti-icing
system on) to the highest thrust setting possible (50
percent N1 speed for a minimum of 15 seconds is necessary).
This must be done to keep to a minimum the risk of ice
build-up during extended ground idle operation. Ten minutes
is the minimum time necessary between each engine run-up.
(3) After Engine Shutdown
CAUTION : THE ENGINE MUST BE SHUTDOWN IN THE FORWARD THRUST POSITION

_______
DURING A SNOW STORM. FAILURE TO DO THIS CAN CAUSE ICE TO
BUILD UP ON THE CASCADE VANES OF THE THRUST REVERSER, THE
BLOCKER DOORS AND THE LINKAGES.
(a) Make sure there is no snow or ice on the aircraft parking area.
(b) Examine the engine intake areas for ice particles.
1
_ Remove all the ice during the engine cool-down time.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A224
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) After the engine is cool.
CAUTION : IF ICE AND WATER ARE NOT REMOVED FROM THE ENGINE
_______
INTAKE, THE LOWER FAN BLADE TIPS CAN FREEZE TO THE FAN
CASE.
1
_ Make sure there is no ice or water in the engine intake at the
lower fan section area.
2
_ Apply a light coat of anti-icing fluid to the engine surfaces
that will contact all the applicable engine covers.
NOTE : The engine covers will not freeze to the engine when
____
anti-icing fluid is applied.
3
_ Install all the engine covers.
NOTE : The installation of engine covers will give protection

____
to the engine from ice, rain and snow.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A225
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-700-016
Procedure for a Bowed Rotor Start Prevention
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-860-010 Engine Operation Limits, Guidelines and Special
Procedures (Pre SB 79-0070)
71-00-00-991-167 Fig. 220
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-144
(1) Make sure that CHOCK-MLG,ENGINE RUN-UP (98F10103500000) are in

position in front of each forward outboard MLG weel, if engine start
is followed by a high power run.
NOTE : For general information refer to engine safety precautions

____
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-012) and engine operation limits,
guidelines and special procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-
010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A226
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) There must be two qualified persons in the cockpit when performing an
engine run above idle. One must monitor the outside and the aircraft
behaviour while the other performs the engine test.
(3) If the aircraft begins to move while performing an engine run,

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 220/TASK 71-00-00-991-167)
Subtask 71-00-00-869-145
A. Usual Engine Shutdown
(1) A shutdown which incorporates a cool-down of the engine at idle

before a shutdown, is considered a usual shutdown. The guidelines
that follow give usual engine shutdown.
(2) Operate the engine at MIN IDLE for five minutes before you do an
engine shutdown. If you operated the engine at high power (more than
1.33 EPR) for more than five minutes, increase the time at MIN IDLE
to Fifteen minutes before shutdown.
The time at MIN IDLE shall not be less than five minutes before
engine shutdown.
Subtask 71-00-00-869-147
B. Emergency Shutdown
(1) An emergency shutdown is a shutdown from power levels higher than MIN
IDLE and the engine was not cooled down at IDLE first.
Subtask 71-00-00-869-148
C. Procedure after an Emergency Shutdown
(1) Do the steps that follow for engines that will be started again in 15
minutes of the last engine shutdown.
(a) Immediately after FUEL OFF mode, engage the starter below 1490
RPM (10 percent) to continue the rotation of the engine.
(b) Motor the engine at more than 2500 N2 RPM (16.8 percent) until
the EGT decreasesbelow 482 deg F (250 deg C) or for two minutes.
Use the one that is less.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A227
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Start the engine again in less than 15 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
(d) Keep the power at MIN IDLE for 15 minutes before you move the
thrust lever forward. You can continue usual operation after 15
minutes at MIN IDLE.
(2) Do the steps that follow for engines that will be started again 15
minutes or more after the last engine shutdown.
(a) Start the engine again after six hours from the last engine
shutdown or turn the HP compressor as follows:
1
_ Turn the HP compressor (use the gearbox crank pad and a torque
wrench) 180 degrees each half hour for up to a maximum of six
hours. Do not use more than 500 lbf.in (5.65 m.daN) of torque.
NOTE : One third turn clockwise (when you look from the front
____
of the gearbox) on the gearbox crank pad is equal to
180 degrees of rotor rotation.
(Ref. Fig. 220/TASK 71-00-00-991-167)
(b) Between 10 and 20 minutes after the last manual rotor turn,
before you try an engine start, the HP rotor must be free (less
than 500 lbf.in (5.65 m.daN)) of torque is necessary to turn the
rotor 360 degrees). If the rotor is free, you can start the
engine again (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-047).
(c) If the rotor cannot be turned (more than 500 lbf.in (5.65 m.daN))
of torque is necessary), do the steps that follow:
1
_ Try to turn the rotor each one half hour until the rotor is
free.
2
_ Turn the rotor 180 degrees (one third turn clockwise when you
look from the front of the gearbox).
3
_ Start the engine again one hour after the last rotor turn
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
(d) Operate the engine at MIN IDLE for a minimum of 15 minutes before
you increase thrust.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A228
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POWER PLANT - GENERAL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_______________________________________
TASK 71-00-00-710-017
Ground Test Requirements after Power Plant Module/Component Repair or

Replacement Procedures
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-700-012 Test No.9 : Low Pressure (LP) Compressor (Fan) Trim
Balancing - One Shot Method
71-00-00-700-012 Test No.9 : LP Compressor (Fan) Trim Balancing -
Trial Weight Method
71-00-00-700-022 Test No.8 : Vibration Survey
71-00-00-710-022 Test No.6 : ELectronic Engine Control (EEC) System
Idle Test
71-00-00-790-010 Test No.4 : Oil System Static Leak Check
73-22-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC SYSTEM on the Ground
73-22-34-710-040 Operational Test of the EEC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-165
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-116
A. Description of the tests:
(1) The test requirements in this section must be used after the repair
or replacement of power plant modules or components. This will make
sure that the engine is safe and serviceable.
(2) The applicable tests are listed below:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|GROUND TEST | DESCRIPTION |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TEST No. 1 Dry Motor Leak Check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045)
TEST No. 2 Wet Motor Leak Check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046)
TEST No. 3 Idle Leak Check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012)
TEST No. 4 Oil System Static Leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-790-010)
TEST No. 5 Reserved
TEST No. 6 EEC System Idle Test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-022)
TEST No. 7 Reserved
TEST No. 8 Vibration Survey (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-022)
TEST No. 9 Trim balance (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-012) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-700-012)
TEST No 10 Reserved
TEST No. 11 High Power Assurance Test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-013)
TEST No. 12 Reserved
TEST No. 13 Pretested Engine Replacement Test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-011)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Power Plant/Module/Section Test requirements for removal and
installation with or without overhaul, rework, repair or replacement.
NOTE : If more than one test is shown (example : 1,2,3 and 6), all
____
the tests are necessary.
The engine must be removed to replace all modules exept for
the Fan Module and the External Gearbox Module.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| MODULE/SECTION | NECESSARY TEST(s) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Complete Power Plant | 3 and 6 then 13 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fan Module | |
| (if the engine was not removed) | 8 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fan Module | |
| (if the engine was removed) | 13* |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LP Compressor/Intermediate Case Module | 3 and 6, then 13* |
| | as applicable |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fan Case Section | 3 and 6, then 13* |
| | as applicable |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HP Compressor | 3 and 6, then 13* |
| | as applicable |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| No.4 Bearing and Combustion Section | |
| HP Turbine Module/Stage 1 Turbine Nozzle | 3 and 6, then 13* |
| | as applicable |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LP Turbine Module | 3 and 6, then 13* |
| | as applicable |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Turbine Exhaust Case Module | 3 and 6, then 13* |
| | as applicable |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| External Gearbox Module | |
| (if the engine was not removed) | 1 then 6 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| External Gearbox Module | |
| (if the engine was removed) | 13* as applicable |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Do test 13 for modules removed and installed without overhaul,

rework, repair or replacement.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Component Repair or Replacement Test Requirements:
(a) At times, fuel, oil or electrical lines must be disconnected to

give access to the component which must be repaired or replaced.
If the lines are disconnected more tests are necessary.
1
_ If fuel lines are disconnected, Test No. 3 is necessary.
2
_ If oil lines are disconnected, Test No. 3 or 1 is necessary.
3
_ If electrical harnesses are disconnected, do an operational
test of the EEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-710-040) and an
operational test of the FADEC system (Ref. TASK 73-22-00-710-
040).
NOTE : If there is a selection of tests (example: 3 or 1), the

____
first test shown is recommended. If two tests are shown
(example: 3 and 9), the two tests are necessary.
NOTE : When checking the fuel system hardware for leaks, a dry
____
motor leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045) or a wet
motor leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046) may be
used to identify leaks. These checks must be followed
by an idle leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| COMPONENT | NECESSARY TEST |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| IGNITION SYSTEM: | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Ignition Exciter, Ignition Lead | Operational Test of the Ignition|
| or Igniter Plug | System : |
| | (Ref TASK 74-00-00-710-041) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| OIL SYSTEM: | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Gearbox Crank Cover | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Oil Tank | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Oil Tank Valve | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel-Cooled Oil Cooler | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Air-Cooled Oil Cooler | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Pressure Oil Pump/Filter Housing | 3 or 1 |

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Pressure Oil Filter Element | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Scavenge OIl Pump and Filter Housing | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Scavenge Oil Filter Element | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Deoiler | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Pressure Oil Tubes | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Scavenge Oil Tubes | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| No. 4 Bearing Compartment Scavenge Valve | 11 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| No. 5 Bearing Compartment Cover | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Oil Temperature Thermocouples | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Oil Quantity Transmitter | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Oil Pressure Switches or transducer | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Sight Glass | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Magnetic Chip Detector Housing | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| STARTING SYSTEM: | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Starter or Starter Valve | 1 or Engine Start |
| | (Ref TASK 71-00-00-710-043 or |
| | TASK 71-00-00-710-047) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Starter Duct | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FUEL SYSTEM: | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Pump | 3 or 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Filter Element | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Nozzle | 3 or 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Diverter and Return Valve | 3 or 1 |

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Distribution Valve | 3 or 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) | 3 or 2 |
| |and Operational Test of the FADEC|
| | System |
| | (Ref TASK 73-22-00-710-040) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Manifold | 3 or 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Tubes (before the Fuel Metering Unit)| 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Tubes (after the Fuel Metering Unit) | 3 or 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Pressure Switches | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| IDG Fuel-Cooled Oil Cooler | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Flow Transmitter | 3 or 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Temperature Sensor | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Electronic Engine Control (EEC) | Operational Test of the EEC |
| | (Ref TASK 73-22-34-710-040) and |
| | Operational Test of the FADEC |
| | System |
| | (Ref TASK 73-22-00-710-040) |
| | and Test No. 6 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Engine Dedicated Alternator | 6 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ELECTRICAL HARNESSES: | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| EEC Harness - Fan | Operational Test of the EEC |
| | (Ref TASK 73-22-34-710-040) and |
| | System |
| | (Ref TASK 73-22-00-710-040) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| EEC Harness - Core | Operational Test of the EEC |

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | (Ref TASK 73-22-34-710-040) and |
| | System |
| | (Ref TASK 73-22-00-710-040) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ENGINE INDICATING: | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| N1 speed/trim balance probe | 2, 3, 6, 8 and 13 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| P2/T2 Sensor and Tubes | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| P3/T3 Sensor | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| P 4.9 Sensor and Manifold | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Vibration Transducer | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| EGT Harness or Thermocouple | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| AIR SYSTEMS: | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| No. 4 Bearing Compartment Air | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Cooler and Tubes | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Turbine Cooling Tubes | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Stage 10 to HPT Air Valve | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Stage 10 Air Solenoid Valve | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HP/LP Turbine Active Clearance | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Control Ducts and Manifolds | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Active Clearance Control Valve | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Active Clearance Control Actuator | 3 or 1 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Ignition Cooling Tubes and Housing | No test is necessary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| AIRFLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS: | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LP Compressor Bleed Master and | |

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Slave Actuators | 3 or 1 then 11 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Variable Stator Vane Actuator | 3 or 1 then 11 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HP Compressor Stage 7 Solenoid | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Valve | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HP Compressor Stage 7 Bleed Valve | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HP Compressor Stage 10 Solenoid | |
| Valve | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HP Compressor Stage 10 Bleed Valve | 3 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Air Intake Anti-Ice Valve | Operational Test of the engine |
| | air intake anti-ice system |
| | (Ref TASK 30-21-00-710-001 or |
| | TASK 30-21-00-710-002) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: When checking the fuel system hardware for leaks, a dry
motor leak check (Ref. Task 71-00-00-710-045) or a wet motor
check (Ref. Task 71-00- 00-710-046) may be used to identify
leaks. These checks must be followed by an idle leak check
(Ref. Task 71-00-00-710-012).
(5) Engine change or Electronic Engine Control (EEC) replacement

requirements.
(a) Do this procedure on installed engines before the engine test if

you have changed the engine or replaced the EEC.
1
_ Check the Multifunction Control and Display Unit (MCDU) and
EEC configuration page for the EEC part number, engine rating
number, engine bump configuration and engine serial number.
2
_ Check the data on the engine identification plate and data
entry plug backshell for each of the two installed engines: It
must be the same data as given in step 1_. Make sure the data
given below is the same for each of the two installed engines.
- EEC part number (engine identification plate only).
- Engine rating number

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- Engine bump configuration
- Engine serial number (each engine)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-045
Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use the Dry Motor Leak check to do a check of the fuel, oil and hydraulic
systems for leaks.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Ground Connector
71-00-00-700-013 Procedure to Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine After
Oil Contamination
Procedures
78-30-00-040-013 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Flight
78-30-00-440-013 Activation of the Thrust Reverser System for Flight

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
WARNING : DO NOT TRY TO STOP FAN FROM TURNING BY HAND. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY
_______
TO THE PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE LANDING GEAR GROUND SAFETIES AND THE WHEEL
_______
CHOCKS ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
ENGINE OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5
MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE
OIL CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE MOTORING THE ENGINE. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT
CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : DO NOT MOTOR THE ENGINE WITH EITHER THE FAN COWLS OR THRUST
_______
REVERSER HALVE(S) OPEN WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS 50 MPH (80 KM/H) OR
MORE. OTHERWISE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE FAN COWLS AND THRUST REVERSER HALVES ARE SECURELY
_______
HELD OPEN DURING MOTORING. MAKE SURE HOLD OPEN RODS ARE
SERVICEABLE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO HYDRAULIC GROUND POWER SUPPLY CONNECTED
_______
TO THE AIRCRAFT WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE. IF A GROUND POWER
SUPPLY IS CONNECTED, THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE
PUMPS.
Subtask 71-00-00-010-089
A. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-040-067
B. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
(2) Deactivate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-013).
Subtask 71-00-00-010-091
C. Open the thrust reverser halves: (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-861-070
D. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-860-062
E. Get Access
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(2) Supply the aircraft pneumatic system from a HP ground power unit or
the APU (Ref. TASK 36-12-00-860-001) or (Ref. TASK 36-12-00-860-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-126
A. Do this test:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ENG/MASTER 1(2) CONTROL SWITCH (ON THE PANEL
_______
115VU) IS SET TO OFF BEFORE YOU START THE FUEL PUMPS.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU MOTOR THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE ALL MAIN FUEL PUMPS ARE
_______
SET TO ON (LIGHTS ARE OUT) AND THE CIRCUIT BREAKER 1KC1 (2) IS
PULLED. THIS ENSURES POSITIVE FUEL PRESSURE TO THE ENGINE.
CAUTION : DO NOT MOTOR THE ENGINE MORE THAN THE LIMIT OR YOU CAN DAMAGE
THE STARTER.

____
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-012) and engine operation limits
guidelines and special procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the HYD/FUEL panel 40VU:
- Push all the FUEL/PUMPS - The OFF legends of these pushbutton

pushbutton switches. switches go off.
2. On the overhead circuit breaker

panel 49VU:
- Open the circuit breaker - After a few seconds:

1KC1(2) to open the LP valve. - On the upper ECAM display unit:
* the ENG 1(2) LP valve OPEN message
comes into view
* the single chime sounds
* the MASTER CAUT light comes on.
NOTE : In case of engine fire, push

____
then release the ENG FIRE
pushbutton switch.
3. Make sure that the throttle

control lever of the engine 1(2)
is in the idle position (zero on
the graduated sector).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the ENG panel 115VU:
- Set the On the lower ECAM display unit:

ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START - the ENGINE page comes into view
selector switch to CRANK. - make sure that the available air
pressure is between 30 psi (2.07 bar)
and 40 psi (2.76 bar).
- do a check of the oil tank (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-011).
5. On the overhead control and

indicating panel 22VU:
- push the ENG/MAN START 1(2) - the ON legend of this pushbutton

pushbutton switch switch comes on
- on the lower ECAM display unit, on
the ENGINE page:
The symbol for the starter valve is in
the open position.
6. Motor the engine as long as it is necessary but obey the starter operating
limits : 120 seconds.
7. Look at the N1 and N2 indications to make sure that the engine operates.
8. Make sure that the oil pressure is positive. Do not continue to motor the
engine if you do not see positive oil pressure.
NOTE : Make sure that you do not operate the starter more than its operating
____
limits:
- 3 cycles: two of 2 minutes and one of 1 minute duration maximum
- let 15 seconds of no operation between cycles to allow for starter
rotor lubrication
- after 3 cycles or 4 minutes of continuous cranking let the starter
cool for 30 minutes before you try a new start of motoring
- do not engage the starter when the N2 speed is above 10 percent.
- while the engine is motored, do a visual check for leaks at the
fuel and oil system tubes and manifolds.

- release the ENG/MAN START/1(2) - the ON legend of this pushbutton

pushbutton switch switch goes off.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
ENGINE page:
- the symbol for the starter valve is
in the closed position.
- Set the On the lower ECAM display unit:

ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START - the ENGINE page goes out of view.
selector switch to NORM.
11. On the lower ECAM display unit:
- get the ENGINE page. On the lower ECAM display unit:

- the ENGINE page comes into view.
12. On the lower ECAM display unit,

on the ENGINE page:
- after a minimum of 5 minutes - do a check of the oil tank (Ref. TASK

after the end of the test, 12-13-79-610-011).
look at the oil level
indication
13. When the engine is shutdown, on

the HYD/FUEL panel 40VU:
- release all the FUEL/PUMPS - the OFF legend of these pushbutton

pushbutton switches switches come on.
14. On the overhead circuit breaker

panel 49VU:
- close the circuit breaker On the upper ECAM display unit:

1KC1(2) to close the L-P - the ENG1(2) LP VALVE OPEN message
valves. goes out of view
- the MASTER CAUT light goes off.
NOTE : During engine coastdown, listen for any unusual noise from the
____
turning components of the engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-210-058
B. Determine if it is necessary to do the Dry Out Procedure of the High

Pressure Turbine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-013). Do the procedure if
necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-869-173
A. Stop the pneumatic supply to the aircraft:
(1) Disconnect the HP ground power unit or shut down the APU.
Subtask 71-00-00-860-060
B. Do the EIS stop procedure: (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-862-069
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
Subtask 71-00-00-410-090
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves: (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-440-066
E. Activate the thrust reverser system and HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-013)
and (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-410-092
F. Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-046
Test No.2 : Wet Motor Leak Check
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use the Wet Motor Leak Check to do an inspection of the complete fuel
distribution system and the oil system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Ground Connector
Oil Contamination
Procedures

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 518
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
WARNING : DO NOT TRY TO STOP FAN FROM TURNING BY HAND. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY
_______
TO THE PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE LANDING GEAR GROUND SAFETIES AND THE WHEEL
_______
CHOCKS ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
ENGINE OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5
MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE
OIL CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.
WARNING : DO NOT PERFORM WET MOTORING IN A HANGAR OR IN A CLOSED AREA.

_______
A LARGE QUANTITY OF HIGHLY FLAMMABLE FUEL VAPORS COME OUT FROM THE
ENGINE DURING THIS PROCEDURE AND THERE IS A RISK OF FIRE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE MOTORING THE ENGINE. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT
CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : DO NOT MOTOR THE ENGINE WITH EITHER THE FAN COWLS OR THRUST
_______
REVERSER HALVE(S) OPEN WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS 50 MPH (80 KM/H) OR
MORE. OTHERWISE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE FAN COWLS AND THRUST REVERSER HALVES ARE SECURELY
_______
HELD OPEN DURING MOTORING. MAKE SURE HOLD OPEN RODS ARE
SERVICEABLE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO HYDRAULIC GROUND POWER SUPPLY CONNECTED
_______
TO THE AIRCRAFT WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE. IF A GROUND POWER
SUPPLY IS CONNECTED, THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE
PUMPS.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE C/BS 1KC1/2 ARE CLOSED WHEN YOU DO THIS
_______
PROCEDURE. THIS IS A CHECK TO PREVENT FUEL FLOODING AND TO PREVENT
ENGIRE FIRE.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-010-150

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-040-089

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-00-00-010-151
C. Open the thrust reverser halves: (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-865-129
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 520
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 71-00-00-865-130
E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 71-00-00-861-085
F. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-860-137
G. Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
Subtask 71-00-00-869-292
H. Prepare for the test:

_______
CORRECT OPERATION RANGE BEFORE YOU MOTOR THE ENGINE (THE
HYDRAULIC FLUID IS NECESSARY TO LUBRICATE THE HYDRAULIC PUMPS
THAT THE ENGINE OPERATE).
(1) Supply the aircraft pneumatic system from a HP ground power unit or
the APU (Ref. TASK 36-12-00-860-001) or (Ref. TASK 36-12-00-860-002).
(2) Make sure that fire-fighting personnel is present.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 521
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) get the HYDRAULIC page
(b) make sure that the pressure of the Green reservoir for the engine
1 (Yellow reservoir for the engine 2) is correct
(c) make sure that the reservoir fluid level is correct.
(4) Make sure that the engine 1(2) pump is serviceable (on the panel
40VU, the OFF legend of the ENG1(2) PUMP pushbutton switch must be
off).
(5) Do the operational test of the engine fire and overheat detection
(loop and squib test).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-182
A. Do this test:

_______
CORRECT OPERATION RANGE BEFORE YOU MOTOR THE ENGINE (THE
HYDRAULIC FLUID IS NECESSARY TO LUBRICATE THE HYDRAULIC PUMPS
THAT THE ENGINE OPERATE).
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE IF THE FUEL INLET PRESSURE IS NOT
_______
POSITIVE (THE FUEL IS NECESSARY TO LUBRICATE THE ENGINE FUEL
PUMP AND THE FMU AND THUS PREVENT DAMAGE).
CAUTION : DO NOT MOTOR THE ENGINE MORE THAN THE LIMIT OR YOU CAN DAMAGE
_______
THE STARTER.
NOTE : For general information refer to Engine Operation Limits,

____
Guidelines and Special Procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 522
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push all the FUEL/PUMPS - the OFF legends of these pushbutton

pushbutton switches switches go off.
2. Make sure that the throttle

control lever of the engine 1(2)
is in the idle stop position
(zero on the graduated sector).
- set the On the lower ECAM display unit:

ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START - the ENGINE page comes into view
selector switch to CRANK. - make sure that the available air
pressure is between 30 psi (2.07 bar)
and 40 psi (2.76 bar)
- do a check of the oil quantity in the
oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-
011).

- push the ENG/MAN START/1(2) - the ON legend of this pushbutton

pushbutton switch switch comes on
- on the lower ECAM display unit, on
the ENGINE page:
in the open position.
NOTE : Make sure that you do not go

____
over the starter limits that
follows:
- 3 consecutive cycles, two of 2
minutes and one of 1 minute
duration maximum
- 15 seconds of no operation
between cycles to allow for
starter rotor relubrication
- after 3 cycles or 4 minutes of
continuous cranking , wait 30
minutes to allow the starter

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 523
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
to cool before you try a new
start or motoring.
5. When the N2 speed is more (or

equal) than 15 percent:
- on the ENG panel 115VU, set the On the upper ECAM display unit:
ENG/MASTER 1(2) switch to ON. - the fuel flow indication FF
increases.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
- make sure that the oil pressure
indication is positive.
NOTE : Do not turn the engine for more

____
than 20 seconds with the
ENG/MASTER 1(2) switch in the ON
position. Large quantities of
fuel can be collected in the
engine if the ENG/MASTER 1(2)
switch stays ON for more than
this time.
- set the ENG/MASTER 1(2) switch - the starter valve goes to closed
to OFF position.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
NOTE : The EEC re-engages automatically

____
the starter valve when the N2
speed is below 10 percent.
- while the engine is motored, do a

visual check for leaks at the fuel
and oil system tubes and manifolds.
7. When on the lower ECAM display This dries the fuel that can be in the
unit, the symbol for the starter combustor.
valve is in the open position,
motor the engine for a minimum of
60 seconds.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 524
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Do not motor the engine for more than 120 seconds.
____
8. After a lapse of fuel drying time

of between 60 and 120 seconds, on
the overhead control and
- release the ENG/MAN START/1(2) - the ON legend of the ENG/MAN

pushbutton switch START/1(2) pushbutton switch goes off
- on the lower ECAM display unit:
- set the On the lower ECAM display unit:

ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START - the ENGINE page goes out of view.
selector switch to NORM.
- release all the FUEL/PUMPS - the OFF legends of these pushbutton

pushbutton switches switches come on.
NOTE : During engine shutdown, listen for unusual noise from the turning
____
components of the engine.
Subtask 71-00-00-210-086
B. Determine if it is necessary to do the Dry Out Procedure of the High

Pressure Turbine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-013). Do the procedure if
necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-869-293
A. Stop the pneumatic supply to the aircraft:
(1) Disconnect the HP ground power unit or shut down the APU.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 525
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-862-079

002).
Subtask 71-00-00-860-138
C. Do the EIS stop procedure: (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-410-139
D. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-00-00-440-085
E. Activate the thrust reverser system and HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-013)
and (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 71-00-00-410-140
F. Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 526
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-865-131
G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 527
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-012
Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
WARNING : DO NOT DO AN ENGINE RUN-UP WITH THE THRUST REVERSER COWLS OPEN. DO
_______
NOT DO AN ENGINE RUN-UP WITH THE FAN COWLS OPEN AND SAFETIED BY THE
HOLD-OPEN ROD IF YOU OPERATE THE ENGINE AT POWER HIGHER THAN IDLE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use the Idle Leak Check to do an inspection of the fuel and oil systems for
leaks or for a functional check of the 7th or 10th stage bleed
valve/solenoid after replacement.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
lint free cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
non aqueous developer (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Oil Contamination
Idle Test

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Procedures
71-00-00-860-011 Table of Idle Indications
72-50-00-200-010 Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust Case
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-010-152

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-00-00-040-090
B. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

EQUIPMENT.
NOTE : Access to the thrust reverser area is only required if external

____
parts in the core compartment have been disturbed during
maintenance.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 529
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-010-153
C. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-00-00-110-061
D. Prepare the Oil and Fuel Tubes
(1) Clean thoroughly areas where maintenance has been done. Use a clean
lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist with isopropyl
alcohol (Material No. V01-410) and dry with a lint free cloth.
(2) Apply non aqueous developer (Material No. V06-030) to the fuel and
oil tubes at the locations where they were disconnected and
reconnected.
Subtask 71-00-00-410-141
E. If the Thrust Reverser Halves have been opened

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-00-00-440-086
F. Activate the Thrust Reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012)
Subtask 71-00-00-861-086
G. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-860-139
H. Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM display unit only) (Ref. TASK 31-
60-00-860-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-183
A. Do this test:
NOTE : For general information, refer to Engine Operation Limits,

____
Guidelines and Special Procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010).
NOTE : If you must do a check of the Electronic Engine Control, you can
____
do the test, Engine Electronic Control (EEC) System Idle Test at
this time (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-022).
(1) Operate the engine at MIN IDLE only for this test.
(2) Start the engine with the Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or the Normal Engine Manual Start
Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
(3) Make sure that the indications of operation are in the limits of
operation, with reference to (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-011) if
required.
NOTE : Make sure that you obey the precautions that are given for
____
persons to operate an engine safely. Injury can result if you
do not obey these precautions.
Subtask 71-00-00-710-184
B. Do a shutdown with the Discontinued Start and Shutdown Procedure

(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
Subtask 71-00-00-010-154
C. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 531
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-040-091
D. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-00-00-010-155
E. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-210-082
F. Do an inspection of the engine for leaks
NOTE : Pay special attention to where maintenance has been done and where
____
non aqueous developer (Material No. V06-030) has been applied to
oil or fuel tubes at there disconnect points.
(1) Use a suitable light source to examine the affected areas.
(2) If no leaks are apparent where non aqueous developer (Material No.
V06-030) was applied, remove it with a lint free cloth (Material No.
V02-099) made moist with isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-410).
Subtask 71-00-00-210-091
G. Do an inspection of the turbine exhaust case for oil.
(1) Visually inspect the turbine exhaust case for oil that came out of
the No.4 bearing weep tube port (Ref. TASK 72-50-00-200-010).
(2) If there is oil, do the procedure to dry out the high pressure
turbine after oil contamination (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 532
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-410-142
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-440-087
Subtask 71-00-00-410-143
C. Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-860-140
D. Do the EIS stop procedure: (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-862-080
E. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 533
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-022
Test No.6 : ELectronic Engine Control (EEC) System Idle Test
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Oil Contamination
Procedures
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-294
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-185
A. Do this test:
NOTE : A Flex Temperature must not be selected to perform this test.

____
NOTE : For general information refer to Engine Operation Limits,

____
Guidelines, and Special Procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010).
You can use this test to do a check for correct operation of the
EEC.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 534
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

The Operational Test of the EEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-710-040) is
usually done before this test. This will let you make sure of
correct EEC operation.
This test can be done at the same time as test No.3, the Idle leak
check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).
(1) Start the engine by the Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
(2) Let the engine become stable at MIN IDLE for three minutes.
(3) Make sure that the parameters are in the limits of operation.
(4) Make sure that there are no incorrect status or ECAM warning
messages.
(5) Make a record of any fault message that you see.
(6) Do a shutdown of the engine by the Discontinued Start, Restart and

Shutdown Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
(7) Set each channel and do a check of the CFDS fault messages.
(8) Refer to the Trouble Shooting Manual and do the necessary

maintenance.
Subtask 71-00-00-210-092
B. Do an inspection of the turbine exhaust case for oil.
(1) Visually inspect the turbine exhaust case for oil that came out the
No.4 bearing weep tube port (Ref. TASK 72-50-00-200-010).
(2) If there is oil, do the procedure to dry out the high presssure
turbine after oil contamination (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 535
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-700-022
Test No.8 : Vibration Survey
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You can use this test to make an analysis of the vibration characteristics
of an engine.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
71-00-00-700-012 Test No.9 : Low Pressure (LP) Compressor (Fan) Trim
Balancing - One Shot Method
71-00-00-700-012 Test No.9 : LP Compressor (Fan) Trim Balancing -
Trial Weight Method
R 71-00-00-700-013 Procedure to Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine After
R Oil Contamination
Procedures
77-32-34-869-010 Acquisition of the Unbalance Data on the Ground

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 536
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 71-00-00-710-202
R A. Make sure the dry out procedure for the High Pressure Turbine is
R necessary.
R (1) Do the dry out procedure, if necessary, for the HPT (Ref. TASK 71-00-
R 00-700-013).
Subtask 71-00-00-861-077
R B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-710-157
R C. Do this test:

_______
RANGE:

position in front of each forward outboard MLG weel.

____
010).
engine run. One must monitor the outside and the aircraft behaviour
while the other performs the engine test.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 537
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

NOTE : It is necessary in this test that engine 1 and engine 2 be run

____
at the same time to give a thrust balance on the aircraft.
NOTE : On the lower ECAM display unit:

____
- For the N1 module, 1 unit = 0.3 IPS
- For the N2 module, 1 unit = 0.3 IPS
(4) Start both of the engines by the normal engine automatic start
procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or the normal engine manual
start procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
(5) Make sure that the indications of operation are in the limits of
operation, with reference to (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-011) if
required.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-158
A. Do this test:
(1) Operate the engines at MIN IDLE for five minutes.
(2) Slowly increase the power of the engine which is not being tested to
1.08 EPR.
(3) Slowly increase the power of the test engine to 1.25 EPR for three
minutes to let it become thermally stable.
NOTE : The vibration survey must be done only on an engine which has
____
become thermally stable.
(4) Go back to MIN IDLE on both engines for six minutes.
(5) Prepare to make a record of data from the vibration sensor.
NOTE : During the slow acceleration and deceleration which follows,

____
engine vibration could go to one or more out-of-limits peaks
(at specific N1 or N2 speeds). Be prepared to make a record of
the N1, N2 percent and EPR at which these peaks occurs.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 538
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Do an acceleration and deceleration as follows:
(a) Increase the power of the engine which is not being tested to
1.08 EPR minimum.
(b) Slowly increase the power of the test engine to 85 percent N1.
1
_ Make the acceleration rate so that the engine goes to 85
percent N1 power in not less that 120 seconds.
2
_ Make a record of all the vibration peaks and a record of the
N1/N2 speeds and EPR at which the peaks occurred.
a
_ Push the line key adjacent to the SAVE indication to record
set of the vibration data displayed on the MCDU for the
selected N1 speed(s) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-869-010).
NOTE : Up to five set of data can be stored in the EVMU.

____
3
_ Let the engine become stable at 85 percent N1 for one minute
before you continue.
(c) Slowly decrease the engine speed to MIN IDLE.
1
_ Make the deceleration rate so that the engine goes to MIN IDLE
in not less than 120 seconds.
2
_ Make a record of all the vibration peaks (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-
869-010).
(d) Decrease the power of the engine which is not being tested to MIN
IDLE.
(e) If you made a record of the vibration peaks during acceleration

and deceleration, do the steps which follow :
NOTE : If the test engine is to be run at 1.25 EPR or above, the

____
engine which is not being tested must be run at 1.08 EPR.
1
_ Set the speed on the test engine where the peaks occured.
NOTE : The engine must not be stabilised in the 61 percent to

____
74 percent N1 speed range. If the vibration peak occurs
in this range select the highest vibration peak in the
75 percent to 85 percent N1 speed range instead. If no
obvious vibration peak exists between 75 percent to 85
percent N1 and it is considered that the engine may

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 539
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

exceed the vibration limits defined (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-860-010) then you must perfom a trim balance
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-012) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
700-012).
2
_ Let the engine become stable for 30 seconds.
3
_ Make a record of the average vibration reading.
4
_ The average vibration for which you made a record during the
30 seconds, must not exceed the limits listed in TASK
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010). See Section Vibration Limits
and Fan Trim Balance Vibration Guidelines
(f) Vibration limits
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Location | Overall | N1 (Peak) | N2 (Peak) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fan case | 4.67 units | 3.33 units | 3.33 units |
| | (1.4 IPS) | (1.0 IPS) | (1.0 IPS) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Vibration limits as stated are established from the test

____
cell data.
NOTE : Engines that have vibration within the vibration limits

____
are acceptable. Engines can be trim balanced if the
overall vibration or N1 peak vibration is less than 2.0
IPS. After trim balance, vibration must at or below the
overall or N1 peak limits. Engines that exceed the N2 peak
limit cannot be trim balanced and must be disassembled.
(g) Go back to MIN IDLE both engines for five minutes.
(7) Do a shutdown by the discontinued start, restart and shutdown

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-862-075
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 540
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-700-012
Test No.9 : Low Pressure (LP) Compressor (Fan) Trim Balancing - One Shot Method
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
A. This TASK gives an instruction for Test No.9 LP Compressor (fan) trim
balancing (one shot method).
B. Trim balance procedures for the LP Compressor (Fan) rotor have the
folowing two methods:
(1) Test 9: This procedure uses vibration amplitude and unbalance phase
angle indication which are identified by Engine Vibration Monotoring Unit
(EVMU), then unbalance moment weight and actual phase angle are calculated.
For the calculation it is necessary to use Influence Coefficients. It
consists of the following:
(a) Mass Coefficient: Relation of vibration amplitude indication (mils) to
unbalance moment weight (oz. in).
(b) Phase lag: Different angle between actual phase angle and EVMU phase
angle indication.
(2) The detailed values at each speed are given in these procedures. Test 9
requires fewer engine runs than Test 9A.
(3) Test 9A: This procedure uses three trial trim balance weights (dummy
weights). It makes you compare the actual unbalance vibration indication
with the unbalance indicatiion with the three trial balance weihts installed
at the consecutive positions (bolt holes). The data is vectorially plotted
to find the phase angle and the vibration amount necessary for the final
trim balance. Test 9A is able to get more accurate balancing than Test 9.
C. As an alternative solution, you can use the Fan Trim Balance with the
EVMU (refer to 77-32-34 pb 501)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1J12310 1 PROGRAM-TRIM BALANCE

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 541
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

felt tip marker (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

Procedures
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
77-32-34-869-010 Acquisition of the Unbalance Data on the Ground
77-32-34-869-048 Unbalance Data : Acquire in Flight, Read on Ground
71-00-00-991-160 Fig. 501
71-00-00-991-229 Fig. 502
71-00-00-991-227 Fig. 503
71-00-00-991-242 Fig. 504
71-00-00-991-241 Fig. 505
71-00-00-991-240 Fig. 506
71-00-00-991-228 Fig. 507
71-00-00-991-226 Fig. 508
71-00-00-991-246 Fig. 509
71-00-00-991-243 Fig. 510
71-00-00-991-244 Fig. 511
71-00-00-991-245 Fig. 512
71-00-00-991-217 Fig. 513
71-00-00-991-250 Fig. 514
71-00-00-991-248 Fig. 515
71-00-00-991-249 Fig. 516
71-00-00-991-251 Fig. 517
71-00-00-991-247 Fig. 518

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 542
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-190


____
010).

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-137
A. Preparation for the Test

_______
RANGE:
NOTE : If the vibration exceeds the limits, slowly decrease the engine
____
speed to idle, shutdown the engine and find the cause.
NOTE : Angles are identified in a counterclockwise direction when you

____
look rearward from the engine front.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 543
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

NOTE : Speed (N1) is given as a percentage of LP shaft turn speed. 100
____
percent = 5650 RPM.
NOTE : Vibration amplitude (U) is the N1 order vibration amplitude on the

____
Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit (EVMU) system. The unit for
vibration amplitude (U) is shown in Mils (P-P).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-00-00-991-160)
NOTE : Phase angle (A) is the indicated angle in degrees of peak

____
vibration amplitude from the EVMU system.
NOTE : Phase lag (B) is the different angle between the actual phase
____
angle and the EVMU phase angle indication (A).
NOTE : Trim amount (TA) is moment weight value (oz.in) of rotor

____
unbalance. It must be corrected by installation of the trim
balance weights.
NOTE : Mass coefficient (K) is ratio of the trim amount (TA) to the
____
vibration amplitude (U).
NOTE : Balance effect is change in the rotor unbalance moment weight

____
value caused by a group of the trim balance weights.
NOTE : Balance effect error (TE) is the moment weight value of the
____
remaining rotor unbalance after installation of the trim balance
weights.
NOTE : Trim angular position is the actual unbalance (light) position on

____
the rotor.
NOTE : Trim phase angle (TP) is the angle from the top position to the
____
trim angular position on the rotor.
NOTE : Weight set is a group of trim balance weights that are installed
____
at consecutive bolt holes.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 71-00-00-991-229)
NOTE : Weight par is a pair of the trim balance weights that are
____
installed at two bolt holes.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 71-00-00-991-229)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 544
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Example of In-Flight Vibration Data Indicated on EVMU

Figure 501/TASK 71-00-00-991-160

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 545
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Weight Set and Weight Pair

Figure 502/TASK 71-00-00-991-229

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 546
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Examine the engine configuration and the vibration data record in
flight to find if the vibration data can be used
(a) Examine the engine configuration. Make sure that:
1
_ The fan blades were not replaced since last flight.
2
_ The fan blades were not repaired since last flight.
3
_ Removal and installation of the LP compressor (fan) module
were not done since last flight.
4
_ Engine repair in shop was not done since last flight.
(b) Read the record of engine vibration data which was measured with
the EVMU in flight (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-869-048).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-00-00-991-160)
1
_ Make sure that the record includes the N1 speeds, the
vibration amplitudes and the phase angles measured over a
speed range of 80 to 93 percent (4520 to 5255 RPM) N1.
2
_ Write the data on the Record Sheet 1.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227)
(c) If all the conditions in steps (a) and (b) are satisfactory, the
vibration data measured in flight can be used. Vibration
measurement on ground is not necessary. Go to step C.
(d) If one or more conditions are not satisfactory, the vibration

data measured in flight can not be used. Go to step B to measure
the engine vibration on ground.
Subtask 71-00-00-710-139
B. Measure the Engine Vibration on Ground (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-869-010)
CAUTION : OPERATE BOTH ENGINES FOR THIS TEST. POWER DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
_______
TWO ENGINES CAN MAKE THE AIRCRAFT UNSTABLE.
CAUTION : DO NOT INCREASE ENGINE SPEED TO MORE THAN 85 PERCENT (4803 RPM)
_______
N1. EXCESSIVE ENGINE SPEED CAN CAUSE AIRCRAFT BUFFET.
NOTE : The engine can be trim balanced with the use of vibration data
____
measured over a speed range of 75 to 85 percent (4237 to 4803
RPM). However, vibration data measured in the N1 range 81 to 85
percent (4577 to 4803 RPM) can give the best trim balance result.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 547
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Vibration Limits and Trim Balance Weights

Figure 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 548
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

It is recommended to measure engine vibration at 85, 83 and 81
percent (4803, 4690 and 4577 RPM) N1. If only one speed is
allowed, use 85 percent (4803 RPM) N1.
NOTE : Make sure that the both engines are in the operating limits during
____
the engine operation (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010) and (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-860-012).
(1) Start the both engines by the normal engine automatic start procedure
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or the normal engine manual start
(2) Increase the speed of the engine which is not being tested to 1.08
EPR.
CAUTION : CONCERN FOR FAN BLADE INTEGRITY PROHIBITS STABILIZED ENGINE

_______
OPERATION BETWEEN 61% TO 74% N1 SPEED RANGE.
(3) Slowly increase power of the test engine speed to the highest
measuring point and keep the speed for one minute.
(4) Measure N1 speed, vibration amplitude (U) and phase angle (A) with
the EVMU (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-869-048). Write them on the Record Sheet
1.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227)
(5) Slowly decrease the engine speed to the next lower measuring point.
(6) After the engine speed reaches the next measuring point, keep this
speed for one minute before you measure the vibration.
(7) Do step (4).
(8) Do steps (5), (6) and (7) for subsequent measuring points.
(9) Decrease the engine speed and shutdown the engines (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-018).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 549
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-820-053
C. Calculate the Trim Amount (TA) and the Trim Phase Angle (TP) from the
Engine Vibration Data (Method 1)
(1) Do this step for each N1 speed in the Record Sheet 1.

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227, 504/TASK 71-00-00-991-242)
(a) Get the mass coefficient (K) and the phase lag (B) for the N1
speed from the Table 1 or Table 2.
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 71-00-00-991-241, 506/TASK 71-00-00-991-240)
Write them on the Record Sheet 1.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227)
(b) Multiply the vibration amplitude (U) with the mass coefficient
(k) to get the trim amount. Write it on the Record Sheet 1
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227)
(c) Add the phase lag (B) to the phase angle (A) to get the trim
phase angle. Write it on the Record Sheet 1
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227)
(2) Calculate the average (TA) of the trim amount and the average (TP) of
the trim phase angle. Write them on the Record Sheet 1
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227)
(3) Write a line which indicates trim angular position on the record
sheet 2-2.
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 71-00-00-991-228)
(a) Write a line at the angular position apart from the top position
by the trim phase angle (TP).
(b) Write the letters TP near the line.
Subtask 71-00-00-820-065
D. Calculate the Trim Amount and the Trim Phase Angle from the Engine
Vibration Data with the Computer Program (Method 2)
(1) Install the one shot trim balance program, PROGRAM-TRIM BALANCE
(IAE1J12310) to the computer. Refer to the operation manual of the
program for installation procedure.
(2) Calculate the trim amount and the trim phase angle with the program.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 550
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Example Calculation of Record Sheet 1

Figure 504/TASK 71-00-00-991-242

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 551
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Influence Coefficients of Vibration Data

Figure 505/TASK 71-00-00-991-241

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 552
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Influence Coefficients of Vibration Data

Figure 506/TASK 71-00-00-991-240

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 553
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Trim Balance Weight Position on the Inlet Cone Flange

Figure 507/TASK 71-00-00-991-228

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 554
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-941-070
E. Safety Precautions
1(2).
Subtask 71-00-00-941-071
F. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position
(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine.
(2) Put the workmat in the air intake cowl.
NOTE : Make
____ sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
seen externally.
Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
full protection to the lower, half of the air intake cowl.
Subtask 71-00-00-020-066
G. Remove the Inlet Cone Fairing (8) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010)

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 71-00-00-991-226)
(1) Make a temporary mark on the inlet cone (7) and the inlet cone
fairing with felt tip marker (Material No. V06-069) to identify the
initial position of the inlet cone fairing.
(2) Remove the six bolts (9) and the inlet cone fairing from the inlet
cone.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 555
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor (FAN) Trim Balancing

Figure 508/TASK 71-00-00-991-226

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 556
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Find the existing trim balance weights (10), (11), (12), and/or (13)
and the bolt holes A on the inlet cone flange.
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 71-00-00-991-228)
Write their positions on the Record Sheet 2-2.
(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 71-00-00-991-246)
NOTE : The bolt holes A are the holes which are used to install the
____
inlet cone fairing bolts (9).
Subtask 71-00-00-869-241
H. Make a Selection of the Flange on Which the Trim Balance Weights are to
be Installed
(1) Get the trim amount (TA) and the trim phase angle (TP) from the
Record Sheet 1.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227, 504/TASK 71-00-00-991-242)
(2) Get the position of the existing trim balance weights on the inlet
cone flange from the Record Sheet 2-2
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 71-00-00-991-228)
(3) Make sure that the following conditions are satisfactory:
(a) No existing trim balance weight is installed at the bolt hole on

the inlet cone flange within 90 degrees of the trim angular
position (TP).
(b) The trim amount (TA) is less than 12 oz.in.
(4) If the both conditions in step (3) are satisfactory, use one of the
inlet cone flange and the front blade retaining ring flange
(a) If you use the inlet cone flange, go to step J.
(b) If you use the front blade retaining ring flange, go to step N.
(5) If one or two conditions in step (3) are not satisfactory, use the
front blade retaining ring flange. Go to step N.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 557
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Example Calculation of Record Sheet 2-2

Figure 509/TASK 71-00-00-991-246

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 558
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-820-066
J. Calculate the Part Numbers and the Positions of the Trim Balance Weights
which are to be Installed on the Inlet Cone Flange (24 bolt flange)
(Method 1)
NOTE : Purpose of this SUBTASK is to find the trim balance weights of

____
which balance effect value and position agree with the trim amount
(TA) and the trim phase angle (TP).
NOTE : The trim balance weights are given with a combination of one
____
weight set and/or a few weight pairs.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 71-00-00-991-229)
A weight set/pair gives balance effect to the fan rotor at the
center line position of weight set/pair. You must get the
combination of weight set/pairs of which total balance effect
value and position agree with the trim amount (TA) and the trim
phase angle (TP).
(1) Calculate the combination of the weight set and/or the weight pairs
of which total balance effect agrees with the trim amount (TA).
NOTE : If you find two or more combinations of the weight set/pairs

____
of which balance effect is within the limits, use one of them.
(a) Get the trim amount (TA) from the Record Sheet 1.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227)
(b) Get the weight set and/or the weight pairs, of which total
balance effect value is within 0.5 oz.in. of the amount (TA),
from Table 4 and Table 5.
(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 71-00-00-991-243)
NOTE : If you find two or more combinations of the weight

____
set/pairs of which balance effects are within the limits,
use one combination.
(c) Write each weight part No., balance effect, type of group and
number of weights or number of hole pitches on the Record Sheet
2-1.
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 71-00-00-991-244, 512/TASK 71-00-00-991-245)
(d) Calculate the sum (SA) of the balance effects. Write it on the
Record Sheet 2-1.
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 71-00-00-991-244, 512/TASK 71-00-00-991-245)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 559
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Balance Effect of the Trim Balance Weights on the Inlet Cone Flange
Figure 510/TASK 71-00-00-991-243

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 560
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Selection of the Weight Set/Pair on the Inlet Cone Flange

Figure 511/TASK 71-00-00-991-244

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 561
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 512/TASK 71-00-00-991-245

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 562
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) Subtract the value TA from the value SA. Write the result as the
balance effect error (TE) on the Record Sheet 2-1.
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 71-00-00-991-244, 512/TASK 71-00-00-991-245)
(f) Make sure that the value TE is between -0.5 and 0.5 oz.in.
(2) Calculate the trim balance weight positions to let the balance effect
position agree with the trim phase angle (TP).
(a) Get the trim phase angle (TP) from the Record Sheet 1.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227)
Write the trim phase angle with line TP on the Record Sheet
2-2.
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 71-00-00-991-228, 509/TASK 71-00-00-991-246)
(b) Get the number of weights or the number of hole pitches of each
weight set/pair from the Record Sheet 2-1.
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 71-00-00-991-244, 512/TASK 71-00-00-991-245)
(c) Write the center line of each weight set/pair on the Record Sheet
2-2.
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 71-00-00-991-228, 509/TASK 71-00-00-991-246)
The center line must be within 7.5 degrees of the trim angular
position (TP).
(d) Calculate the trim balance weight positions with the center line
and the number of weights or the number of hole pitches.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 71-00-00-991-229)
Write the positions on the Record Sheet 2-2.
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 71-00-00-991-228, 509/TASK 71-00-00-991-246)
(3) Make sure that the following conditions are satisfactory:
(a) Two or more trim balance weights are not installed at one bolt
hole B.
(b) The trim balance weights are not installed at the bolt holes A.
(4) If all the conditions in step (3) are satisfactory, this SUBTASK is
completed. Go to step L.
(5) If one or more conditions in step (3) are not satisfactory, go to

step (1) and use other weight set and/or weight pairs.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 563
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-820-067
K. Calculate the part numbers and the positions of the trim balance weights
which are to be installed on the inlet cone flange (24 bolt flange) with
the computer program (Method 2)
(1) Calculate with the one shot trim balance program, PROGRAM-TRIM
BALANCE (IAE1J12310).
(2) Make sure that the remaining unbalance is not more than 0.5 oz.in.
(3) Write the calculated result on the Record Sheet 2-2.

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 71-00-00-991-228)
Subtask 71-00-00-420-070
L. Install the Trim Balance Weights to the Inlet Cone Flange (24 bolt
flange)
NOTE : Do steps (1) thru (3) for one bolt hole at a time. Do these steps
____
until you install all the trim balance weights.
(1) Remove the bolt (15) and the washer (14) from one of the bolt holes
where, the trim balance weights are to be installed, given in the
Record Sheet 2-2.
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 71-00-00-991-228, 509/TASK 71-00-00-991-246)
(2) Install the trim balance weight (10), (11), (12) or (13) at the bolt
hole with the bolt (15).
NOTE : Do not install the washer (14) at the bolt where the trim
____
balance weight is installed.
(a) Use the trim balance weight of which part number is given in the
Record Sheet 2-2.
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 71-00-00-991-228, 509/TASK 71-00-00-991-246)
(b) Identify the trim balance weight with the mark written on the
weight.
(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 71-00-00-991-217)
(3) TORQUE the bolt (15) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 564
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Identification Mark on Trim Balance Weight

Figure 513/TASK 71-00-00-991-217

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 565
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-420-079
M. Install the Inlet Cone Fairing (8).

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 71-00-00-991-226)
(1) Install the inlet cone fairing to the initial position with the six
bolts (9).
(2) TORQUE the bolts to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Go to step T.
Subtask 71-00-00-020-067
N. Remove the Inlet Cone (7) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 71-00-00-991-226)
NOTE : This SUBTASK is done to prepare trim balance weight installation

____
to the front blade retaining ring.
(1) Make temporary marks on the inlet cone, the existing trim balance
weights (10), (11), (12) and/or (13) and the front blade retaining
ring with felt tip marker (Material No. V06-069).
NOTE : Temporary mark is necessary to identify their initial

____
positions.
(2) Remove the bolts (15), the washers (14), the inlet cone and the
existing trim balance weights.
(3) Look the front blade retaining ring flange (36 bolt flange) and find
the positions of the existing trim weights (1), (2), (3) and/or (4).
Write them on the Record Sheet 3-2.
(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 71-00-00-991-250)
Subtask 71-00-00-820-068
P. Calculate the Part Numbers and the Positions of the Trim Balance Weights
which are to be Installed on the Front Blade Retaining Ring Flange (36
bolt flange) (Method 1)
NOTE : Purpose of this SUBTASK is to find the trim balance weights of

____
which effect value and position agree with the trim amount (TA)
and the trim phase angle (TP).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 566
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Trim Balance Weight Position on the Front Blade Retaining Ring Flange
Figure 514/TASK 71-00-00-991-250

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 567
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

NOTE : The trim balance weights are given with a combination of one
____
weight set and/or a few weight pairs.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 71-00-00-991-229)
A weight set/pair gives balance effect to the fan rotor at the
position of weight set/pair center line. You must get the
combination of weight set/pairs of which total balance effect
value and position agree with the trim amount (TA) and the trim
phase angle (TP).
(1) Calculate the weight set and/or the weight pairs of which total
balance effect agrees with the trim amount (TA).
(a) Get the trim amount (TA) from the Record Sheet 1.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227)
(b) Get the weight set and/or weight pairs, of which total balance
effect value is within 0.5 oz.in. of the amount TA, from Table 6
and Table 7
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 71-00-00-991-248)
NOTE : If you find two or more combinations of the weight

____
set/pairs of which balance effects are within the limits,
use one combination.
(c) Write each weight part No., balance effect, type of group and
number of weights or number of hole pitches on the Record Sheet
3-1
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 71-00-00-991-249, 517/TASK 71-00-00-991-251)
(d) Calculate the sum (SA) of the balance effects. Write it on the
Record Sheet 3-1.
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 71-00-00-991-249)
(e) Subtract the value TA from the value SA. Write the result as the
balance effect error (TE) on the Record Sheet 3-1.
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 71-00-00-991-249)
(f) Make sure that the value TE is between -0.5 and 0.5 oz.in.
(2) Calculate the trim balance weight positions to let the balance effect
position agree with the trim phase angle (TP).
(a) Get the trim phase angle (TP) from the Record Sheet 1.
(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 71-00-00-991-250)
Write the trim phase angle with line TP on the Record Sheet
3-2.
(Ref. Fig. 518/TASK 71-00-00-991-247)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 568
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Get the number of weights or the number of hole pitches of each
weight set/pair from the Record Sheet 3-1.
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 71-00-00-991-249, 517/TASK 71-00-00-991-251)
(c) Write the center line of each weight set/pair on the Record Sheet
3-2.
(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 71-00-00-991-250)
The center line must be within 7.5 degrees of the Trim Phase
Angle (TP).
(d) Calculate the trim balance weight positions with the center line
and the number of weights or the number of hole pitches.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 71-00-00-991-229)
Write the positions on the Record Sheet 3-2.
(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 71-00-00-991-250)
(3) Make sure that the following condition is satisfactory:
(a) Two or more trim balance weights are not installed at one bolt
hole.
(4) If the condition in step (3) is satisfactory, this SUBTASK is

completed. Go to step R.
(5) If the condition in step (3) is not satisfactory, go to step (1) and
use other weight set and/or weight pairs.
Subtask 71-00-00-820-069
Q. Calculate the part numbers and the positions of the trim balance weights
which are to be installed on the front blade retaining ring flange (36
bolt flange) with the computer program (Method 2)
(1) Calculate with the one shot trim balance program, PROGRAM-TRIM
BALANCE (IAE1J12310).
(2) Make sure that the remaining unbalance is not more than 0.5 oz.in.
(3) Write the calculated result on the Record Sheet 3-2.

(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 71-00-00-991-250)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 569
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Balance Effect of the Trim Balance Weights on the Front Blade Retaining Ring
Flange

R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-00-00 Page 570
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Balance Effect of the Trim Balance Weights on the Front Blade Retaining Ring
Flange

R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-00-00 Page 571
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Selection of the Weight Set/Pair on the Retaining Ring Flange (36 Bolt Flange)
Figure 516/TASK 71-00-00-991-249

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 572
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 517/TASK 71-00-00-991-251

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 573
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 518/TASK 71-00-00-991-247

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 574
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-420-071
R. Install the Trim Balance Weights to the Front Blade Retaining Ring
NOTE : Do steps (1) thru (3) for one bolt hole at a time. Do these steps
____
until you install all the trim balance weights.
(1) Remove the bolt (6) from one of the bolt holes, where the trim
balance weights are to be installed, given in the Record Sheet 3-2.
(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 71-00-00-991-250, 518/TASK 71-00-00-991-247)
(2) Install the trim balance weight (1), (2), (3) or (4) at the bolt hole
with the bolt (6).
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 71-00-00-991-226)
(a) Use the trim balance weight of which part number is given in the
Record Sheet 3-2.
(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 71-00-00-991-250)
(b) Identify the trim balance weight with the mark written on the
weight.
(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 71-00-00-991-217)
(3) TORQUE the bolt (6) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 71-00-00-420-080
S. Install the Inlet Cone (8) and Inlet Cone Fairing (7)
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 71-00-00-991-226)
(Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010)
NOTE : Install the trim balance weights (10), (11), (12) and/or (13), if
____
they were removed in step K, the inlet cone and the inlet cone
fairing in their initial positions.
Subtask 71-00-00-942-059
T. Remove the Ground Support Equipment.
(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 575
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-750-076
U. Do a Vibration Survey Test after Unbalance Correction
_______
_______
(1) Do Test No. 8 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-022) and make sure that the
vibration is in the limits listed in (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010)
engine operation limits, guidelines and special procedures, section
Vibration Limits and Fan Trim Balance Vibration Guidelines.
(2) If the N1 order vibration peak amounts are in limits, complete this
TASK (Test No. 9).
(3) If the N1 order vibration peak amounts are not in limits do theses:
(a) Do SUBTASK 71-00-00-710-139 to measure the vibration amplitude

(U), the phase angle (A). Write them and N1 speed on record Sheet
1.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-00-00-991-227)
(b) Do step C thru step U.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 576
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-700-012- 01
Test No.9 : LP Compressor (Fan) Trim Balancing - Trial Weight Method
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
A. This TASK gives an instruction of Test No.9 (Trial Weight Method).

B. Trim balance procedures for the LP compressor (fan) rotor have the two
methods that follow:
(1) Test 9: This procedure uses vibration amplitude and unbalance phase
angle indication which are identified by the Engine Vibration Monitoring
Unit (EVMU), then the unbalance moment weight and the actual phase angle are
calculated. For the calculation it is necessary to use influence
coefficiences. It consists of these that follow:
(a) Mass coefficient: Relation of the vibration amplitude indication (mils)
to unbalance moment weight (oz. in).
(b) Phase lag: Different angle between the actual phase angle and the EVMU
phase angle indication.
(2) The detailled values at each speed are given in these procedures. Test 9
requires fewer engine runs than Test 9A.
(3) Test 9A: This procedure uses three trial trim balance weights (dummy
weights). It makes you compare the actual unbalance vibration indication
with the unbalance indication with the three trial trim balance weights
installed at the consecutive positions (bolt holes).
The data is vectorially plotted to find the phase angle and the vibration
amount necessary for the final trim balance. Test 9A is able to get more
accurated balancing than Test 9.
C. As an alternative solution, you can use the Fan Trim Balance with the
EVMU (refer to chapter 77-32-34 pb 501).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 577
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

felt tip marker (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Procedures
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
71-00-00-991-217 Fig. 513
71-00-00-991-218 Fig. 519
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-869-196


____
010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 578
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-750-079
A. Measure the Vibration Peaks

_______
RANGE:
_______
_______
NOTE : Test No.9A requires three trial trim balance weights (dummy
____
weights). Use the actual trial trim balance weights, Fig. Item
No.(14) identification No.5A0014, as the trial trim balance
weights (dummy weights). Refer to Table 4.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
NOTE : Test No.9A requires graphical vectorial analysis. Prepare and use
____
a polar graph sheet.
NOTE : Speed (N1) is given as a percentage of the LP shaft turn speed.

____
100 percent = 5650 RPM.
NOTE : Trim phase angle (AK) is the angle from the top position (timing
____
mark) to the unbalance position (lighter position).
NOTE : If the vibration exceeds the limits, slowly decrease the engine
____
speed to idle, shutdown the engine and find the cause.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 579
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor (Fan) Trim Balancing


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 580
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 581
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 582
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 583
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

When you measure vibration amount and angle, you must use the same
vibration channel throughout the TASK.
When you measure vibration angle you must measure it in the
counterclockwise direction looking from the engine front.
Trim balance weights must be installed at the same positions as the
temporary marks made on the front blade retaining ring.
(1) Do Test No.8 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-022).
(2) Measure and record the following data.
(a) N1/N2 vibration peaks.
(b) N1/N2 speeds at which the vibration peaks occurs.
(3) Continue Test No.8 until you finish measuring the vibration at the
vibration check points.
Subtask 71-00-00-750-080
B. Measure the Vibration at the Vibration Check Points Instructed in Table

3.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(1) Slowly increase the engine speed to more than the maximum check point
(83 percent N1) but not more than 85 percent N1.
(2) Slowly decrease the engine speed to the vibration check points which
are shown in the Table 3.
NOTE : When you measure the vibration you must take the measurement
____
points going down in speed.
(3) After the engine speed gets to a vibration check point, keep the
speed for one minute before you measure the vibration.
(4) Measure the engine speeds (AS1, AS2, AS3), vibration amounts (AV1,
AV2, AV3) and angles (AD1, AD2, AD3) in LP order at the three
vibration check points and write on the Table 3.
(5) Go back to MIN IDLE for five minutes.
(6) Do a shutdown by the Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown

Procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 584
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-750-081
C. Examine the Following Vibration Peaks which are Measured and Recorded in
Step A.
For the limits, refer (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010), engine operation
limits, guidelines and special procedures, section Vibration Limits and
Fan Trim Balance Vibration Guidelines
(1) N1/N2 vibration peaks.
(2) N1/N2 speeds at which the vibration peaks occurred.
Subtask 71-00-00-750-082
D. Prepare the Trial Trim Balance Weight
(1) Use the three trial trim balance weights, Fig. Item No.(14).
identification No.5A0014 on Table 4.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
NOTE : The trial trim balance weight is the same as the trim balance
____
weight, Fig. Item No.(14), identification No.5A0014.
Subtask 71-00-00-941-074
E. Safety Precautions
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 585
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-941-075
F. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position
(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine.
NOTE : Make
seen externally.
Subtask 71-00-00-420-066
G. Install trial trim balance weights to the bolts (16) which secure the
inlet cone (19) to the front blade retaining ring (5) (Ref. TASK 72-38-
11-000-010).
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(1) Make temporary marks on the front blade retaining ring with felt tip
marker (Material No. V06-069) to identify the positions of the trim
balance weights and the inlet cone fairing.
(2) Remove the six bolts (17) and the inlet cone fairing (18) from the
inlet cone (19).
(3) Decide the position where the three trial balance weights are to be
installed.
(a) Find three consecutive bolts where the trial balance weights will
be installed to compensate unbalance moment of the fan rotor from
the Table 2 and 3.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(4) Find the positions at which you install the three trial trim balance
weights.
(a) Make sure of the angular position AD1 which was measured in step
B.(4).
The angular position AD1 was recorded on Table 3.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
NOTE : It is recommended that you install the trial trim balance

____
weights near the angular position AD1 because it is
considered that the angular AD1 is the unbalance position
(lightest amount).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 586
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Find three consecutive bolts which are near the angular position
AD1.
NOTE : The trial trim balance weight cannot be installed at the

____
position which the existing trim balance weights are
already installed.
(5) Remove the three bolts (15) and washers (16) from the inlet cone.
(6) Install the three trial balance weights (14) to the inlet cone with
the three bolts.
NOTE : Do not install the washer (15) at the bolt hole where the trim
____
balance weight is installed.
(7) Torque the bolts to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(8) Measure angle ADo counterclockwise from the timing mark to the center
of the three trial balance weights.
(9) Write the angular positon ADo on the Table 7A.

(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(10) Install the inlet cone fairing (18).
(a) Put the inlet cone fairing in to original position on the inlet
cone.
(b) Install the six bolts (17) and TORQUE the bolts to between 180
and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
Subtask 71-00-00-942-060
H. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 587
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-750-083
J. Measure the Vibration at the Vibration Check Points on the Table 5

(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
_______
_______
(1) Do Test No.8 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-022).
(2) Measure and write the vibration at the vibration check points.
Write the data on the Table 5.
(3) Go back to MIN IDLE for six minutes.
(4) Do a shutdown by the discontinued start, restart and shutdown

procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
Subtask 71-00-00-941-076
K. Safety Precautions
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 588
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-941-077
L. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position
(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine.
NOTE : Make
seen externally.
Subtask 71-00-00-020-062
M. Remove the Trial Balance Weights

(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(1) Remove the six bolts (17) and the inlet cone fairing (18) from the
inlet cone (19) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).
(2) Remove the three bolts (16) which attach the trial balance weights to
the inlet cone.
(3) Replace each trial balance weight with a washer (15).
NOTE : The washer (15) must be installed at the bolt hole where a
____
trim balance weight is not installed.
(4) Safety the washers with the bolts (16) and TORQUE the bolts to
between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
Subtask 71-00-00-750-084
N. Calculate the Trim Balance Effect Vectors at the Three Speeds

(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(1) Write the vector AV1 and AV4 on a polar coordinates, DIAGRAM 1.
(4) Get the vector AC1 and the angle AB1 on the polar coordinates,
DIAGRAM 1.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 589
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DIAGRAM 2.
DIAGRAM 3.
(7) Calculate the required balance effect vectors AW1, AW2 and AW3.
(a) The amounts of the vectors AW1, AW2 and AW3 are calculated with
the following equations.
Total amount TM0 = Moment effect of the three trial trim balance weights (Fig.
Item No.(14), 5A0014)
= 6.546 oz. in (4714 g mm)
LENGTH AV1
Amount AW1 = TM0 (6,546 oz. in) x ----------
LENGTH AC1
LENGTH AV2
LENGTH AC2
LENGTH AV3
LENGTH AC3
(b) The directions of the vectors AW1, AW2 and AW3 are found as
follows:
direction AW1 : Counterclockwise turned from the trial trim weight direction
by angle AB1 that is the counterclockwise angle from AC1 to
AV1.
AV2.
AV3.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 590
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-750-085
P. Calculate the Required Trim Balance Weight which is Calculated from

Vector Average of Vectors AW1, AW2 and AW3
(1) Calculate vector sum of vectors AW1, AW2 and AW3.
(a) Make lines of vectors AW1, AW2 and AW3 on DIAGRAM 4 as following
sequence.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Start Point | Direction |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| AW1 | _ | Counter clockwise |
| | | angle AB1 from datum |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| AW2 | end of AW1 | Counter clockwise |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| AW3 | end of AW2 | Counter clockwise |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Get vector sum AW4 and angle AB4. Vector AW4 starts at the root
of AW1 and stops at the tip of AW3. AB4 is the counterclockwise
angle from datum line to vector AW4.
(2) Calculate the necessary trim balance weight W to correct unbalance.

AW4 length 1
W oz = ------------------ X -----------
3 7.913
AW4 length 1
W gm = ------------------ X -----------
3 201.00
NOTE : Half of PCD of the bolt holes to install the trim balance
____
weights is 7.913 in. (200.99 mm).
(3) Get the necessary angle AK in the counterclockwise direction from the
timing mark on the front retaining ring.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
AK = ADo (counterclockwise angle from timing mark to trial trim balance
weight position)
+
AB4 (counterclockwise angle from the datum line to the vector AW4)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 591
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-750-086
Q. Find the Flange at which the Trim Balance Weight is to be Installed

(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(1) When the weight W is less than 1 oz (28.3 g), you can balance the LP
compressor with trim balance weight (10), (11), (12), (13) and (14)
after removal of the inlet cone fairing (18).
If so, do Step T.
(2) When the weight W is over 1 oz (28.3 g), you can balance LP
compressor with trim balance weight (1), (2), (3), and/or (4) after
removal of the inlet cone fairing (18) and the inlet cone (19).
If so, do Step U.
Subtask 71-00-00-420-067
R. Install the Trim Balance Weights to the Inlet Cone Flange
(1) Make sure that the inlet cone fairing is not installed on the inlet
cone.
NOTE : The inlet cone fairing was removed in Step K.

____
(2) Find the trim balance weights and positions.
(a) Find the trim balance weights and positions with W, FA and Table
7.
(b) Find the trim balance weights with the result of Step T. (2) (a)
and Table 4.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
NOTE : If another trim balance weight (Fig. item No. (10), (11),
____
(12), (13) and/or (14)) was already installed at the same
position where you require to install the trim balance
weight, add the weight value to the value found in step
(a). Install the trim balance weight of a value equal to
the sum.
Do not install more than one trim balance weight at one
position.
(3) Example:
(a) Suppose that the necessary trim balance weight W is calculated in

step P.(2) 12.7 gm and that the required trim angular position AK
is 321 degrees.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 592
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Suppose that bolt holes A are 45, 105, 165, 225, 285 and 345
degrees counterclockwise apart from the timing mark.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
NOTE : The bolt holes A are the holes where the bolts, which
____
attach the inlet cone fairing, are installed.
(c) Calculate the unbalance phase angle FB.

FB = AK - 180
= 321 - 180
= 141 degrees
(d) Find bolt hole A near to the unbalance phase, in a clockwise
direction looking from the front of the engine.
The bolt hole A which is 105 degrees apart from the timing mark
is selected.
(e) Give the numbers N1 to N24 to the bolt holes. N1 must be given to
the hole A found in step (d). The remaining numbers must be
identified in counterclockwise direction when you look from the
engine front.
(f) Calculate the unbalance phase angle FA.

FA = FB - 105
= 141 - 105
= 36 degrees
(g) Find the nearest unbalance amplitude on Table 7 to the W (12.7

gm).
The nearest unbalance amplitude = 15 gm
(h) Find the nearest unbalance phase angle FA on Table 7 to FA (36

degrees) found in Step (f).
The nearest unbalance phase angle FA = 35 degrees.
(i) Find the trim balance weights and positions from Table 7 Sheet 4
with 15 gm and 35 degrees.
The following data are found.
N4-11
N6-11
N15-14
N16-14
(j) The found trim balance weights and positions are shown on
illustration.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 593
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Install the trim balance weight at the position and install the inlet
cone fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(a) To find the position where you are to install the trim balance
weights, count bolt hole numbers.
Start at the bolt hole No.N1, which is near to unbalance phase,
and go counterclockwise, when you look from the engine front.
(b) Make a mark on the front blade retaining ring with a felt tip
marker (Material No. V06-069) to identify the positions of the
trim balance weights.
(c) Remove the bolt (16) and the washer (15) at the found position.
Remove the trim balance weight, if it was already installed at
the position.
(d) Make sure of the identification mark and the weight value of each
trim balance weight.
(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 71-00-00-991-217, 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(e) Install the trim balance weight (10), (11), (12), (13) and/or
(14) with the bolt (16) to the found positions.
NOTE : Do not install the washer (15) at the bolt hole where the
____
trim balance weight is installed.
(f) TORQUE the bolts to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(g) Install the inlet cone fairing (18) and the six bolts (17).
(h) TORQUE the bolts to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Go to Step T.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 594
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-420-068
S. Install the Trim Balance Weights to the Front Blade Retaining Ring
(1) Remove the inlet cone fairing and the inlet cone from the front blade
retaining ring (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).
(a) Mark temporarily the position of the trim balance weight (10),
(11), (12), (13) and/or (14) on the front blade retaining ring
(5) with felt tip marker (Material No. V06-069), if it is
installed.
(b) Remove 18 bolts (16) and washers (15), trim balance weight (10),
(11), (12), (13) and/or (14), if it is installed, and the inlet
cone (19) from the front blade retaining ring (5).
(2) Find the trim balance weights and positions.
(a) Calculate the unbalance amplitude (required trim balance weight)

WF on the front blade retaining ring.
WF = W x 7.913/6.540 = W x 1.210
NOTE : 6.540 in. (166.11 mm) is half of PCD of the bolt holes in
____
the retaining ring.
NOTE : W is calculated in step P.(2).

____
(b) Calculate the unbalance phase angle FB.

FB (degrees) = AK - 180
(c) Find the trim balance weights and positions with WF, FB and Table
8.
NOTE : The first element of HXX-XX on Table 8 shows bolt hole No.
____
The second element shows Fig. Item No. of trim balance
weight.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
H21-4, for example, shows bolt hole No. 21 and weight (4),
(25.0 gm).
(d) Find the trim balance weights with the result of Step W. (2) (c)
and Table 6.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
NOTE : If another trim balance weight (Fig. Item No. (1), (2),
____
(3) and/or (4)), was already installed at the same
position where it is necessary to install the trim balance

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 595
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

weight, add the weight value to the value found in Step
(c). Install a trim balance weight of a value equal to the
sum.
Do not install more than one trim balance weight at one
position.
NOTE : Do not install more than one trim balance weight at one
____
position.
(3) Example:
(a) Suppose that the required trim balance weight W calculated in

Step R. (2) is 28.4 gm and that required angular position AK is
241 degrees.
(b) Calculate the required trim balance weight WF on the front blade
retaining ring flange.
WF = W x 1.210
= 28.4 x 1.210
= 34.0 gm
(c) Calculate the unbalance phase angle FB.

FB = AK - 180
= 241 - 180
= 61 degrees
(d) Find the nearest unbalance amplitude on Table 8 to the W (34.0

gm).
The nearest unbalance amplitude = 30 gm
(e) Find the nearest unbalance phase angle FB on Table 8 to FB (61

degrees) found in Step (c).
The nearest unbalance phase angle FB = 60 degrees.
(f) Find the trim balance weights and positions from Table 8 Sheet 18
with 30 gm and 60 degrees.
The following data are found.
H24-2
H25-4
H28-1
(g) The found trim balance weights and positions are shown on Table
6.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 596
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Install the trim balance weights at the position (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-
400-010).
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(a) To find the position where it is necessary, to install the trim

balance weight- count holes counterclockwise from the timing mark
on the front blade retaining ring and mark the position on the
front blade retaining ring with felt tip marker (Material No.
V06-069).
(b) Remove the bolts (20) at the found position. Remove the trim
balance weight, if it was already installed at the found
position.
(c) Make sure of the identification mark and the weights value of
each trim balance weight.
(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 71-00-00-991-217, 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(d) Install the trim balance weight (1), (2), (3) and/or (4) with the
bolt (20).
(e) TORQUE the bolt to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Install the inlet cone (19) and inlet cone fairing (18) (Ref. TASK
72-38-11-400-010).
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 71-00-00-991-218)
(a) Install the inlet cone (19), the trim balance weight (10), (11),
(12), (13) and/or (14), if it was removed in Step U. (1), and the
18 bolts (16).
NOTE : Install the washer (15) at the bolt hole where a trim
____
balance weight is not installed. Do not install the washer
at the bolt hole where the trim balance weight is
installed.
(b) TORQUE the bolts to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN).
(c) Install the inlet cone fairing, the trim balance weight (10),
(11), (12), (13) and/or (14), if it was removed in Step P. (1),
and the six bolts (17).
(d) TORQUE the bolts to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 597
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-942-061
T. Remove the ground support equipment.
Subtask 71-00-00-750-087
U. Test Engine
_______
_______
(1) Do Test No.8 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-022) and make sure that the
vibration is in the limits listed in (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010),
engine operation limits, guidelines and special procedures, section
Vibration Limits and Fan Trim Balance Vibration Guidelines.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 598
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-710-013
Test No.11 : High Power Assurance Test
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use this test to make an operational check of the airflow control system
components and the N4 bearing compartment scavenge valve.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Oil Contamination
Procedures

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page 599
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-710-204
R necessary.
00-700-013).
Subtask 71-00-00-861-078
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-869-247
C. Preparation for test:

_______
RANGE:
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is parked on a clean dry flat area. There
must be no oil, grease or other slippery material on that surface.
Pavement must be in concrete because asphalt can cause damage to the
engine.
(2) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:

Push the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on).
(3) On the ELEC panel 35VU:

Push the GEN 1(2) pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on).
(4) On the RUD TRIM/PARKING BRK panel 110VU:

Make sure that the parking brake control switch is set to ON.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A500
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Put the aircraft in the brake pedal configuration (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-860-012).

(7) Do an engine start:
CAUTION : DO NOT MAKE FAST ACCELERATIONS OR DECELERATIONS. DO NOT

_______
REMAIN AT THE MAXIMUM POWER ASSURANCE SETTING FOR MORE TIME
THAN IT IS NECESSARY.
NOTE : For general information refer to Engine Safety Precautions

____
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-012) and Engine Operation Limits,
Guidelines, and Special Procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-
010).
NOTE : There must be two qualified persons in the cockpit when

____
performing an engine run. One must monitor the outside and the
aircraft behaviour while the other performs the engine test.
NOTE : If the aircraft begins to move while performing an engine run,

____
(a) Start both engines by the Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
NOTE : It is necessary in this test that engine 1 and engine 2 be

____
run at the same time to give a thrust balance on the
aircraft.
(8) Do not continue to operate the engine if any indications are unusual,
with reference (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-011) if required.
(9) Let the engines become stable at MIN IDLE for five minutes.
(10) The thrust of the engine which is not tested (opposite engine) must
be equal to 1.08 EPR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-710-159
A. Do this test:
CAUTION : A VSV FAULT CAN RESULT IN AN N2 OVERSPEED. DURING ENGINE

_______
ACCELERATIONS, N2 MAY INCREASE MUCH MORE RAPIDLY THAN NORMAL.
WHEN DOING THE HIGH POWER ASSURANCE TEST BELOW (REF. TEST NO.
11 - ATA 71 - ADJUSTMENT/TEST), MOVE THE THROTTLE SLOWLY (25 TO
30 SECONDS) BETWEEN THE SPECIFIED POWER SETTINGS. CLOSELY
OBSERVE N2 AT ALL TIMES. DO NOT ALLOW SPEEDS TO EXCEED THE
ROTOR OPERATION SPEED LIMITS (REF. ATA 71 - MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES).
(1) Slowly increase the power of the test engine to 1.25 EPR (or the
nearest EPR required to ensure that the engine is at or above 75
percent N1) and let the engine become stable for two minutes.
(2) If the power setting in step (1) did not reach the MAX CLIMB detent
then slowly increase the power of the test engine to the MAX CLIMB
detent and stabilize for one minute, otherwise go to step (3).
(3) Slowly decrease the speed of the test engine to MIN IDLE .
(4) Decrease the power of the other engine to MIN IDLE.
(5) Operate both engines at MIN IDLE for five minutes to allow the
engines to cool.
(6) Do a shutdown of the engines by the Discontinued Start, Restart and

Shutdown Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
(7) Do a check of the ECAM and CFDS for fault messages.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-869-248
A. Releasing of the ENG 1(2) pushbuttons switchs:
(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:

- Release the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes
off).
(2) On the ELEC panel 35VU:

- Release the ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes off).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-862-076

002).
Subtask 71-00-00-869-249
C. Stop the pneumatic supply to the aircraft:

- Disconnect the HP ground power unit or shutdown the APU.
(1) Make a visual walk around inspection of the engine ; including the
engine inlet and exhaust areas.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-700-011
Test No.13 : Pretested Replacement Engine Test
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You can use this test to do a check of an engine installed for the first
time and tested before in the test cell.
You can use this test to make sure that the engine data and
acceleration/deceleration rates are correct.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Oil Contamination
Procedures
78-31-00-710-041 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with
the CFDS
71-00-00-991-233 Fig. 520
71-00-00-991-254 Fig. 521
71-00-00-991-255 Fig. 522

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-710-206
R necessary.
00-700-013).
Subtask 71-00-00-710-122
B. Do these tests:

_______
RANGE:
NOTE : For general information refer (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-012) and

____
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010).

NOTE : There must be two qualified persons in the cockpit when

____
performing an engine run. One must monitor the outside and the
aircraft behaviour while the other performs the engine test.
NOTE : If the aircraft begins to move while performing an engine run,

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Start both engines as specified in the Normal Engine Automatic Start
Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or the Normal Engine Manual
Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
NOTE : It is necessary in this test that engine 1 and engine 2 be

____
operated at the same time to give a thrust balance on the
aircraft.
NOTE : During this test, you must switch the air-conditioning packs
____
off when you make a record of the data.
(3) Do an Idle Leak Check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).
(4) Do not continue to operate the engines if any indications are unusual
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-011).
(5) Let the engines become stable at MIN IDLE for five minutes.
(6) Make a record of EPR, EGT, N1, N2, FUEL FLOW, TLA, Oil Quantity, Oil
Pressure, Oil Temperature, N1 Vibration, N2 Vibration.
(7) Do not continue to operate the engines if any indications are

unusual.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-00-860-052
(1) The thrust of the engine which is not tested must be equal to 1.08
EPR.
(2) Slowly increase the power of the tested engine to 1.25 EPR (or the
nearest EPR required to ensure that the engine is at or above 75
percent N1) and let the engine become stable for two minutes.
(a) Make a record of EPR, EGT, N1, N2, FUEL FLOW, TLA, Oil Quantity
Oil Pressure, Oil Temperature, N1 Vibration, N2 Vibration for the
test engine.
(b) Do not continue to operate the engines if any indications are

unusual.
(3) Decrease the speed of both engines to MIN IDLE. Stay at MIN IDLE for
one minute.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Do the check of the Nacelle Anti-Icing (NAI) System.
(a) Make a record of N2.
(b) Make a selection of Nacelle Anti-Icing (NAI) ON.
1
_ Make sure that the ON legend comes on.
2
_ Make sure that N2 increases.
3
_ Make sure that IGNITION and ANTI-ICE messages appear on the
upper ECAM DU.
NOTE : The continuous ignition system is ON when the Nacelle

____
Anti-Icing system is ON.
(c) Make a selection of Nacelle Anti-Icing (NAI) OFF.
1
_ Make sure that the ON legend goes off (not illuminated).
2
_ Make sure that N2 decreases to MIN IDLE.
3
_ Make sure that IGNITION and ANTI-ICE messages disappear from
the upper ECAM DU.
(5) Do the check of the Wing Anti-Icing (WAI) System.
NOTE : The ignition system does not go ON when Wing Anti-Icing System
____
goes ON.
(a) Make a record of N2.
(b) Make a selection of Wing Anti-Icing (WAI) ON.
1
_ Make sure that the ON legend comes on.
2
_ Make sure that N2 increases.
(c) Make a selection of Wing Anti-Icing (WAI) OFF.
1
_ Make sure that the ON legend goes off (not illuminated).
2
_ Make sure that N2 decreases to MIN IDLE.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A507
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Do an acceleration / deceleration check (optional).
(a) Move the thrust lever of the test engine to set the equivalent of
approach idle N2, noting the engine thrust lever is unlikely to
be in the idle detent.
(Ref. Fig. 520/TASK 71-00-00-991-233)
NOTE : If the engine has operated at power above 1.25 EPR just
____
before this check, operate the engine at IDLE EPR for 15
minutes before you continue this check.
(b) Move the thrust lever of the engine which is not being tested to
set 1.08 EPR.
(c) Do sudden acceleration of the test engine and measure the time.
1
_ Move the thrust lever forward as soon as possible to increase
the engine speed from IDLE to the MAX CLIMB (CL) detent.
2
_ Stop the timer when the EPR reaches the timing level EPR
target of 90% MAX CLIMB.
For V2527 and lower rated engine models
(Ref. Fig. 521/TASK 71-00-00-991-254)
For V2530 and higher rated engine models
(Ref. Fig. 522/TASK 71-00-00-991-255)
3
_ Do a check to make sure that the acceleration time is 6.2
seconds or less.
4
_ Let the engine become stable at MAX CLIMB (CL) for one minute.
(d) Do a sudden deceleration and measure the time.
1
_ As quickly as possible, move the thrust lever from MAX CLIMB
(CL) detent to the MIN IDLE position.
2
_ Measure and make a record of the time for deceleration to the
1.10 EPR.
3
_ Do a check to make sure that the deceleration time is 7
seconds or less.
(7) Move the thrust lever of the engine which is not being tested to MIN
IDLE.
(8) Operate the engines at MIN IDLE for one minute.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A508
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(9) Do a check of the N1 Mode Selection.
(a) Set N1 Mode Selector on the overhead panel to ON.
1
_ Check that N1 rated mode is indicated and that N1 value comes
into view.
(b) Increase both engines to 75 PERCENT N1.
(c) Set N1 Mode selector on overhead panel to OFF.
NOTE : A small change in engine operation indicator values may be

____
noticed.
1
_ Check that EPR Mode is indicated and that EPR value comes into
view.
(d) Move the thrust levers of both engines to MIN IDLE.
(10) Operate both engines at MIN IDLE for five minutes to permit them to
become cool.
(11) Do a check of the thrust reverser system for the test engine.
NOTE : You may use the operational test of the thrust reverser system
____
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041) or you may use this procedure.
(a) Deploy the thrust reverser of the tested engine.
1
_ Check for usual operation.
(b) Stow the thrust reverser.
1
_ Check for usual operation.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-860-053
A. Do a shutdown as specified in Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A509
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Idle N2 percent

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A510
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Idle N2 percent

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A511
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

V2527 and Lower Rated Models 90% MAX CLIMB Rating - EPR Target for Acceleration
Check

R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-00-00 Page A512
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

V2527 and Lower Rated Models 90% MAX CLIMB Rating - EPR Target for Acceleration
Check

R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-00-00 Page A513
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

V2530 and Higher Rated Models 90% MAX CLIMB Rating - EPR Target for
Acceleration Check

R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-00-00 Page A514
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

V2530 and Higher Rated Models 90% MAX CLIMB Rating - EPR Target for
Acceleration Check

R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-00-00 Page A515
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-00-700-013
Procedure to Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine After Oil Contamination
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove oil that has leaked from the No. 4 bearing compartment and
collected in the diffuser case and/or the high pressure turbine, if there is
an oil leak. This procedure uses engine operation at MIN IDLE to flush oil
out of the diffuser module and/or the high pressure turbine. The oil goes
out of the diffuser module through the No. 4 bearing oil weep tube into the
turbine exhaust case port and oil goes out of the HPT through the cooling
holes that lead to the gas path.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
71-00-00-991-270 Fig. 523

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A516
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-991-272 Fig. 524
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-00-010-157
A. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
437AL, 438AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-040-092

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-00-00-010-158
C. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-861-094
D. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A517
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-00-860-147
E. Get Access
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
Subtask 71-00-00-860-149
F. Find out if this procedure is necessary:
(1) If there is oil leakage at the No.4 bearing weep tube exit, then this
procedure is necessary.
(2) If there is no leakage at the No.4 bearing weep tube exit, then this
procedure is not necessary.
NOTE : Engine must look like in the figure.

____
(Ref. Fig. 523/TASK 71-00-00-991-270)
Subtask 71-00-00-210-093
G. Inspect the turbine exhaust case for oil leaks from the No. 4 bearing
weep tube exit (Ref. TASK 72-50-00-200-010). See the flowchart
(Ref. Fig. 524/TASK 71-00-00-991-272)
to find if the procedure is necessary. If the procedure is not necessary,
no further action is necessary. If the procedure is necessary, continue
with the steps that follow.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 523/TASK 71-00-00-991-270, 524/TASK 71-00-00-991-272)
Subtask 71-00-00-710-200
A. Operate the engine at MIN IDLE for 10 minutes.
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE ABOVE IDLE DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
_______
ABOVE IDLE OPERATION CAN IGNITE OIL THAT IS IN THE HPT AND
CAUSE ENGINE COMPONENT DAMAGE.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A518
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

No. 4 Bearing Compartment Scavenge Oil System

Figure 523/TASK 71-00-00-991-270

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A519
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Flowchart to Find if Dry Out Procedure is Necessary

Figure 524/TASK 71-00-00-991-272

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A520
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

NOTE : For general information, refer to Engine Safety Precautions
____
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-012) and Engine Operation Limits,
Guidelines, and Special Procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010).
Engine operation at MIN IDLE during this procedure will push the
oil that collected in the HPT to the turbine exhaust case. Do the
procedure as many times as necessary to remove all the oil from
the HPT.
(1) Operate the engine at MIN IDLE only for this procedure.
(2) Start the engine with either the Normal Engine Automatic Start
Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or Normal Engine Manual Start
(3) Make sure the indications are in the limits of operation (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-860-011).
(4) Operate the engine at MIN IDLE for a minimum of 10 minutes.
(5) Do a shutdown with the Discontinued Start and Shutdown Procedure

(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
Subtask 71-00-00-220-050
B. Inspect the turbine exhaust case for oil
NOTE : Follow engine safety guidelines while you inspect the turbine
____
exhaust case (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010).
(1) Visually inspect the turbine exhaust case for oil that went out of
the No. 4 bearing weep tube port (Ref. TASK 72-50-00-200-010).
(2) If you find oil, do the steps that follow:
(a) Clean the oil from the turbine exhaust case.
(b) Do the procedure given in paragraph A again.
(3) If oil continues to collect in the turbine exhaust case after five
MIN IDLE operations, remove the engine from service.
(4) If you do not find oil, return the engine to service.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A521
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-00-860-148
A. Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-862-087
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 71-00-00-410-144
C. Close Access
items.

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-00-00-440-088
D. Activate the thrust reverser system and HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-013)
and (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 71-00-00-410-145
E. Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-00

Page A522
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POWER PLANT - DEMOUNTABLE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 71-00-20-000-040
Removal of the Power Plant
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : Make sure you carry out the appropriate storage procedures before you
____
remove the power plant. The storage procedures are more effective when
the engine can be run or motored.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
No specific clean container 1 USgal (4 l)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
S1787CR 1 ENGINE CRADLE
S487ETT2 1 ENGINE TROLLEY
S889BH0 1 BRACE - HOLD OPEN COWLS
TMHBS13-00-00 1 BRACE-HOLD OPEN COWLS
TMHEC29-00-00 1 CRADLE,V2500 ENGINE
TMHET06-00-00 1 TRAILER,ENGINE GROUND HANDLING(CFM56-6 AND IAE V2500)
98D71203001000 1 CHEST,TORQUE SET-ENGINE R I
98D71203501000 1 BOOTSTRAP SYSTEM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699
lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 seal ring 73-12-42 80B-070

6 seal ring 73-12-42 80C-070

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
05-57-00-200-001 Aircraft Stability

29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
31-36-00-740-015 Printout of the Engine / APU Hours and Cycles Stored
in the FDIMU (10TV)
36-11-49-000-016 Removal of the Sense Line between the Bleed
Pressure-Regulator Valve (PRV) and the Pylon
Interface
70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-71-42-000-010 Removal of the Drains Mast
71-00-20-991-900 Fig. 401
71-00-20-991-914 Fig. 402
71-00-20-991-913 Fig. 403
71-00-20-991-902 Fig. 404
71-00-20-991-903 Fig. 405
71-00-20-991-901 Fig. 406
71-00-20-991-904 Fig. 407
71-00-20-991-905 Fig. 408
71-00-20-991-906 Fig. 409
71-00-20-991-910 Fig. 410
71-00-20-991-911 Fig. 411
71-00-20-991-195 Fig. 412
71-00-20-991-912 Fig. 413
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-20-740-050-A
A. Do a print-out of the engine hours and cycles and keep the print with the
engine for follow-up (Ref. TASK 31-36-00-740-015).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-941-050
(1) Make sure that the A/C is stable (Ref. TASK 05-57-00-200-001).
NOTE : When the A/C is on jacks, make sure that it is leveled before
____
you remove the engine.
1(2).
(5) On the panel 30VU:
(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is released (ON
legend off).
(b) Install a warning notice to tell the persons not to press the APU
BLEED pushbutton switch.
(6) Put a warning notice on the HP ground connector to tell persons not
to pressurize the pneumatic system.
Subtask 71-00-20-865-050
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS FOLLOWS:
_______
R - 1JH, 2JH2 AND 3JH2 BEFORE 2KS2.
R IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THERE IS A RISK OF
R ELECTROCUTION. THIS IS BECAUSE YOU WILL START CONTINUOUS
R IGNITION IF YOU OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 2KS2 FIRST.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OPEN THE ANTI-ICE PROBE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
_______
R BEFORE YOU OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 2KS2.
R IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THERE IS A RISK THAT THE
R PROBES WILL BECOME HOT AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHO ARE NEAR
R THEM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
121VU RCDR/DFDR 7TU K16
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B 2WE1 Q44
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A 1WE1 Q43
R FOR 1000EM1
49VU ENGINE/1/FIRE DET/LOOP A 7WD1 A06
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FIRE DET/LOOP B 8WD1 Q38
122VU ELEC/GCU/1 2XU1 T26
122VU ANTI ICE/ENG/1 1DN1 X10
R FOR 1000EM2
49VU ENGINE/2/FIRE DET/LOOP B 8WD2 A07

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FIRE DET/LOOP A 7WD2 Q39
122VU ANTI ICE/ENG/2 1DN2 W10
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
Subtask 71-00-20-864-050
D. Depressurize these Hydraulic Systems
(1) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to pressurize

the applicable system.
(a) On the panel 40VU.
(b) On the ground service panel of the applicable hydraulic system.
(2) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the applicable hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 71-00-20-010-050
E. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in position at engine level.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-040-050
F. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-00-20-991-900)
Subtask 71-00-20-010-051
G. Open the thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010) but do not
release the pressure after you put the hold open rods in position.
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-00-20-480-050
H. Install the BRACE - HOLD OPEN COWLS (S889BH0) or BRACE-HOLD OPEN COWLS
(TMHBS13-00-00) to Support the Fan and Thrust Reverser Cowl Doors
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-00-20-991-914)
(1) Put the adjustable struts (1) and (2) in to position.
(2) Adjust the length of the struts so that they hold the weight of the
thrust reverser halves.
(3) Put the thrust reverser half hold-open rods in their storage
positions (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).
(4) Open the valve on the hydraulic hand pump.
(5) Install the left and right support arms (4) so that they hold the
weight of the fan cowls.
NOTE : The support arms (4) must be installed so that the brackets
____
(3) are on the second latch from the front of the thrust
reverser halves.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic Control Unit

Figure 401/TASK 71-00-20-991-900

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

71-00-20

Page 409
Nov 01/07

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl and Thrust Reverser Braces


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Put the fan cowl hold-open rods in their storage positions (Ref. TASK
71-13-00-410-010).
Subtask 71-00-20-680-050
J. Drain the Fuel that Stays in the Engine and the Pylon Fuel Hose, to Do
this Drain at Level of the Fuel Filter as Follows:
(1) Put a clean container 1 USgal (4 l) under the fuel filter.
(2) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the fuel drain plug (7).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-00-20-991-913)
(3) Remove the fuel drain plug and drain the fuel into the container.
NOTE : Do not put fuel that you drained from the engine back into the
____
fuel system.
(4) Remove the seal ring (6) from the fuel drain plug (7). Discard the
seal ring.
(5) Lubricate a new seal ring (6) with clean lubricant (engine oil)
(Material No. V10-077) and install it on the fuel drain plug (7)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(6) Install the fuel drain plug (7).
(7) TORQUE the fuel drain plug to between 110 and 120 lbf.in (1.24 and
1.35 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(8) Safety the fuel drain plug with lockwire (Material No. V02-147).
Subtask 71-00-20-020-051
K. Removal of Components from the Right and the Left Sides of the Engine
(1) Remove the drains mast (Ref. TASK 71-71-42-000-010).
NOTE : When you install the engine in the transportation stand it is

____
only necessary to remove the drains mast to prevent damage. It
is not necessary to disconnect the drain tubes or remove the
collector plate assembly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Drain Plug Location

Figure 403/TASK 71-00-20-991-913

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove these components from the right side of the engine.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-00-20-991-902)
(a) At the left interface electrical junction box:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-00-20-991-903)
- Disconnect the electrical connectors 450VC, 452VC and 454VC.
(b) At the forward pylon electrical junction box:

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
1
_ Cut and discard the lockwire safetying the IDG harness
connector 400VC and disconnect the connector.
2
_ Disconnect connectors 401VC, 403VC, 407VC and 409VC.
3
_ Disconnect connectors 402VC, 404VC, 405VC, 406VC, 408VC,
447VC, 448VC and 457VC.
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector 4005VC located by the V

groove on the fan case, at 1 oclock, looking forward.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-00-20-991-902)
(d) Remove the coupling (5) and disconnect the upper starter duct (4)
from the pylon duct (6).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
(e) Remove the coupling (3) and disconnect the Thermal Anti-ice duct
(TAI) (2) located on the fan case close by the pylon from the
pylon TAI duct (1).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
(3) Remove these components from the left side of the engine.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-00-20-991-904, 408/TASK 71-00-20-991-905,
409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
(a) Disconnect the thrust reverser harness connectors 4101KS-A and

4101KS-B from the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU).
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector 4004VC located by the V

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-00-20-991-905)
(c) Remove the couplings (19) and disconnect the TAI duct (18)
located close by the forward mount.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Power Plant, Right Side

Figure 404/TASK 71-00-20-991-902

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Interface Junction Box

Figure 405/TASK 71-00-20-991-903

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward Junction Box


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward Junction Box


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Power Plant, Left Side

Figure 407/TASK 71-00-20-991-904

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Connectors Location

Figure 408/TASK 71-00-20-991-905

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TAI Location and Hydraulic Reservoir Pressurization Tube Location

Figure 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Remove the coupling (7) and disconnect the cabin air duct (10).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
(e) Disconnect the hydraulic tubes from the fluid disconnect panel.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-00-20-991-904)
1
_ Disconnect the hydraulic suction hose (1).
2
_ Disconnect the hydraulic pressure tube (2).
3
_ Disconnect the hydraulic pump case drain tube (7).
(f) Disconnect the fuel tubes from the fluid disconnect panel.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-00-20-991-904)
1
_ Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the bolts
attaching the tubes.
2
_ Remove the 4 bolts (6) and the washers (5) and disconnect the
fuel return to tank tube (4). Remove and discard the gasket
(3).
3
_ Remove the 4 bolts (9),the washers (10) and disconnect the
fuel supply tube (8). Remove and discard the gasket (11).
(g) Disconnect the sensor tubes from the bracket situated forward of
the pylon.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
1
_ Disconnect the pressure regulating valve (PRV) sensor tube
(20).
2
_ Disconnect the thermostat sensor tube (11).
(h) On engine 1 only, disconnect the hydraulic reservoir pressurizing

tube from the union located on the combustor case at 11 oclock.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
Subtask 71-00-20-020-070
L. Removal of the Bleed Pressure Regulator Valve (PRV) Sense Line.
(1) Remove the sense line between the bleed pressure regulator valve
(PRV) and the pylon interface (Ref. TASK 36-11-49-000-016).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-620-050
M. Install caps to all openings and connectors.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-20-020-052
A. Loosen the Forward Engine Mount Bolts

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910)
CAUTION : LOOSEN ONLY ONE BOLT AT A TIME. MAKE SURE THE BOLT IS TIGHT
_______
BEFORE THE SUBSEQUENT BOLT IS LOOSENED.
(1) Remove the nuts (15), the washers (14) and (10), the bolts (9) and
remove the retainers (13) and (11).
(2) Loosen one forward mount bolt (18) and TORQUE it again to between
1056 and 1584 lbf.in (11.93 and 17.89 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013) or the maximum load that a mechanic can apply with a standard
wrench.
Apply the same procedure for each of the other four bolts in turn.
Subtask 71-00-20-020-061
B. Remove the center bolt (1)
(1) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the center bolt (1) of
the mount.
(2) Remove the center bolt (1) and the washer (2) with the CHEST,TORQUE
SET-ENGINE R I (98D71203001000).
Subtask 71-00-20-480-051
C. Installation of the Support Equipment
(1) Install the BOOTSTRAP SYSTEM (98D71203501000).

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-00-20-991-911)
(a) Put the rear beam (9) in position on the lower part of the pylon
and install the pins (8).
(b) Install the spacer and the center hinge clamp (6) on the front of
the pylon . Secure the spacer with the clamps (7).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward Engine Mount

Figure 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Bootstrap Installation

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Bootstrap Installation

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Put the forward hinge arms (4) and (5) in position and install
the pins (3).
(d) Make sure that the forward hinge arms (4) and (5) are and remain
in the horizontal position. To do this use the spirit levels
installed on the arms.
(e) Install the link (2) and secure with the pins (1).
(f) Install the dynamometers and the chain pulley blocks.
(2) Install the ENGINE TROLLEY (S487ETT2) or TRAILER,ENGINE GROUND

HANDLING(CFM56-6 AND IAE V2500) (TMHET06-00-00).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-00-20-991-195)
(a) Put in position the engine trolley and ENGINE CRADLE (S1787CR) or
CRADLE,V2500 ENGINE (TMHEC29-00-00) assembly from forward to aft,
below the engine.
(b) Attach the chain hooks to the engine cradle.
(c) Remove the pins which attach the engine cradle to the engine
trolley.
(d) Lift the engine cradle to the engine with the four chain pulley
blocks.
(e) Install the pins of the front fixtures into the engine handling
points and then install the rear support on the left and right
sides. Attach to the engine with a ball pin.
NOTE : Use the chain pulley blocks to align the engine cradle
____
with the engine.
(f) Operate the handling hoists at the same time until these values
show on the dynamometers:
1
_ 1900 daN (plus 150 daN or minus 100 daN) (4271 lbf) (1936 Kg)
for the forward dynamometers
2
_ 500 daN (plus 100 daN or minus 50 daN) (1124 lbf) (509 Kg) for
the aft dynamometers.
NOTE : The dynamometer values are applicable to the

____
demountable power plant which includes the engine
assembly, the air inlet cowl, the CNA.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-020-050
D. Removal of the Power Plant
WARNING : DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE POWER PLANT FALLS ON
_______
PERSONNEL. THE POWER PLANT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 7300 POUNDS.
WARNING : DO NOT TOW OR MOVE THE AIRCRAFT ON THE GROUND IF THE THRUST
_______
REVERSER IS ON THE PYLON WITH THE ENGINE REMOVED. MOVEMENT OF
THE AIRCRAFT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PYLON OR THE THRUST
REVERSER.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE FORWARD ENGINE MOUNT FALL ON TO THE ENGINE WHEN
_______
THE BOLTS ARE REMOVED. THE VSV UNISON RINGS, HARNESSES AND
TUBES CAN BE EASILY DAMAGED IF THE FORWARD MOUNT FALLS. PUT
PADDING BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND THE FORWARD MOUNT BEFORE THE
BOLTS ARE REMOVED.
CAUTION : IF YOU MUST CLOSE THE ENGINE COWLS WHEN THE ENGINE IS NOT
_______
INSTALLED, BE CAREFUL WITH THE THRUST REVERSER COWLS. IF THE
COWLS CLOSE TOO FAR, THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO HINGE N4.
(1) Disconnect the forward engine mount.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910)
(a) Put padding between the engine and the forward mount.
(b) Remove the nuts (16), the retainers (12), the washers (17) and
the four bolts (18) which attach the front engine mount to the
pylon.
(c) Remove nut (8), washer (7), retainer (6) and nut (5).
(d) Remove the bolt (1), the washers (2) and the nuts (5).
(2) Disconnect the aft engine mount.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912)
(a) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the bolt (2).
(b) Remove the bolts (2) and the washers (3) and the barrel nuts (6)
which attach the aft engine mount (4) to the pylon (1).
(3) Make sure that no lines or unions stay connected to the pylon.
(4) Put the pulley lock levers in the DOWN position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Handling Points


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Engine Handling Points


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aft Engine Mount

Figure 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 432
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Carrefully lower the engine using all four chain pulley blocks at the
same time. Make sure that the pylon and the engine mount mating faces
stay parallel so that you can easily disengage the shear pins.
NOTE : Make sure that the differential load read on the dynamometers
____
is less than:
- 600 daN (1348.9 lbf) (612 kg) between the two front chains.
- 200 daN (449.6 lbf) (204 kg) between the two rear chains.
NOTE : Use the level indicators on the forward hinge arms of the
____
bootstrap to keep this hinge arms as near as possible to the
horizontal position.
NOTE : Be careful not to cause the dynamic effects during descent.

____
NOTE : Put the aft part of the engine cradle in position on the
____
trolley before the front part.
(6) Install the pins to lock the engine cradle on to the engine trolley.
(7) Remove the four pulley chain blocks from the engine cradle.
(8) Remove the forward hinge arms from the bootstrap system
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-00-20-991-911)
(a) Remove the four chain hooks from the bootstrap system.
(b) Remove the pins (1) and (3), the link (2) and remove the hinge
arms (4) and (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 433
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-20-000-040- 01
Removal of the Power Plant with the Engine Positioner TWW 75E (MIAG)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 434
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
No specific clean container 1 USgal (4 l)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
S889BH0 1 BRACE - HOLD OPEN COWLS
TMHBS13-00-00 1 BRACE-HOLD OPEN COWLS
TWW75E 1 ENGINE POSITIONER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 seal ring 73-12-42 80B-070

6 seal ring 73-12-42 80C-070

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 435
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
31-36-00-740-015 Printout of the Engine / APU Hours and Cycles Stored
in the FDIMU (10TV)
36-11-49-000-016 Removal of the Sense Line between the Bleed
Interface
71-71-42-000-010 Removal of the Drains Mast
71-00-20-991-900 Fig. 401
71-00-20-991-914 Fig. 402
71-00-20-991-913 Fig. 403
71-00-20-991-902 Fig. 404
71-00-20-991-903 Fig. 405
71-00-20-991-901 Fig. 406
71-00-20-991-904 Fig. 407
71-00-20-991-905 Fig. 408
71-00-20-991-906 Fig. 409
71-00-20-991-910 Fig. 410
71-00-20-991-912 Fig. 413
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-20-740-052-A
A. Do a print-out of the engine hours and cycles and keep the print with the
engine for follow-up (Ref. TASK 31-36-00-740-015).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 436
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-941-054
(1) Make sure that the A/C is stable (Ref. TASK 05-57-00-200-001).
NOTE : When the A/C is on jacks, make sure that it is leveled before
____
you remove the engine.
1(2).
(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is released (ON
legend off).
(b) Install a warning notice to tell persons not to press the APU
BLEED pushbutton switch.
(6) Put a warning notice on the HP ground connector to tell persons not
to pressurize the pneumatic system.
Subtask 71-00-20-865-057
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 437
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

_______
R THEM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 1000EM1
R FOR 1000EM2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 438
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 71-00-20-864-053
D. Depressurize these Hydraulic Systems
(1) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to pressurize

the applicable system.
(a) On the panel 40VU.
(b) On the ground service panel of the applicable hydraulic system.
(2) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the applicable hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 71-00-20-010-059
E. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in position at engine level.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 439
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-040-054
F. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-00-20-991-900)
Subtask 71-00-20-010-060
G. Open the thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010) but do not
release the pressure after you put the hold-open rods in position.
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-00-20-480-058
H. Install the BRACE - HOLD OPEN COWLS (S889BH0) or BRACE-HOLD OPEN COWLS
(TMHBS13-00-00) to Support the Fan and Thrust Reverser Cowl Doors
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-00-20-991-914)
(1) Put the adjustable struts (1) and (2) into position.
(2) Adjust the length of the struts so that they hold the weight of the
(3) Put the thrust reverser half hold-open rods in their storage
positions (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).
(4) Open the valve on the hydraulic hand pump.
(5) Install the left and right support arms (4) so that they hold the
weight of the fan cowls.
NOTE : The support arms (4) must be installed so that the brackets
____
(3) are on the second latch from the front of the thrust
reverser halves.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 440
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Put the fan cowl hold-open rods in their storage positions (Ref. TASK
71-13-00-410-010).
Subtask 71-00-20-680-056
J. Drain the Fuel that Stays in the Engine and the Pylon Fuel Hose, to Do
this Drain at Level of the Fuel Filter as Follows:
(1) Put a clean container 1 USgal (4 l) under the fuel filter.
(2) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the fuel drain plug (7).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-00-20-991-913)
(3) Remove the fuel drain plug and drain the fuel into the container.
NOTE : Do not put fuel that you drained from the engine back into the
____
fuel system.
(4) Remove the seal ring (6) from the fuel drain plug (7). Discard the
seal ring.
(5) Lubricate a new seal ring (6) with clean lubricant (engine oil)
(Material No. V10-039) and install it on the fuel drain plug (7)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(6) Install the fuel drain plug (7).
(7) TORQUE the fuel drain plug to between 110 and 120 lbf.in (1.24 and
1.35 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(8) Safety the fuel drain plug with lockwire (Material No. V02-147).
Subtask 71-00-20-020-066
K. Removal of Components from the Right and the Left Sides of the Engine
(1) Remove the drain mast (Ref. TASK 71-71-42-000-010).
NOTE : When you install the engine in the transportation stand it is

____
only necessary to remove the drain mast to prevent damage. It
is not necessary to disconnect the drain tubes or remove the
collector plate assembly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 441
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove these components from the right side of the engine.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-00-20-991-902)
(a) At the left interface electrical junction box:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-00-20-991-903)
- Disconnect the electrical connectors 450VC, 452VC and 454VC.
(b) At the forward pylon electrical junction box:

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
1
_ Cut and discard the lockwire safetying the IDG harness
connector 400VC and disconnect the connector.
2
_ Disconnect connectors 401VC, 403VC, 407VC and 409VC.
3
_ Disconnect connectors 402VC, 404VC, 405VC, 406VC, 408VC,
447VC, 448VC and 457VC.
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector 4005VC located by the V

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-00-20-991-902)
(d) Remove the coupling (5) and disconnect the upper starter duct (4)
from the pylon duct (6).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
(e) Remove the coupling (3) and disconnect the Thermal Anti-ice duct
(TAI) (2), located on the fan case close by the pylon, from the
pylon TAI duct (1).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
(3) Remove these components from the left side of the engine.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-00-20-991-904, 408/TASK 71-00-20-991-905,
409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
(a) Disconnect the thrust reverser harness connectors 4101KS-A and

4101KS-B from the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU).
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector 4004VC located by the V

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-00-20-991-905)
(c) Remove the couplings (19) and disconnect the TAI duct (18)
located close by the forward mount.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 442
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Remove the coupling (7) and disconnect the cabin air duct (10).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
(e) Disconnect the hydraulic tubes from the fluid disconnect panel.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-00-20-991-904)
1
_ Disconnect the hydraulic suction hose (1).
2
_ Disconnect the hydraulic pressure tube (2).
3
_ Disconnect the hydraulic pump case drain tube (7).
(f) Disconnect the fuel tubes from the fluid disconnect panel.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-00-20-991-904)
1
_ Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the bolts
attaching the tubes.
2
_ Remove the 4 bolts (6) and the washers (5) and disconnect the
fuel return to tank tube (4). Remove and discard the gasket
(3).
3
_ Remove the 4 bolts (9),the washers (10) and disconnect the
fuel supply tube (8). Remove and discard the gasket (11).
(g) Disconnect the sensor tubes from the bracket situated forward of
the pylon.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
1
_ Disconnect the pressure regulating valve (PRV) sensor tube
(20).
2
_ Disconnect the thermostat sensor tube (11).
(h) On engine 1 only, disconnect the hydraulic reservoir pressurizing

tube from the union located on the combustor case at 11 oclock.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
Subtask 71-00-20-020-071
L. Removal of the Bleed Pressure Regulator Valve (PRV) Sense Line.
(1) Remove the sense line between the bleed pressure regulator valve

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 443
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-620-051
M. Install caps to all openings and connectors.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-20-020-067
A. Loosen the Forward Engine Mount Bolts

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910)
CAUTION : LOOSEN ONLY ONE BOLT AT A TIME. MAKE SURE THE BOLT IS TIGHT
_______
BEFORE THE SUBSEQUENT BOLT IS LOOSENED.
(1) Remove the nuts (15), the washers (14) and (10), the bolts (9) and
remove the retainers (13) and (11).
(2) Loosen one forward mount bolt (18) and TORQUE it again to between
1056 and 1584 lbf.in (11.93 and 17.89 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013) or the maximum load that a mechanic can apply with a standard
wrench.
Apply the same procedure for each of the other four bolts in turn.
Subtask 71-00-20-020-068
B. Remove the center bolt (1)
(1) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the center bolt (1) of
the mount.
(2) Remove the center bolt (1) and the washer (2) with the CHEST,TORQUE
SET-ENGINE R I (98D71203001000).
Subtask 71-00-20-480-059
C. Installation of the Engine Positioner TWW 75E
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ENGINE POSITIONER IS ON A FLAT, CONCRETE

_______
SURFACE. IF THERE IS A SLOPE, IT MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 2 DEG.
(1) Make sure that the ENGINE POSITIONER (TWW75E) is operational.
(2) Install the engine cradle onto the rail system of the engine
positioner.
(3) On the control panel of the positioner, push the button SET REFERENCE
VALUE to set the load value to zero.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 444
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Install the engine positioner under the engine.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE WHILE YOU LIFT THE
_______
CRADLE.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE CRADLE ON, OR REMOVE IT

_______
FROM, THE ENGINE. IF NOT, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
VIBRATION SENSOR CONNECTOR. THE VIBRATION SENSOR CONNECTOR
IS IN FRONT OF THE FORWARD HANDLING POINT ON THE RIGHT
SIDE.
(a) Start up the engine positioner.
(b) Position the engine positioner with the cradle on it, below the
engine. Use the right joystick to move the positioner.
(c) Lift and adjust the engine positioner with the cradle assembly.
Lightly move the positioner to adjust it. Use the left joystick
to lift the positioner.
(d) Insert the pins of the front fixtures of the engine handling
points and then install the rear support on the left side. Attach
to the engine with a ball pin.
(e) Continue to lift the engine positioner until the tool takes over
the weight of the engine from the wing.
NOTE : From this point, the load taken over by the four pillars
____
of the positioner must be monitored all the time on the
control panel.
(f) Continue to lift and make sure that display on the control panel
shows the load taken over by the four pillars of the positioner.
When the load is between zero and 300 daN (overload), the load
bar is green. When the load is more than 300 daN, the load bar
becomes red and the lifting system of the engine positioner stops
(overload protection).
(g) Lift the front and aft pillars together or only the front pillars
or the aft pillars to obtain the front and aft preloads.
(h) When a lift pillar is at 100 percent of preload, the related load
bar becomes red and the movement stops.
(i) On the control panel of the positioner, release this overload:
1
_ Push the RELEASE key.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 445
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(j) Lower the pillar which is overload.
(k) Lift the other pillars until all pillars are near to 300 daN
(overload).
(l) Use the left joystick until all load values become stable and the
up movement stops.
Subtask 71-00-20-020-069
D. Removal of the Power Plant
_______
WARNING : DO NOT TOW OR MOVE THE AIRCRAFT ON THE GROUND IF THE THRUST
_______
REVERSER IS ON THE PYLON WITH THE ENGINE REMOVED. MOVEMENT OF
THE AIRCRAFT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PYLON OR THE THRUST
REVERSER.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE FORWARD ENGINE MOUNT FALL ON TO THE ENGINE WHEN
_______
THE BOLTS ARE REMOVED. THE VSV UNISON RINGS, HARNESSES AND
TUBES CAN BE EASILY DAMAGED IF THE FORWARD MOUNT FALLS. PUT
PADDING BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND THE FORWARD MOUNT BEFORE THE
BOLTS ARE REMOVED.
CAUTION : IF YOU MUST CLOSE THE ENGINE COWLS WHEN THE ENGINE IS NOT
_______
INSTALLED, BE CAREFUL WITH THE THRUST REVERSER COWLS. IF THE
COWLS CLOSE TOO FAR, THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO HINGE N4.
(1) Disconnect the forward engine mount.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910)
(a) Put padding between the engine and the forward mount.
(b) Remove the nuts (16), the retainers (12), the washers (17) and
the four bolts (18) which attach the front engine mount to the
pylon.
(c) Remove the nut (8), the washer (7), the retainer (6) and the nut
(5).
(d) Remove the bolt (1), the washers (2) and the nuts (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 446
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Disconnect the aft engine mount.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912)
(a) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the bolt (2).
(b) Remove the bolts (2) and the washers (3) and the barrel nuts (6)
which attach the aft engine mount (4) to the pylon (1).
(3) Remove the engine from the aircraft.
(a) Make sure that no line union remains connected from the pylon.
(b) Use the left joystick to lower the engine.
(c) Have an engine trolley available with the 90 inch rail system.
(d) Move the engine positioner away from the wing and assemble the
rail system of the engine positioner with the rail system of the
engine trolley.
(e) Move the cradle from the positioner to the engine trolley.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 447
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-20-400-040
Installation of the Power Plant
_______
ARE IN POSITION.
_______
CAUTION : DO A CHECK OF THE ENGINE DATA PLATE TO MAKE SURE THAT THE ENGINE IS
_______
CORRECT FOR THE AIRCARFT.
IF YOU INSTALL AN ENGINE THAT DOES NOT HAVE THE CORRECT CONFIGURATION
FOR THE AIRCRAFT.
- DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR IF YOU OPERATE THE ENGINE. - THE TEST
AFTER THE INSTALLATION WILL TELL YOU THE ENGINE CONFIGURATION IS NOT
CORRECT AND MORE WORK WILL BE NECESSARY.
CAUTION : SOME EEC STANDARDS CANNOT BE INTERMIXED ON THE SAME AIRCRAFT.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific dynamometer
No specific non-abrasive marker or pencil
No specific steel plate
No specific No. 21 drill
No specific Torque Wrench : range 15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
R
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 448
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
(120.00 to 600.00 lbf.ft)
S1787CR 1 ENGINE CRADLE
S487ETT2 1 ENGINE TROLLEY
TMHEC29-00-00 1 CRADLE,V2500 ENGINE
TMHET06-00-00 1 TRAILER,ENGINE GROUND HANDLING(CFM56-6 AND IAE V2500)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
release agent (Ref. 70-30-00)
safety cable (Ref. 70-30-00)
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)
primer (Ref. 70-30-00)
anti seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 449
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 gasket 73-11-48 80 -080

11 gasket 73-11-48 80 -120
15 seal assembly 71-51-46 80 -030
16 seal assembly 71-51-46 80 -020
17 screws 71-51-46 80 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-24-612-011 IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or
Addition of Oil after a Level Check
12-13-79-610-012 Prime the Engine Oil System
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different
Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability
24-21-00-710-042 Operational Test of the IDG Disconnect and Reconnect
(Reset) Function - Engine Static
External Power
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
30-21-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Engine Air Intake Ice
Protection (with the Engines in operation)
31-36-00-740-014 Update of the Engine Hours and Cycles in the FDIMU
(10TV)
36-11-49-400-016 Installation of the Sense Line between the Bleed
Interface
70-23-05-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 450
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-15-912-010 Connection of Electrical Connectors
70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information
70-40-11-911-016 General Instructions for Uses of Safety Cable
Idle Test
71-13-00-800-010 Functional Check of Fan Cowl Latch Tension
71-21-12-200-010 Detailed Inspection of Forward Engine Mount
Installation
71-22-11-200-010 Detailed Inspection of Aft Engine Mount Installation
71-71-42-400-010 Installation of the Drains Mast
72-61-49-400-010 Installation of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct
(GBOD)
73-13-42-720-010 Functional Test of the Fuel Recirculation Cooling
System without Barfield Tester and without AIDS
78-30-00-820-010 Rig of the Thrust Reverser System
80-13-51-710-040 Operational Test of the Pneumatic Starter Valve and
FMU with the CFDS
ESPM 204823
R ESPM 204824
71-00-20-991-900 Fig. 401
71-00-20-991-914 Fig. 402
71-00-20-991-902 Fig. 404
71-00-20-991-903 Fig. 405
71-00-20-991-901 Fig. 406
71-00-20-991-904 Fig. 407
71-00-20-991-905 Fig. 408
71-00-20-991-906 Fig. 409
71-00-20-991-910 Fig. 410

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 451
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-20-991-911 Fig. 411

71-00-20-991-912 Fig. 413
71-00-20-991-196 Fig. 414
71-00-20-991-197 Fig. 415
71-00-20-991-198 Fig. 416
FOR FIN 1000EM1
29-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Green Hydraulic System
FOR FIN 1000EM2
29-13-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Yellow Hydraulic System
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-20-860-052
(1) Make sure the aircraft is stable (Ref. TASK 05-57-00-200-001).
NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks, make sure it is leveled before

____
you install the engine.
(2) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
(4) On the panel 30VU, make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is
released (ON legend off). Make sure that a warning notice is in
position to tell persons not to press the APU BLEED pushbutton
switch. Make sure that a warning notice is in position on the HP
ground connector to tell persons not to pressurize the pneumatic
system.
(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 452
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-010-053
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-00-20-040-051
C. Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
deactivated (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-00-20-865-051
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
_______
_______
R THEM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 453
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 1000EM1
R FOR 1000EM2

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 454
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-210-050
E. Check of the Cowling for Correct Condition
(1) Do a check of the electrical connectors of the aft and forward

junction boxes, for correct condition.
(2) Make sure that these parts are not damaged:
(a) The forward engine mount (Ref. TASK 71-21-12-200-010)
(b) The aft engine mount (Ref. TASK 71-22-11-200-010)
(c) The pylon structure that you can see.
Subtask 71-00-20-110-052
F. Clean Components
WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean these parts using a clean lint free cloth made moist with
solvent (Material No. V01-457):
(a) The mating faces and the shear pins and the fastener holes on the
forward and aft engine mounts
(b) The forward and aft mount pads on the pylon.
(2) Clean the bolts (1), (18) and (2), the nuts (16) and (5) and the
barrel nuts (6) with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910, 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912)
(3) Make sure that there are no traces of seizure or wear.
Subtask 71-00-20-230-051
G. Do a high sensitivity fluorescent penetrant inspection of the engine

mount bolts (1), (2) and (18) (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910, 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 455
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-240-051
H. Visual Inspections
(1) Do a visual inspection of the forward engine mount nuts (5) and (16).
Do not remove the silver plating.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910)
If an engine nut is cracked, reject it.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the barrel nuts (6). No cracks, nicks,

scratches or gouges are allowed. If any damage is found, replace the
barrel nut. Silver plating missing from the external surface of the
barrel nut is acceptable.
The threads must be in good condition and no silver plating is
allowed to be missing from the threads. If silver plating is missing
from the barrel nut threads, the barrel nut must be replaced.
Subtask 71-00-20-210-060
J. Do a Check of the Running Torque of the Forward and Aft Mount Bolts
(1) Do a check of the running torque of the forward engine mount bolts as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910)
(a) Apply a thin layer of anti seize compound (Material No. V10-085)
to the threads of the engine mount bolts, the nuts and the
washers.
(b) Install the washers under the head of the bolts (1) and (18).
(c) Install the bolts (1) and (18) through holes in the pylon and the
forward mount.
(d) Install the nuts (5) and (16) on the bolts (1) and (18).
(e) Tighten the nuts by hand until they are hard to turn.
NOTE : Make sure that the nuts are correctly threaded on the
____
bolts.
(f) Use a torque wrench to tighten the nuts until at least two full
threads show on the other side of the nuts (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
CAUTION : THIS IS NOT THE FINAL TORQUE FOR THE FORWARD ENGINE
_______
MOUNT BOLTS.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 456
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1
_ Measure the torque required to tighten the bolt (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013). The minimum torque should be to 70 lbf.in
(0.79 m.daN). The maximum torque should be to 600 lbf.in (6.78
m.daN).
2
_ If the bolt torque is less than 70 lbf.in (0.79 m.daN),
replace the nut (5) or (16) and do steps (a) thru (f) 1_
again.
3
_ If the torque is more than 600 lbf.in (6.78 m.daN), remove the
bolt and the nut and look for damaged threads. If the threads
are damaged, replace the bolt and nut and do steps (a) thru
(f) 2_ again.
(g) Remove the forward mount bolts and nuts.
(2) Do a check of the running torque of the aft engine mount bolts as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912)
washers.
(b) Install the washers (3) under the head of the bolts (2).
(c) Install the aft engine mount bolts (2) into the barrel nuts (6).
(d) Tighten the bolts by hand until they are hard to turn.
____
bolts.
(e) Use a torque wrench to tighten the nuts until at least two full
911-013).
CAUTION : THIS IS NOT THE FINAL TORQUE FOR THE AFT ENGINE MOUNT
_______
BOLTS.
1
m.daN).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 457
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
replace the nut (5) or (16) and do steps (a) thru (e) 1_
again.
3
(e) 2_ again.
(f) Remove the aft mount bolts and nuts.
Subtask 71-00-20-420-050
K. If replacement engine does not have all its equipment, remove the
accessories from the removed engine and install them on the replacement
engine.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-20-420-051
A. Put the replacement engine in position under the pylon
(1) Put the ENGINE TROLLEY (S487ETT2) or TRAILER,ENGINE GROUND

HANDLING(CFM56-6 AND IAE V2500) (TMHET06-00-00) and ENGINE CRADLE
(S1787CR) or CRADLE,V2500 ENGINE (TMHEC29-00-00) with the replacement
engine in position under the pylon.
(2) Install the forward hinge arm (4) and (5) with the ball pins (1) on
the forward bootstrap system.
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-00-20-991-911)
(3) Install the dynamometers and chain pulley blocks on the bootstrap
system.
(4) Attach the chain hooks to the engine cradle.
(5) Remove the pins that attach the engine cradle to the engine trolley.
(6) Put the locking levers of the handling hoist in UP position. Lift the
engine cradle to disengage it from the trolley.
(7) Slightly raise the forward section of the engine cradle then the aft
section.
NOTE : Make sure that the differential load read on the dynamometers
____
is less than:

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 458
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- 600 daN (1350 lbf) (611.6 Kg) between the 2 front chains.
- 200 daN (450 lbf) (203.9 Kg) between the 2 rear chains.
NOTE : Use the level indicators on the forward hinge arms of the
____
bootstrap to keep the hinge arms as near as possible to the
horizontal position.
Subtask 71-00-20-210-052
B. Make certain that the hinge crossover beam (1) is correctly engaged in
the V-groove (2).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-00-20-991-196)
Subtask 71-00-20-420-052
C. Put the Power Plant in position
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT INSERT THE SHEAR PINS OF ONE MOUNT BEFORE THE OTHER OR
_______
DAMAGE TO THE MOUNTS AND PYLON CAN RESULT.
(1) Keep the pylon and engine face of the forward and aft attach fittings
parallel so as to put the locating pins easily in their location.
NOTE : Rear lifts give the roll attitude.

____
NOTE : At the forward end you can move the engine laterally by plus
____
or minus 20 mm (0.79 in.).
(a) To move the engine to the left side, lift with the right hand
hoist and/or lower with the left hand hoist.
(b) To move the engine to the right side, lift with the left hand
hoist and/or lower with the right hand hoist.
(2) Lift the engine:
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL THE LOCATING PINS OF ONE MOUNT BEFORE THE
_______
OTHER OR DAMAGE TO MOUNTS AND PYLON COULD RESULT.
(a) Slowly lift the engine to the pylon. Make sure that the shear
pins on the engine mounts engage with the holes in the pylon.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 459
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hinge Crossover Beam

Figure 414/TASK 71-00-20-991-196

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 460
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Lift the engine chain continuously until a mating load of 200 daN
(450 lbf) (203.9 Kg) maximum for each chain is shown on the
dynamometers.
Subtask 71-00-20-420-053
D. Installation of the Forward and Aft Engine Mounts
(1) Install the forward engine mount.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910)
(a) Lubricate the bolts (1) and (18), the washers (2) and (17), the
nuts (5) and (16) and the shear pins (19) with anti seize
compound (Material No. V10-085).
NOTE : The forward center bolt has no upper retainer, it is

____
locked by lockwire.
(b) Install the bolts (18), the washers (17), the retainers (12) and
the nuts (16).
(c) Put the nut (5) and the retainer (6) in position.
(d) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).
(e) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 35 and 40 lbf.in (0.39 and 0.45
m.daN).
(f) Install the bolt (1) and the washer (2) on the middle front
engine mount.
(g) Tighten the bolts (1) and (18) with a standard wrench.
NOTE : You must install the washers (17) and (2) with the
____
recessed side against bolt head.
(h) Hold the nut (16) stable with a wrench and torque the bolts (1)
and (18) to between 88.49 and 132.74 lbf.ft (11.99 and 17.99
m.daN).
(i) Remove the padding from between the engine and the engine mount.
(2) Install the aft engine mount attach fittings.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912)
(a) Lubricate the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the shear pins (5)
with anti seize compound (Material No. V10-085).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 461
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Installation of the barrel nut:
CAUTION : BARREL NUT MUST BE INSTALLED WITH ROUNDED SIDE UP.

_______
1
_ Install the barrel nut (6), the bolts (2) and washers (3).
NOTE : You must install the washers (3) with the recessed side
____
against bolt head.
(c) TORQUE the bolts (2) to between 65 and 70.5 m.daN (479.35 and
519.91 lbf.ft) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
NOTE : After you tighten the engine mount bolts to the final
____
torque, make sure that the surfaces between the pylon and
the aft engine mount are in contact.
(d) Install safety cable (Material No. V02-275) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-016) on bolts (2). Alternate: Use lockwire (Material No. V02-
147) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
NOTE : If the pylon flexible seals were removed, install them.

____
Subtask 71-00-20-080-050
E. Removal of the Lifting Equipment and Bootstrap Assembly
(1) Remove the lifting equipment.
(a) Put the pulley locking levers in the DOWN position.
(b) Reduce the load on the engine cradle using the pulley blocks.
(c) Disconnect the engine cradle from the engine.
(d) Lower the engine cradle. Make sure that the engine cradle does
not hit the engine.
(e) Install the engine cradle on the engine trolley.
(f) Remove the four chain hooks from the engine cradle.
(g) Remove the engine trolley rearwards.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 462
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the bootstrap assembly as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-00-20-991-911)
(a) Remove the four chain pulley blocks and the dynamometers from the
rear beam (9) and the forward hinge arms (4) and (5).
(b) Remove the pins (8) and remove the rear beam (9).
(c) Remove the pins (1) and remove the link (2).
(d) Remove the pins (3) and remove the left and right hinge arms (4)
and (5).
(e) Release the left and right clamps (7) and remove the spacer and
the center hinge clamp from the pylon.
Subtask 71-00-20-760-050
F. Do a check of the electrical bonding
(1) Measure the resistance value (ohmic) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).

Make sure that the resistance between the engine and the pylon is not
more than 1.5 milliohm.
Subtask 71-00-20-420-054
G. TORQUE the bolts of the forward mount.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TORQUE WRENCH DOES NOT TOUCH THE FORWARD
_______
ENGINE MOUNT DURING TIGHTENING TO NOT CHANGE THE TORQUE APPLIED
TO THE BOLTS.
(1) Use the special tool CHEST,TORQUE SET-ENGINE R I (98D71203001000) to

TORQUE the forward mount bolts to the final torque value to between
43.39 and 47.45 m.daN (319.98 and 349.92 lbf.ft) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
NOTE : The given torque values take into account the length of the
____
torque wrench.
(a) Use the Torque Wrench (TEM item 10) to torque the four forward
mount bolts (18).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 463
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Use the Torque Wrench (TEM item 20) and Load Reducer (TEM item
60) to torque the center bolt (1) of the forward mount.
NOTE : The use of the load reducer (P/N GA184A) with the torque
____
wrench (P/N TQFRM14) changes the value of the torque
selected. You must set a value between 13 m.daN (96
lbf.ft) and 14 m.daN (103 lbf.ft) on the wrench to get the
torque required for the forward center mount bolt.
____
the forward engine mount are in contact.
(2) Install safety cable (Material No. V02-275) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-
016) on bolt (1). Alternate: Use lockwire (Material No. V02-147)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
NOTE : You can use lockwire diameters ranging from 0.8mm to 1.2mm to
____
safety the bolt (1).
(3) Install the retainers (11) and (13) secured with the bolt (9), the
washers (10) and (14) and the nut (15).
(4) TORQUE the bolts (9) to between 24 and 36 lbf.in (0.27 and 0.40
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Remove the fan cowl and thrust reverser braces

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-00-20-991-914)
(a) Put the fan cowl hold-open rods into position to hold the weight
of the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).
(b) Put the thrust reverser half hold-open rods into position to hold
the weight of the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-
010).
(c) Remove the support arms (5) and (6) from the fan cowls and the
(d) Remove the adjustable struts (1) and (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-20-630-050
A. Remove caps from the open ends.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 464
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-420-096
B. Installation of the Bleed Pressure Regulator Valve (PRV) Sense Line.
(1) Install the sense line between the bleed pressure regulator valve
Subtask 71-00-20-420-055
C. Installation of Components on the Left and the Right Sides of the Engine
(1) Install these components on the left side of the engine.
(a) Connect the sensor tubes.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
1
_ Connect the pressure regulating valve sensor tube (20).
2
_ TORQUE the tube union nut to between 0.2 and 0.23 m.daN (17.69
and 20.35 lbf.in).
3
_ Connect the thermostat sensor tube (11).
4
_ TORQUE the union nut to between 0.15 and 0.17 m.daN (13.27 and
15.04 lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(b) Connect the fuel tubes to the fluid disconnect panel.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-00-20-991-904)
1
_ Install a new gasket (11) on the fuel supply tube (8)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
2
_ Put the fuel supply tube in position on the fluid disconnect
panel and install the four bolts (9) and the washers (10).
3
_ TORQUE the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64
lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
4
_ Safety the bolt (9) with lockwire (Material No. V02-147)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
5
_ Install a new gasket (3) on the fuel return to tank tube (4).
6
_ Put the fuel return to tank tube in position on the fuel
disconnect panel and install the four bolts (6) and the
washers (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 465
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

7
_ TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.38 and 0.42 m.daN (33.62 and
37.16 lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
8
_ Safety the bolts (6) with lockwire (Material No. V02-147)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(c) Connect the hydraulic tubes to the fluid disconnect panel.
1
_ Connect the hydraulic case drain connector (7) to the fluid
disconnect panel.
2
_ TORQUE the connector (7) to between 215 and 245 lbf.in (2.42
and 2.76 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
3
_ Connect the hydraulic pressure tube connector (2) to the fluid
disconnect panel.
4
_ TORQUE the connector (2) to between 9.7 and 10.7 m.daN (71.53
and 78.90 lbf.ft) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5
_ Connect the hydraulic suction tube connector (1) to the fluid
disconnect panel. Handtighten the connector.
(d) Connect the cabin air duct.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
1
_ Position the duct and install the coupling (7).
2
_ TORQUE the coupling to between 0.85 and 0.96 m.daN (75.22 and
84.95 lbf.in).
3
_ Install the coupling. To do this, tap the coupling with a
mallet.
4
_ TORQUE the coupling again to between 0.79 and 0.9 m.daN (69.91
and 79.64 lbf.in).
5
_ Tap the coupling again.
6
and 79.64 lbf.in).
(e) Connect the Thermal Anti-Ice (TAI) duct.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
1
_ Position the TAI duct and install the couplings (19).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 466
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ TORQUE the coupling (19) to between 0.51 and 0.62 m.daN (45.13
and 54.86 lbf.in).
3
mallet.
4
_ TORQUE the coupling again to between 0.51 and 0.62 m.daN
(45.13 and 54.86 lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5
6
(45.13 and 54.86 lbf.in).
(f) On the fan case near the V-groove at 11 oclock, connect the
electrical connector 4004VC.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-00-20-991-905)
(g) Connect the thrust reverser harness connector 4101KS-A and

4101KS-B on the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-00-20-991-905)
(2) Install these components from the right side of the engine.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-00-20-991-902)
(a) Connect the TAI duct (2).

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
1
_ Position the duct on the pylon and install the coupling (3).
2
54.86 lbf.in).
3
mallet.
4
(45.13 and 54.86 lbf.in).
5
6
(45.13 and 54.86 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 467
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Connect the starter duct.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
NOTE : Adjust the link assemblies when the engine is installed on

____
the pylon.
1
_ Remove the four nuts (7), washers (9) and bolts (8) from the
two upper link assemblies (16) and (17). Remove the upper link
assemblies.
2
lower link assemblies (11) and (12). Remove the lower link
assemblies.
NOTE : It may be necessary to loosen the coupling at the

____
valve. If this is required, torque the coupling nut as
explained in steps 4_ thru 7_.
3
_ Position the starter duct (4) on the pylon starter duct (6)
and install the coupling (5).
4
_ TORQUE coupling (5) to between 0.79 and 0.9 m.daN (69.91 and
79.64 lbf.in).
5
_ Lightly hit around the outside of the coupling with a fiber
hammer.
6
_ TORQUE coupling (5) again to between 0.79 and 0.9 m.daN (69.91
and 79.64 lbf.in).
7
_ Repeat steps 4_ thru 6_ two more times.
8
_ Connect the lower link assemblies (11) and (12) to the Fan
case brackets with bolts (8), washers (9) and nuts (7). Do not
torque the nuts at this time.
9
_ Connect the upper link assemblies (16) and (17) to the Fan
10
__ Loosen the nut (13) on the support links (11), (12), (16) and
(17).
11
__ Adjust the links as needed to attach to the starter duct (4)
without preload.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 468
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

12
__ Install the four link assemblies (11), (12), (16) and (17)
onto the starter duct (4) with bolts (8), washers (9) and nuts
(7).
13
__ TORQUE the eight nuts (7) to between 0.6 and 0.8 m.daN (53.09
and 70.79 lbf.in).
14
__ TORQUE the four nuts (13) on the link assemblies (11), (12),
(16) and (17) to between 1 and 1.2 m.daN (88.49 and 106.19
lbf.in). The link threads must block the safety holes in the
link assemblies. This can be checked with a piece of lockwire
(Material No. V02-126), put the lockwire into each safety
hole. The lockwire must not go through.
(c) On the fan case near the V-groove at 1 oclock, connect the
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-00-20-991-902)
(d) On the forward pylon junction box, connect the electrical

connectors 402VC, 404VC, 405VC, 406VC, 408VC, 447VC, 448VC and
457VC (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
(e) On the pylon junction box, connect the electrical connectors

401VC, 403VC, 407VC and 409VC (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
(f) On the pylon junction box, connect the generator harness

connector 400VC.
1
_ Do not clean the contacts with abrasive material.
R 2
_ Connect a dynamometer to the test pin to do a pin retention
R check of the sockets.
R
R a
_ The minimum extraction force value must be 1.2 daN (2.7
R lbf) for a CANNON contact (Ref. ESPM 204823).
R b
R lbf) for a new FRAMATOME (former SOURIAU) contact and 2.2
R daN (4.9 lbf) for an old FRAMATOME (former SOURIAU) contact
R (Ref. ESPM 204824).
3
_ Tighten the connector by hand until the orange colour is shown
in the window of the coupling nut and safety the generator
harness connector 400VC with lockwire (Material No. V02-147).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 469
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
(g) On the aft interface junction box, connect the electrical

connectors 450VC, 452VC and 454VC.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-00-20-991-903)
(h) On the forward section of the combustion case at 11 oclock,

connect the hydraulic reservoir pressurization tube to the union
(engine 1 only).
NOTE : The elbowed union of the hose must be connected to the

____
engine.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)

TORQUE the union to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN (11.06 and 12.53
lbf.ft) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(i) Install the drains mast (Ref. TASK 71-71-42-400-010).
Subtask 71-00-20-410-062
D. If the engine fire seals are not present, install them as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-00-20-991-197, 416/TASK 71-00-20-991-198)
(1) Close the relevant thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
(2) Put the fire seal assembly (15) or seal assembly (16) on the
heatshield so there is full contact between the seal and the thrust
reverser bracket assembly. The fire seal should rest against the
bracket with no compression.
(3) Mark the forward and bottom outline of the fire seal on the
heatshield with a non-abrasive marker or pencil.
(4) Open the relevant thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
(5) Measure 0.125 in. (3.18 mm) aft of the fire seal forward outline and
make a parallel line on the heatshield with a non-abrasive marker or
pencil.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 470
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Inspection for the Thrust Reverser Brackets and Inspection for/Installation of

the Engine Fire Seals
Figure 415/TASK 71-00-20-991-197

R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-00-20 Page 471
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fire Seal Installation

Figure 416/TASK 71-00-20-991-198

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 472
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Align the fire seal with the aft outline and bottom outline on the
heatshield.
(7) Put a steel plate between the strut fairing and the heatshield before
you drill the holes to protect the strut fairing.
(8) Drill through the three fire seal pilot holes into the heatshield.
Enlarge the holes with a No. 21 drill.
(9) Remove the burrs from the holes in the fire seal and the heatshield.
(10) Cleaning
WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Clean the fire seal and the aft and inboard surfaces of the
heatshield and block seal with a lint free cloth made moist with
solvent (Material No. V01-457). Wipe the surfaces dry before the
cleaning solvent evaporates.
(11) Applying of primer
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE PRIMER ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
PRIMER IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
IF YOU GET THE PRIMER ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH
IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES
BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Apply primer (Material No. V08-032) to the mating surfaces of the
fire seal assembly. Allow to air dry for twenty minutes.
(12) Apply release agent (Material No. V02-158) to the aft surface and
inboard corner of the block seal.
(13) Applying of sealant
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE
THE SEALANT IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE
GAS. IF YOU GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
GET MEDICAL AID IMMEDIATELY.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 473
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Apply sealant (Material No. V08-030) to the mating surfaces of
the fire seal.
(14) Put the fire seal into position on the heatshield.
(15) Installation of the fire seals as follows:
(a) Install the fire seal assembly (15) and seal assembly (16) on the
fire shield with screws (17).
(b) TORQUE the screws (17) to between 6 and 8 lbf.in (0.06 and 0.09
m.daN).
(16) Using of sealant
_______
(a) Fill all the voids in the fire seal with sealant (Material No.
V08-030). Allow the sealant to cure for 24 hours at 77 deg. F (25
deg.C) and 50 percent humidity.
Subtask 71-00-20-820-050
E. Do the Adjustment
(1) Adjust the thrust reverser latches, bumpers and compression struts
(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010).
(2) Adjust the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-800-010).
NOTE : Make sure that the gearbox breather outlet duct (GBOD)
____ aligns
with the gearbox breather outlet vent on the right fan cowl.
If it does not align, loosen the GBOD fasteners, align the
GBOD with the vent and torque the fasteners (Ref. TASK 72-61-
49-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 474
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-410-051
F. Close access
(1) Check the HP bleed and pressure regulating valves configuration.
NOTE : Make sure that HP bleed and pressure regulating valves are not
____
mechanically locked and can operate freely.
(2) Close the thrust reverser cowls (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-00-20-440-050
G. Activate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-00-20-991-900)
Subtask 71-00-20-611-050
H. Do a Check of the Engine Oil System and Prime It
(1) Prime the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-012).
(2) Fill the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil system (Ref. TASK 12-
13-24-612-011).
Subtask 71-00-20-612-050
J. Service the Starter with Oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-80-600-010).
NOTE : The starter may have been drained when the engine was removed.
____
Subtask 71-00-20-863-050
K. Pressurize these Hydraulic Systems
WARNING : PRESSURIZATION OF THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CAN RESULT IN

_______
INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER OPERATION. REMOVE ALL PERSONNEL
FROM THE AREA AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER BEFORE THE HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED. FAILURE TO COMPLY CAN RESULT IN INJURY
TO PERSONNEL.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 475
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Pressurize the applicable hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-
001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
(2) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
Subtask 71-00-20-410-053
L. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-00-20-865-052
M. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1DA1, 1DA2, 2DA1, 2DA2, 2DA3, 3DA1, 3DA2, 3DA3, 4DA1, 4DA2, 4DA3, 5DA1,
5DA2, 5DA3, 1DB1, 4DG1, 4DG2, 1JH, 1WE1, 2WE1, 1WE2, 2WE2, 7TU, 2RK, 4RK
FOR 1000EM1
2KS1, 4KS1, 2JH1, 3JH1, 7WD1, 8WD1, 2XU1, 1DN1
FOR 1000EM2
2KS2, 4KS2, 2JH2, 3JH2, 7WD2, 8WD2, 2XU2, 1DN2, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 71-00-20-861-050
N. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 71-00-20-740-051
P. Enter the engine hours and cycles data into the DMU for the installed
engine (Ref. TASK 31-36-00-740-014).
Subtask 71-00-20-860-050
Q. Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 476
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-720-050
R. On the MCDU do the following Test:
(1) Push the line key adjacent to the ENG indication. The SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST ENG menu comes into view.
(2) Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 1(2) A(B) indication. The
ENGINE 1(2) MAIN MENU page comes into view.
(3) Push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE SHOOTING indication. The
FADEC 1(2) A(B) TROUBLE SHOOTING MENU page comes into view.
(4) Push the line key adjacent to the EEC CONFIGURATION indication. The
FADEC 1(2) EEC CONFIGURATION page comes into view.
(5) Read the data that come on the MCDU (EEC P/N, ENGINE RATING, BUMP
LEVEL, EPR MODIFIER and ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER) to make sure they are
the same as written on the EEC, data entry plug and engine
identification plate using the following engine ratings comparison
table.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| MCDU | ENGINE DATA PLATE |
| (EEC CONFIG Menu) | (Engine Model) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 22000 lbs | V2522 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 24000 lbs | V2524 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 24000E lbs | V2524E |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000 lbs | V2527 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000E lbs | V2527E |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000M lbs | V2527M |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 30000 lbs | V2530 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 30000 lbs | V2530 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 33000 lbs | V2533 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 477
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Stop the MCDU.
Subtask 71-00-20-710-051
S. Do an operational test of the EEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-710-040).
NOTE : If the aircraft operates in correct CAT III conditions, do a land

____
test (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).
Subtask 71-00-20-710-061
T. Do the operational test of the Starter valve and FMU (Ref. TASK 80-13-51-
710-040).
Subtask 71-00-20-710-050
U. Do these Tests
(1) Do a functional test of the IDG disconnect system (Ref. TASK 24-21-
00-710-042).
(2) Do an operational test of the anti-ice protection system of the

engine air intake (Ref. TASK 30-21-00-710-002).
(3) Do a dry motor leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045) and do an

operational test of the hydraulic pump:
FOR 1000EM1
- operational test of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-11-00-
710-001).
FOR 1000EM2
- operational test of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-13-
00-710-002).
Subtask 71-00-20-790-050
V. Do these Leak Checks
(1) Do a wet motor leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046).
(2) Do a leak check of the fuel return valve (Ref. TASK 73-13-42-720-010)
to make sure that there are no leaks at pylon connection.
(3) Do a minimum idle leak check and do a check for leaks (Ref. TASK 71-
00-00-710-012).
(4) Do an Electronic Engine Control (EEC) system idle test (Ref. TASK 71-
00-00-710-022).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 478
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-210-053
W. Make sure that the IDG is connected:
(1) If the IDG is not connected, make sure that the maintenance message
IDG1(2) (E1(2)-4000XU) RECONFIG is shown on the EPGS GROUND REPORT
page.
(a) Make sure that the related GCU is energized.
(b) Reset the GCU:
1
_ On the ELEC control panel 35VU, release (OFF) then push the
related ELEC/GEN pushbutton switch 3XU.
(c) On the ELEC page of the lower ECAM DU, make sure that the line
connection between the IDG1(2) and the related busbar is shown
green. Make sure that the frequency and voltage indications are
correct.
(2) If the IDG1(2) is not connected after the GCU reset, do a check for
other maintenance messages related to the IDG.
Subtask 71-00-20-720-055
X. Do this Test
(1) Do a pretested replacement engine test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-011).
(2) Do not stop the engine at this step.
Subtask 71-00-20-710-052
Y. While the Engine is Running Do this Test
(1) On the lower ECAM DU, get the BLEED page.

Push the ENG 1 (2) BLEED pushbutton switch
- on the ENG 1 (2) pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes off.
- on the lower ECAM DU, the PRV and HP valves are shown open.
- Monitor the nacelle temperature for unsatisfactory indication. If
the temperature increases incorrectly, do the inspection of the
bleed air duct connections.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 479
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Release the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch
- on the ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch the OFF legend comes on.
- on the lower ECAM DU, the PRV and HP valves are shown closed.
Subtask 71-00-20-860-051
Z. Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 71-00-20-862-050
AA. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 480
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-00-20-400-040- 01
Installation of the Power Plant with the Engine Positioner TWW 75E (MIAG)
_______
ARE IN POSITION.
_______
CAUTION : DO A CHECK OF THE ENGINE DATA PLATE TO MAKE SURE THAT THE ENGINE IS
_______
CORRECT FOR THE AIRCARFT.
IF YOU INSTALL AN ENGINE THAT DOES NOT HAVE THE CORRECT CONFIGURATION
FOR THE AIRCRAFT.
- DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR IF YOU OPERATE THE ENGINE. - THE TEST
AFTER THE INSTALLATION WILL TELL YOU THE ENGINE CONFIGURATION IS NOT
CORRECT AND MORE WORK WILL BE NECESSARY.
CAUTION : SOME EEC STANDARDS CANNOT BE INTERMIXED ON THE SAME AIRCRAFT.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific dynamometer
No specific non-abrasive marker or pencil
No specific steel plate
No specific No. 21 drill
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
R
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 481
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
(120.00 to 600.00 lbf.ft)
TWW75E 1 ENGINE POSITIONER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
release agent (Ref. 70-30-00)
primer (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 482
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 gasket 73-11-48 80 -080

11 gasket 73-11-48 80 -120
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-24-612-011 IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or
Addition of Oil after a Level Check
12-13-79-610-012 Prime the Engine Oil System
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different
Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability
24-21-00-710-042 Operational Test of the IDG Disconnect and Reconnect
(Reset) Function - Engine Static
External Power
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
30-21-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Engine Air Intake Ice
Protection (with the Engines in operation)
31-36-00-740-005 Update of the Engine Hours and Cycles in the DMU
after Engine or DMU Replacement
36-11-49-400-016 Installation of the Sense Line between the Bleed
Interface

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 483
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Idle Test
71-21-12-200-010 Detailed Inspection of Forward Engine Mount
Installation
71-22-11-200-010 Detailed Inspection of Aft Engine Mount Installation
71-71-42-400-010 Installation of the Drains Mast
(GBOD)
73-13-42-720-010 Functional Test of the Fuel Recirculation Cooling
System without Barfield Tester and without AIDS
78-30-00-820-010 Rig of the Thrust Reverser System
80-13-51-710-040 Operational Test of the Pneumatic Starter Valve and
FMU with the CFDS
ESPM 204823
R ESPM 204824
71-00-20-991-900 Fig. 401
71-00-20-991-914 Fig. 402
71-00-20-991-902 Fig. 404
71-00-20-991-903 Fig. 405
71-00-20-991-901 Fig. 406
71-00-20-991-904 Fig. 407
71-00-20-991-905 Fig. 408
71-00-20-991-906 Fig. 409
71-00-20-991-910 Fig. 410
71-00-20-991-912 Fig. 413
71-00-20-991-197 Fig. 415
71-00-20-991-198 Fig. 416

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 484
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 1000EM1

29-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Green Hydraulic System
FOR FIN 1000EM2
29-13-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Yellow Hydraulic System
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-20-860-059
(1) Make sure the aircraft is stable (Ref. TASK 05-57-00-200-001).
NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks, make sure it is leveled before

____
you install the engine.
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
(4) On the panel 30VU, make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is
released (ON legend off). Make sure that a warning notice is in
position to tell persons not to press the APU BLEED pushbutton
switch. Make sure that a warning notice is in position on the HP
ground connector to tell persons not to pressurize the pneumatic
system.
Subtask 71-00-20-010-061
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 485
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-040-055
deactivated (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-00-20-865-058
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
_______
_______
R THEM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 486
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 1000EM1
R FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 71-00-20-210-061
E. Check of the Cowling for Correct Condition
(1) Do a check of the electrical connectors of the aft and forward

junction boxes, for correct condition.
(2) Make sure that these parts are not damaged:
(a) The forward engine mount (Ref. TASK 71-21-12-200-010)
(b) The aft engine mount (Ref. TASK 71-22-11-200-010)
(c) The pylon structure that you can see.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 487
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-110-055
F. Clean Components
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean these parts using a clean lint free cloth made moist with
solvent (Material No. V01-457):
(a) The mating faces and the shear pins and the fastener holes on the
forward and aft engine mounts
(b) The forward and aft mount pads on the pylon.
(2) Clean the bolts (1), (18), (2), the nuts (16) and (5) and the barrel
nuts (6) with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910, 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912)
(3) Make sure that there are no traces of seizure or wear.
Subtask 71-00-20-230-052
G. Do a high sensitivity fluorescent penetrant inspection of the engine

mount bolts (1), (2) and (18) (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910, 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912)
Subtask 71-00-20-240-052
H. Visual Inspections
(1) Do a visual inspection of the forward engine mount nuts (5) and (16).
Do not remove the silver plating.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910)
If an engine nut is cracked reject it.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the barrel nuts (6). No cracks, nicks,

scratches or gouges are allowed. If any damage is found, replace the
barrel nut. Silver plating missing from the external surface of the
barrel nut is acceptable.
The threads must be in good condition and no silver plating is
allowed to be missing from the threads. If silver plating is missing
from the barrel nut threads, the barrel nut must be replaced.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 488
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-210-062
J. Do a Check of the Running Torque of the Forward and Aft Mount Bolts
(1) Do a check of the running torque of the forward engine mount bolts as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910)
washers.
(b) Install the washers under the head of the bolts (1) and (18).
(c) Install the bolts (1) and (18) through holes in the pylon and the
forward mount.
(d) Install the nuts (5) and (16) on the bolts (1) and (18).
(e) Tighten the nuts by hand until they are hard to turn.
____
bolts.
(f) Use a torque wrench to tighten the nuts until at least two full
911-013).
CAUTION : THIS IS NOT THE FINAL TORQUE FOR THE FORWARD ENGINE
_______
MOUNT BOLTS.
1
m.daN).
2
replace the nut (5) or (16) and do steps (a) thru (f) 1_
again.
3
(f) 2_ again.
(g) Remove the forward mount bolts and nuts.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 489
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Do a check of the running torque of the aft engine mount bolts as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912)
washers.
(b) Install the washers (3) under the head of the bolts (2).
(c) Install the aft engine mount bolts (2) into the barrel nuts (6).
(d) Tighten the bolts by hand until they are hard to turn.
____
bolts.
(e) Use a torque wrench to tighten the nuts until at least two full
911-013).
CAUTION : THIS IS NOT THE FINAL TORQUE FOR THE AFT ENGINE MOUNT
_______
BOLTS.
1
m.daN).
2
replace the nut (5) or (16) and do steps (a) thru (e) 1_
again.
3
(e) 2_ again.
(f) Remove the aft mount bolts and nuts.
Subtask 71-00-20-420-090
K. If replacement engine does not have all its equipment, remove the
accessories from the removed engine and install them on the replacement
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 490
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-20-420-091
A. Installation of the Engine Positioner TWW 75E
(1) Use the right joystick to install the ENGINE POSITIONER (TWW75E), the
engine cradle and the replacement engine under the pylon.
(2) Make sure, as per the load page, that the correct values are preset
for forward and aft preset loads and preloads.
(3) Use the left joystick to lift the engine positioner and make the
necessary movements to mate the engine mounts. Make sure that
clearance is correct between the aft edge of the fan case and the
leading edge of the reversers.
(4) Monitor the engine when you put it in position.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE BLADES OF THE THRUST REVERSER R1 HINGE
_______
FITTING ARE IN THE CORRECT POSITION IN THE V-GROOVE OF THE
ADAPTOR RING ASSEMBLY.
(a) When the distance between the engine mounts and the pylon mounts
is 10 mm (0.3937 in.) approximately, slowly lift the engine.
Engage the front and rear locating pins at the same time.
(b) Continue to lift the engine slowly.
NOTE : Make sure that the engine mounts touch the pylon mounts.
____
(c) Lift the engine cradle gradually until the forward and aft mating
loads are 300 daN. Then install the mount bolts as follows.
Subtask 71-00-20-420-093
B. Installation of the Forward and Aft Engine Mounts
(1) Install the forward engine mount.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-00-20-991-910)
(a) Lubricate the bolts (1) and (18), the washers (2) and (17), the
nuts (5) and (16) and the shear pins (19) with anti seize
NOTE : The forward center bolt has no upper retainer, it is

____
locked by lockwire.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 491
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Install the bolts (18), the washers (17), the retainers (12) and
the nuts (16).
(c) Put the nut (5) and the retainer (6) in position.
(d) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).
(e) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 35 and 40 lbf.in (0.39 and 0.45
m.daN).
(f) Install the bolt (1) and the washer (2) on the middle front
engine mount.
(g) Tighten the bolts (1) and (18) with a standard wrench.
NOTE : You must install the washers (17) and (2) with the
____
recessed side against bolt head.
(h) Hold the nut (16) stable with a wrench and torque the bolts (1)
and (18) to between 88.49 and 132.74 lbf.ft (11.99 and 17.99
m.daN).
(i) Remove the padding from between the engine and the engine mount.
(2) Install the aft engine mount attach fittings.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-00-20-991-912)
(a) Lubricate the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the shear pins (5)
with anti seize compound (Material No. V10-085).
(b) Installation of the barrel nut:

_______
1
_ Install the barrel nut (6), the bolts (2) and washers (3).
NOTE : You must install the washers (3) with the recessed side
____
against bolt head.
(c) TORQUE the bolts (2) to between 65 and 70.5 m.daN (479.35 and
519.91 lbf.ft) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
____
the aft engine mount are in contact.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 492
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Safety the bolts (2) with lockwire (Material No. V02-147)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
NOTE : If the pylon flexible seals were removed, install them.

____
Subtask 71-00-20-080-052
C. Removal of the Engine Cradle and Engine Positioner TWW 75E
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE CRADLE ON, OR REMOVE IT FROM,
_______
THE ENGINE. IF NOT, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VIBRATION
SENSOR CONNECTOR. THE VIBRATION SENSOR CONNECTOR IS IN FRONT OF
THE FORWARD HANDLING POINT ON THE RIGHT SIDE.
(1) Disconnect the engine cradle from the engine.
(2) Use the left joystick to lower the engine positioner.
(3) Remove the engine cradle onto the rail system of the engine
positioner.
Subtask 71-00-20-760-051
D. Do a check of the electrical bonding
(1) Measure the resistance value (ohmic) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).

Make sure that the resistance between the engine and the pylon is not
more than 1.5 milliohm.
Subtask 71-00-20-420-094
E. TORQUE the bolts of the forward mount.
_______
ENGINE MOUNT DURING TIGHTENING TO NOT CHANGE THE TORQUE APPLIED
TO THE BOLTS.
(1) Use the special tool CHEST,TORQUE SET-ENGINE R I (98D71203001000) to

TORQUE the forward mount bolts to the final torque value to between
43.38 and 47.45 m.daN (319.91 and 349.92 lbf.ft) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
____
torque wrench.
(a) Use the Torque Wrench (TEM item 10) to torque the four forward
mount bolts (18).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 493
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Use the Torque Wrench (TEM item 20) and Load Reducer (TEM item
60) to torque the center bolt (1) of the forward mount.
____
wrench (P/N TQFRM14) changes the value of the torque
selected. You must set a value between 13 m.daN (96
lbf.ft) and 14 m.daN (103 lbf.ft) on the wrench to get the
____
the forward engine mount are in contact.
(2) Safety the bolt (1) with lockwire (Material No. V02-147) (Ref. TASK
70-40-11-911-014).
NOTE : You can use lockwire diameters ranging from 0.8mm to 1.2mm to
____
safety the bolt (1).
(3) Install the retainers (11) and (13) secured with the bolt (9) the
washers (10) and (14) and the nut (15).
(4) TORQUE the bolts (9) to between 24 and 36 lbf.in (0.27 and 0.40
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Remove the fan cowl and thrust reverser braces

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-00-20-991-914)
(a) Put the fan cowl hold-open rods into position to hold the weight
of the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).
(b) Put the thrust reverser half hold-open rods into position to hold
the weight of the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-
010).
(c) Remove the support arms (5) and (6) from the fan cowls and the
(d) Remove the adjustable struts (1) and (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-00-20-630-051
A. Remove caps from the open ends.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 494
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-420-097
B. Installation of the Bleed Pressure Regulator Valve (PRV) Sense Line.
(1) Install the sense line between the bleed pressure regulator valve
Subtask 71-00-20-420-095
C. Installation of Components on the Left and the Right Sides of the Engine
(1) Install these components on the left side of the engine.
(a) Connect the sensor tubes.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
1
_ Connect the pressure regulating valve sensor tube (20).
2
_ TORQUE the tube union nut to between 0.2 and 0.23 m.daN (17.69
and 20.35 lbf.in).
3
_ Connect the thermostat sensor tube (11).
4
_ TORQUE the union nut to between 0.15 and 0.17 m.daN (13.27 and
15.04 lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(b) Connect the fuel tubes to the fluid disconnect panel.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-00-20-991-904)
1
_ Install a new gasket (11) on the fuel supply tube (8)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
2
_ Put the fuel supply tube in position on the fluid disconnect
panel and install the four bolts (9) and the washers (10).
3
_ TORQUE the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64
lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
4
_ Safety the bolt (9) with lockwire (Material No. V02-147)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
5
_ Install a new gasket (3) on the fuel return to tank tube (4).
6
_ Put the fuel return to tank tube in position on the fuel
disconnect panel and install the four bolts (6) and the
washers (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 495
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

7
_ TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.38 and 0.42 m.daN (33.62 and
37.16 lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
8
_ Safety the bolts (6) with lockwire (Material No. V02-147)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(c) Connect the hydraulic tubes to the fluid disconnect panel.
1
_ Connect the hydraulic case drain connector (7) to the fluid
disconnect panel.
2
_ TORQUE the connector (7) to between 215 and 245 lbf.in (2.42
and 2.76 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
3
_ Connect the hydraulic pressure tube connector (2) to the fluid
disconnect panel.
4
_ TORQUE the connector (2) to between 9.7 and 10.7 m.daN (71.53
5
_ Connect the hydraulic suction tube connector (1) to the fluid
disconnect panel. Handtighten the connector.
(d) Connect the cabin air duct.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
1
_ Position the duct and install the coupling (7).
2
84.95 lbf.in).
3
mallet.
4
and 79.64 lbf.in).
5
6
and 79.64 lbf.in).
(e) Connect the Thermal Anti-Ice (TAI) duct.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)
1
_ Position the TAI duct and install the couplings (19).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 496
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ TORQUE the coupling (19) to between 0.51 and 0.62 m.daN (45.13
and 54.86 lbf.in).
3
mallet.
4
(45.13 and 54.86 lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5
6
(45.13 and 54.86 lbf.in).
(f) On the fan case near the V-groove at 11 oclock, connect the
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-00-20-991-905)
(g) Connect the thrust reverser harness connector 4101KS-A and

4101KS-B on the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-00-20-991-905)
(2) Install these components from the right side of the engine.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-00-20-991-902)
(a) Connect the TAI duct (2).

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
1
_ Position the duct on the pylon and install the coupling (3).
2
54.86 lbf.in).
3
mallet.
4
(45.13 and 54.86 lbf.in).
5
6
(45.13 and 54.86 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 497
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Connect the starter duct.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
NOTE : Adjust the link assemblies when the engine is installed on

____
the pylon.
1
two upper link assemblies (16) and (17). Remove the upper link
assemblies.
2
lower link assemblies (11) and (12). Remove the lower link
assemblies.
NOTE : It may be necessary to loosen the coupling at the

____
valve. If this is required torque the coupling nut as
explained in steps 4_ thru 7_.
3
_ Position the starter duct (4) on the pylon starter duct (6)
and install the coupling (5).
4
_ TORQUE coupling (5) to between 0.79 and 0.9 m.daN (69.91 and
79.64 lbf.in).
5
_ Lightly hit around the outside of the coupling with a fiber
hammer.
6
_ TORQUE coupling (5) again to between 0.79 and 0.9 m.daN (69.91
and 79.64 lbf.in).
7
_ Repeat steps 4_ thru 6_ two more times.
8
_ Connect the lower link assemblies (11) and (12) to the Fan
9
_ Connect the upper link assemblies (16) and (17) to the Fan
10
__ Loosen the nut (13) on the support links (11), (12), (16) and
(17).
11
__ Adjust the links as needed to attach to the starter duct (4)
without preload.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 498
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

12
__ Install the four link assemblies (11), (12), (16) and (17)
onto the starter duct (4) with bolts (8), washers (9) and nuts
(7).
13
__ TORQUE the eight nuts (7) to between 0.6 and 0.8 m.daN (53.09
and 70.79 lbf.in).
14
__ TORQUE the four nuts (13) on the link assemblies (11), (12),
(16) and (17) to between 1 and 1.2 m.daN (88.49 and 106.19
lbf.in). The link threads must block the safety holes in the
link assemblies. This can be checked with a piece of lockwire
(Material No. V02-126), put the lockwire into each safety
hole. The lockwire must not go through.
(c) On the fan case near the V-groove at 1 oclock, connect the
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-00-20-991-902)
(d) On the forward pylon junction box, connect the electrical

connectors 402VC, 404VC, 405VC, 406VC, 408VC, 447VC, 448VC and
457VC (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
(e) On the pylon junction box, connect the electrical connectors

401VC, 403VC, 407VC and 409VC (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)
(f) On the pylon junction box, connect the generator harness

connector 400VC.
1
_ Do not clean the contacts with abrasive material.
R 2
_ Connect a dynamometer to the test pin to do a pin retention
R check of the sockets.
R a
R lbf) for a CANNON contact (Ref. ESPM 204823).
R b
R lbf) for a new FRAMATOME (former SOURIAU) contact and 2.2
R daN (4.9 lbf) for an old FRAMATOME (former SOURIAU) contact
R (Ref. ESPM 204824).
3
_ Tighten the connector by hand until the orange colour is shown
in the window of the coupling nut and safety the generator
harness connector 400VC with lockwire (Material No. V02-147).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-00-20-991-901)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 499
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(g) On the aft interface junction box, connect the electrical
connectors 450VC, 452VC and 454VC.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-00-20-991-903)
(h) On the forward section of the combustion case at 11 oclock,

connect the hydraulic reservoir pressurization tube to the union
(engine 1 only).
NOTE : The elbowed union of the hose must be connected to the

____
engine.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-00-20-991-906)

TORQUE the union to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN (11.06 and 12.53
lbf.ft) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(i) Install the drain mast (Ref. TASK 71-71-42-400-010).
Subtask 71-00-20-410-063
D. If the engine fire seals are not present, install them as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-00-20-991-197, 416/TASK 71-00-20-991-198)
(1) Close the relevant thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
(2) Put the fire seal assembly (15) or (16) on the heatshield so there is
full contact between the seal and the thrust reverser bracket
assembly. The fire seal should rest against the bracket with no
compression.
(3) Mark the forward and bottom outline of the fire seal on the
heatshield with a non-abrasive marker or pencil.
(4) Open the relevant thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
(5) Measure 0.125 in. (3.18 mm) aft of the fire seal forward outline and
make a parallel line on the heatshield with a non-abrasive marker or
pencil.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page A400
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Align the fire seal with the aft outline and bottom outline on the
heatshield.
(7) Put a steel plate between the strut fairing and the heatshield before
you drill the holes to protect the strut fairing.
(8) Drill through the three fire seal pilot holes into the heatshield.
Enlarge the holes with a No. 21 drill.
(9) Remove the burrs from the holes in the fire seal and the heatshield.
(10) Cleaning
_______
(a) Clean the fire seal and the aft and inboard surfaces of the
heatshield and block seal with a lint free cloth made moist with
solvent (Material No. V01-457). Wipe the surfaces dry before the
cleaning solvent evaporates.
(11) Applying of primer
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE PRIMER ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PRIMER IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
IF YOU GET THE PRIMER ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH
IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES
BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Apply primer (Material No. V08-032) to the mating surfaces of the
fire seal assembly. Allow to air dry for twenty minutes.
(12) Apply release agent (Material No. V02-158) to the aft surface and
inboard corner of the block seal.
(13) Applying of sealant
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page A401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Apply sealant (Material No. V08-030) to the mating surfaces of
the fire seal.
(14) Put the fire seal into position on the heatshield.
(15) Installation of the fire seals as follows:
(a) Install the fire seal assembly (15) and (16) on the fire shield
with screws (17).
(b) TORQUE the screws (17) to between 6 and 8 lbf.in (0.06 and 0.09
m.daN).
(16) Using of sealant
_______
(a) Fill all the voids in the fire seal with sealant (Material No.
V08-030). Allow the sealant to cure for 24 hours at 77 deg. F (25
deg.C) and 50 percent humidity.
Subtask 71-00-20-820-055
E. Do the Adjustment
(1) Adjust the thrust reverser latches, bumpers, and compression struts
(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-820-010).
(2) Adjust the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-800-010).
NOTE : Make sure that the gearbox breather outlet duct (GBOD) aligns
____
with the gearbox breather outlet vent on the right fan cowl.
If it does not align, loosen the GBOD fasteners, align the
GBOD with the vent, and torque the fasteners (Ref. TASK 72-61-
49-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page A402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-410-064
F. Close access
(1) Check the HP bleed and pressure regulating valves configuration.
NOTE : Make sure that HP bleed and pressure regulating valves are not
____
mechanically locked and can operate freely.
(2) Close the thrust reverser cowls (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-00-20-440-053
G. Activate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-00-20-991-900)
Subtask 71-00-20-611-054
H. Do a Check of the Engine Oil System and Prime It
(1) Prime the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-012).
(2) Fill the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil system (Ref. TASK 12-
13-24-612-011).
Subtask 71-00-20-612-051
J. Service the Starter with Oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-80-600-010) or (Ref. TASK
12-13-80-600-010)
NOTE : The starter may have been drained when the engine was removed.
____
Subtask 71-00-20-863-054
K. Pressurize these Hydraulic Systems
WARNING : PRESSURIZATION OF THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CAN RESULT IN

_______
INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER OPERATION. REMOVE ALL PERSONNEL
FROM THE AREA AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER BEFORE THE HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED. FAILURE TO COMPLY CAN RESULT IN INJURY
TO PERSONNEL.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page A403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Pressurize the applicable hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-
001) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
(2) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
Subtask 71-00-20-410-065
L. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-00-20-865-059
M. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1DA1, 1DA2, 2DA1, 2DA2, 2DA3, 3DA1, 3DA2, 3DA3, 4DA1, 4DA2, 4DA3, 5DA1,
5DA2, 5DA3, 1DB1, 4DG1, 4DG2, 1JH, 1WE1, 2WE1, 1WE2, 2WE2, 7TU, 2RK, 4RK
FOR 1000EM1
2KS1, 4KS1, 2JH1, 3JH1, 7WD1, 8WD1, 2XU1, 1DN1
FOR 1000EM2
2KS2, 4KS2, 2JH2, 3JH2, 7WD2, 8WD2, 2XU2, 1DN2, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 71-00-20-861-053
N. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 71-00-20-740-053
P. Enter the engine hours and cycles data into the DMU for the installed
engine (Ref. TASK 31-36-00-740-005).
Subtask 71-00-20-860-060
Q. Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page A404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-720-053
R. On the MCDU do the following Test:
(1) Push the line key adjacent to the ENG indication. The SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST ENG menu comes into view.
(2) Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 1(2) A(B) indication. The
ENGINE 1(2) MAIN MENU page comes into view.
(3) Push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE SHOOTING indication. The
FADEC 1(2) A(B) TROUBLE SHOOTING MENU page comes into view.
(4) Push the line key adjacent to the EEC CONFIGURATION indication. The
FADEC 1(2) EEC CONFIGURATION page comes into view.
(5) Read the data that come on the MCDU (EEC P/N, ENGINE RATING, BUMP
LEVEL, EPR MODIFIER and ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER) to make sure they are
the same as written on the EEC, data entry plug and engine
identification plate using the following engine ratings comparison
table.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| MCDU | ENGINE DATA PLATE |
| (EEC CONFIG Menu) | (Engine Model) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 22000 lbs | V2522 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 24000 lbs | V2524 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 24000E lbs | V2524E |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000 lbs | V2527 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000E lbs | V2527E |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 27000M lbs | V2527M |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 30000 lbs | V2530 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 30000 lbs | V2530 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 33000 lbs | V2533 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page A405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Stop the MCDU.
Subtask 71-00-20-710-064
S. Do an operational test of the EEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-710-040).
NOTE : If the aircraft operates in correct CAT III conditions, a land

____
test (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).
Subtask 71-00-20-710-065
T. Do the operational test of the Starter valve and FMU (Ref. TASK 80-13-51-
710-040).
Subtask 71-00-20-710-066
U. Do these Tests
(1) Do a functional test of the IDG disconnect system (Ref. TASK 24-21-
00-710-042).
(2) Do an operational test of the anti-ice protection system of the

engine air intake (Ref. TASK 30-21-00-710-002).
(3) Do a dry motor leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045) and do an

operational test of the hydraulic pump:
FOR 1000EM1
- operational test of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-11-00-
710-001).
FOR 1000EM2
- operational test of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-13-
00-710-002).
Subtask 71-00-20-790-051
V. Do these Leak Checks
(1) Do a wet motor leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046).
(2) Do a leak check of the fuel return valve (Ref. TASK 73-13-42-720-010)
to make sure that there are no leaks at pylon connection.
(3) Do a minimum idle leak check and do a check for leaks (Ref. TASK 71-
00-00-710-012).
(4) Do an Electronic Engine Control (EEC) system idle test (Ref. TASK 71-
00-00-710-022).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page A406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-00-20-210-064
W. Make sure that the IDG is connected:
(1) If the IDG is not connected, make sure that the maintenance message
IDG1(2) (E1(2)-4000XU) RECONFIG is shown on the EPGS GROUND REPORT
page.
(a) Make sure that the related GCU is energized.
(b) Reset the GCU:
1
_ On the ELEC control panel 35VU, release (OFF) then push the
related ELEC/GEN pushbutton switch 3XU.
(c) On the ELEC page of the lower ECAM DU, make sure that the line
connection between the IDG1(2) and the related busbar is shown
green. Make sure that the frequency and voltage indications are
correct.
(2) If the IDG1(2) is not connected after the GCU reset, do a check for
other maintenance messages related to the IDG.
Subtask 71-00-20-720-054
X. Do this Test
(1) Do a pretested replacement engine test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-011).
(2) Do not stop the engine at this step.
Subtask 71-00-20-710-067
Y. While the Engine is Running Do this Test
(1) On the lower ECAM DU get the BLEED page.

Push the ENG 1 (2) BLEED pushbutton switch
- on the ENG 1 (2) pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes off.
- on the lower ECAM DU the PRV and HP valves are shown open.
- Monitor the nacelle temperature for unsatisfactory indication. If
the temperature increases incorrectly, do the inspection of the
bleed air duct connections.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page A407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Release the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch
- on the ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch the OFF legend comes on.
- on the lower ECAM DU the PRV and HP valves are shown closed.
Subtask 71-00-20-860-061
Z. Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 71-00-20-862-053
AA. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page A408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POWER PLANT - DEMOUNTABLE - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________
TASK 71-00-20-200-010
Examine the Engine Mount Bolts
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the engine mount bolts
with the engine removed from the aircraft.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cotton swabs (Ref. 70-30-00)
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-00-20-110-050
A. Clean the engine mount bolts
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the engine mount bolts with a lint free cloth made moist with
cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002).
(2) If the engine mount bolts are unusually dirty or greasy, clean them
with a brush (Material No. V02-175) made moist with cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-002).
(3) Clean the threads of the bolts with cotton swabs (Material No. V02-
174) made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-00-20-230-050
A. Do a high sensitivity fluorescent penetrant inspection of the engine

mount bolts (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).
CAUTION : ALL FORWARD ENGINE MOUNT BOLTS AND NUTS REMOVED BECAUSE OF
_______
FAILURE OF THE INSTALLATION TORQUE CHECK OF SUBTASK
71-21-12-200-010 AND ALL AFT ENGINE MOUNT BOLTS AND BARREL NUTS
REMOVED BECAUSE OF FAILURE OF THE INSTALLATION TORQUE CHECK OF
SUBTASK 71-22-11-200-010 MUST BE DISCARDED.
(1) If an engine mount bolt is cracked, reject it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-00-20

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWLING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The cowls enclose the periphery of the engine so as to form the engine
nacelle.
The nacelle ensures airflow around the engine during its operation and also
provides protection for the engine and accessories.
This section is a description of the following cowls:
- engine air intake,
- fan cowl,
- the thrust reversers and the common nozzle assembly are covered in chapter
78
NOTE : Fan cowls and thrust reversers are not removed for an engine change
____
since they are hinged to the pylon.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Nacelle Components
Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Nacelle Access Doors and Openings

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWLING - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________
TASK 71-10-00-220-010
Aerodynamic Smoothness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This section covers the smoothness conditions for the parts of the nacelle
that are in the air stream.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-10-00-991-150 Fig. 601

71-10-00-991-151 Fig. 602
71-10-00-991-152 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-10-00-941-050
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-10-00-210-050
A. Smoothness is put in three groups:

Mismatch at joints
Waviness of skins
Height of flush-head fasteners
Subtask 71-10-00-210-051
B. The smoothness conditions for each group are divided as follows. This
relates the aerodynamic importance of the area to other areas.
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-10-00-991-150)
Class 1:
- Inside and outside of the inlet cowl from the leading edge to a line
18.00 in. (457.2 mm) aft of and parallel to the inlet cowl leading edge.
- Common nozzle assembly internal surface.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aerodynamic Smoothness - Areas Definition

Figure 601/TASK 71-10-00-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Class 2:
- Inlet cowl aft from a line 18.00 in. (457.2 mm) aft and parallel to the
inlet cowl leading edge up to the leading edge of the fan cowl.
- Fan Cowl
- Thrust Reverser outside and inside surfaces.
- Thrust Reverser pylon skirt
- Exhaust Cone and outside surfaces of Common Nozzle Assembly.
Subtask 71-10-00-220-050-A
C. Mismatch limits
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 71-10-00-991-151, 603/TASK 71-10-00-991-152)
(1) Mismatch, or step, is the difference between the surface levels of

two adjacent doors or panels where they come against each other.
(2) The step is positive (+) when the surface of the panel that is aft of
the point where the two panels come together is in the airflow. It is
negative (-) when it is out of the airflow. (P) shows a step is
parallel to the direction of airflow.
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 71-10-00-991-151)
(3) The gap is the linear difference between two adjacent doors or panels
where they come against each other. (P) shows a gap is parallel to
the direction of airflow.
(4) The mismatch limits for the nacelle are as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Inlet Cowl | Nose Lip | STEP |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | +0.000 in. (0.00 mm) max. |
| | | -0.020 in. (0.51 mm) max. |
| | | P0.030 in. (0.76 mm) |
| | | GAP |
| | | 0.000 in. (0.00 mm) to |
| | | 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) |
| | | P0.000 in. (0.00 mm) to |
| | | P0.040 in. (1.02 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Outer Barrel Aft Edge | STEP |
| | to Fan Cowl Leading | +0.030 in. (0.76 mm) max. |
| | Edge | (on 80% of edge length) |
| | | +0.065 in. (1.65 mm) max. |
| | | (on 20% of edge length) |
| | | -0.060 in. (1.52 mm) max. |
| | | GAP |

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aerodynamic Smoothness - Mismatch Conditions

Figure 602/TASK 71-10-00-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

71-10-00

Page 605
Nov 01/07

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | 0.040 in. (1.02 mm) to |
| | | 0.130 in. (3.30 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Outer Barrel Aft Edge to | STEP |
| | Fan Cowl Leading Edge | +0.100 in. (2.54 mm) max. |
| | Upper Corner to a point | Measure again after ground run|
| | measured 4 in. (101.6 mm) | and before cowls opening if |
| | down circumferentially | step above 0.100 in. (2.54 mm)|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Inlet Cowl to Pylon Visor | STEP |
| | | +0.080 in. (2.03 mm) max. |
| | | -0.080 in. (2.03 mm) max. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Nominal Fan Case | STEP |
| | | +0.020 in. (0.51 mm) max. |
| | | +0.030 in. (0.76 mm) max. |
| | | +0.035 in. (0.89 mm) max. |
| | | -0.020 in. (0.51 mm) max. |
| | | -0.030 in. (0.76 mm) max. |
| | | -0.035 in. (0.89 mm) max. |
| | | GAP |
| | | 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) to |
| | | 0.042 in. (1.07 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | TAI Access Doors | STEP |
| | | +0.010 in. (0.25 mm) max. |
| | | -0.030 in. (0.76 mm) max. |
| | | P0.030 in. (0.76 mm) |
| | | GAP |
| | | 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) to |
| | | 0.060 in. (1.52 mm) |
| | | P0.010 in. (0.25 mm) to |
| | | P0.060 in. (1.52 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Access Doors | STEP |
| | | +0.020 in. (0.51 mm) max. |
| | | -0.040 in. (1.02 mm) max. |
| | | P0.060 in. (1.52 mm) |

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | GAP |
| | | 0.040 in. (1.02 mm) to |
| | | 0.110 in. (2.79 mm) |
| | | P0.040 in. (1.02 mm) to |
| | | P0.110 in. (2.79 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fan cowl | Between Fan Cowl Doors | STEP |
| | | P0.060 in. (1.52 mm) max. |
| | | P0.080 in. (2.03 mm) max. |
| | | GAP |
| | | P0.100 in. (2.54 mm) to |
| | | P0.350 in. (8.89 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Fan Cowl to Pylon Skirt | STEP |
| | | P0.120 in. (3.05 mm) max. |
| | | GAP |
| | | P0.43 in. (10.92 mm) to |
| | | P0.51 in. (12.95 mm) |
| | | P0.43 in. (10.92 mm) to |
| | | P0.59 in. (14.99 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Fan Cowl Aft Edge | STEP |
| | Translating Sleeve | +0.040 in. (1.02 mm) max. |
| | Leading Edge | (80%) into wind |
| | | +0.065 in. (1.65 mm) max. |
| | | (20%) into wind |
| | | -0.100 in. (2.54 mm) max. |
| | | out of wind |
| | | GAP |
| | | P0.030 in. (0.76 mm) to |
| | | P0.250 in. (6.35 mm) |
| | | P0.030 in. (0.76 mm) to |
| | | P0.310 in. (7.87 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Thrust | Between Upper Edge | STEP |
| Reverser | | +0.000 in. (0.00 mm) max. |
| | | -0.090 in. (2.29 mm) max. |
| | | GAP |

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | P0.030 in. (0.76 mm) to |
| | | P0.190 in. (4.83 mm) |
| | | P0.030 in. (0.76 mm) to |
| | | P0.250 in. (6.35 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Between Right and Left | STEP |
| | Thrust Reverser Doors | P0.060 in. (1.52 mm) max. |
| | | P0.080 in. (2.03 mm) max. |
| | | GAP |
| | | P0.010 in. (0.25 mm) to |
| | | P0.200 in. (5.08 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Between Right and Left | STEP |
| | Thrust Reverser Doors | (AROUND LATCHES) |
| | Adjacent to Translating | +0.060 in. (1.52 mm) max. |
| | Sleeve Latches | -0.060 in. (1.52 mm) max. |
| | | (BETWEEN DOORS) |
| | | P0.060 in. (1.52 mm) max. |
| | | P0.080 in. (2.03 mm) max. |
| | | GAP |
| | | (AROUND LATCHES) |
| | | 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) min. |
| | | P0.020 in. (0.51 mm) min. |
| | | (BETWEEN DOORS) |
| | | P0.010 in. (0.25 mm) to |
| | | P0.350 in. (8.89 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Common Nozzle | CNA Outer Barrel to | STEP |
| Assembly (CNA)| Translating Sleeve aft | (HOT) |
| | Edge Outer Surfaces | +0.030 in. (0.76 mm) max. |
| | | -0.060 in. (1.52 mm) max. |
| | | (COLD) |
| | | -0.055 in. (1.40 mm) min. |
| | | -0.175 in. (4.45 mm) max. |
| | | (60% of edge length) |
| | | +0.000 in. (0.00 mm) max. |
| | | -0.235 in. (5.97 mm) max. |
| | | (40% of edge lenght) |

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | (OUT OF WIND. FOR TOP |
| | | CORNERS ONLY AND ON WING |
| | | ONLY) |
| | | +0.000 in. (0.00 mm) max. |
| | | -0.256 in. (6.50 mm) max. |
| | | GAP |
| | | (HOT) |
| | | 1.90 in. (48.26 mm) max. |
| | | (COLD) |
| | | 1.06 in. (26.92 mm) to |
| | | 1.58 in. (40.13 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | CNA Outer Barrel to | STEP |
| | Translating Sleeve aft | (HOT) |
| | Edge Inner Surface | +0.045 in. (1.14 mm) max. |
| | | -0.175 in. (4.45 mm) max. |
| | | (COLD) |
| | | +0.120 in. (3.05 mm) max. |
| | | -0.015 in. (0.38 mm) max. |
| | | GAP |
| | | (HOT) |
| | | 1.500 in. (38.10 mm) max. |
| | | (COLD) |
| | | 1.170 in. (29.72 mm) max. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | CNA Inner Barrel to | STEP |
| | Thrust Reverser | (HOT) |
| | Trailing Edge Inner | +0.045 in. (1.14 mm) max. |
| | Barrel | -0.175 in. (4.45 mm) max. |
| | | (COLD) |
| | | -0.035 in. (0.89 mm) min. |
| | | -0.245 in. (6.22 mm) max. |
| | | -0.015 in. (0.38 mm) min. |
| | | -0.265 in. (6.73 mm) max. |
| | | GAP |
| | | (HOT) |
| | | 0.500 in. (12.70 mm) to |
| | | 0.700 in. (17.78 mm) |
| | | (COLD) |
| | | 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) to |
| | | 0.373 in. (9.47 mm) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-10-00-220-051
D. Waviness of Skin Limits

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 71-10-00-991-152)
(1) Waviness of skin is a smooth variation in the flat or curved surface

of a part.
(a) One wavelength (L) is the distance between adjacent high points.
(b) Slope is a measure of the incline of the wave at any given point.
(c) Amplitude (H) is the vertical height from the top of a high point
to the bottom of the next low point.
(2) These are the maximum waviness values for the four areas:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Max | Max | Max |
| | Amplitude (H) | Ratio H/L | Slope |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Class 1 | 0.064 in. | 0.003 | 0.012 inch per inch |
| | (1.6 mm) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Class 2 | 0.090 in. | 0.006 | 0.024 inch per inch |
| | (2.29 mm) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 71-10-00-220-052
E. Height of Flush-Head Fasteners
(1) The fastener step is positive (+) when it is in the airflow (above
the surface of the panel). It is negative (-) when it is out of the
airflow (below the surface of the panel).
(2) Fasteners other than latches are to be flush within +/- 0.003 in (+/-
0.076 mm) for 90 percent of the fasteners. 10 percent may be flush
within +0.003 to -0.005 in (+0.076 mm to -0.127 mm).
(3) Max local dishing at rivets or other fasteners may be added to the
nacelle waviness data with a depth of 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) over a max
diameter of 1 in. (25.4 mm).
(4) Solid flush-head rivet height limits:

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Class 1 +0.003 in. (+0.076 mm)
-0.001 in. (-0.025 mm)
None to exceed +0.006 in. (+0.152 mm)
Class 2 +0.004 in. (+0.102 mm)

-0.001 in. (-0.025 mm)
None to exceed +0.006 in. (+0.152 mm)
(5) Solid flush-head rivet height limits:

Class 1 +0.030 in. (+0.76 mm)
-0.030 in. (-0.76 mm)
Class 2 +0.040 in. (+1.02 mm)

-0.050 in. (-1.27 mm)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-10-00

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - AIR INTAKE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003)
The air intake cowl structure is an interchangeable aerodynamically faired
assembly which is mounted on the front of the engine fan case.
The assembly is composed of:
- an inner and outer barrel,
- a nose lip,
- a forward and aft bulkhead.
The assembly also includes installation of:
- the anti-icing ducting,
- the phone jack,
- the P2/T2 probe,
- hoisting provisions,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
- a drainage provision,
- air intake collecting atmospheric air to ventilate the fan case
compartment (zone 1).
2. Description
___________
A. Air Intake Cowl Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 004)
- The outer skin assembly of the intake cowl is constructed of a carbon
fiber composite solid laminate.
- The inner barrel consists of acoustically treated carbon fiber
composite/Nomex honeycomb which is bolted to the engine fan casing
front flange.
The aft bulkhead and nose lip/forward bulkhead assembly connect the outer
barrel to the inner barrel.
B. Air Intake Cowl Anti-Icing

(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004)
A piccolo tube is mounted in the air intake cowl lip and distributes
anti-icing air into the lip inner surface.
The anti-icing air is supplied to the piccolo tube by a supply tube that
penetrates the forward and aft bulkheads (Ref. 30-20-00).
C. Air Intake Cowl Structure

The majority of the internal pressure loads and internal air loads are
taken in hoop tension through the inner barrel skins.
The longititudinal and transverse loads are distributed into the fan case
forward flange through a bolted joint.
The acoustic panels are structural and carry air intake cowl loads.
The air intake cowl aft bulkhead forms a land on which the fan cowl doors
leading edges are supported when closed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl

Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Assembly - Details

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

71-11-11

Page 5
Nov 01/07

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl - Cross Section

Figure 004 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl - Cross Section


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

NOTE : Four dowels are used to ease alignment. 36 bolts on the engine
____
flange enable removal/installation of the engine air intake cowl
(Ref. Fig. 001)
D. Air Intake Cowl Materials

(Ref. Fig. 004)
A1 and A5 (serial Nos. N5001 to N7408): The intake cowl aft bulkhead and
the rear of the inner barrel are constructed of carbon composite sandwich
and together provide a firewall barrier to the fan case compartment (Zone
1).
A5 (serial Nos. N7409 and sub.): The intake cowl aft bulkhead is
constructed of titanium and the rear of the inner barrel is constructed
of carbon composite sandwich, and together provide a firewall barrier to
the fan case compartment (Zone 1).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| COMPONENT | MATERIAL |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| INNER BARREL | Graphite/epoxy/Nomex/honeycomb |
| OUTER LIPSKIN ASSEMBLY | Graphite/epoxy composite |
| LIP ASSEMBLY | Aluminium alloy (2219) |
| AFT BULKHEAD/FIREWALL | Carbon/epoxy honeycomb sandwich |
| A1 and A5 (serial Nos. N5001 to N7408) | rear face covered with siltemp |
| | (fire resistant material) |
| AFT BULKHEAD/FIREWALL | Titanium (AMS 4901) |
| A5 (serial Nos. N7409 and sub.) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - AIR INTAKE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________
TASK 71-11-11-000-010
Removal of the Air Intake Cowl
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE AIR INTAKE COWL. IT

_______
WEIGHS 248lb (112kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform

No specific covers, caps and plugs
No specific hoist
IAE1J12183 1 COVER-PROTECTION
IAE1N20401 1 DOLLY-INLET COWL
IAE1N20403 1 SLING-INLET COWL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

locking compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-11-11-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 71-11-11-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in position at zone:

FOR 1000EM1
431AL
FOR 1000EM2
441AR
Subtask 71-11-11-941-053
C. Put the Support Equipment in Position
(1) Put the DOLLY-INLET COWL (IAE1N20401) in position adjacent to the air
intake cowl.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-480-052
D. Attach the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(1) Remove the plugs (4), if installed, from the air intake cowl sling
points.
(2) Attach the SLING-INLET COWL (IAE1N20403) to the hoist and to the air
intake cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-020-053
A. Removal of the Hardware
(1) Remove the coupling (2) at the anti-ice duct connection and discard
the seal (3).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(2) Disconnect the five electrical connectors from the cowl aft bulkhead.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(a) Disconnect the three P2/T2 electrical connectors 4010VC-A,

4012VC-A and 4013VC-A.
(b) Disconnect the TAI valve electrical connector 4000DN-A.
(c) Disconnect the interphone jack electrical connector 4011VC-A.
(3) Disconnect the instrument air tube from the union at the cowl aft
bulkhead.
Subtask 71-11-11-020-051
B. Remove the Air Intake Cowl

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(1) Hold up the weight of the cowl on the SLING-INLET COWL (IAE1N20403)
and the hoist.
(2) Remove the bolts (1) at the fan case front flange.
(3) Disengage the two forward hold open rods from the attach point
brackets and engage them in their stowing brackets (Ref. TASK 71-13-
00-410-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl

Figure 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Move the air intake cowl forward and lower it onto the DOLLY-INLET
COWL (IAE1N20401).
(5) Safety the air intake cowl in the DOLLY-INLET COWL (IAE1N20401).
Subtask 71-11-11-620-051
C. Put the applicable covers, caps and plugs on all of the openings, the
electrical connectors and the electrical plugs.
Subtask 71-11-11-080-051
D. Remove the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(1) Remove the sling (IAE 1N20403) from the air intake cowl.
(2) SBN71-0277: Apply locking compound (Material No. V08-026) to the

threads of the plugs (4).
(3) Install the plugs (4) into the air intake cowl sling points.
(4) SBN71-0277: Remove the locking compound from the area around the
blanking plugs.
Subtask 71-11-11-480-053
E. Put COVER-PROTECTION (IAE1J12183) on the fan case.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-11-400-010
Installation of the Air Intake Cowl
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE AIR INTAKE COWL. IT

_______
WEIGHS 248lb (112kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hoist
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1N20401 1 DOLLY-INLET COWL
IAE1N20403 1 SLING-INLET COWL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 seal 71-11-11 80A-040

3 seal 71-11-11 80A-040A

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-21-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Anti Ice System Fault Warning

73-22-11-710-040 Operational Test of the P2/T2 Probe Heater
71-11-11-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone:

FOR 1000EM1
431AL
FOR 1000EM2
441AR
Subtask 71-11-11-010-059
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-080-054
C. Remove the fan case cover (IAE 1J12183).
Subtask 71-11-11-480-055
D. Attach the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(1) Remove the plugs (4), if installed, from the air intake cowl sling
points.
(2) Attach the SLING-INLET COWL (IAE1N20403) to the hoist and to the air
intake cowl.
Subtask 71-11-11-630-051
E. Remove the covers, caps and plugs from the openings, the electrical
connectors and the electrical plugs.
Subtask 71-11-11-110-059
F. Cleaning
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-002) to clean these parts:
(a) The ends of the ducts.
(b) The hose connections.
(c) The hose.
(d) The engine fan case flange.
(e) The rear flange of the air intake cowl.
(f) The bolts.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-420-051
A. Install the Air Intake Cowl

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(1) Release the air intake cowl from the DOLLY-INLET COWL (IAE1N20401).
(2) Align the four location spigots with the holes in the fan case
flange.
NOTE : Make sure the pylon forward fairing panel is correctly seated
____
on the trailing edge land of the air intake cowl.
(3) Use the bolts (1) to attach the intake cowl to the fan case flange.
Start at the 3 oclock and the 9 oclock positions and move in a
sequence around the flange.
(4) Make sure there is a clearance between the cowl and the pylon.
(5) TORQUE the bolts to 210 lbf.in (2.37 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
Subtask 71-11-11-080-055
B. Remove the Sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(1) Remove the sling (IAE 1N20403) from the air intake cowl and the
hoist.
(2) SBN71-0277: Apply locking compound (Material No. V08-026) to the

threads of the plugs (4).
(3) Install the plugs (4) into the air intake cowl sling points.
(4) SBN71-0277: Remove the locking compound from the area around the
blanking plugs.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-420-053
C. Installation of the Hardware
(1) Connect the anti-ice duct

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(a) Install a new seal (3) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(b) Connect the ducts.
(c) Install the coupling (2).
(d) TORQUE the coupling nuts to between 45 and 55 lbf.in (0.50 and
0.62 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Connect the instrument air tube

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(a) Connect the instrument air tube to the union at the cowl aft
bulkhead.
(b) TORQUE the tube connector nut to between 135 and 145 lbf.in (1.52
and 1.63 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Connect the five electrical connectors (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-11-991-150)
(a) Connect the three P2/T2 electrical connectors 4010VC-A, 4012VC-A

and 4013VC-A.
(b) Connect the TAI valve electrical connector 4000DN-A.
(c) Connect the interphone jack electrical connector 4011VC-A.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-942-054
A. Remove the Support Equipment
(1) Remove the air intake cowl transit-case/work-stand (IAE 1N20401).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-410-057
B. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-11-11-710-051
C. Tests
(1) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MAINTENANCE panel 50VU, - On the pushbutton switch, the ON

release the FADEC GND PWR ENG legend comes on.
ENG1(2) pushbutton switch. - On the upper ECAM DU, the engine
parameters EPR, EGT and Fuel Flow
come into view.
2. On the upper display unit of the

ECAM system, make sure that the
EPR indication is not crossed
(EPR=1)
3. On the MAINTENANCE panel 50VU, - On the pushbutton switch, the ON

push the FADEC GND PWR ENG legend goes off.
ENG1(2) pushbutton switch. - On the upper ECAM DU, the engine
parameters EPR, EGT and Fuel Flow go
out of view.
(2) Do the operational test of the P2/T2 probe heater (Ref. TASK 73-22-
11-710-040).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Do an operational test of the anti ice system fault warning
(Ref. TASK 30-21-00-710-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-11-000-011
Removal of the Fan Cowl Locator
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-11-11-991-161 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-941-062

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-11-11-010-060
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in position at zone:

FOR 1000EM1
431AL
FOR 1000EM2
441AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-020-054
A. Remove the Fan Cowl Locator assembly

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-11-11-991-161)
Pre SB71-0259
(1) Remove the nut (1), the washers (2), the bolts (3) and the throat
washer (4).
NOTE : Hold the parts before you remove the bolts.

____
(2) Remove the guide bar (5), the locator body (6) and the shim (7) from
the angle guide (8) and the bracket (9).
SB71-0259
(3) Remove the nut (1), the washers (2), the bolts (3) and the throat
washer (4).
NOTE : Hold the parts before you remove the bolts.

____
(4) Remove the guide (10), the spring (11), the blocker bar (12), the
guide bar (5), the locator body (6) and the shim (7) from the angle
guide (8) and the bracket (9).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

71-11-11

Page 415
May 01/09

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Locator


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Locator


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-11-400-011
Installation of the Fan Cowl Locator
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

jointing compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-11-11-991-161 Fig. 402

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-860-052
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone:

FOR 1000EM1
431AL
FOR 1000EM2
441AR
Subtask 71-11-11-010-061
B. Get Access
010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-11-11-110-061
C. Cleaning
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002) to clean the mating surfaces of these parts:
(a) The guide bar

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) The locator body
(c) The shim
(d) The guide angle
(e) The throat washer
(f) The bracket
(g) The guide (Post SB71-0259)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-420-054
A. Install the Fan Cowl Locator.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-11-11-991-161)
Pre SB71-0259
(1) Apply jointing compound (Material No. V04-004) to the mating surfaces
of the parts.
(2) Attach the guide bar (5), the locator body (6), the shim (7) and the
throat washer (4) to the angle guide (8) and the bracket (9). Use the
bolts (3), the washers (2) and the nuts (1).
(3) TORQUE the nuts (1) to 72 lbf.in (0.81 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
SB71-0259
(4) Apply jointing compound (Material No. V04-004) to the mating surfaces
of the parts. Do not apply jointing compound to the blocker bar (12).
(5) Attach the guide (10), the spring (11), the blocker bar (12), the
guide bar (5), the locator body (6), the shim (7) and the throat
washer (4) to the angle guide (8) and the bracket (9). Use the bolts
(3), the washers (2) and the nuuts (1).
911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-210-068
B. Do a dimensional check of the Fan Cowl Locator.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-11-11-991-161)
(1) Measure the distance between the locator body (6) and the engine ring
(13). The dimension must be 5.884in. (149.45 mm).
NOTE : Add or remove shim (7) to get the correct dimension.

____
Subtask 71-11-11-710-052
C. Do an operational test of the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-942-056
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - AIR INTAKE - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
TASK 71-11-11-200-010
Interface Inspection of the Air Intake Cowl
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-11-11-000-010 Removal of the Air Intake Cowl

71-11-11-400-010 Installation of the Air Intake Cowl
71-11-11-991-151 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-941-060

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-11-11-010-057
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in position.
Subtask 71-11-11-010-058
C. Remove the air intake cowl (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-11-11-991-151)
Subtask 71-11-11-210-063
A. Examine the attach ring
(1) Visually examine the attach ring (1)
(a) Examine the mating surface for scores, gouges, nicks and
scratches
1
_ Up to a maximum depth of 0.010 in. (0.25 mm), accept the
damage.
2
_ More than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in depth, reject the cowl.
(b) Examine the mating surface for burrs
1
_ If there are burrs on the mating surface, reject the cowl.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl Interface

Figure 601/TASK 71-11-11-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Examine the captive nuts
1
_ If the captive nuts are not there or have threads which are
crossed, stripped or burred, reject the cowl.
2
_ If the rivets which hold the captive nuts show signs of
distortion or are not there, reject the cowl.
(d) Examine the attach ring for distortion
1
_ If the attach ring shows signs of distortion, reject the cowl.
(e) Examine the four location spigots.
1
_ If the location spigots are bent, loose, burred or not there,
reject the cowl.
Subtask 71-11-11-210-064
B. Examine the air intake anti-ice ducts
(1) Visually examine the air intake anti-ice ducts (2).
(a) If the insulation is broken or not there, reject the cowl.
(b) Examine the mating surface of the flange for scores, gouges,
nicks and scratches
1
_ Circumferential damage up to a maximum depth of 0.010 in.
(0.25 mm), accept the damage.
2
_ Damage which is more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in depth or
which is not circumferential, reject the cowl.
(c) Examine the mating surface of the flange for burrs
1
_ If there are burrs on the mating surface, reject the cowl.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-410-055
A. Install the air intake cowl (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-410-056
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-11-200-011
Visually Examine the Air Intake Cowl - Allowable Damage Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the air intake cowl to
determine allowable damage.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

sealing tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-11-11-991-152 Fig. 602
71-11-11-991-153 Fig. 603
71-11-11-991-154 Fig. 604

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-869-050
A. General
Allowable damage data are intended to permit an operator to determine
whether a damaged nacelle component may be returned to service without
repair. Damage permitted by these data will have no significant effect on
the strength or fatigue life of the structure, which will still be able
to fulfill its design function. The types of allowable damage permitted
are defined and brief descriptions are given of the cleanup procedures
needed to either prevent damage propagation or improve the aerodynamic
smoothness of the damaged part.
(1) Material Types

The materials used in the construction of the inlet cowl are
aluminium alloys, corrosion resistant steels (CRES), and graphite
fabric of various weaves and forms. These forms include honeycomb
(NOMEX), closed-weave fabric, open-weave fabric, and tape. CRES is
used for tubes, ducts, fittings and accessories. The main aluminium
alloy component in the inlet cowl is the one-piece pressed inlet lip
skin. Aluminium alloy honeycomb is used in the core of the composite
sandwich which makes up the aft bulkhead.
(2) Damage
All damage limits assume that exposed edges do not extend above the
skin contour. Any such damage should be reworked to remove or feather
the extensions. Holes and cracks in the pressure boundaries must be
sealed with applicable tape material. Allowable damage is classified
as either unlimited usage or time limited.
- unlimited usage damage is defined as minor damage which does not
affect the structural integrity or functional capability of the
component and which needs no repairs over the aircraft design life.
- time limited damage is defined as minor damage which does not
affect the structural integrity of the component in normal
operation, but could reduce the design life of the component.
Therefore, damage must be permanently repaired no later than the
next 6000 flight hours, 4500 flight cycles or 20 months. The
location and size of the damage is to be noted and checked at each
subsequent 600 flight hours, 750 flight cycles or 100 days check to
make sure that the damage has not grown beyond the time limited
damage allowances.
(3) Damage Types

The types of allowable damage permitted on the inlet cowl components
are defined below. They apply only to the parent material and do not
include damage to surface finishes such as paint.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- abrasion - An abrasion is a damage area which results in a cross
sectional area change because the area was scuffed, rubbed, scraped
or has other surface erosion. An abrasion usually appears rough and
irregular.
- gouge - A gouge is a damage area of any size which results in a

cross sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a
relatively sharp object which produces a continuous, sharp or
smooth channel-like groove in the material.
- nick - A nick is a local gouge with sharp edges. Consider a series

of nicks in a line to be a gouge.
- scratch - A scratch is a line of damage in the material and results

in a cross sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact
with a very sharp object.
- crack - A crack is a partial fracture or complete break in the

material and produces a most significant cross sectional area
change. It usually appears as an irregular line.
- dent - A dent is a damage area which is depressed with respect to

its normal contour. There is no change in the cross sectional area.
Area boundaries are smooth. Its form is usually the result of
contact with a smoothly contoured object.
- rip/tear (woven wires) - A rip or a tear in the woven wire of an

acoustic bonded panel is a sharp continuous separation of the wire
fibers.
- hole - A hole is a complete penetration of the material.
- disbond - A disbond is a separation of the face sheet from the

honeycomb core of a bonded panel.
- delamination - A delamination is the separation of two laminate

plies or faying surfaces.
(4) Zones
The allowable damages zones for the inlet cowl are:
- zone G: Capping strap
- zone K1: Lip skin, inner intake surface (between 135 and 225
degrees)
- zone H: Lip skin, inner intake surface (all other areas)
- zone K2: Lip skin, outer intake surface (between 315 and 45
degrees)
- zone J: Lip skin, outer intake surface (all other areas)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- zone R: Panel frame, power plant radial - PPR230
- zone S: Panel frame - PPR240
- zone T: Access panel frame - PPR340
- zone U: Circumferential stiffners, power plant station - PPS 35.32
- zone V: Splice lands - barrel panels - PPR 237 and PPR 57
- zone W: Panels lands, front and rear
- zone X: Outer barrel panel - PPR 223 to PPR 57 (LH)
- zone Y: Outer barrel panel - PPR 57 to PPR 237 (RH)
- zone Z: Aft bulkhead. A1 and A5 (serial N N5001 to N7353)
- zone ZA: Aft bulkhead web (PPR330 - PPR0 - PPR30). A5 (serial N
N7354 and sub)
- zone ZB: Aft bulkhead web (PPR30 - PPR111 and PPR249 - PPR330). A5
(serial N N7354 and sub)
- zone ZC: Aft bulkhead web (PPR111 - PPR180 - PPR249). A5 (serial N
N7354 and sub)
- zone Z1: Aft bulkhead aluminium alloy zed stiffeners. A5 (serial N
N7354 and sub)
- zone Z2: Aft bulkhead web joint channels (PPR43, 198 and 317). A5
(serial N N7354 and sub)
Subtask 71-11-11-941-055
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-010-055
C. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-210-053
A. Examine the Air Intake Cowl Lip Skin

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 71-11-11-991-152)
(1) Abrasion
(a) Zones H, J, K1 and K2 - 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) maximum depth over
unlimited area. Unlimited use. Monitor at 6000 flight hours, 4500
flight cycles or 20 months.
(2) Dent
(a) Zone K1 - 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) maximum length in any direction.
0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum depth. Depth must not be more than 10
percent of length. No nearer than 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) to any
rivet. Minimum 10 in. (254 mm) to any other damage. Rounded
contour. Maximum 2 dents in this region. Unlimited use. Monitor
at 6000 flight hours, 4500 flight cycles or 20 months.
(b) Zone H - 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) maximum length in any direction. 0.10
in. (2.54 mm) maximum depth. Depth must not be more than 10
contour. Unlimited use. Monitor at 6000 flight hours, 4500 flight
cycles or 20 months.
(c) Zone K2 - 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) maximum length in any direction.
0.20 in. (5.08 mm) maximum depth. Depth must not be more than 10
contour. Maximum 2 dents in this region. Unlimited use. Monitor
at 6000 flight hours, 4500 flight cycles or 20 months.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl Lip Skin

Figure 602/TASK 71-11-11-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Zone J - 2.25 in. (57.1 mm) maximum length in any direction. 0.20
in. (5.08 mm) maximum depth. Depth must not be more than 10
contour. Unlimited use. Monitor at 6000 flight hours, 4500 flight
cycles or 20 months.
(3) Gouge
(a) Zones H, J, K1 and K2 across rivet heads - 4.00 in. (101.6 mm)
maximum length in any direction 0.005 in. (0.13 mm ) maximum
depth. No nearer than 10.00 in. (254 mm) to other damage.
Unlimited use. Monitor at 6000 flight hours, 4500 flight cycles
or 20 months.
(b) Zone H, J, K1 and K2 except across rivet heads - 4.00 in. (101.6
mm) maximum length in any direction 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) maximum
depth. No nearer than 10.00 in. (254 mm) to other damage.
Unlimited use. Monitor at 6000 flight hours, 4500 flight cycles
or 20 months.
(4) Scratch
(a) Zones H, J, K1 and K2 - 6.00 in. (152.4 mm) maximum length in any
direction. 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) maximum depth. No nearer than
10.00 in. (254 mm) to other damage. If depth exceeds limit
consider as a crack. Unlimited use. Monitor at 6000 flight hours,
4500 flight cycles or 20 months.
(5) Nick
(a) Zones H, J, K1 and K2 - 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) maximum length in any
direction. 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) maximum depth. No nearer than
10.00 in. (254 mm) to other damage. If depth exceeds limit
consider as a crack. Unlimited use. Monitor at 6000 flight hours,
4500 flight cycles or 20 months.
(6) Crack
(a) Zones H and J - 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) maximum length in any
direction. No nearer than 12.00 in. (305 mm) to other damage.
Stop drill. Fly on limit only. Time limited. Must be repaired no
later than 600 flight hours, 750 flight cycles or 100 days. Check
crack does not become larger after every flight.
NOTE : Cracks must be repaired before next flight if longer than

____
2.00 in. (50.8 mm).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Hole
(a) Zones H, J, K1 and K2 - Not acceptable.
(8) Fastener loss
(a) Zone H and K1 - maximum of 10 fasteners. Fly on limit only. Time

limited. Must be repaired no later than next 600 flight hours,
750 flight cycles or 100 days. Examine for increase in fastener
loss after every flight. Must be repaired prior to next flight if
number of failed fasteners or occurences exceed stated limit.
(b) Zone J and K2 - maximum of 7 fasteners. Fly on limit only. Time

limited. Must be repaired no later than next 600 flight hours,
750 flight cycles or 100 days. Must be repaired prior to next
flight if number of failed fasteners or occurences exceed stated
limit.
Subtask 71-11-11-210-054
B. Examine the Air Intake Cowl Outer Barrel

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 71-11-11-991-153)
(1) Abrasion
(a) Zones R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z - Local resin maximum depth.

Confined to surface resin over unlimited area. Protect with
sealing tape (Material No. V02-006). Monitor at 600 flight hours,
750 flight cycles or 100 days.
(b) Zone G - Damaged capping strap on the aft door landing up to 0.04
in. (1.02 mm) deep. Monitor at 600 flight hours, 750 flight
cycles or 100 days.
NOTE : Repairs for this damage can be found in the SRM

____
(PSR-V2500-1IA-2IA) and CMM (AIC-V2500-1IA).
(c) Zone G - Damaged capping strap on the aft door landing more than
0.04 in. (1.02 mm) deep and less than the limits. Not acceptable.
Refer to
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 71-11-11-991-153)

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl Outer Barrel


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl Outer Barrel


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Zone G - Damaged capping strap on the aft door landing more than
0.04 in. (1.02 mm) deep and more than the limits. Not acceptable.
Refer to
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 71-11-11-991-153)

____
(2) Gouge/Scratch
(a) Zones R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y - 6.00 in. (152.4 mm) maximum length

in any direction. 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) maximum depth. 0.010 in.
(0.254 mm) maximum width. No nearer than 8.00 in. (203.2 mm) to
other unrepaired damage. No more than 6 gouges/scratches in each
barrel half. Protect with sealing tape (Material No. V02-006).
Monitor at 600 flight hours, 750 flight cycles or 100 days.
(b) Zone Z - 6.00 in. (152.4 mm) maximum length in circumferential

direction. 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) maximum length in radial direction.
0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum width. Surface resin maximum depth. No
nearer than 8.00 in. (203.2 mm) to other unrepaired damage. No
more than 6 gouges/scratches in each barrel half. Protect with
sealing tape (Material No. V02-006). Monitor at 600 flight hours,
750 flight cycles or 100 days.
(3) Nick
(a) Zones R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y - 6.00 in. (152.4 mm) maximum length

in any direction. 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) maximum depth. 0.010 in.
(0.254 mm) maximum width. No nearer than 4.00 in. (101.6 mm) to
other unrepaired damage. If length exceeds 1.00 in. (25.4 mm)
consider as a gouge. Protect with sealing tape (Material No. V02-
006). Monitor at 600 flight hours, 750 flight cycles or 100 days.
(b) Zone Z - 1.00 in (25.4 mm) maximum length in any direction. 0.10
in. (2.54 mm) maximum width. No nearer than 4.00 in. (101.6 mm)
to other unrepaired damage. If length exceeds 1.00 in. (25.4 mm)
consider as a gouge. Protect with sealing tape (Material No. V02-
006). Monitor at 600 flight hours, 750 flight cycles or 100 days.
(4) Delamination
(a) Zones X and Y - 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) maximum across in any
direction. No nearer than 8.00 in. (203.2 mm) to other damage. No
surface cracking. Repair no later than next 6000 flight hours,
4500 flight cycles or 20 months. Monitor at 600 flight hours, 750
flight cycles or 100 days.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 616
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Crack
(a) Zones X and Y - 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) maximum length. No nearer than
10.00 in. (254 mm) to other damage. Stop drill. Protect with
sealing tape (Material No. V02-006). Fly on limit only. Must be
repaired at earliest opportunity. Check crack does not become
larger after every flight.
(6) Hole
(a) Zones X and Y - No nearer than 10.00 in. (254 mm) to other
damage. Protect with sealing tape (Material No. V02-006). Fly on
limit only. Must be repaired at the earliest opportunity. Check
tape to make sure no peel occurs after every flight.
Subtask 71-11-11-210-055
C. Examine the Air Intake Cowl Acoustic Inner Barrel (3-piece)

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 71-11-11-991-154)
(1) Scratch
(a) Zones N1, P1, Q1 - Full thickness of mesh maximum depth. 2.50 in.
(63.5 mm) maximum length. No nearer than 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) to
similar damage. No nearer than 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) to core edge.
Monitor at A check.
(b) Zones K, L, M - 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) maximum depth. 5.00 in. (127
mm) maximum length. No nearer than 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) to similar
damage. Monitor at A check.
(2) Gouge
(a) Zones N1, P1, Q1, N2, P2, Q2 - 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) maximum depth.
1.50 in. (38.1 mm) maximum length. 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum
width. No nearer than 6.00 in. (152.4 mm) to similar damage.
Smooth bottomed. Repair any damage to the wire mesh layer.
Monitor at A check.
(b) Zones K, L, M - 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) maximum depth. 5.00 in. (127
mm) maximum length. 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum width. No nearer
than 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) to similar damage. Repair no later than
next C check. Monitor at A check.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 617
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl Acoustic Inner Barrel

Figure 604/TASK 71-11-11-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 618
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Nick
(a) Zones N1, P1, Q1 - 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) maximum depth. 0.25 in.
(6.35 mm) maximum length. 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) maximum width. No
nearer than 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) to similar damage. No nearer than
1.50 in. (38.1 mm) to core edge. If length exceeds 0.025 in.
(0.635 mm) consider as a gouge. Monitor at A check.
(b) Zones K, L, M - 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) maximum depth. 0.25 in.
nearer than 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) to similar damage. Repair no later
than next C check. Monitor at A check.
(4) Dent
(a) Zones N1, N2, N3, P1, P2, P3, Q1, Q2, Q3 - 0.10 in. (2.54 mm)
maximum depth. 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) maximum length in any
direction. No nearer than 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) to similar damage.
No nearer than 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) to core edge. Repair any damage
to wire mesh layer. Monitor at A check.
(b) Zones K, L, M - 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) maximum depth. 0.25 in.
nearer than 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) to similar damage. Repair no later
than next C check. Monitor at A check.
(5) Rip/Tear
(a) Zones N1, P1, Q1 - Full thickness of wire mesh maximum depth.
1.50 in. (38.1 mm) maximum length in any direction. No
delamination from face sheet. No nearer than 1.50 in. (38.1 mm)
to core edge. No nearer than 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) to similar
damage. Stabilize wire mesh if separated. Monitor at A check.
(6) Delamination
(a) Zones N1, N2, N3, P1, P2, P3, Q1, Q2, Q3 - 1.50 in. (38.1 mm)
maximum width in any direction. No nearer than 6.00 in. (152.4
mm) to other delaminations or voids. No nearer than 1.50 in.
(38.1 mm) to core edge. Monitor at A check.
(b) Zones K, L, M - damage extends no more than 15 percent of the

joint length and no more than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm) to edge of joint
strip. Monitor at A check.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 619
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 620
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - AIR INTAKE - REPAIRS
___________________________
TASK 71-11-11-300-010
Replace the Identification Marks on the Nose Cowl - VRS2733
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This repair can be done if the old identification mark is removed. Black
gloss-base paint and a clear polyurethane coating can be used to replace the
identification marks.
This task gives the procedure for the replacement of identification marks on
the nose cowl.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean lint free cloth

No specific heat lamp
No specific plastic spatula
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

paint brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
cotton swab (Ref. 70-30-00)
masking tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
marking pen (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
thinner (Ref. 70-30-00)

catalyst (Ref. 70-30-00)
gloss base (black) (Ref. 70-30-00)
clear polyurethane (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-11-11-991-155 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-941-056
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-110-051
A. Clean the surface around the repair area.
WARNING : KEEP FLAMES AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT FLAMEPROOF

_______
AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE CLEANING FLUID IS FLAMMABLE.
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-076) to clean the surface around the area to be repaired.
(2) Dry the area with a clean lint free cloth before the cleaning fluid
dries.
Subtask 71-11-11-120-050
B. Remove the old identification mark.
(1) Use the abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) to remove the old
identification mark from the surface of the repair area.
(2) Make the old marking rough with the abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
020).
(3) Use the plastic spatula to remove the old identification mark, if it
is necessary. Make sure that the paint below the identification mark
is not removed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-110-052
C. Clean the repair area.

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-076) to clean unwanted material from around the repair area.
(2) Remove all unwanted material and dry the area with a clean lint free
cloth before the cleaning fluid dries.
Subtask 71-11-11-350-050
D. Make the identification marks.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 71-11-11-991-155)

_______
AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE PAINT IS FLAMMABLE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE PAINT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE PAINT IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. IF IN A CONFINED AREA, USE A SUPPLIED
AIR RESPIRATOR. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR
SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE PAINT MIXTURE AFTER 12 HOURS IF THE AIR
_______
TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 80 DEGREES F (26.7 DEGREES C). DO NOT
USE THE PAINT MIXTURE AFTER 18 HOURS IF THE AIR TEMPERATURE IS
LESS THAN 80 DEGREES F (26.7 DEGREES C).
(1) The height of the letters is to be 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) for the HOIST
POINT identification marks.
(2) All other marks are to have letter heights of 0.25 in. (6.35 mm).
NOTE : A heavy stencil that is 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) thick can be used
____
with an available stencil machine. These stencils are strong
enough to be used again.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Nose Cowl Identification Marks

Figure 801/TASK 71-11-11-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Mix the gloss base (black) (Material No. V07-078), the catalyst
(Material No. V07-077) and the thinner (Material No. V07-076)
together. Refer to the manufacturers instructions. Leave the mixture
for 30 minutes before use.
(4) Make the identification marks on the prepared area. Use the masking
tape (Material No. V02-178) to hold the correct stencil in the
correct position.
(5) Apply the paint mixture to the stencil area.
(6) Remove the stencil and clean off all unwanted paint. Use a cotton
swab (Material No. V02-174).
(7) Use a heat lamp:
CAUTION : ALLOW THE PAINTED MARK TO DRY FOR 15 MINUTES BEFORE THE
_______
HEAT IS APPLIED.
(a) Use a heat lamp to dry the paint at between 140 deg.F (60 deg.C)
and 180 deg.F (82 deg.C) for 1 hour.
Subtask 71-11-11-350-051
E. Apply the clear polyurethane coat.

_______
AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE POLYURETHANE COATING IS FLAMMABLE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE POLYURETHANE ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
POLYURETHANE IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. IF YOU ARE IN A
CONFINED AREA, USE A SUPPLIED AIR RESPIRATOR. DO NOT BREATHE
THE GAS. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Mix the clear polyurethane (Material No. V07-098), the catalyst
(Material No. V07-097) and the thinner (Material No. V07-096). Refer
to the manufacturers instructions.
(2) Leave the mixture for 30 minutes after it has been mixed and before
it is used.
NOTE : If the air temperature is 77 deg.F (25 deg.C), you can

____
continue to use the mixture for up to 4 hours (after the
mixture has been prepared).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Use a paint brush (Material No. V02-102) to apply one layer of the
polyurethane coating mixture on to the new identification marks.
(4) Use the heat lamp:
CAUTION : LET THE POLYURETHANE COATING DRY FOR 15 MINUTES BEFORE YOU
_______
APPLY HEAT.
(a) Use a heat lamp to dry the polyurethane coating at between 140
deg.F (60 deg.C) and 180 deg.F (82 deg.C) for 1 hour.
Subtask 71-11-11-210-056
F. Do a visual examination of the new identification marks. Make sure that

the repair has been done correctly.
Subtask 71-11-11-350-052
G. Write the repair scheme number on the nose cowl.
(1) Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-131) to write VRS2733 beside the
new identification mark.
(2) Make sure that the pen colour can be seen on the nose cowl.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-942-051
A. Close Access

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-11-300-011
Replace a Captive Nut on the Attach Ring - VRS2934
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the replacement of a captive nut on the
attach ring.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific drill
No specific hammer
No specific punch
No specific rivet gun
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-11-11-200-010 Interface Inspection of the Air Intake Cowl

71-11-11-991-156 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-941-057
1(2).
Subtask 71-11-11-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 809
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-350-053
A. Remove the damaged captive nut from the attach ring.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 71-11-11-991-156)
(1) Use the applicable drill to remove the heads of the rivets (2) or (4)
that attach the captive nut.
(2) Use the punch and the hammer to remove the two rivets from the
captive nut.
(3) Do again steps (1) and (2) to remove the remaining damaged captive
nut(s).
(4) Discard the captive nut(s) (1) or (3).
Subtask 71-11-11-110-053
B. Clean the repair area.
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002) to clean the interfaces of the replacement captive nut
and the attach ring.
(2) Use a clean lint free cloth to dry the area before the cleaning fluid
dries.
(3) Make sure there is no unwanted material on the interfaces of the

parts.
Subtask 71-11-11-210-057
C. Examine the attach ring on the air intake cowl (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-200-
010).
Make sure the attach ring is in a serviceable condition.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 810
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Replacement of the Captive Nut on the Attach Ring

Figure 802/TASK 71-11-11-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 811
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-350-054
D. Install the replacement captive nut (1) or captive nut (3).

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 71-11-11-991-156)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Apply a thin layer of the jointing compound (Material No. V04-005) on
to the rivet (2) or rivet (4).
(2) Align the holes in the captive nut with the holes in the attach ring.
(3) Install a rivet through each hole of the captive nut and the attach
ring.
(4) Use the rivet gun to tighten each rivet.
NOTE : The installation procedure is the same for the two types of
____
captive nuts.
Subtask 71-11-11-110-054
E. Clean the area around the replacement captive nut.
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002) to clean the captive nut and the repair area of the
attach ring.
dries.
(3) Make sure there is no unwanted material on the parts.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 812
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-210-058
F. Examine the repaired attach ring to make sure that the repair is
satisfactory and that it agrees with the repair instructions.
Subtask 71-11-11-350-055
G. Write the repair scheme number VRS2934 on the identification plate of the
cowl, adjacent to the part number. Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-
131) of a different colour than the background.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-410-054
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 813
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-11-300-012
Replace Thermal Anti-Icing Outlet Grille - VRS2825
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure of the thermal anti-icing outlet grille.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific drill
No specific hammer
No specific punch
No specific rivet gun
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-11-11-991-157 Fig. 803

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 814
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-941-058
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-350-056
A. Remove the damaged outlet grille from the air-intake cowl access panel.
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 71-11-11-991-157)
(1) Use the 0.156 in. (3.96 mm) diameter drill to remove the heads of the
countersunk head rivets (2).
(2) Use the punch and the hammer to remove the rivets (2).
(3) Discard the rivets (2).
(4) Remove the outlet grille (1).
Subtask 71-11-11-110-055
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 815
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Replacement of the Thermal Anti-Icing Outlet Grille

Figure 803/TASK 71-11-11-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 816
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

No. V01-002) to clean the interfaces of the replacement outlet grille
and the air-intake cowl access panel.
dries.

parts.
Subtask 71-11-11-210-059
C. Examine the replacement outlet grille and the air-intake cowl access
panel (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-200-010).
(1) Examine the outlet grille to make sure it is in a serviceable

condition.
(2) Examine the area of the access panel around the opening for the
outlet grille to make sure it is in a serviceable condition.
(3) Examine the rivet holes.
(a) Measure the diameter of the rivet holes in the air-intake cowl
access panel.
(b) The diameter of the holes must be between 0.160 in. (4.06 mm) and
0.163 in. (4.14 mm).
Subtask 71-11-11-350-057
D. Install the replacement outlet grille (1).
(1) Apply the jointing compound:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 817
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Apply a thin layer of the jointing compound (Material No. V04-
005) on to the interfaces of the outlet grille and the air-intake
cowl access panel.
(2) Let the parts dry in the air for 10 minutes before they are
assembled.
(3) Align the holes in the outlet grille with the holes in the air intake
cowl. Put the two parts together.
(4) Install a 0.156 in. (3.96 mm) diameter countersunk head rivet (2)
through the outlet grille and the air-intake cowl access panel.
(5) Use the rivet gun to tighten the rivet.
(6) Do again steps (4) and (5) for the remaining rivets in an opposite
sequence.
NOTE : Temporary clips can be used where necessary to hold the parts
____
together.
Subtask 71-11-11-110-056
E. Clean the area around the outlet grille.
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002) to clean the area around the outlet grille and the
air-intake cowl access panel.
dries.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 818
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-210-060
F. Examine the repaired area.

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 71-11-11-991-157)
(1) Make sure that the repair is satisfactory and that it agrees with the
repair instructions.
(2) Measure the distance C between the edges of the outlet grille and the
air-intake cowl access panel.
(3) The distance must be between 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) and 0.060 in.
(1.524 mm).
Subtask 71-11-11-350-058
G. Write the repair scheme number VRS2825 on the panel, adjacent to the part
number. Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-131) of a different colour
than the background.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-942-052
A. Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 819
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-11-300-013
Replace the Seal on the Thermal Anti-Icing Outlet Panel - VRS2804
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for replacement of the seal on the thermal
anti-icing outlet panel.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific drill
No specific hammer
No specific punch
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-11-11-991-158 Fig. 804

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 820
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-941-059
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-350-059
A. Remove the damaged seal from the thermal anti-icing outlet panel.
(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 71-11-11-991-158)
(1) Use the 0.125 in. (3.18 mm) diameter drill to remove the heads of the
universal head rivets (2).
(2) Use the punch and the hammer to remove the rivets (2) which attach
the seal retainer (1) to the anti-icing outlet panel.
(3) Remove the retainer (1) together with the seal (3).
(4) Discard the seal (3).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 821
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Replacement of the Seal on the Thermal Anti-Icing Outlet Panel

Figure 804/TASK 71-11-11-991-158

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 822
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-110-057
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002) to clean the interfaces of the seal retainer and the
thermal anti-icing outlet panel.
dries.

parts.
Subtask 71-11-11-210-061
C. Examine the seal, the retainer and the thermal anti-icing outlet panel
(Ref. TASK 71-11-11-200-010).
(1) Examine the retainer (1) and the new seal (3) to make sure it is in a
serviceable condition.
(2) Examine the area of the thermal anti-icing outlet panel to which the
seal retainer (1) will be attached. Make sure it is in a serviceable
condition.
(3) Examine the rivet holes.
(a) Measure the diameter of the rivet holes in the seal retainer (1)
and the thermal anti-icing outlet panel.
(b) The diameter of the holes must be between 0.128 in. (3.25 mm) and
0.132 in. (3.35 mm).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 823
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-350-060
D. Install the replacement seal.

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 71-11-11-991-158)
(1) Apply the jointing compound:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a) Apply a thin layer of the jointing compound (Material No. V04-
005) on to the rivets (2).
(2) Align the holes in the seal (3) with the holes in the seal retainer.
NOTE : The joint of the seal (3) must be at least 1.0 in. (25.4 mm)
____
from the end face of the seal retainer (1).
(3) Put the two parts together.
(4) Align the holes of the seal retainer (1) and the seal (3) with the
holes of the thermal anti-icing outlet panel.
(5) Put the parts together.
(6) Install a 0.125 in. (3.18 mm) diameter universal head rivet (2)
through the seal retainer (1), the seal (3) and the outlet panel.
(7) Use the rivet gun to tighten the rivet (2).
(8) Do again steps (6) and (7) for the remaining rivets (2) in an
opposite sequence.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 824
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-110-058
E. Clean the area around the thermal anti-icing outlet panel.
_______
IRRITATED.
CAUTION : DO NOT GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON THE SEAL.

_______
No. V01-002) to clean the area around the thermal anti-icing outlet
panel.
dries.
Subtask 71-11-11-210-062
F. Examine the repair area.

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 71-11-11-991-158)
(2) Measure the distance C from the end face of the seal retainer (1) to
the joint of the seal (3).
(3) The distance must be at least 1.0 in. (25.4 mm).
Subtask 71-11-11-350-061
G. Write the repair scheme number VRS2804 on the panel, adjacent to the part
number. Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-131) that is a different
colour than the background.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-942-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 825
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-11-300-014
Repair the Aerodynamic Sealant on the Air Intake Cowl or the P2/T2 Sensor
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific sealing gun
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific strip
teflon tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 826
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-30-00-918-010 Consumable Materials Index

71-11-11-991-162 Fig. 805
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-941-061
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-350-065
A. Remove the damaged aerodynamic sealant

(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 71-11-11-991-162)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ANODIZED SURFACE
_______
OF THE LIPSKIN OR THE ACOUSTIC STRUCTURE. USE ONLY PLASTIC
TOOLS AND PUT PROTECTIVE MATS ON THE COWL.
(1) Use plastic spatula to remove most of the damaged or disbonded

sealant.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 827
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aerodynamic Sealant Replacement


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 828
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 829
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 830
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Use teflon tape (Material No. V02-007) and put a strip on each side
of the repair area.
Subtask 71-11-11-110-060
_______
IRRITATED.
_______
(1) Soak a piece of waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) in

cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-076) and remove any remaining
sealant or contamination.
(2) Use a clean piece of lint free cloth to dry the area before the
cleaning fluid dries.
(3) Make sure there is no unwanted material on the repair area.
Subtask 71-11-11-380-051
C. Prepare the aerodynamic sealant

_______
AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE SEALANT IS FLAMMABLE.
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE SEALANT
IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. IF IN A CONFINED AREA, USE A
SUPPLIED AIR RESPIRATOR. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS. GET MEDICAL
AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Use a pre-filled semkit cartridge and prepare sealant (Material No.
V08-141) or sealant (Material No. V08-146) as follows:
(a) Hold the cartridge and pull out approximately 25% of the dasher
rod.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 831
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Push the ramrod into the hollow end of the dasher rod and inject
approximately 33% of the contents into the cartridge.
NOTE : Make sure that you do not use too much force or tap the
____
ramrod if the piston does not move easily.
(c) Inject the remaining contents of the dasher rod into the
cartridge in two equal movements.
(d) Remove the ramrod from the dasher rod.
Subtask 71-11-11-380-053
D. Mix the sealant
_______
(1) Mix the sealant manually as follows:
(a) Push the dasher rod fully into the cartridge.
(b) Pull and then push the dasher rod in a clockwise direction, out
and then into the cartridge (equals one movement).
NOTE : Make sure that the dasher rod rotates approximately 90

____
deg. during each movement.
(c) Refer to the manufacturers instructions for the number of

movements required to mix the sealant.
NOTE : Make sure that after the last movement the dasher rod is
____
pushed fully into the cartridge.
(d) Hold the cartridge tightly and turn the dasher rod approximately
3 times in an anti-clockwise direction. Remove the dasher rod
from the cartridge.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 832
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-380-052
E. Apply the aerodynamic sealant

_______
AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE SEALANT IS FLAMMABLE.
_______
_______
(1) Use a plastic spatula or a sealing gun to fill the repair area with
the sealant mix.
NOTE : Make sure that the sealant is pushed along in front of the
____
nozzle tip when you use the sealant gun.
NOTE : Make sure that the sealant is level with the surface of the
____
cowl.
(2) Let the sealant cure at 77 deg F (25 deg C) for 48 hours.
NOTE : The sealant will not be tacky after approximately one hour.
____
NOTE : A 9 deg F or 5 deg C increase in the cure temperature will

____
decrease the cure time by one half.
(3) When the sealant has cured remove the teflon tape from each side of
the repair area.
Subtask 71-11-11-210-067
F. Do a visual examination of the sealant repair. Make sure that the repair
has been done correctly.
(1) If the surface of the repair area is below the surface of the cowl,
do steps C thru E.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 833
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-350-066
G. Identify the repair scheme number on the cowl.
(1) Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-131) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010)
(that is a different colour than the background) to write VRS2725
adjacent to the identification plate on the cowl.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-942-055
A. Close Access

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 834
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-11-300-015
Replace the Loose or Damaged Rivets of the Lipskin Inner Surface - VRS2746
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure to replace loose or damaged rivets on the
lipskin inner surface.
The replacement rivet is a blind cherrylock or cherrymax type. An oversize
cherrymax rivet can be used if required.
There is no limit to the number of rivets which can be replaced. Make sure
the rivet hole has a minimum edge distance of 1.6d
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cherrylock hole gauge, Type T172

No specific cherrylock rivet gun (type G784)
No specific pulling head (type H681-6C)
No specific suction cleaner
No specific 0.191 in. (4.85 mm) diameter drill
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 835
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-21-49-000-015 Removal of the Anti-Ice Interbulkhead System

30-21-49-400-015 Installation of the Anti-Ice Interbulkhead System
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-941-063
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-110-062
A. Clean the repair area
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 836
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Soak a piece of lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) in cleaning
fluid (Material No. V01-076) and clean around the repair area on the
lipskin inner surface.
Subtask 71-11-11-010-062
B. Get access to the bottom of the lipskin
(1) Remove the anti-ice interbulkhead system (Ref. TASK 30-21-49-000-

015).
(2) Pre SBN 70-0735 only: Remove the nuts and the bolts that attach the
cover plate to the rear bulkhead. Remove the cover plate.
Subtask 71-11-11-350-067
C. Identify the loose or damaged rivets
and identify the loose or damaged rivets of the lipskin inner
surface.
Subtask 71-11-11-350-068
D. Remove the loose or damaged rivets
WARNING : PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES AND GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE
_______
CUTTING TOOLS. INJURY CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU REMOVE RIVETS, DO NOT INCREASE THE RIVET HOLE SIZE. DO
_______
NOT DRILL THROUGH THE RIVET. DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL PARTS CAN
OCCUR. DO NOT REMOVE MORE THAN THREE ADJACENT RIVETS AT ONE
TIME. MISALIGNMENT OF THE PARTS CAN OCCUR.
NOTE : If more than 5 adjacent rivets must be removed, let each third
____
rivet remain in position until the adjacent rivets are replaced.
(1) Remove a blind type rivet as follows:
(a) Use a pilot drill and drill the rivet stem through the head.
(b) Use a punch to remove the rivet lock collar.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 837
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Use a 0.191 in. (4.85 mm) diameter drill to drill the rivet head.
NOTE : Do not drill through the rivet.

____
(d) Use a punch to remove the rivet head and the remaining rivet
shank from the hole.
(2) Remove a standard type rivet as follows:
(a) Use a 0.191 in. (4.85 mm) diameter drill to drill the rivet head.

____
(b) Use a punch to remove the rivet head and the remaining rivet
Subtask 71-11-11-110-063
E. Clean the repair area
_______
IRRITATED.
fluid (Material No. V01-076) and clean the repair area surface of the
lipskin.
Subtask 71-11-11-220-050
F. Do a check of the rivet holes
(1) Check that the rivet holes are not damaged.
(2) Do a check of the blind type rivet hole as follows:
(a) Use the applicable cherrylock hole gauge, Type T172 and check the
size of each hole.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 838
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Do a check of the standard type rivet hole as follows:
(a) Measure each rivet hole and make sure that it is not more than
0.209 in. (5.3 mm) in diameter.
(b) If the rivet hole is more than 0.209 in. (5.3 mm) in diameter,
drill the hole to no more than 0.275 in. (6.98 mm) to fit an
oversize rivet.
Subtask 71-11-11-350-069
G. Install the rivets
(1) Use a depth gauge to measure for the correct rivet length.
(2) Apply a thin layer of jointing compound (Material No. V04-005) on the
rivets and in the rivet holes.
(3) Use the cherrylock rivet gun (type G784) with the pulling head (type
H681-6C) to install the rivets.
NOTE : Make sure that the rivets are flush with the surface of the
____
lipskin.
Subtask 71-11-11-110-064
H. Clean the repair area
(1) Use a suction cleaner to remove unwanted materials from the outer
areas of the repair.
(2) Use a suction cleaner through the cover plate hole, to remove
unwanted materials from the inner areas of the lipskin.
_______
lipskin.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 839
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-210-069
J. Examine the repair rivets to make sure that the repair is satisfactory
and that it agrees with the repair instructions.
Subtask 71-11-11-410-058
K. Close the access to the bottom of the lipskin
(1) Pre SBN 70-0735 only: install the cover plate as follows:
(a) Use the bolts and the washers and attach the cover plate to the
rear bulkhead.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Install the anti-ice interbulkhead system (Ref. TASK 30-21-49-400-

015).
Subtask 71-11-11-350-070
L. Identify the repair scheme number on the cowl.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-942-057
A. Close Access

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 840
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-11-300-016
Replace the Loose or Damaged Rivets of the Lipskin Outer Surface - VRS2770
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure to replace loose or damaged rivets on the
lipskin outer surface.
The replacement rivet is a blind cherrylock or cherrymax type. An oversize
cherrymax rivet can be used if required.
There is no limit to the number of rivets which can be replaced. Make sure
therivet hole has a minimum edge distance of
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cherrylock hole gauge, Type T172

No specific cherrylock rivet gun (type G784)
No specific pulling head (type H681-6C)
No specific suction cleaner
No specific 0.156 in. (3.96 mm) diameter drill
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 841
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-21-49-000-015 Removal of the Anti-Ice Interbulkhead System

30-21-49-400-015 Installation of the Anti-Ice Interbulkhead System
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-11-941-064
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-11-11-110-065
A. Clean the repair area
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 842
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

fluid (Material No. V01-076) and clean around the repair area on the
lipskin outer surface.
Subtask 71-11-11-010-063
B. Get access to the bottom of the lipskin
(1) Remove the anti-ice interbulkhead system (Ref. TASK 30-21-49-000-

015).
(2) Pre SBN 70-0735 only: Remove the nuts and the bolts that attach the
cover plate to the rear bulkhead. Remove the cover plate.
Subtask 71-11-11-350-071
C. Identify the loose or damaged rivets
and identify the loose or damaged rivets of the lipskin outer
surface.
Subtask 71-11-11-350-072
D. Remove the loose or damaged rivets
WARNING : PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES AND GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE
_______
CUTTING TOOLS. INJURY CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU REMOVE RIVETS, DO NOT INCREASE THE RIVET HOLE SIZE. DO
_______
NOT DRILL THROUGH THE RIVET. DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL PARTS CAN
OCCUR. DO NOT REMOVE MORE THAN THREE ADJACENT RIVETS AT ONE
TIME. MISALIGNMENT OF THE PARTS CAN OCCUR.
NOTE : If more than 5 adjacent rivets must be removed, let each third
____
rivet remain in position until the adjacent rivets are replaced.
(1) Remove a blind type rivet as follows:
(a) Use a pilot drill and drill the rivet stem through the head.
(b) Use a punch to remove the rivet lock collar.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 843
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Use a 0.156 in. (3.96 mm) diameter drill to drill the rivet head.

____
(d) Use a punch to remove the rivet head and the remaining rivet
(2) Remove a standard type rivet as follows:
(a) Use a 0.156 in. (3.96 mm) diameter drill to drill the rivet head.

____
(b) Use a punch to remove the rivet head and the remaining rivet
Subtask 71-11-11-110-066
E. Clean the repair area
_______
IRRITATED.
lipskin.
Subtask 71-11-11-220-051
F. Do a check of the rivet holes
(1) Check that the rivet holes are not damaged.
(2) Do a check of the blind type rivet hole as follows:
(a) Use the applicable cherrylock hole gauge, Type T172 and check the
size of each hole.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 844
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Do a check of the standard type rivet hole as follows:
(a) Measure each rivet hole and make sure that it is not more than
0.166 in. (4.22 mm) in diameter.
(b) If the rivet hole is more than 0.166 in. (4.22 mm) in diameter,
contact IAE.
Subtask 71-11-11-350-073
G. Install the rivets
(1) Use a depth gauge to measure for the correct rivet length.
(2) Apply a thin layer of jointing compound (Material No. V04-005) on the
rivets and in the rivet holes.
(3) Use the cherrylock rivet gun (type G784) with the pulling head (type
H681-6C) to install the rivets.
NOTE : Make sure that the rivets are flush with the surface of the
____
lipskin.
Subtask 71-11-11-110-067
H. Clean the repair area
(1) Use a suction cleaner to remove unwanted materials from the outer
areas of the repair.
(2) Use a suction cleaner through the cover plate hole, to remove
unwanted materials from the inner areas of the lipskin.
_______
lipskin.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 845
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-11-210-070
J. Examine the repair rivets to make sure that the repair is satisfactory
and that it agrees with the repair instructions.
Subtask 71-11-11-410-059
K. Close the access to the bottom of the lipskin
(1) Pre SBN 70-0735 only: install the cover plate as follows:
(a) Use the bolts and the washers and attach the cover plate to the
rear bulkhead.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Install the anti-ice interbulkhead system (Ref. TASK 30-21-49-400-

015).
Subtask 71-11-11-350-074
L. Identify the repair scheme number on the cowl.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-11-942-058
A. Close Access

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-11

Page 846
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HARNESS - AIR INTAKE COWL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 71-11-43-000-010
Removal of the P2T2 to 4012VC Harness
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers/caps/plugs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-11-43-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-43-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
(4) Put the access platform in position on the right side of the intake
cowl.
Subtask 71-11-43-010-050
B. Remove the probe access panel.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-43-991-150)
(1) Remove the bolts (2).
(2) Remove the access panel (1).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-43-991-150)
Subtask 71-11-43-020-050
A. Removal of the P2T2 to 4012VC harness
(1) Disconnect the harness electrical connectors.
(a) Disconnect the connector 4014KS-B at the P2T2 probe.
(b) Disconnect the connector 4012VC at the rear bulkhead.
(2) Remove the harness (4) from the intake cowl.
Subtask 71-11-43-620-050
B. Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on the open electrical connectors

and receptacles.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Intake Cowl Harness

Figure 401/TASK 71-11-43-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-43-400-010
Installation of the P2T2 to 4012VC Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Idle Test
71-11-43-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-43-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-43-410-052
B. Make sure that the probe access panel is removed
Subtask 71-11-43-630-050
C. Remove the covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connectors and

receptacles.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-43-991-150)
Subtask 71-11-43-420-050
A. Installation of the P2T2 to 4012VC harness
(1) Put the harness (4) in position on the intake cowl.
(2) Connect the harness electrical connectors (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-

010)
(a) Connect the connector 4014KS-B at the P2T2 probe
(b) Connect the connector 4012VC at the rear bulkhead.
Subtask 71-11-43-710-050
B. Do an EEC system test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-022).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-43-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the probe access panel.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-43-991-150)
(a) Put the access panel (1) in position on the intake cowl.
(b) Attach the panel with the bolts (2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) TORQUE the bolts (2) to 35 lbf.in (0.39 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-43-000-011
Removal of the P2T2 to 4013VC, 4010VC Harness
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-11-43-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-43-941-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
(4) Put the access platform in position on the right side of the intake
cowl.
Subtask 71-11-43-010-051
B. Remove the probe access panel.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-43-991-150)
(1) Remove the bolts (2).
(2) Remove the access panel (1).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-43-991-150)
Subtask 71-11-43-020-051
A. Removal of the P2T2 to 4013VC, 4010VC harness
(1) Disconnect the harness electrical connectors.
(a) Disconnect the connector 4014KS-A at the P2T2 probe.
(b) Disconnect the connectors 4013VC and 4010VC at the rear bulkhead.
(2) Remove the harness (3).
Subtask 71-11-43-620-051
B. Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on the open electrical connectors

and receptacles.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-11-43-400-011
Installation of the P2T2 to 4013VC, 4010VC Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Idle Test
71-11-43-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-11-43-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-11-43-410-053
B. Make sure that the probe access panel is removed
Subtask 71-11-43-630-051
C. Remove the covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connectors and

receptacles.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-43-991-150)
Subtask 71-11-43-420-051
A. Installation of the P2T2 to 4013VC, 4010VC harness
(1) Put the harness (3) in position on the intake cowl.
(2) Connect the harness electrical connectors (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-

010).
(a) Connect the connector 4014KS-A at the P2T2 probe.
(b) Connect the connectors 4013VC and 4010VC at the rear bulkhead.
Subtask 71-11-43-710-051
B. Do an EEC system test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-022).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-11-43-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the probe access panel.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-11-43-991-150)
(a) Put the access panel (1) in position on the intake cowl.
(b) Attach the panel with the bolts (2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) TORQUE the bolts (2) to 35 lbf.in (0.39 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-11-43

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - FAN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003)
The left and right fan cowl assemblies enclose the engine fan case between
the air intake cowl and the thrust reverser. Each door is interchangeable
from one engine to the other and is attached to the pylon by three hinges. A
fourth hinge at the forward end of each door connects to a common tie link
between each door. The doors are latched together along the bottom center
line by four adjustable tension hook latches.
Each inboard fan cowl has a strake attached to it. The strake helps give
smooth airflow between the cowl and the fuselage to decrease turbulence.
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The strakes are attached to the cowl with Hi-Loks and jointing compound.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 005)
The fan cowl doors are constructed from a sandwich of carbon fiber composite
skins, an aluminum honeycomb core and a layer of copper mesh for lightning
protection.
Both doors are supported on lands formed in the air intake cowl at the front
and in the thrust reverser (Ref. chapter 78-30-00) at the rear. The forward
land incorporates alignment fittings.
A. Opening/Closing
(Ref. Fig. 006, 007, 008)
Two hold-open rods engage into brackets on the engine fan case to support
the fan cowl doors in the 55 degrees open position for ground maintenance
only.
A pressure relief door is located in the right fan cowl door to limit fan
case compartment (zone 1) pressure.
B. Access Doors
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A door in the right fan cowl door (also used as a pressure relief door)
provides access to the starter valve manual override.
Two access doors in the left fan cowl provide access for:
- Oil fill and sight glass door,
- Master chip detector.
C. Provision for Nacelle Ventilation and Accessory Cooling

(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003)
Air outlet vents are located on the bottom centerline of each door to
exhaust fan compartment ventilation air.
The right hand door has an outlet grille to exhaust cooling air from the
air cooled oil cooler, an air outlet to exhaust air from the gearbox
de-oiler.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Doors


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Doors


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Hand Fan Cowl Door


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Hand Fan Cowl Door


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Hand Fan Cowl Door

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Strakes

Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Typical Fan Cowl Door Construction

Figure 005

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Door Opening

Figure 006

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Door Hinges

Figure 007

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Latches

Figure 008

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

D. Fan Cowl Structure
The internal pressure loads and external air loads are reacted through
the structure and transmitted into the pylon through the hinge fittings.
The door lands provide support to prevent deflection.
The fan cowl doors, when completely latched, provide a continuous load
path for hoop stresses.
A silicon rubber seal along the bottom centerline and a pylon-mounted
seal at the pylon interface adjacent to the door hinges prevent air
leakage.
The fan cowl doors are fireproof above the 90 degrees radial.
The cowl doors are designed to be structurally adequate when any one
latch is unlatched or any one hinge failed. A nacelle overpressurization
condition due to a pneumatic duct failure is released through the
pressure relief door.
E. Fan Cowl Materials:

The typical fan cowl door construction is shown in
(Ref. Fig. 005)
In the fan cowl there are provisions for hinge fittings, latch fittings,
access doors, and air vents.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - FAN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________
TASK 71-13-00-010-010
Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
_______
ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE FAN COWL(S) WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS 60 MPH (96 KM/H)
_______
OR MORE. INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN OCCUR IF THE WIND
MOVES THE FAN COWL(S).
WARNING : BE CAREFUL IF YOU OPEN THE FAN COWL(S) WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS 30MPH
_______
(48KM/H) OR MORE. INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN OCCUR IF THE
WIND MOVES THE FAN COWL(S).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE HOLD-OPEN RODS OF THE COWL DOORS ARE IN THE
_______
EXTENDED POSITION AND ARE ATTACHED CORRECTLY. IF NOT, THE COWL DOORS
CAN CLOSE ACCIDENTLY.
WARNING : THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS TASK MUST BE OBEYED. IF NOT, THE COWL DOORS
_______
CAN CLOSE QUICKLY AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS BETWEEN THE COWL DOORS
AND THE ENGINE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE BOTH HOLD-OPEN RODS TO HOLD EACH FAN COWL IN
_______
THE OPEN POSITION. IF ONLY ONE OPEN ROD IS USED, THE COWL WILL NOT BE
HELD CORRECTLY AND CAN CLOSE QUICKLY. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE COWL.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE BOTH HOLD-OPEN RODS ARE ENGAGED IN THE ATTACH POINT
_______
BRACKETS. IF NOT, DAMAGE TO THE COMPOSITE STRUCTURE CAN OCCUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure supplies the information to open the left or right fan cowl
door.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-13-00-991-151 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-00-941-056
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 71-13-00-991-151)
Subtask 71-13-00-010-057
A. Open the cowl doors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE FAN COWL(S) IS CLEAR BEFORE
_______
THE FAN COWL(S) ARE OPENED. THE COWLS CAN GET DAMAGED IF THEY
HIT AN OBJECT.
(1) Release the four latches (1) and (14) in sequence from the front of
the cowl to rear.
(2) Open one of the cowl doors.
(3) Hold the cowl door open.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Release one of the hold-open rods (2), (16) or (17) from its stowing
bracket on the cowl door.
(a) Disengage the lock-arm (29) and move the release collar (30)
towards the permanently attached end of the rod.
NOTE : The word UNLOCKED can be seen when the release collar is
____
in the not locked position.
(b) Move the push-lock collar (31) towards the permanently attached
end of the rod.
(c) Disengage the push-lock (32) from the stowing bracket and release
the push-lock collar (31).
(d) Let the release collar (30) and its lock-arm (29) go to their
locked positions.
(5) Attach the hold-open rod
____
(b) Extend the inner part of the hold-open rod.
(c) Let the release collar (30) and its lock-arm (29) go to their
locked positions.
(d) Make sure that the hold-open rod is locked in the extended
position.
(e) Put the push-lock (32) into the hole on the attach point bracket.
(f) Make sure that the push-lock assembly engages correctly and locks
in the attach point bracket.
(6) Do again steps (4) and (5) for the other hold-open rod.
(7) Do again steps (3) through (6) for the other cowl door.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl - Opening/Closing


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 207
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-00-410-010
Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
WARNING : THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS TASK MUST BE OBEYED. IF NOT, THE COWL DOORS
_______
CAN CLOSE QUICKLY AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS BETWEEN THE COWL DOORS
AND THE ENGINE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure supplies the information to close the left or the right fan
cowl doors.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(GBOD)
71-13-00-991-151 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-00-860-051
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 208
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 71-13-00-991-151)
Subtask 71-13-00-410-059
A. Close the cowl doors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ENGINE FAN-CASE AREA IS CLEAR OF TOOLS AND
_______
EQUIPMENT BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE FAN COWL(S). THE COWL(S) CAN GET
DAMAGED IF THEY HIT AN OBJECT.
(1) Hold the cowl door.
(2) Disengage one of the hold-open rods (2), (16) or (17) from its attach
point bracket.
____
(b) Move the push-lock collar (31) towards the permanently attached
end of the rod.
(c) Disengage the push-lock (32) from the attach point bracket.
(d) Let the push-lock collar (31), the release collar (30) and the
lock-arm (29) go to their locked positions.
(3) Engage the hold-open rod (2), (16) or (17) in to its stowing bracket.
____
(b) Push the inner part of the rod fully into the outer part of the
rod.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 209
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Move the push-lock collar (31) towards the permanently attached
end of the rod.
(d) Put the push-lock (32) into the stowing bracket.
(e) Let the push-lock collar (31), the release collar (30) and the
lock-arm (29) go to their locked positions.
(f) Make sure that the push-lock assembly engages correctly and locks
in the stowing bracket.
(4) Do again steps (2) and (3) for the other hold-open rod.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE FAN COWL DOOR FALL SUDDENLY. IF THE COWL
_______
DOOR FALLS, IT CAN GO TO AN ALMOST CLOSED POSITION BUT THE
LATCHES WILL NOT ENGAGE CORRECTLY.
(5) Lower the cowl door slowly.
(6) Do again steps (1) through (5) for the other cowl door.
(7) If the fan cowl door(s) has(have) been replaced, make a check of the
adjustment of the latches and the locating spigots (Ref. TASK 71-13-
00-800-010).
(8) Release the fan cowl doors from the hold-open device (44).
WARNING : USE A PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVER OF SUFFICIENT

_______ LENGTH TO OPERATE
THE HOLD-OPEN DEVICE. MAKE SURE YOU KEEP YOUR HANDS AWAY
FROM THE FAN COWL DOORS WHEN YOU OPERATE THE HOLD-OPEN
DEVICE. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS, INJURY TO PERSONNEL CAN
OCCUR.
(a) Use a Phillips screwdriver to push the pin (43) towards the door
locator (45) until the fan cowl doors are released.
(b) Remove the screwdriver from between the fan cowl doors.
(9) Hold the fan cowl doors together and engage the spigots in their
locating holes.
(10) Close the latches in sequence. Start at the rear latch and move
forward. You should feel force when you close each latch and the
latch handle should remain in the fan cowl door slot after you close
each latch fully.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 210
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(11) Make sure that all latches stay in the fan cowl slots and are aligned
with the bottom of the adjacent cowl surface.
(12) If you find any latch not aligned at step (11), open the latches in
sequence starting from the front and do closing step (10) again.
(13) Make sure the Gearbox Outlet Breather Duct (GBOD) aligns with the
gearbox breather outlet vent on the RH cowl door. If it does not
align, loosen the GBOD fasteners, align the GBOD with the vent, and
torque the fasteners (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-00-942-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 211
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - FAN - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________
TASK 71-13-00-800-010
Functional Check of Fan Cowl Latch Tension
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 711300-I2
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific spring balance

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-800-011 Adjustment of the Fan Cowl Spigots (for corrective
action)
71-13-00-991-150 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-00-941-054

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-00-720-050
A. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use feeler gages to measure Dimension X should be 0 in. (0.0 mm).

Dimension X.
If Dimension X is not 0 in. (0.0 mm)

adjustment is necessary (Ref. TASK
71-13-00-800-011).
Subtask 71-13-00-010-053
B. Open each of the four latches on the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Spigot Adjustment
Figure 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-00-720-051
C. Do this test:
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use the spring balance on the end of The force necessary to close each of
the latch handles (9) and measure the four latches must be between 45 lbf
the force necessary to close each of (20.02daN) and 55 lbf (24.47 daN). If
the four latches. the force is not in the limits given,
adjustment is necessary (Ref. TASK 71-
13-00-800-011).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-00-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Make sure the fan cowls are closed correctly (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-
010).
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-00-800-011
Adjustment of the Fan Cowl Spigots
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure supplies the data to adjust the fan cowl spigots.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adjusting tool (3mm hexagon wrench)

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 washers 71-13-11 81A-130

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-800-012 Adjustment of the Fan Cowl Latches
71-13-00-991-150 Fig. 501
71-13-00-991-155 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-00-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 71-13-00-010-054
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-13-00-010-059
C. Remove the nuts (1), the spigots (2) and the washers (3) from the two
inner latches.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 506
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-00-110-050
D. Clean the spigots:
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Make a clean lint free cloth moist with Cleaning fluid (Material No.
V01-002) . Use the cloth to clean the nuts (1), the washers (3), the
spigots (2) and the keeper housings (4).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-00-210-050
E. Make sure that the nuts (1), the washers (3), the spigots (2) and the
keeper housings (4) have no damage
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-00-410-054
F. Install the spigots (2) to the keeper housings (4) of the inner latches
with the nuts (1)
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-00-820-055
G. Use the adjusting tool (3mm hexagon wrench) (7) to move each latch-keeper
adjuster (8), and thus move each keeper eyebolt to the fully extended
position.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-00-410-055
H. Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-00-820-056
A. Do the steps which follow and set the outer-two latches.

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
(1) Use the adjusting tool (7) and the keeper adjusters (8) to apply a
tension pre-load to the keeper eyebolts (11) and the latch hooks
(10).
(2) Open the outer two latches only.
(3) Use the spring balance, on the end of the latch handles (9), and
measure the force necessary to close the two latches. The force must
be between 45 lbf (20.02 daN) and 55 lbf (24.47 daN).
(4) If it is necessary, move the keeper adjusters (8) and do this

procedure again until you get the correct force to close the latches.
Subtask 71-13-00-820-057
B. Calculate the thickness of the adjustment washers.

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
(1) Measure and write Dimension X - step 1 of view B (the dimension

between the latch housings (6) and the flange of the spigots (2) on
the inner two latches).
(2) Assemble the adjustment washers (5) to the thickness of Dimension X

+0.002 -0 in. (+0.05 -0 mm) for each of the inner latches.
Subtask 71-13-00-010-055
C. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-00-020-051
D. Remove the spigots.

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
(1) Remove the nuts (1) and the washers (3) from the spigots (2).
(2) Remove the spigots (2) from the keeper housings (4).
Subtask 71-13-00-420-052
E. Install the spigots and the adjustment washers.

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
(1) Install the assembled adjustment washers (5) on to each of the

spigots (2).
(2) Attach the spigots (2) and the adjustment washers (5) to the keeper
housing (4) with the nuts (1) and the washers (3) - step 2 view B.
(3) Tighten the nuts (1).
Subtask 71-13-00-410-056
F. Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-13-00-220-050
G. Make a check of the in-to or out-of wind step of the outet-two latch
handles.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 71-13-00-991-155)
(1) Measure the distance between the outer edge of the latch handle and
the cowl door. Dimension W
(a) If the latch handle is more than 0.040 in. (1,02 mm) out from the
surface of the cowl door, adjust the latch (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-
800-012).
(b) If the latch handle is more than 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) in from the
800-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

In-to and Out-of Wind Step Limits

Figure 502/TASK 71-13-00-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) If the position of the latch handle is between the limits given
in this procedure, no adjustment is necessary.
Subtask 71-13-00-820-058
H. Make a check of the force necessary to close the outer two latches.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
(1) Open the outer two latches.

Subtask 71-13-00-210-051
J. Make a check of the spigots at the inner two latches.

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
(1) Make sure that the flanges of the two spigots (2) touch the latch
housings (6) - step 2 of view B.
(2) If the flanges of the spigots (2) do not touch the latch housings
(6), do the adjustment procedure again.
Subtask 71-13-00-820-059
K. Do the steps which follow and set the inner two latches.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
(1) Use the adjusting tool (7) and the keeper adjusters (8) to apply a
tension pre-load to the keeper eyebolts (11) and the latch hooks
(10).
(2) Open the inner two latches only.


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-00-210-052
L. Make a check of the spigots at the inner two latches.

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-00-220-051
M. Make a check of the in-to or out-of wind step of the inner two latch
handles.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 71-13-00-991-155)
(1) Measure the distance between the outer edge of the latch handle and
the cowl door. Dimension W
(a) If the latch handle is more than 0.040 in. (1.02 mm) out from the
800-012).
800-012).
in this procedure, no adjustment is necessary.
Subtask 71-13-00-820-060
N. Make a check of the force necessary to close the outer two latches.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
(1) Open the outer two latches.
(3) If the force necessary to close the latches is not in the limits
given, do the adjustment procedure again.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-00-210-054
P. Make a check of the spigots at the inner two latches.

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-00-010-056
Q. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-13-00-420-053
R. TORQUE the nuts (1) to 210 lbf.in (2.37 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-00-410-057
S. Close the fan cowls: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-13-00-820-061
T. Make a check of the force necessary to close each of the four latches.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-13-00-991-150)
(1) Open one of the latches.
measure the force necessary to close the latch. The force must be
between 45 lbf (20.02 daN) and 55 lbf (24.47 daN).
(3) Do this procedure again for the remaining three latches. The force
necessary to close each of the latches must be in the limits given.
If it is not, do the adjustment procedure again.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Make sure that the fan cowls are closed correctly (Ref. TASK 71-13-
00-410-010).
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM1
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-00-800-012
Adjustment of the Fan Cowl Latches
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-991-155 Fig. 502
71-13-00-991-156 Fig. 503

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-00-941-058
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-00-220-052
A. Make a check of the in-to or out-of wing step of the latch handles.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 71-13-00-991-155)
(1) At each latch position, measure the distance between the outer edge
of the latch handle and the cowl door - Dimension W
surface of the cowl door, adjust the latch.
surface of the cowl door, adjust the latch.
in this procedure, adjustment is not necessary.
Subtask 71-13-00-010-060
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-00-820-062
C. Adjust the latches.

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 71-13-00-991-156)
(1) Loosen the nuts (24) which attach the latch keeper (22) to the keeper
housing (23).
(2) Move the latch keeper (22) to set the latch handle in the correct
position.
(a) Move the latch keeper (22) away from the outer surface of the
door to decrease an in-to wind step.
(b) Move the latch keeper (22) nearer to the outer surface of the
door to decrease an out-of wing step.
911-013).
Subtask 71-13-00-410-061
D. Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-13-00-220-053
E. Make a check of the in-to or out-of wind step of the latch handles
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 71-13-00-991-155)
(1) At each latch position, measure the distance between the outer edge
of the latch handle and the cowl door - Dimension W
surface of the cowl door, do the adjustment procedure again.
surface of the cowl door, do the adjustment procedure again.
Subtask 71-13-00-820-063
F. Make a check of the alignment spigots and the force necessary to close
the latches (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-800-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Latch Keeper Adjustment

Figure 503/TASK 71-13-00-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 518
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-00-410-062
G. Close Access
items.
(2) Make sure that the fan cowls are closed correctly (Ref. TASK 71-13-
00-410-010).
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM1
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - FAN - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________
TASK 71-13-00-200-010
Detailed Inspection of the Fan Cowl Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific inspection lamp

No specific inspection mirror
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-200-011 Visually Examine the Fan Cowls - Allowable Damage
Data
71-13-00-991-154 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-00-941-057
1(2).
Subtask 71-13-00-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-13-00-110-051
C. Clean the fan cowls

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-13-00-991-154)

_______
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Doors

Figure 601/TASK 71-13-00-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

No. V01-002), to clean the fan cowls.
(2) Dry the fan cowls with a clean lint free cloth.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-00-210-053
A. Visually examine the fan cowls

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-13-00-991-154)
(1) Use the inspection lamp and the inspection mirror and make sure that
these parts are serviceable:
(a) The hold-open rod and its attachments.
(b) The latch assembly on the pressure relief door.
(c) The fan cowl latches and hinges.
(d) The cowl alignment features.
(2) If one or more than one of the above parts are unserviceable, reject
them.
(3) Use the inspection lamp and the inspection mirror and inspect these
parts for damage:
(a) The external surface of the fan cowl.
(b) The internal surface of the fan cowl.
(c) The seals of the fan cowl.
(4) If one or more of these parts are damaged, (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-200-
011) for allowable damage data.
(5) Use the inspection lamp and the inspection mirror to examine the
general condition of the cowl.
(a) If cracks are found, reject it.
(b) If dents are found, reject it.
(c) Make sure that the cowl alignment features are correct. If they
are not, reject it.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) If any other damage is found, (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-200-011) for
allowable damage data.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-00-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-00-200-011
Visually Examine the Fan Cowls - Allowable Damage Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the fan cowls to
determine allowable damage.
General
Allowable damage data are intended to permit an operator to determine
whether a damaged nacelle component may be returned to service without
repair. Damage permitted by these data will have no significant effect on
the strength or fatigue life of the structure, which will still be able to
fulfill its design function. The types of allowable damage permitted are
defined and brief descriptions are given of the cleanup procedures needed to
either prevent damage propagation or improve the aerodynamic smoothness of
the damaged part.
Material Types - The material used in the construction of the fan cowl doors
are graphite composites, machined corrosion resistant (CRES) bar, aluminium
alloy castings, molded silicon rubber sections and various fittings made
from CRES sheet and forged steel alloys. The main structure of the fan cowl
doors is a sandwich of graphite composite, two to seven plies thick, and
aluminium alloy honeycomb of two different densities.
Damage
All damage limits assume that exposed edges do not extend above the skin
contour. Any such damage should be reworked to remove or feather the
extensions. Holes and cracks in the pressure boundaries must be sealed with
applicable tape material. Allowable damage is classified as either unlimited
usage or time limited.
- Unlimited usage damage is defined as minor damage which does not affect
the structural integrity or functional capability of the component and
which needs no repairs over the aircraft design life.
- Time limited damage is defined as minor damage which does not affect the
structural integrity of the component in normal operation, but could
reduce the design life of the component. Therefore, damage must be
permanently repaired before or at 6000 flight hours/4500 flight cycles/20
months. The location and size of the damage is to be noted and checked at
600 flight hour/750 flight cycle/100 day intervals to make sure that the
damage has not grown beyond the time limited damage allowances.
Damage Types
The types of allowable damage permitted on the fan cowl components are
defined below. They apply only to the parent material and do not include
damage to surface finishes such as paint.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

- Abrasion - An abrasion is a damage area which results in a cross sectional
area change because the area was scuffed, rubbed, scraped or had other
surface erosion. An abrasion usually appears rough and irregular.
- Gouge - A gouge is a damage area of any size which results in a cross

sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a relatively
sharp object which produces a continuous, sharp or smooth channel-like
groove in the material.
- Nick - A nick is a local gouge with sharp edges. Consider a series of

nicks in a line to be a gouge.
- Scratch - A scratch is a line of damage in the material and results in a

cross sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a very
sharp object.
- Crack - A crack is a partial fracture or complete break in the material

and produces a most significant cross sectional area change. It usually
appears as an irregular line.
- Dent - A dent is a damage area which is depressed with respect to its

normal contour. Area boundaries are smooth. Its form is usually the result
of contact with a smoothly contoured object.
- Hole - A hole is a complete penetration of the material.
- Disbond - A disbond is a separation of the face sheet from the honeycomb

core of a bonded panel.
- Delamination - A delamination is the separation of two laminate plies or

faying surfaces.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

sealing tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-991-157 Fig. 602
71-13-00-991-161 Fig. 603
71-13-00-991-158 Fig. 604
71-13-00-991-160 Fig. 605
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-00-941-059
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-00-010-061
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-00-210-055
A. Examine the fan cowls.

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 71-13-00-991-157, 603/TASK 71-13-00-991-161, 604/TASK
71-13-00-991-158, 605/TASK 71-13-00-991-160)
(1) Abrasion
(a) Zones A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, K - Local resin maximum depth over

unlimited area. Protect with sealing tape (Material No. V02-006).
No abrasion permitted in zone K1. Inspect at 6000 FH, 4500 FC or
20 months.
(b) Zone E - 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.) maximum width in fwd and aft
directions by 1.91 mm (0.0751 in.)/five plies maximum depth by up
to full door circumference in length and/or 38.1 mm (1.5000 in.)
maximum width in fwd and aft directions by 0.51 mm (0.0200 in.)
maximum depth by up to full door circumference in length. Protect
with sealing tape (Material No. V02-006). Repair at earliest
opportunity (before or at 6000 FH, 4500 FC or 20 months). Fly on
limit only. Inspect tape/paint at 600 FH, 750 FC or 100 days.
(2) Gouge/Scratch
(a) Zones A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, K - 177.8 mm (7.0000 in.) maximum

length by 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) maximum depth. No nearer than
203.20 mm (8.0000 in.) to other damage. No more than 8
gouges/scratches in each barrel half. Protect with sealing tape
(Material No. V02-006). No gouges/scratches permitted in zone K1.
Inspect at 6000 FH, 4500 FC or 20 months.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Fan Cowl - Outer Skin


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Fan Cowl - Inner Skin


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 616
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 617
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 618
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

71-13-00

Page 619
Nov 01/07

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Fan Cowl - Outer Skin


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 620
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 621
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 622
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 623
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Fan Cowl - Inner Skin


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 624
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 625
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 626
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 627
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 628
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 629
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Nick
(a) Zones A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, K - 25.40 mm (1.0000 in.) maximum

length by 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) maximum depth. No nearer than
101.60 mm (4.0000 in.) to other damage. If length exceeds 25.4 mm
(1.0000 in.) consider as a gouge. Protect with sealing tape
(Material No. V02-006). No nicks permitted in zone K1. Inspect at
6000 FH, 4500 FC or 20 months.
(4) Delamination
(a) Zone C - 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) maximum across in any direction. No

nearer than 152.40 mm (6.0000 in.) to other damage. Protect with
sealing tape (Material No. V02-006). Repair before or at 6000 FH,
4500 FC or 20 months. Inspect at 600 FH, 750 FC or 100 days.
(b) Zone E - 5.08 mm (0.2000 in.) maximum width in fwd and aft
directions by 12.70 mm (0.5000 in.) maximum circumferential
length by 1.91 mm (0.0751 in.)/five plies (measured from the
outer skin) maximum depth. No nearer than 152.40 mm (6.0000 in.)
to other damage. No surface cracks. Protect with sealing tape
(Material No. V02-006). No delamination permitted in zone E1.
Repair before or at 6000 FH, 4500 FC or 10 months. Inspect at 600
FH, 750 FC or 100 days.
(c) Zones A, B, D, F, G, H - 76.20 mm (3.0000 in.) maximum across in

any direction. No nearer than 152.4 mm (6.0000 in.) to other
damage. Protect with sealing tape (Material No. V02-006). Repair
no later than next 6000 FH, 4500 FC or 20 months. Inspect at 600
FH, 750 FC or 100 days.
(5) Hole
(a) Zone C (inner skin olny) - 31.75 mm (1.2500 in.) maximum diameter
in the inner skin only. No nearer than 279.40 mm (11.0000 in.) to
other damage. Protect with sealing tape (Material No. V02-006).
No more than 3 holes on each door. Repair no later than next 600
FH, 750 FC or 100 days. Fly on limit only. Inspect tape at each
flight.
(b) Zones C (outer skin only) - 76.20 mm (3.0000 in.) maximum

diameter in the outer skin only. No nearer than 152.40 mm (6.0000
in.) to other damage. Protect with sealing tape (Material No.
V02-006). No more than 3 holes on each door. Repair no later than
next 600 FH, 750 FC or 100 days. Fly on limit only. Inspect tape
at each flight.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 630
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Zones A, B, D, F, G, H - 76.20 mm (3.0000 in.) maximum diameter
in inner skin or outer skin only (not through both). No nearer
than 152.40 mm (6.0000 in.) to other damage. Protect with sealing
tape (Material No. V02-006). No more than 3 holes on each door.
Repair no later than next 600 FH, 750 FC or 100 days. Fly on
limit only. Inspect tape at each flight.
(6) Crack
(a) Zone C - 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) maximum diameter in the inner skin
only. No nearer than 152.4 mm (6.0000 in.) to other damage.
Protect with sealing tape (Material No. V02-006). No more than 3
cracks on each door. Repair before or at 600 FH, 750 FC or 100
days. Fly on limit only. Inspect tape at each flight.
(b) Zones A, B, D, F, G, H - 76.20 mm (3.0000 in.) maximum diameter

in inner skin or outer skin only (not through both). No nearer
than 152.4 mm (6.0000 in.) to other damage. Protect with sealing
tape (Material No. V02-006). No more than 3 cracks on each door.
Repair before or at 600 FH, 750 FC or 100 days. Fly on limit
only. Inspect tape at each flight (outer skin only).
(7) Dent
(a) ZONE C (inner skin only) - 31.75 mm (1.2500 in.) maximum diameter
on the inner skin only by 0.76 mm (0.0299 in.) maximum depth. No
nearer than 279.40 mm (11.0000 in.) to other damage or to change
in laminate construction. No more than 3 dents on each door. No
delamination/disbond permitted on dent. Inspect at 6000 FH, 4500
FC or 20 months.
(b) ZONE C (outer skin only) - 76.20 mm (3.0000 in.) maximum diameter
on the outer skin only by 0.76 mm (0.0299 in.) maximum depth. No
nearer than 152.40 mm (6.0000 in.) to other damage or to change
in laminate construction. No more than 3 dents on each door. No
FC or 20 months.
(c) Zone A, B - 76.2 mm (3.0000 in.) by 2.28 mm (0.0897 in.) maximum

depth. No nearer than 152.40 mm (6.0000 in.) to other damage or
to change in laminate construction. No more than 3 dents on each
door. No delamination/disbond permitted on dent. Inspect at 6000
FH, 4500 FC or 20 months.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 631
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Zone D (inner skin only) - 76.2 mm (3.0000 in.) maximum diameter
by 2.66 mm (0.1047 in.) maximum depth. No nearer than 152.40 mm
(6.0000 in.) to other damage or to change in laminate
construction. No more than 3 dents on each door. No
FC or 20 months.
(e) Zone D (outer skin only) - 76.2 mm (3.0000 in.) maximum diameter
by 1.90 mm (0.0748 in.) maximum depth. No nearer than 152.40 mm
(6.0000 in.) to other damage or to change in laminate
construction. No more than 3 dents on each door. No
FC or 20 months.
(f) Zone F - 76.20 mm (3.0000 in.) maximum diameter by 2.54 mm

(0.1000 in.) maximum depth. No nearer than 152.40 mm (6.0000 in.)
to other damage or to change in laminate construction. No more
than 3 dents on each door. No delamination/disbond permitted on
dent. Inspect at 6000 FH, 4500 FC or 20 months.
(g) Zone G - 76.20 mm (3.0000 in.) maximum diameter by 1.52 mm

(0.0598 in.) maximum depth. No nearer than 152.40 mm (6.0000 in.)
to other damage or to change in laminate construction. No more
than 3 dents on each door. No delamination/disbond permitted on
dent. Inspect at 6000 FH, 4500 FC or 20 months.
(h) Zone H - 76.2 mm (3.0000 in.) maximum diameter by 3.04 mm (0.1196

in.) maximum depth. No nearer than 152.40 mm (6.0000 in.) to
other damage or to change in laminate construction. No more than
3 dents on each door. No delamination/disbond permitted on dent.
Inspect at 6000 FH, 4500 FC or 20 months.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-00-410-063
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 632
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Remove the access platform(s).
(b) Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 633
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-00-210-010
General Visual Inspection of the Fan Cowl Hinge Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 711300-03
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-991-159 Fig. 606
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-00-941-063

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 634
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-13-00-010-066
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-00-220-054
A. Do a general visual inspection of the fan cowl hinge fittings

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 71-13-00-991-159)
(1) Make sure that there are no signs of corrosion, cracks or damage.
(2) Make sure that all installations are correct.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-00-410-071
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(a) Remove the access platform(s).
(b) Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 635
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Hinge Fittings

Figure 606/TASK 71-13-00-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-00

Page 636
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - FAN, LEFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 71-13-11-000-010
Removal of the Left Fan Cowl 437AL(447AL).
_______
_______
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE LEFT FAN COWL. IT WEIGHS 93 LB
_______
(42 KG).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : If the fan cowl to be removed has a strake installed, the replacement
____
fan cowl must also have a strake installed.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hoist - minimum lifting capacity 200 LB (91KG)

No specific hoist, minimum lifting capacity 200 lb (91 kg)
IAE1N20402 1 DOLLY-FAN COWL DOORS
IAE1N20404 1 SLING-FAN COWL DOORS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-11-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-11-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 71-13-11-480-050
B. Install the Sling.
(2) Remove the caps (8) from the left fan cowl sling points
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150)
(3) Attach the SLING-FAN COWL DOORS (IAE1N20404), to the hoist - minimum
lifting capacity 200 LB (91KG) and the left fan cowl 437AL(447AL) (2)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-11-010-053
A. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Left Fan Cowl

Figure 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-11-020-051
B. Remove the Left Fan Cowl:
(1) Remove the hinge bolts from the left fan cowl
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150)
(a) Hold up the weight of the fan cowl (2) with the hoist, minimum
lifting capacity 200 lb (91 kg).
(b) Write a note of the positions of the bolts (5).
NOTE : You must put the bolts (5) in the same positions at
____
installation.
(c) Remove the nuts (7) and the washers (6) from the bolts.
(d) Remove the bolts from the hinges.
(e) Keep the bolts (5) and the washers (6) for installation.
(f) Discard the nuts (7).
(2) Remove the left fan cowl and lower the cowl door on to the DOLLY-FAN
COWL DOORS (IAE1N20402)
Subtask 71-13-11-080-050
C. Remove the Sling:
(1) Remove the SLING-FAN COWL DOORS (IAE1N20404).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150)
(2) Install the caps (8) in the left fan cowl (2)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-11-400-010
Installation of the Left Fan Cowl
WARNING : DO NOT INSTALL THE FAN COWL(S) WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS 60mph (96km/h)
_______
WARNING : BE CAREFUL IF YOU INSTALL THE FAN COWL(S) WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS
_______
30mph (48kmh) OR MORE. INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN OCCUR
IF THE WIND MOVES THE FAN COWL(S).
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE LEFT FAN COWL. IT WEIGHS 93
_______
LB (42KG).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
____
For aircraft A320-231, A320-232 and -233, strakes must be installed
on the inboard fan cowl doors only;
For aircraft A319-131, -132, -133 and A321-131, -231, strakes must be
installed on the left and right fan cowl doors on each engine.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hoist - minimum lifting capacity 200 LB (91KG).

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 nut, self locking 71-13-11 80A-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-11-000-010 Removal of the Left Fan Cowl 437AL(447AL).
71-13-11-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-11-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-11-010-054
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-13-11-480-051
C. Attach the Sling:
(1) Remove the caps (8) from the left fan cowl sling points
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150)
(2) Attach the SLING-FAN COWL DOORS (IAE1N20404), to the hoist - minimum
lifting capacity 200 LB (91KG). and the fan cowl (2)
Subtask 71-13-11-080-051
D. Remove the left fan cowl (2) from the fan cowl transit case/work stand
IAE20402, with the sling, IAE20404, and the hoist.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-11-110-050
E. Clean the Fan Cowl:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150)
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002) to clean these parts.
(2) The fan cowl hinges (4)
(3) The pylon hinges

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-11-210-053
F. Examine the left fan cowl hinges (4) and the pylon hinges and make sure
that they have no damage.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-11-420-051
A. Install the left fan cowl

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150)
(1) Lift the fan cowl (2) with the sling, IAE20404, and the hoist and
install it at the pylon.
(2) Align the fan cowl hinges (4) with the pylon hinges.
(3) Install the bolts (5) to the left fan cowl hinges (4) and the pylon
hinges.
NOTE : Make sure that the bolts are installed in the positions
____
written during the removal task (Ref. TASK 71-13-11-000-010).
(4) Install the washers (6) and the new nut, self locking (7) on to the
bolts (5).
911-013).
NOTE : The nuts (7) are supplied lubricated. More lubrication is not
____
necessary.
Subtask 71-13-11-080-052
B. Remove the Sling:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-11-991-150)
(1) Lower the left fan cowl and remove the sling, IAEIN20404
(2) Install the caps (8) in to the fan cowl sling points.
Subtask 71-13-11-820-050
C. Make sure that the fan cowl latches are aligned (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-800-
010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-11-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - FAN, LEFT - REPAIRS
__________________________
TASK 71-13-11-300-010
Replace the Identification Marks on the left Fan Cowl Door - VRS2734
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
gloss-base paint and a clear polyurethane coating can be used to replace the
If decals are used, do not use this repair.
This task gives the procedure for replacement of the identification marks on
the left fan cowl door.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific No. 3 Alternate-Gothic style
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-13-11-991-151 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-11-941-057
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-11-110-051

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
dries.
Subtask 71-13-11-120-050
020).
is not removed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-11-110-052

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-076) to clean all unwanted material from around the repair
area.
Subtask 71-13-11-350-050
D. Prepare the stencils.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 71-13-11-991-151)
(1) The stencil letters are to be No. 3 Alternate-Gothic style.
NOTE : A heavy stencil board that is 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) thick can
____
be used with an available stencil machine. These stencils are
strong enough to be used again.
(3) The height of the letters is to be 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) for the MASTER
MAGNETIC CHIP DETECTOR ACCESS identification mark.
(4) The height of the letters is to be 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) for the ENGINE
OIL SERVICING ACCESS identification mark.
(a) All other marks are to have letter heights of 0.25 in. (6.35 mm).
(5) The height of the letters is to be 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) for the NO STEP
identification mark.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) The height of the letters is to be 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) for the NO GRAB
(7) The height of the letters is to be 0.98 in. (25.0 mm) for the CAUTION
identification mark at the bottom of the fan cowl door.
(a) All other marks at this position are to have letter heights of
0.59 in. (15.0 mm).
(8) The height of the letters is to be 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) for the BOTH
HOLD OPEN RODS MUST DE ENGAGED WHEN DOORS ARE OPEN identification
mark.
(9) The height of the letters is to be 0.2 in. (5.08 mm) for the
identification marks on the inner surface of the engine oil servicing
access door.
Subtask 71-13-11-350-051
E. Make the identification marks.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 71-13-11-991-151)

_______
_______
_______
(1) Mix the gloss base (black) (Material No. V07-078) the catalyst
to the manufacturers instructions. Leave the mixture for 30 minutes
before use.
correct position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

R Left Fan Cowl-Door - Identification Marks


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

R Left Fan Cowl-Door - Identification Marks


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Remove the stencil and clean off all unwanted paint. Use cotton swab
(5) Dry the paint:
_______
HEAT IS APPLIED.
Subtask 71-13-11-350-052
F. Apply the clear polyurethane coat.

_______
_______
it is used.

____
(4) Dry the polyurethane coating:
_______
APPLY HEAT.
deg.F (60deg.C) and 180 deg.F (82 deg.C) for 1 hour.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-11-210-054
G. Do a visual examination of the identification marks. Make sure that the

repair has been done correctly.
Subtask 71-13-11-350-053
H. Write the repair scheme number on the left fan cowl door.
(2) Make sure that the pen colour can be seen on the nose cowl.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-11-942-055

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-11

Page 809
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ROD - FAN COWL DOOR HOLD OPEN (1420KM1,1420KM2,1420KM3,1420KM4)
_______________________________________________________________
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 71-13-12-000-010
Removal of the Fan-Cowl Hold-Open Rod (1420KM1,1420KM2,1420KM3,1420KM4)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL IF YOU REMOVE THE HOLD OPEN ROD WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS 30
_______
MPH (48KM/H) OR MORE. INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN OCCUR IF
THE WIND MOVES THE FAN COWLS.
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE HOLD OPEN RODS TOGETHER. YOU MUST KEEP ONE HOLD
_______
OPEN ROD IN POSITION. IF NOT, THE COWL DOORS CAN CLOSE QUICKLY AND
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE COWL.
WARNING : WHEN YOU REMOVE A HOLD OPEN ROD, YOU MUST IMMEDIATELY INSTALL A
_______
REPLACEMENT. YOU CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE
COWL.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-12-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-12

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-12-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 71-13-12-010-052
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-12-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-12-020-051
A. Removal of the hold open rod
(1) Remove the hold open rod.
(a) Remove the bolts (6), the washers (7) and the nuts (3).
(b) Remove the hold open rod (1) from the fan cowl.
(2) Remove and keep these parts for installation to the replacement hold
open rod.
(a) Remove the nut (5) and the washer (4).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-12

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan-Cowl Hold-Open Rod

Figure 401/TASK 71-13-12-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-12

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Remove the anchorage bracket (2) from the hold open rod (1).
(3) If the replacement hold open rods are not immediately installed, do
the steps that follow:
(a) Close the cowling (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)
(b) Make a warning placard in red letters on a white background

FORWARD (AFT) HOLD OPEN ROD REMOVED. Temporarily attach the
placard adjacent to the L (R) cowling latches.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-12

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-12-400-010
Installation of the Fan-Cowl Hold-Open Rod (1420KM1,1420KM2,1420KM3,1420KM4)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (methylethylketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-12-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-12

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-12-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 71-13-12-010-053
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-13-12-210-050
C. Make sure that the anchorage bracket (2) has no damage.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-12-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-12-420-052
D. Install these parts to the replacement hold open rod

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-12-991-150)
(1) Install the anchorage bracket (2) to the replacement hold open rod
and attach with the washer (4) and the nut (5).
(2) TORQUE the nut to 370 lbf.in (4.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013)
NOTE : Hold the forked end of the hold open rod while the nut is
____
tightened.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-12

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-12-110-050
E. Removal of the jointing compound

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Remove the jointing compound.
(a) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with the cleaning fluid
(methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) to remove the used
jointing compound from:
1
_ The anchorage bracket (2).
2
_ The bolts (6).
3
_ The fan cowl.
(b) Use a clean lint free cloth to make the above items dry.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-12-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-12-420-051
A. Install the hold open rod.
(1) Apply the jointing compound (Material No. V04-005) to the mating
surfaces of the anchorage bracket (2).
(2) Apply the jointing compound (Material No. V04-005) below the bolt
head (6) and assemble while still wet.
(3) Put the hold open rod (1) on to the fan cowl and attach with the
washers (7) and the nuts (3).
(4) TORQUE the nuts to 30 lbf.in (0.33 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-12

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Wipe off the unwanted jointing compound with a clean lint free cloth.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-12-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-12

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACCESS PANELS - FAN COWL LEFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 71-13-14-000-010
Removal of the Chip Detector Door (437CL,447CL) and the Access Door Latches
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-14-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-14-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-13-14-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-14-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-14-020-050
A. Removal of the chip detector door and the access door latches
(1) Remove the chip detector door.
(a) Release the latches (6).
(b) Remove the nuts (9) and the washers (8).
(c) Remove the bolts (7).
(d) Remove the door (1) from the fan cowl.
(2) Remove and keep these parts, for installation to the replacement chip
detector door:
(a) Remove the nuts (3), the washers (4) and the screws (5).
(b) Remove the latches (6) from the door (1).
(3) Remove the oil filler access door latches
(b) Remove the nuts (3), the washers (4) and the screws (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Chip Detector Door and Access Door Latches

Figure 401/TASK 71-13-14-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Remove the latches (6) from the door (2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-14-400-010
Installation of the Chip Detector Door (437CL,447CL) and the Access Door
Latches
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-14-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-14-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 71-13-14-010-056
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-13-14-110-050
C. Removal of the jointing compound
_______
IRRITATED.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-14-991-150)
(a) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076), to remove the used jointing compound
from:
1
_ the latches (6).
2
_ the screws (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-14-210-050
D. Make sure the latches (6) have no damage.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-14-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-14-420-052
E. Install the parts to the replacement chip detector door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-14-991-150)
(1) Apply the jointing compound (Material No. V04-005) to the mating
surfaces of the latches (6).
(2) Apply the V04-005 jointing compound (Ref. 70-30-00) below the screw
heads (5) and assemble while still wet.
(3) Put the latches on to the replacement door (1) and attach with the
(4) TORQUE the nuts (3) to to 12 lbf.in (0.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
(5) Remove all unwanted jointing compound with a clean lint free cloth.
Subtask 71-13-14-110-051
F. Removal of the jointing compound
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Remove the jointing compound
(a) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076), to remove the used jointing compound from
the fan cowl.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-14-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-14-420-050
A. Install the chip detector door
(1) Apply the jointing compound (Material No. V04-005), to the mating
surface of the door hinge.
(2) Apply the jointing compound (Material No. V04-005) below the bolt
heads (7) and assemble while still wet.
(3) Put the door (1) in its opening in the fan cowl and attach with the
(4) TORQUE the nuts (9) to to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
11-911-013).
(6) Close the door and lock the latches.
Subtask 71-13-14-220-050
B. Make a check of the clearance around the chip detector door
(1) Make sure the door is closed.
(2) Measure the clearance around the edges of the door and its opening in
the fan cowl.
(3) If the clearance is not between 0.060 in. (1.524 mm) and 0.090 in.
(2.286 mm), reject the door.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-14-110-055
C. Prepare to install the oil filler access door replacement latches
(1) Removal of the jointing compound
_______
(a) Remove the jointing compound
(b) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076), to remove all used jointing compound from
the oil filler access door.
(c) Use a clean lint free cloth to make the area dry.
Subtask 71-13-14-420-051
D. Install the oil filler access door replacement latches
(1) Apply the jointing compound (Material No. V04-005), to the mating
surfaces of the latches (6).
(2) Apply the jointing compound (Material No. V04-005) to below the heads
of the screws (5) and assemble while still wet.
(3) Put the replacement latches (6) in position on the door (2) and
attach with the washers (4) and the nuts (3).
(4) TORQUE the nuts (3) to to 12 lbf.in (0.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-14-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACCESS PANELS - FAN COWL LEFT - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________________
TASK 71-13-14-200-010
Examine the Oil Filler Access Door Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the data for a general check of the oil filler door
assembly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1N20444 1 TOOL-TAPPING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-14-300-012 Replace the Hinge on the Oil Filler Access Door -
VRS2849
71-13-14-991-151 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-14-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 71-13-14-010-051
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(3) Open the oil filler access door

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-13-14-991-151)
Subtask 71-13-14-110-052
C. Clean the oil filler door

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-13-14-991-151)

_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Oil Filler Door

Figure 601/TASK 71-13-14-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with the cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076) (Ref. 70-30-00) to clean the oil filler access
door and the hinge (1).
dries.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-13-14-991-151)
Subtask 71-13-14-230-050
A. Use fluorescent penetrant to examine the oil filler door hinge (1) for
cracks (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).
(1) If it is cracked, repair it (Ref. TASK 71-13-14-300-012).
Subtask 71-13-14-220-051
B. Examine the oil filler access door assembly
(1) Examine the oil filler door lands.
(a) Examine the oil filler door lands at zone A.
1
_ Examine the door lands for friction damage.
2
_ Examine the door lands for gouges.
3
_ Examine the door lands for nicks.
4
_ Examine the door lands for cracks.
5
_ Examine the door lands for scratches.
6
_ Examine the door lands for pierce damage.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Inspection standard
1
_ Friction damage is acceptable provided it is no more than the
resin surface in depth.
2
_ Gouges
a
_ Components with gouges up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in depth
when blended are acceptable.
b
_ Components with gouges more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in
depth are to be rejected.
3
_ Nicks
a
_ Components with nicks up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in depth
b
_ Components with nicks more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in
4
_ Cracks
a
_ No cracks are allowed.
5
_ Scratches
a
_ Components with scratches up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in
depth and 7.0 in. (177.8 mm) in length when blended are
acceptable.
b
_ Components with scratches more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in
depth and 7.0 in. (177.8 mm) in length are to be rejected.
6
_ Pierced
a
_ No holes are allowed.
(2) Examine the edges of the oil filler door.
(a) Examine the edges of the oil filler door at zone B
1
_ Examine the edges of the door for friction damage.
2
_ Examine the edges of the door for gouges.
3
_ Examine the edges of the door for nicks.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4
_ Examine the edges of the door for scratches.
1
_ Friction damage is acceptacle provided it is no more than the
2
_ Gouges
a
b
_ Components with gouges more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in
3
_ Nicks
a
b
4
_ Scratches
a
acceptable.
b
(3) Examine the hinge of the oil filler door.
(a) Examine the oil filler door hinge (1)
1
_ Examine the hinge for nicks.
2
_ Examine the hinge for scratches.
3
_ Examine the hinge for burrs.
4
_ Examine the hinge for loose hi-loks (3).
5
_ Examine the hinge for wear.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1
_ Nicks
a
b
2
_ Scratches
a
depth when blended are acceptable.
b
3
_ Burrs
a
_ Components with burrs up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) when
blended are acceptable.
b
_ Components with burrs more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in
4
_ Loose hi-loks
a
_ If there are loose hi-loks, repair them (Ref. TASK 71-13-
14-300-012).
5
_ Wear
a
_ Components with radial movement up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
are acceptable.
b
_ Components with radial movement more than 0.010 in. (0.25
mm) are to be rejected.
(4) Examine the other areas of the oil filler door.
(a) Examine the other areas of the oil filler door.
1
_ Examine the other areas for friction damage.
2
_ Examine the other areas for gouges.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3
_ Examine the other areas for nicks.
4
_ Examine the other areas for cracks.
5
_ Examine the other areas for scratches.
6
_ Examine the other areas for pierce damage.
1
_ Friction damage is acceptable provided it is no more than the
2
_ Gouges
a
and 7.0 in. (177.8 mm) in length when blended are
acceptable.
b
_ Components with gouges in excess of 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in
3
_ Nicks
a
b
4
_ Cracks
a
_ No cracks are allowed.
5
_ Scratches
a
acceptable.
b
6
_ Pierced
a
_ No holes are allowed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-14-280-050
C. Make a check of the oil filler door for delamination
(1) Make a check of the oil filler door for delamination
NOTE : Delamination can occur near the edges of the door and near to
____
other damage.
(a) Use the TOOL-TAPPING (IAE1N20444), to do a sonic test of the

areas of possible delamination.
(2) Delamination
(a) No delamination is allowed.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-14-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the oil filler door

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-13-14-991-151)
(a) Close the door and lock the latches (2).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACCESS PANELS - FAN COWL LEFT - REPAIRS
_______________________________________
TASK 71-13-14-300-010
Replace the Identification Marks on the Oil Filler Door/Chip Detector Door -
VRS2735
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
gloss-base paint and a clear-polyurethane coating can be used to replace the
If decals are used, do not use this repair.
the oil filler door/chip detector door.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific No. 3 alternate-gothic style
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
waterproof silicon-carbide abrasive paper

(Ref. 70-30-00)
gloss base (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-14-991-152 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-14-941-052

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-13-14-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 71-13-14-991-152)
Subtask 71-13-14-110-053
A. Clean the surface around the repair area

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
dries.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Oil Filler Door/Chip Detector Door Identification Marks

Figure 801/TASK 71-13-14-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-14-120-050
B. Remove the Old Identification Mark
(1) Use the waterproof silicon-carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
020) to remove the old identification mark from the surface of the
repair area.
(2) Make the old marking rough with the waterproof silicon-carbide
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020).
is not removed.
Subtask 71-13-14-110-054
C. Clean the Repair Area

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-076) to clean all unwanted material from around the repair
area.
Subtask 71-13-14-350-050
D. Prepare the Stencils
(1) The stencil letters are to be No. 3 alternate-gothic style.
____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) The height of the letters is 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) for the MASTER
MAGNETIC CHIP DETECTOR ACCESS identification mark.
(3) The height of the letters is 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) for the ENGINE OIL
SERVICING ACCESS identification mark.
0.25 in. (6.35 mm).
(4) The height of the letters is to be 0.2 in. (5,08 mm) for the
identification marks on the inner surface of the engine oil servicing
access door.
Subtask 71-13-14-350-051
E. Make the Identification Marks

_______
_______
_______
(1) Mix the gloss base (Material No. V07-078), the catalyst (Material No.
V07-077) and the thinner (Material No. V07-076) together. Refer to
the manufacturers instructions. Leave the mixture for 30 minutes
before use.
correct position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Dry the paint
CAUTION : LET THE PAINTED MARK DRY FOR 15 MINUTES BEFORE THE HEAT IS
_______
APPLIED.
Subtask 71-13-14-350-052
F. Apply the Clear Polyurethane Coat

_______
AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE POLYURETHANE LAYER IS FLAMMABLE.
_______
it is used.

____
continue to use the mixture for up to 4 hours after the
mixture has been prepared.
(3) Use paint brush (Material No. V02-102) to apply one layer of the
(4) Dry the polyurethane coating:
_______
APPLY HEAT.
Subtask 71-13-14-210-051
G. Do a visual examination of the new identification marks. Make sure that

the repair has been done correctly

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-14-350-053
H. Write the repair scheme number on the oil filler door/chip detector door
(2) Make sure that the pen color can be seen on the oil filler door/chip
detector door.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-14-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-14-300-011
Hand Blend and Polish Damage on the Access Panel Hinge - VRS2935
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure to hand blend and polish damage on the access
panel hinge.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 809
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-14-300-012 Replace the Hinge on the Oil Filler Access Door -
VRS2849
SPM 703807380501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-14-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 71-13-14-010-053
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 810
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-14-350-054
A. Remove the Damage
CAUTION : REMOVE THE MININUM QUANTITY OF MATERIAL NECESSARY TO MAKE THE

_______
SHAPE OF THE PART SMOOTH.IF YOU REMOVE TOO MUCH MATERIAL YOU
WILL HAVE TO DO A DIFFERENT REPAIR.
(1) Use the waterproof silicon-carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
020) and waterproof silicon-carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
064) to carefully remove the highpoints and the burrs. Make sure that
the bottom of the damage has a smooth contour.
(2) Remove material to a depth sufficient only to remove all traces of

damage, but not more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) from the original
undamaged surface.
(3) Use the garnet paper (Material No. V05-016) to polish out the scores.
Subtask 71-13-14-110-056
B. Clean the Repair Area

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-076) to clean the repair area and to remove all unwanted
material.
dries.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 811
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-14-220-052
C. Examine the Repair Area
(1) Measure the dimensions of the repair area. Make sure that the repair
is not more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) from the original undamaged
surface.
(2) If a dimension is more than that given in step (1), repair it

(Ref. TASK 71-13-14-300-012).
Subtask 71-13-14-370-050
D. Apply the surface protection to the repair area (Ref. SPM 703807380501).
Subtask 71-13-14-350-055
E. Write the Repair Scheme on the Panel
(1) Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-131) to write VRS2935 on the
panel.
(2) Make sure that the pen color can be seen on the panel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-14-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 812
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-14-300-012
Replace the Hinge on the Oil Filler Access Door - VRS2849
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This repair can be done on the access door during overhaul or while it is
installed on the aircraft pylon.
This task gives the procedure for replacement of the hinge on the oil filler
access door.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific HLH128 Hi-Lok collar removal tool
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 hi-lok pins 71-13-14 80A-060

3 washers 71-13-14 80A-080
4 hi-lok collars 71-13-14 80A-070

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 813
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-14-200-010 Examine the Oil Filler Access Door Assembly
71-13-14-300-013 Replace the Hi-Lok Fasteners on the Oil Filler Door
Oversize Fasteners - VRS2741
71-13-14-991-153 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-14-941-054
1(2).
Subtask 71-13-14-010-054
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 814
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 71-13-14-991-153)
Subtask 71-13-14-350-056
A. Remove the Hinge from the Oil Filler Access Door and the Left Fan Cowl
(1) Use the HLH128 Hi-Lok collar removal tool to remove the Hi-Lok
collars (4) from the fan cowl.
(2) Remove the washers (3) from the Hi-Lok pins (2) and push the pins out
of the hinge (1) and the left fan cowl.
(3) Discard the pins (2), the collars (4) and the washers (3).
(4) Use the HLH128 Hi-Lok collar removal tool to remove the Hi-Lok
collars (4) from the access door.
(5) Remove the washers (3) from the Hi-Lok pins (2) and push the pins out
of the hinge (1) and the access door.
(6) Discard the pins (2), the collars (4), the washers (3) and the hinge
(1).
Subtask 71-13-14-110-057
B. Clean the Repair Area

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
(Material No. V01-076) to clean the interfaces of the replacement
hinge (1), the access door and the left fan cowl.
dries.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 815
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Access Panel Hinge - Repair Details

Figure 802/TASK 71-13-14-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 816
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

parts.
Subtask 71-13-14-220-053
C. Examine the Access Door
(1) Examine the access door to make sure it is in a serviceable condition

(Ref. TASK 71-13-14-200-010).
(2) Measure the diameter of the Hi-Lok pin holes in the access door and
the left fan cowl.
(3) The diameter of the pin holes must be between 0.190 in. (4.83 mm) and
0.193 in. (4.90 mm). If the diameter of the holes is not in the
tolerance given, repair them (Ref. TASK 71-13-14-300-013).
Subtask 71-13-14-350-057
D. Install the Replacement Hinge
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
the hinge (1) and the oil filler access door.
assembled.
(3) Align the holes in the hinge (1) with the holes in the access door.
(4) Install the six hi-lok pins (2) in to the holes in the hinge (1) and
the access door.
(5) Put the washers (3) and the hi-lok collars (4) on the six hi-lok pins
(2).
(6) Tighten the hi-lok pins (2) and the collars (4).
(a) Use a ring wrench to turn the collars (4) and an allen key to
hold the pins (2).
(b) Tighten each of the collars (4) equally, to pull the hinge (1)
and the oil filler access door together.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 817
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Tighten each of the collars (4) until the hexagon nut breaks off
the collar.
(7) Do again steps (1) thru (6) to attach the hinge to the left fan cowl.
Subtask 71-13-14-110-058
E. Clean the Repair Area

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
(Material No. V01-076) to clean the area around the oil filler access
door and the hinge.
dries.
(3) Make sure that there is no unwanted material on the repair area.
Subtask 71-13-14-220-054
F. Examine the Repaired Area
(2) Open and close the oil filler access door and make sure that the
hinge (1) operates correctly.
(3) Make sure that the access door is closed correctly.
(4) Measure the distance between the edges of the access door and the
left fan cowl. It must be between 0.040 in. (1.02 mm) and 0.080 in.
(2.03 mm).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 818
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-14-350-058
G. Identify the repair scheme number on the oil filler access door.
to write VRS2849 adjacent to the part number make sure that it is a
different color than the background.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-14-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 819
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-14-300-013
Replace the Hi-Lok Fasteners on the Oil Filler Door Oversize Fasteners -
VRS2741
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This repair can only be done with the repair for replacing the hinges -
VRS2849.
This task gives the procedure for replacement of the Hi-Lok fasteners on the
oil filler access door with oversize fasteners.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 0.203 in. (5.16 mm) diameter one-shot drill
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 hi-lok pins 71-13-14 80A-060

3 washers 71-13-14 80A-080
4 hi-lok collars 71-13-14 80A-070

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 820
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-14-991-154 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-14-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 71-13-14-010-055
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 821
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 71-13-14-991-154)
Subtask 71-13-14-220-055
A. Examine the Oil Filler Access Door and the Hinge
(1) Compare the position of the holes in the hinge (1) with the holes in
the access door.
(2) The holes in the hinge (1) must be used as a template. If the holes
in the access door do not align with the holes in the hinge (1),
oversize hi-loks must be used.
(3) Examine the holes in the access door and the hinge (1).
(a) The diameter of the holes must not be greater than 0.206 in.
(5.23 mm).
(b) If the diameter of the holes is not in this limit do not use this
repair.
(4) Make a mark beside each hole that has a diameter between 0.200 in.
(5.08 mm) and 0.206 in. (5.23 mm). Use a marking pen (Material No.
V06-131).
(5) Make a mark beside all holes that are not aligned with the holes in
the access door.
Subtask 71-13-14-350-059
B. Increase the Hole Sizes for Oversize Hi-Lok Pins
(1) Use the 0.203 in. (5.16 mm) diameter one-shot drill to increase the
diameter of the holes in the hinge (1) that have a mark beside them.
(2) Make sure that the diameter of these holes is between 0.202 in. (5.13
mm) and 0.206 in. (5.23 mm).
(3) Use temporary fasteners to hold the access door and the hinge (1)
together. Make sure that the parts are in the correct position.
(4) Remove the temporary fasteners in sequence and use the 0.203 in.
(5.16 mm) diameter one-shot drill to drill through the holes in the
hinge (1) and the access door.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 822
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Replace the Fasteners with Oversize Fasteners on the Oil Filler Access Door
Figure 803/TASK 71-13-14-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 823
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Make sure that the diameter of the holes are between 0.202 in. (5.13
mm) and 0.206 in. (5.23 mm).
(6) Disassemble and remove:
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE CARBON PLIES.

_______
(a) Disassemble the parts and remove all sharp edges and burrs.
Subtask 71-13-14-110-059
C. Clean the Repair Area

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
(Material No. V01-076) to clean the interfaces of the oil filler
access door and the hinge (1).
dries.

parts.
Subtask 71-13-14-350-060
D. Install the Replacement Hinge
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
the interfaces of hinge (1) and the oil filler access door.
assembled.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 824
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Align the holes in the hinge (1) with the holes in the oil filler
access door.
(4) Install the hi-lok pins:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CORRECT DIAMETER HI-LOK PIN IS INSTALLED
_______
IN EACH HOLE.
(a) Install the six hi-lok pins (2) in to the holes in the hinge (1)
and the oil filler access door.
(5) Put the washers (3) and hi-lok collars (4) on the six hi-lok pins
(2).
(6) Tighten the hi-lok pins (2) and the collars (4).
(a) Use a ring wrench to turn the collars (4) and an allen key to
hold the pins (2).
(b) Tighten each of the collars (4) equally, to pull the hinge (1)
and the oil filler access door together.
(c) Tighten each of the collars (4) until the hexagon nut breaks off
the collar.
(7) Do again steps (1) thru (6) to attach the hinge to the left fan cowl.
Subtask 71-13-14-110-060
E. Clean the Repair Area

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
(Material No. V01-076) (Ref. 70-30-00) to clean the area around the
oil filler access door and the hinge (1).
dries.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 825
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Make sure that there is no unwanted material on the repair area.
Subtask 71-13-14-220-056
F. Examine the Repaired Area
(2) Open and close the oil filler access door and make sure that the
hinge (1) operates correctly.
(3) Make sure that the access door is closed correctly.
(4) Measure the distance between the edges of the access door and the
left fan cowl. It must be between 0.040 in. (1.02 mm) and 0.080 in.
(2.03 mm).
Subtask 71-13-14-350-061
G. Write the repair scheme number VRS2741 on the oil filler access door,
adjacent to the part number. Use a marking pen (Material No. V06-131)
that is a different color than the background.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-14-410-055
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-14

Page 826
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - FAN, RIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________
TASK 71-13-16-000-010
Removal of the Right Fan Cowl (438AR, 448AR)
_______
_______
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE RIGHT FAN COWL. IT WEIGHS 103lb
_______
(47kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1N20402 1 DOLLY-FAN COWL DOORS

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-16-400-010 Installation of the Right Fan Cowl (438AR, 448AR)
71-13-16-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-16-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 71-13-16-480-052
B. Attach the Sling:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-16-991-150)
(2) Remove the caps (4) from the right fan cowl sling points.
(3) Attach the SLING-FAN COWL DOORS (IAE1N20404) sling (1), to the hoist,
minimum lifting capacity 200 lb (91 kg) and the right fan cowl
(448AR, 438AR).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Fan Cowl

Figure 401/TASK 71-13-16-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-16-010-057
C. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-16-020-054
A. Remove the Right Fan Cowl:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-16-991-150)
(1) Remove the hinge bolts from the right fan cowl.
(a) Hold up the weight of the right fan cowl (3) with the hoist.
(b) Make a note of the position and direction of each bolt (5) before
it is removed.
NOTE : Each bolt (5) must be installed in the installation task

____
(Ref. TASK 71-13-16-400-010) in the same position and
direction as it was removed.
(c) Remove the nuts (7) and the washers (8) from the bolts (5).
(d) Remove the bolts (5) from the hinges.
(e) Keep the bolts (5) and the washers (8) for the installation.
(f) Discard the nuts (7).
(2) Remove the right fan cowl and lower the cowl door on to the DOLLY-FAN
COWL DOORS (IAE1N20402).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-16-080-053
B. Remove the Sling:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-16-991-150)
(1) Remove the SLING-FAN COWL DOORS (IAE1N20404).
(2) Install the caps (4) in the right fan cowl (3).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-16-400-010
Installation of the Right Fan Cowl (438AR, 448AR)
WARNING : DO NOT INSTALL THE FAN COWL(S) WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS 60mph (96km/h)
_______
WARNING : BE CAREFUL IF YOU INSTALL THE FAN COWL(S) WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS
_______
30mph (48kmh) OR MORE. INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN OCCUR
IF THE WIND MOVES THE FAN COWL(S).
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE RIGHT FAN COWL. IT WEIGHS
_______
103lb (47kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : If the removed fan cowl has a strake installed, the replacement fan
____
cowl must also have a strake installed.
For aircraft A320-232 and -233, strakes must be installed on the
inboard fan cowl doors only.
For aircraft A319-131, -132, -133 and A321-131, -231, strakes must be
installed on the left and right fan cowl doors on each engine.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hoist, minimum lifting capacity 200lb (91 kg)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 nut, self locking 71-13-16 80A-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-16-000-010 Removal of the Right Fan Cowl (438AR, 448AR)
(GBOD)
71-13-16-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-16-860-053
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-16-010-058
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-13-16-480-053
C. Attach the Sling:
(1) Remove the caps (4) from the right fan cowl sling points.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-16-991-150)
(2) Attach the SLING-FAN COWL DOORS (IAE1N20404) (1), to the hoist,
minimum lifting capacity 200lb (91 kg) and the right fan cowl 438AR
(448AR) (3).
Subtask 71-13-16-080-054
D. Remove the right fan cowl (3) from the fan cowl transit case/work stand
IAE1N20402 with the sling, IAE1N20404, and the hoist.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-16-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-16-110-054
E. Clean the Fan Cowl:
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the right fan cowl hinges (6) and the pylon hinges with a lint
free cloth made moist cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-16-210-052
F. Examine the left fan cowl hinges (6) and the pylon hinges and make sure
that they have no damage.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-16-991-150)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-16-420-053
A. Install the right fan cowl.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-16-991-150)
(1) Lift the fan cowl (3) with the SLING-FAN COWL DOORS (IAE1N20404), and
the hoist, minimum lifting capacity 200 lb (91 kg) and install it at
the pylon.
(2) Align the fan cowl hinges (6) with the pylon hinges.
(3) Install the bolts (5) to the right fan cowl hinges (6) and the pylon
hinges.
NOTE : Make sure that each bolt is installed in the same position and
____
direction as written in the removal task (Ref. TASK 71-13-16-
000-010).
(4) Install the washers (8) and new nut, self locking (7) on to the bolts
(5).
911-013).
NOTE : The nuts (7) are supplied lubricated. More lubrication is not
____
necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-16-080-055
A. Remove the Sling:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-16-991-150)
(1) Lower the right fan cowl.
(3) Remove the SLING-FAN COWL DOORS (IAE1N20404)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Install the caps (4) in to the fan cowl sling points.
Subtask 71-13-16-820-051
B. Make sure that the fan cowl latches are aligned (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-800-
010).
(1) Make sure that the gearbox breather outlet duct (GBOD) aligns with
the gearbox breather outlet vent on the RH fan cowl. If it does not
align, loosen the GBOD fasteners, align the GBOD with the vent, and
torque the fasteners (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-400-010).
Subtask 71-13-16-410-053
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-16-000-011
Removal of the Gearbox Breather Vent
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for the V2500-A5 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-16-991-153 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-16-941-057

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-13-16-010-059
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-16-020-055
A. Remove the gearbox breather vent

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-13-16-991-153)
(1) Hold the weight of the gearbox breather vent (5).
(2) Remove the nuts (2), the washers (3) and the bolts (4) from the
gearbox breather vent (5).
(3) Keep the washers (3), the nuts (2) and the bolts (4) for
installation.
(4) Put caps on the gearbox breather vent (5), the gearbox breather
outlet duct (7) and the gearbox breather duct assembly (1).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Gearbox Breather Vent

Figure 402/TASK 71-13-16-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-16-400-011
Installation of the Gearbox Breather Vent
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

sealing compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-16-991-153 Fig. 402

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-16-860-054
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 71-13-16-010-060
B. Get Access
010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-16-420-054
A. Install the gearbox breather vent

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-13-16-991-153)
(1) Remove the caps from the gearbox breather vent (5), the gearbox
breather outlet duct (7) and the gearbox breather duct assembly (1).
(2) Clean the replacement parts
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Clean the replacement parts and their interfaces with a clean
lint-free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-
076).
(3) Apply sealant
_______
SEALANT IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. IF YOU GET THE SEALANT
ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, WIPE IT AWAY. GET MEDICAL AID
IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Apply a thin layer of the sealing compound (Material No. V05-057)
on the base of the gearbox breather vent.
(4) Align the holes in the gearbox breather vent (5) with the holes in
the right fan cowl door (6).
(5) Install the bolts (4), the washers (3) and the nuts (2).
(6) TORQUE the nuts (2) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN).
(7) Remove any unwanted sealant from the right fan cowl door (6).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-16-410-054
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-16-000-012
Removal of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-16-000-011 Removal of the Gearbox Breather Vent
71-13-16-991-154 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-16-941-058

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-13-16-010-061
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-16-020-056
A. Remove the gearbox breather outlet duct

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-13-16-991-154)
(1) Remove the gearbox breather vent (Ref. TASK 71-13-16-000-011).
(2) Remove the nut (6) and the washer (5) from the Hi-Lok bolt (4).
(3) Remove the hi-lok bolt (4) from the right fan cowl door (3). assembly
(1).
PRE SBN 71-0181
(4) Carefully drill out rivets (2) and remove the gearbox breather outlet
duct (7).
POST SBN 71-0181
(5) Carefully drill out rivets (2) and remove the gearbox breather outlet
duct (7) and bracket (8).
(6) Remove the sealant from the removed parts and from around the removal
area.
END SBN 71-0181

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct

Figure 403/TASK 71-13-16-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Put caps on the gearbox breather outlet duct (7) and the gearbox
breather duct assembly (1).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-16-400-012
Installation of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-16-400-011 Installation of the Gearbox Breather Vent
71-13-16-991-154 Fig. 403
71-13-16-991-155 Fig. 404

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-16-860-055
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 71-13-16-010-062
B. Get Access
010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-16-420-055
A. Install the gearbox breather outlet duct

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-13-16-991-154)
(1) Remove the caps from the gearbox breather outlet duct and the gearbox
breather duct assembly (1).
(2) Clean the replacement parts
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Clean the replacement parts and their interfaces with a clean
lint-free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-
076).
(3) Apply sealant
_______
SEALANT IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. IF YOU GET THE SEALANT
ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, WIPE IT AWAY. GET MEDICAL AID
IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Apply a thin layer of the sealing compound (Material No. V08-024)
to the mating faces.
PRE SBN 71-0181
(4) Install the gearbox breather outlet duct (7). Install rivets (2)
CR3532-5-2.
(5) Install the Hi-Lok bolt (4) into the applicable hole.
(6) Install the washer (5) and the nut (6) on the Hi-Lok bolt (4).
(7) TORQUE the nut (6) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN).
POST SBN 71-0181
(8) Put the gearbox breather outlet duct (7) and the bracket (8) in the
correct position for installation. Install rivets (2) CR3532-5-2.
(9) Install the Hi-Lok bolt (4) into the applicable hole.
(10) Install the washer (5) and the nut (6) to the Hi-Lok bolt (4).
(11) TORQUE the nuts (6) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN).
(12) Apply the sealing compound (Material No. V08-024) as follows:
(a) Put the sealing compound through the drain hole in the fan cowl
door (3) until you can see it around the edges and through the
hole in the bracket (8).
(b) Fill the drain hole with sealing compound and make it smooth with
the outer surface of the right fan cowl door (3).
(c) Apply a layer of sealants around the edges of the bracket (8).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Let the sealant cure, refer to manufacturers instructions.
END SBN 71-0181
(13) Remove any unwanted sealant from the right fan cowl door (3).
(14) Install the gearbox breather vent (Ref. TASK 71-13-16-400-011).
Subtask 71-13-16-780-051
B. Do a pressure test of the gearbox breather outlet duct

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-13-16-991-155)
(1) Make a plug equal to the diameter of the outlet duct from 0.25 in. (6
mm) thick (approximately) silicone rubber sheet.
(2) Put the plug on the end of the gearbox breather outlet duct and
attach with hand pressure to provide an effective seal.
(3) Put soapy water around the sealed edge of the gearbox breather outlet
duct.
(4) Put air pressure through the gearbox breather vent to give pressure
in the gearbox breather outlet duct. Examine for leaks around the
sealed edge of the gearbox breather outlet duct.
(5) If air leaks are found, remove the gearbox breather outlet duct and
apply sealant again.
(6) Repeat pressure test of the gearbox breather outlet duct until no
leaks are found.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-16-410-055
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct - Pressure Test

Figure 404/TASK 71-13-16-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - FAN, RIGHT - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
TASK 71-13-16-200-010
Inspection of the Outer Skin of the Right Fan Cowl
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the outer skin of the
right fan cowl.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1N20444 2 TOOL-TAPPING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-13-16-991-152 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-16-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 71-13-16-110-053
B. Clean the Right Fan Cowl

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-13-16-991-152)

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid
(methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) to clean the right fan
cowl.
dries.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Fan Cowl

Figure 601/TASK 71-13-16-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-13-16-991-152)
Subtask 71-13-16-280-050
A. Make a Check of the Area (forward of the air starter blow out door) for
Delamination
(1) Use the TOOL-TAPPING off to do a manual sonic test of the areas for
possible delamination. Quickly (approximately 4 times a second) and
lightly, hit all over the area of possible delamination with the
spherical end of the tool. Continue to hit, and move from the area of
possible delamination to an area which is known to have no
delamination. If there is delamination there will be a change in the
sound that the tool makes.
____
other damage.
(a) Delamination
1
_ No delamination is allowed.
Subtask 71-13-16-280-051
B. Make a Check of the Area (at the forward edge of the fan cowl aft of the
TAI outlet panel) for Delamination and Disbond.
(1) Use the TOOL-TAPPING off to do a manual sonic test of the areas for
possible delamination and disbond. Quickly (approximately 4 times a
second) and lightly, tap with the spherical end of the tool all over
the area of possible delamination. Continue to tap, and move from the
area of possible delamination, to an area which is known to have no
delamination. If there is delamination, there will be a change in the
sound that the tool makes.
____
other damage.
(a) Delamination
1
_ No delamination is allowed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-16-942-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

COWL - FAN, RIGHT - REPAIRS
___________________________
TASK 71-13-16-300-010
Replace the Identification Marks on the Right Fan Cowl Door - VRS2736
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You can do this repair if the old identification mark is removed. You can
use black gloss-base paint and a clear polyurethane coating to replace the
If you use decals, do not use this repair.
the right fan cowl door.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific No.3 Alternate-Gothic style.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-13-16-991-151 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-16-941-051
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-16-110-051

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
dries.
Subtask 71-13-16-120-050
020).
is not removed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-16-110-052

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
Subtask 71-13-16-350-050

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 71-13-16-991-151)
(1) The stencil letters are to be No.3 Alternate-Gothic style..
NOTE : A heavy stencil board that is 0.015in. (0.381 mm) thick can be
____
used with an available stencil machine. These stencils are
(3) The height of the letters is to be 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) for the STARTER
VALVE OVERRIDE ACCESS identification mark.
(4) The height of the letters is to be 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) for the NO STEP
(5) The height of the letters is to be 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) for the NO GRAB
(6) The height of the letters is to be 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) for the NO
HANDHOLD identification mark. This mark is applied on the top and
bottom surfaces of the gearbox breather mast.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) The height of the letters is to be 0.98 in. (25.0 mm) for the CAUTION
identification mark at the bottom of the fan cowl door.
0.59 in. (15.0 mm).
(8) The height of the letters is to be 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) for the BOTH
HOLD OPEN RODS MUST DE ENGAGED WHEN DOORS ARE OPEN identification
mark.
Subtask 71-13-16-350-051

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 71-13-16-991-151)

_______
_______
_______
correct position.
(5) Allow the painted mark
_______
HEAT IS APPLIED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Fan Cowl Door Identification Marks


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Right Fan Cowl Door Identification Marks


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-16-350-052

_______
_______
it is used.

____
(4) Let the polyurethane coating dry
_______
APPLY HEAT.
Subtask 71-13-16-210-050
G. Examine the new identification marks.
(1) Do a visual examination of the new identification marks. Make sure

that the repair has been done correctly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 808
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-16-350-053
H. Write the repair scheme number on the right fan cowl door.
(2) Make sure that the pen colour can be seen on the fan cowl door.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-16-942-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-16

Page 809
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACCESS PANELS - FAN COWL RIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 71-13-17-000-010
Removal of the Air Starter/Blow Out Door (438BR)
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-17-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-17-941-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-13-17-010-050
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-17-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-17-020-050
A. Removal of the air starter/blow out door
(1) Remove the air starter/blow out door (1).
(b) Remove and discard the split pins (8).
(c) Remove the collars (7).
(d) Remove the hinge pins (6).
(e) Remove the door from the fan cowl.
(2) Remove and keep these parts for installation to the replacement air
starter/ blow out door.
(a) Remove the nuts (5), the washers (3) and the screws (4).
(b) Remove the latches (2) from the door.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Starter/Blow Out Door

Figure 401/TASK 71-13-17-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-17-400-010
Installation of the Air Starter/Blow Out Door (438BR)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific eye bolts

No specific Lint free cloth
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 split pin 71-13-17 80 -010

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-17-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-17-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 71-13-17-010-051
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-13-17-110-050
C. Removal of the jointing compound

_______
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-17-991-150)
(a) Use a clean Lint free cloth , made moist with cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076) , to remove the used jointing compound
from:
1
_ The latches (2).
2
_ The screws (4).
Subtask 71-13-17-210-050
D. Make sure the latches (2) have no damage.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-17-991-150)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-17-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-17-420-050
A. Installation of the air starter/blow out door
(1) Install the parts to the replacement air starter/blow out door.
(a) Apply the jointing compound (Material No. V04-005) to the mating
of the latches (2).
(b) Apply the V04-005 jointing compound (Ref. 70-30-00) below the
screw heads (4) and assemble while still wet.
(c) Put the latches on to the replacement door (1) and attach with
the washers (3) and the nuts (5).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (5) to 12 lbf.in (0.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
11-911-013)
(e) Wipe off the unwanted jointing compound with a clean Lint free
cloth.
(2) Install the air starter/blow out door (1).
(a) Put the door in its opening in the fan cowl and install the hinge
pins (6).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Put the collars (7) on the hinge pins and safety with the new
split pin (8).
(c) Close the door and lock the latches.
Subtask 71-13-17-220-050
B. Make a check of the clearance around the air starter/blow out door.
(1) Make sure the door is closed.
(2) Measure the clearance around the edges of the door and its opening in
the fan cowl.
(3) If the clearance is not between 0.060 in. (1.524 mm) and 0.090 in.
(2.286 mm), reject the door.
Subtask 71-13-17-410-050
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-13-17-710-050
D. Do a test of the air starter/blow out door.
(1) Attach the two eye bolts to the door latches.
(2) Attach the spring balance to the eye bolts.
(3) Pull the spring balance to open the door: make a note of the force
necessary.
(4) Close the door and do the test with the spring balance again.
(5) The force necessary to open the door is between 100.5 lbf (44.70 daN)
and 116.5 lbf (51.82 daN).
(6) Remove the spring balance and the eye bolts.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-17-942-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACCESS PANELS - FAN COWL RIGHT - REPAIRS
________________________________________
TASK 71-13-17-300-010
Replace the Identification Marks on the Air Starter Door - VRS2737
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific stencil No.3 Alternate-Gothic style
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 801
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-13-17-991-151 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-17-941-051
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 802
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-17-110-051

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
dries.
Subtask 71-13-17-120-050
020).
is not removed.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 803
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-17-110-052

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
Subtask 71-13-17-350-050

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 71-13-17-991-151)
(1) The stencil letters are to be stencil No.3 Alternate-Gothic style.
____
(2) The height of the letters is to be 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) for the STARTER
VALVE OVERRIDE ACCESS identification mark.
Subtask 71-13-17-350-051

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 71-13-17-991-151)

_______
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 804
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Air Starter Door Identification Marks

Figure 801/TASK 71-13-17-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 805
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

_______
correct position.
(5) Allow the painted mark
_______
HEAT IS APPLIED.
Subtask 71-13-17-350-052

_______
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 806
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

it is used.

____
(4) Let the polyurethane coating dry
_______
APPLY HEAT.
Subtask 71-13-17-210-051
G. Examine the new identification marks.
(1) Do a visual examination of the new identification marks. Make sure

that the repair has been done correctly.
Subtask 71-13-17-350-053
H. Write the repair scheme number on the right fan cowl door.
(2) Make sure that the pen colour can be seen on the air starter door.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-17-942-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-17

Page 807
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

STRAKES - FAN COWL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 71-13-19-000-010
Removal of the Fan Cowl Strakes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

syringe (Ref. 70-30-00)
waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-19

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-19-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-19-869-051
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-19-991-150)
(1) This task gives the procedure to remove the right strake from the
right fan cowl, 438AR on engine 1.
NOTE : The procedure to remove the left strake from the left fan
____
cowl, 447AL on the engine 2 is the same. Only one procedure is
given.
Subtask 71-13-19-941-051
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine
1(2).
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-19

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fan Cowl Strakes

Figure 401/TASK 71-13-19-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-19

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-19-010-052
C. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-19-991-150)
Subtask 71-13-19-020-051
A. Remove the fan cowl left and the right strakes
(1) Hold the left strake (1) and remove the nuts (3) and the bolts (2).
(2) Remove the left strake (1) from the fan cowl door.
(3) Repeat (1) and (2) for the right strake (4) if applicable.
Subtask 71-13-19-914-051
B. If the strake will not be installed again or one with less fasteners is
installed, seal the applicable fastener holes as follows:
(1) Install masking tape (Material No. V02-178) on the strake fastener
holes on the outside of the fan cowl door.
WARNING : KEEP FLAMES AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT

_______
FLAMEPROOF AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE CLEANING FLUID IS
FLAMMABLE.
_______

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-19

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Use a clean lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist with
cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-076) and clean the inside surface of
the fan cowl door (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
WARNING : SEALING COMPOUND IS CLASSIFIED AS A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

_______
WHICH MAY CAUSE INJURY OR ILLNESS. THIS PRODUCT SHOULD BE
USED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIC
SAFETY AND HEALTH INSTRUCTIONS. CAREFULLY READ THE
APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET BEFORE YOU USE THIS
PRODUCT.
(3) Mix the sealing compound (Material No. V08-141) in accordance with
the manufacturers instructions.
(4) Fill a syringe (Material No. V02-162) with the mixed sealing compound
(5) Use the syringe (Material No. V02-162) and fill the strake fastener
holes with the mixed sealing compound. Make sure the level of the
sealing compound (Material No. V08-141) is 0.5 in. (12.5 mm) below
the inside surface of the fan cowl door.
(6) Cure the sealing compound (Material No. V08-141) in accordance with
the manufacturers instructions.
(7) Remove the masking tape (Material No. V02-178) from the outside
surface of the fan cowl door.
WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE THE DUST OR GET IT ON YOUR SKIN. PUT ON

_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE OUTSIDE SURFACE OF THE FAN COWL
_______
DOOR. CAREFULLY REMOVE THE SEALING COMPOUND FROM THE REPAIR
AREA. DO NOT USE A LIQUID WITH THE ABRASIVE PAPER.
(8) Use waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021)
to make the rework area on the outside of the fan cowl door smooth.
(9) Repair the surface protective layer. Refer to the Standard

Practices/Processes Manual (SPP-V2500-1IA) Chapter 70-38-07.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-19

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-13-19-400-010
Installation of the Fan Cowl Strakes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A5 Engines.
NOTE : For aircraft A320-232 and -233, strakes are installed on the inboard
____
fan cowl doors only.
For aircraft A319-131, -132 and A321-131, -231, strakes are installed
on the left and right fan cowl doors on each engine.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-19

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 bolt 71-13-19 80A-010

2 bolt 71-13-19 80B-010
3 nut 71-13-19 80A-020
3 nut 71-13-19 80B-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-19-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-13-19-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-19

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-19-010-053
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-13-19-110-051
A. Remove the jointing compound

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-13-19-991-150)

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the used jointing compound from the mating faces of the strake
and the fan cowl door. Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with
cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076).
(2) Use a clean lint free cloth to dry the mating faces of the strake and
the fan cowl door.
Subtask 71-13-19-210-051
B. Visually examine the strake, the area around the bolt holes in the strake
and the fan cowl door for damage.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-19

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-13-19-420-051
C. Install the fan cowl left and right strakes
CAUTION : IF THE FAN COWL STRAKE CANNOT BE INSTALLED FOR ANY REASON,
_______
REFER TO THE A319, A320, A321 MEL/CDL CHAPTER 51 FOR THE FLIGHT
OPERATION RESTRICTIONS WHICH ARE APPLICABLE. MAINTENANCE
CONTROL MUST BE NOTIFIED PRIOR TO FURTHER FLIGHT.
NOTE : If the fan cowl to be removed has a strake installed, the

____
replacement fan cowl must also have a strake installed.
(1) If necessary, remove the sealing compound from the strake fastener
holes.
(2) Apply a thin bead of jointing compound (Material No. V04-005) to the
mating surfaces of the left strake (1) and the fan cowl door.
NOTE : The jointing compound is not required if the left strake is

____
fitted to the fan cowl door before painting.
(3) Install the left strake (1) to the fan cowl door while the jointing
compound is still wet.
NOTE : The strake will have the NO STEP caution note on the top
____
surface when correctly installed.
(4) Hold the left strake (1) in position, install the bolt (2) and the
nut (3).
911-013).
(6) Wipe off the unwanted jointing compound with a clean lint free cloth.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-19

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-13-19-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-13-19

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MOUNTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________
1. _______
General
The engine is attached to the aircraft pylon by two mount assemblies, one at
the front and one at the rear of the engine.
The mount assemblies transmit loads from the engine to the aircraft
structure.
Spherical bearings in each mount permit thermal expansion and some movement
between the engine and the pylon.
Both mounts are made to be fail-safe and have a tolerance to damage.
2. Component
__________________
Location
The front mount is installed at the top center of the Low Pressure
Compressor (LPC) case.
The rear mount is installed at the top center of the Low Pressure Turbine
(LPT) case.
3. System
__________________
Description
The engine mount system has these components:
- A front mount 1500KM,
- A rear mount 1550KM.
4. _____________________
Component Description
A. The Front Mount 1500KM

(Ref. Fig. 001)
(1) The front mount has these parts:
(a) Two thrust links,
(b) A beam assembly,
(c) A cross beam assembly,
(d) A support bearing assembly.
(2) The thrust links attach to lugs on the cross beam and to the engine
mount lugs on the LPC using solid pins. A spherical bearing is
installed at each end of the links.
(3) The cross beam assembly connects to the beam assembly by a solid pin.
(4) The beam assembly is aligned on the aircraft pylon by two shear pins
and attached with five bolts.
(5) The support bearing assembly is attached to the LPC case.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-20-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-20-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) The pins used to attach the thrust links and cross beam assembly are
held in position by retainers, washers, nuts and bolts.
B. The Aft Mount 1550KM

(Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) The aft mount has these parts:
(a) Two side links.
(b) A center link.
(c) A beam assembly.
(2) The two side links attach to the beam assembly at one end and the
engine aft mount ring on the LPT case at the other end.
(3) The links are attached by two pins, one solid and one hollow, at each
attachment point. These pins are held in position by retainers,
washers, nuts and bolts.
(4) Each end of the links has a spherical bearing installed.
(5) The aft mount is aligned on the pylon by two shearpins and is
attached to the pylon by four bolts and washers.
5. Operation
_________
A. The Front Mount 1500KM

(Ref. Fig. 001)
(1) The thrust of the engine is transmitted through the thrust links, the
cross beam assembly and the beam assembly to the aircraft pylon.
(2) Vertical and side loads are transmitted through the support bearing
to the beam assembly and then to the aircraft pylon.
(3) The support bearing permits the engine to turn so that torsional
loads are not transmitted to the aircraft structure.
(4) The front mount is made to be fail-safe. If one of the two thrust
links or the cross beam should fail, then thrust loads are
transmitted through the ball stop and into the beam assembly. The
thrust is then transmitted to the pylon structure.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-20-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aft Engine Mount

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-20-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

B. The Aft Mount 1550KM
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) Vertical and side loads are transmitted through the side links and
beam assembly and into the pylon.
(2) Torsional loads are transmitted by the center link to the beam
assembly and in to the pylon.
(3) The mount is made to be fail-safe. The side links are each made up of
two parts which are attached together to make one unit. If one part
of the link should fail, the remaining part will transmit the loads
to the beam assembly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-20-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MOUNTS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________
TASK 71-20-00-700-010
Adjustment of the Front Mount Tube with engine removal
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
A. This TASK is for V2500-A1 and A5 engines.

B. This TASK gives instructions to adjust the front mount tube with engine
removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IAE1J12511 1 WRENCH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant

71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant
71-20-00-991-160 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-20-00-020-060
A. Remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-20-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-20-00-420-055
A. Adjust the front mount tube.
(1) Attach the WRENCH (IAE1J12511) to the hexagonal flange of the forward
engine mount.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 71-20-00-991-160)
(2) Turn the front mount tube to its correct position using the special
wrench.
(3) Remove the special wrench.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-20-00-410-056
A. Install the powerplant (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-20-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Front Mount Tube Adjustment

Figure 501/TASK 71-20-00-991-160

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-20-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MOUNT - FORWARD (1500KM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 71-21-12-000-001
Removal of the Forward Engine Mount Thrust Links without Engine Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D71203005000 1 RODS-FWD ENG MOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-21-12-991-155 Fig. 401
71-21-12-991-154 Fig. 402
71-21-12-991-153 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-21-12-941-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-21-12-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-21-12-040-053
C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-21-12-010-057
D. Get Access
(1) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
(2) Put a access platform in position at the engine.
Subtask 71-21-12-480-050
E. Install the RODS-FWD ENG MOUNT (98D71203005000).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-21-12-991-155, 402/TASK 71-21-12-991-154)
NOTE : You can install this tool on the right side of the engine only.
____
You can remove the two forward engine mount links with this tool.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward Engine Mount Thrust Links and Crossbeam Assembly

Figure 401/TASK 71-21-12-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Installation of Thrust links Replacement Tool


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Installation of Thrust links Replacement Tool


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Install the aft rod end fitting of the RODS-FWD ENG MOUNT
(98D71203005000) above the pylon fitting of the Thrust Reverser cowl
opening actuator.
(a) Install the washer (37) and the nut (36).
(b) TORQUE the nut (36).
(2) Install the forward rod end fitting on the V-groove of the engine
inner flange.
(a) Remove the screw (44).
(b) Disassemble the V-groove plate (42) from the assembly.
(c) Loosen the screws (43) which attach the plates (40) and (41)
together.
(d) Install temporarily the plates (40) and (41) on the engine inner
flange, between 12 and 1 oclock.
(e) Tighten the screws (43) with your hand.
(f) Install the forward edge of the plate (42) in the V-groove of the
inner flange and put it on the plate assembly (40) and (41).
(g) Tighten the screws (44) and (45)with your hand.
(3) Install the rod (34).
(a) Connect the rod (34) to the aft rod end fitting (35).
(b) Install the pip pin (38).
(c) Connect the forward end of the rod (34) to the forward fitting
assembly (40), (41) and (42).
NOTE : Turn the rod at its knurled part to adjust the rod length
____
if necessary.
(d) Install the pip pin (46).
(e) Put the forward fitting assembly of the RODS-FWD ENG MOUNT
(98D71203005000) in position and make sure there is a clearance
with the adjacent engine hardware. Move the forward fitting
clockwise if necessary.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(f) TORQUE the screws (43), (44) and (45).
NOTE : Make sure that the thrust link that you must remove can
____
move freely axially. Turn the rod to release the tension
if necessary.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-21-12-020-050
A. Removal of the Forward Engine Mount Thrust Link

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-21-12-991-153)
NOTE : The removal procedure is the same for the two thrust links.
____
(1) Remove the forward engine mount link(s) (30) from the engine
brackets.
NOTE : Removal of the hardware that attaches the forward engine mount
____
link to the engine brackets is the same at the two locations.
(a) Remove the upper bolts (5), the washers (3) and (4), the nuts
(2), the pin (7) and the retainer (6) that attach the link (30)
to the bracket.
NOTE : It is not necessary to remove the lower bolts, washers and

____
nuts assembly to remove the pin (7).
(b) Disengage the link from the engine bracket.
(2) Remove the forward engine mount thrust link (30) from the cross beam
assembly (24).
NOTE : Removal of the hardware that attaches the forward engine mount
____
thrust links to the cross beam assembly is the same at the two
locations.
(a) Remove the nuts (15), the washers (17) and (16), the bolts (18)
and the retainers (14).
(b) Remove the pin (25).
(c) Remove the link (30) from the cross beam assembly (24).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward Engine Mount Thrust Links

Figure 403/TASK 71-21-12-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-21-12-400-001
Installation of the Forward Engine Mount Thrust Links without Engine Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
98D27803500001 1 TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER
98D71203005000 1 RODS-FWD ENG MOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-21-12-991-155 Fig. 401
71-21-12-991-154 Fig. 402
71-21-12-991-153 Fig. 403

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-21-12-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
(4) Make sure that the slats are retracted and install TOOL-ZERO LOCKING,
FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap and slat control
lever.
(5) Make sure that RODS-FWD ENG MOUNT (98D71203005000) is installed on

the engine.
Subtask 71-21-12-010-058
B. Get Access
010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser halves are open (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-21-12-040-054
C. Make sure that the hydraulic control unit is deactivated (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-21-12-991-155, 402/TASK 71-21-12-991-154, 403/TASK

71-21-12-991-153)
Subtask 71-21-12-420-050
A. Installation of the Forward Engine Mount Thrust Link.
(1) Install the forward engine mount thrust link (30) on the cross beam
assembly (24).
NOTE : Installation of the hardware that attaches the forward engine

____
mount thrust link to the cross beam assembly is the same at
the two locations.
(a) Put the forward engine mount thrust link (30) in position on the
cross beam assembly (24).
(b) Install the pin (25) through the cross beam assembly.
(c) Install the retainers (14), the pin (26), the bolts (18), the
nuts (15) and the washers (17).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (15) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Install the forward engine mount thrust link(s) (30) on the engine
bracket.
(a) Put the forward engine mount thrust link (30) in position on the
engine bracket.
NOTE : You must install the right upper bolt (5) and the washer
____
(4) before you install the right (looking forward) thrust
link on the engine bracket.
(b) Install the pin (7), the retainer (6), the bolts (5), the nuts
(2) and the washers (3) and (4).
(c) TORQUE the nuts (2) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-21-12-080-050
A. Remove the RODS-FWD ENG MOUNT (98D71203005000) from the engine.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-21-12-991-154)
(1) Turn the rod (34) until the weigth of the engine is on the forward
engine mount (not the rod).
(2) Remove the pip pins (38) and (46) from the forward and aft fitting
assemblies.
(3) Remove the nut (36), the washer (37) and the aft rod end fitting (35)
from the pylon fitting.
(4) Loosen the screws (44) and (45).
(5) Remove the V-groove plate (42) from the forward rod end fitting.
(6) Loosen the screws (43).
(7) Remove the upper plate (41) and the lower plate (40).
Subtask 71-21-12-410-056
B. Close the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-21-12-440-053
C. Activate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-21-12-410-057
D. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(4) On the panel 114VU remove the locking tool from the flap and slat
control lever.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-21-12-000-010
Removal of the Forward Engine Mount Bolts One at a Time
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-21-12-991-156 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-21-12-941-054

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-21-12-010-060
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-21-12-040-055
C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-21-12-010-061
D. Get Access
(1) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
(2) Put an access platform in position at the engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-21-12-020-052
A. Remove the Center Bolt

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-21-12-991-156)
(1) Cut and discard the lockwire from the center bolt (1).
(2) Remove the center bolt (1) and washer (2) with CHEST,TORQUE SET-
ENGINE R I.
(3) Remove the nut (6), washer (5), retainer (4) and nut (3).
Subtask 71-21-12-020-056
B. Remove the Forward Engine Mount Bolts One at a Time

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-21-12-991-156)
(1) Remove the nut (13), washer (12) and (8), the bolt (7) and remove the
retainers (11) and (9).
(2) Remove the nut (14), retainer (10), washer (15) and the bolt (16).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward Engine Mount Bolts

Figure 404/TASK 71-21-12-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-21-12-400-010
Installation of the Forward Engine Mount Bolts One at a Time
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
(120.00 to 600.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-21-12-991-156 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-21-12-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 71-21-12-010-062
B. Get Access
010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser halves are open (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-21-12-040-056
C. Make sure that the hydraulic control unit is deactivated (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-21-12-420-052
A. Installation of the Forward Engine Mount bolts

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-21-12-991-156)
(1) Lubricate the bolts (1) and (16), the washers (2) and (15) and the
nuts (3) and (14) with anti seize compound (Material No. V10-085).
NOTE : There is no retainer for the forward center bolt. Lockwire is

____
used to safety the bolt head.
(2) Install the bolts (16), the washers (15), the retainers (10) and the
nuts (14).
(3) Put the nut (3) and retainer (4) in position.
(4) Install the washer (5) and nut (6).
(5) TORQUE the nut (6) to between 0.39 and 0.45 m.daN (34.51 and 39.82
lbf.in).
(6) Install the bolt (1) and washer (2) on the middle front engine mount.
(7) Tighten the bolts (1) and (16) with a standard wrench.
NOTE : You must install the washers (15) and (2) with the recessed
____
side against the bolt head.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(8) Hold the nut (14) stable with a wrench and torque the bolts (1) and
(16) to between 11.99 and 17.99 m.daN (88.42 and 132.66 lbf.ft).
_______
ENGINE MOUNT DURING TIGHTENING TO NOT CHANGE THE TORQUE
APPLIED TO THE BOLTS.
(9) Use the CHEST,TORQUE SET-ENGINE R I to TORQUE the forward mount bolts
to the final torque value to between 43.39 and 47.75 m.daN (319.98
____
torque wrench.
R (10) Use the Torque wrench to torque the four forward mount bolts (16).
R
R (11) Use the Torque wrench and Load Reducer to torque the center bolt (1)
R of the forward mount.
____
wrench (P/N TQFRM14) changes the value of the torque selected.
You must set a value between 13 and 14 m.daN (96 and 103
lbf.ft) on the wrench to get the torque required for the
forward center mount bolt.
NOTE : After you tighten the engine mount bolts to final torque, make
____
sure that the surfaces between the pylon and the forward
engine mount are in contact.
016) on center bolt (1). Alternate: Use lockwire (Material No. V02-
147) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
NOTE : You can use lockwire diameters ranging from 0.8 mm to 1.2 mm
____
(0.031 to 0.047 in.) to safety the bolt.
(13) Install the retainers (9) and (11) with bolt (7), washers (8) and
(12) and nut (13).
(14) TORQUE the bolts (7) to between 0.27 and 0.40 m.daN (23.89 and 35.39
lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-21-12-410-059
A. Close the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-21-12-440-054
B. Activate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 71-21-12-410-060
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(4) On the panel 114VU, remove the locking tool from the flap and slat
control lever.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-21-12-000-011
Removal of the Forward Engine Mount
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data to remove the Forward engine mount
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IAE1N20014 2 SLING-LIFTING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

penetrating oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-21-12-991-157 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-21-12-020-053
A. Remove power plant
(1) Removal of the power plant (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-21-12-020-054
B. Remove the threaded parts and parts with an interface fit
(1) Apply penetrating oil (Material No. V10-058) before the removal of
threaded parts and parts with an interface fit. Let the parts soak
before removal.
Subtask 71-21-12-020-055
C. Remove and discard the lockwire
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire before parts are disconnected or
removed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-21-12-410-062
A. Attach the forward mount sling and mounting plate.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-21-12-991-157)
(1) Attach SLING-LIFTING (IAE1N20014) (16) to a hoist and position over

the forward engine mount (1).
(2) Remove the four nuts and two washers from the mounting plate.
(3) Position the sling mounting plate on the forward engine mount (1) and
insert the four bolts thru the side holes. Make sure the plate is
aligned properly.
(4) Place two washers and two nuts on the rear bolts and nuts only on the
front bolts. Tighten the nuts.
(5) Raise the hoist to straighten the sling.
Subtask 71-21-12-010-063
B. Remove the Forward engine mount

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-21-12-991-157)
(1) Remove the nuts (5) and (8), washers (3), (6), (7) and (9), bolts (2)
and (10) and retainers (11) and (13) from the link assemblies (4) at
the engine brackets.
(2) Remove the pins (12) from the link assemblies (4).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the bolts (15) and washers (14) that attach the forward engine
mount (1) to the forward mount tube.
(4) Remove the forward engine mount (1).
Subtask 71-21-12-010-064
C. Remove the forward engine mount sling and mounting plate
(1) Remove the nuts, washers and bolts from the mounting plate.
(2) Remove SLING-LIFTING (IAE1N20014) (16) and mounting plate from the
forward engine mount (1).
(3) Replace the bolts, washers and nuts on the mounting plate.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-21-12-400-011
Installation of the Forward Engine Mount
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data to install the Forward engine mount.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-21-12-991-157 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-21-12-410-063
A. Attach the forward mount sling and mounting plate

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-21-12-991-157)
(1) Attach the SLING-LIFTING (IAE1N20014) (16) to a hoist and position

over the forward engine mount (1).
(2) Remove the four nuts and two washers from the mounting plate.
(3) Position the sling mounting plate on the forward engine mount (1) and
insert the four bolts through the side holes. Make sure the plate is
aligned properly.
(4) Place two washers and two nuts on the rear bolts and nuts only on the
front bolts. Tighten the nuts.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-21-12-410-064
A. Install the forward engine mount

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-21-12-991-157)
(1) Place the forward engine mount (1) in position on the engine.
(2) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (15) with approved engine oil
(3) Attach the forward engine mount (1) to the engine mount tube with
bolts (15) and washers (14).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) TORQUE the bolts (15) to between 42 and 46 lbf.ft (5.69 and 6.23
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
016) on bolts (15). Alternate: Use lockwire (Material No. V02-156)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(6) Locate the link assemblies (4) on the engine brackets.
(7) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-078) to the pins (12).
(8) Install the pins (12) in the link assemblies (4).
(9) Install the retainers (11) and (13) through the ends of the pins
(12).
(10) Install the bolts (2) and (10), washers (3), (6), (7) and (9) and
nuts (5) and (8) that attach the retainers (11) and (13) to the
engine bracket.
(11) TORQUE the nuts (5) and (8) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and
0.28 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-21-12-420-054
A. Install the Power Plant
(1) Installation of the power plant (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).
Subtask 71-21-12-410-065
B. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MOUNT - FORWARD (1500KM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________
TASK 71-21-12-200-010
Detailed Inspection of Forward Engine Mount Installation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK gives the data for a detailed inspection of the forward engine
mount with or without engine removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(120.00 to 600.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-21-12-000-010 Removal of the Forward Engine Mount Bolts One at a
Time
71-21-12-400-010 Installation of the Forward Engine Mount Bolts One at
a Time
71-21-12-991-150 Fig. 601
71-21-12-991-152 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-21-12-941-050
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-21-12-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put an access platform in position.
Subtask 71-21-12-040-050
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-21-12-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-21-12-110-050
E. Clean the Forward Engine Mount.
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the forward engine mount with a lint free cloth made moist with

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-21-12-210-050
A. Examine the forward engine mount.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-21-12-991-150, 602/TASK 71-21-12-991-152)
(1) Visually examine the forward engine mount beam assembly (7)
immediately aft of the monoball assembly (6) for cracks and
corrosion. Use an inspection mirror and inspection lamp (Ref. Detail
B).
(2) Visually examine the right and left thrust links (3) for corrosion
and cracks, mainly the circumference of the lug areas (180 deg. of
the lug end).
NOTE : The full circumference of the lugs may not be visible using an
____
inspection mirror and lamp.
(3) Visually examine the cross beam (1) for cracks.
(4) Visually examine, as far as possible, the mount beam assembly (7) for
cracks and corrosion. Examine mainly the circumference of the
crossbeam attachment lug (180 deg.).
(5) Visually examine, as far as possible, the engine thrust link attach
brackets (5) for cracks and corrosion.
(6) Visually examine all of the anti-rotation and retainer plates (4) for
corrosion, any obvious damage and correct installation.
(7) Visually examine the thrust link shear pin assemblies (2) as far as
possible for cracks and corrosion.
(8) Corrosion
(a) Discoloration caused by corrosion is acceptable provided there is

no pitting or a reduction in the cross-sectional area of the
component.
(9) Cracks
(a) No cracks are allowed.
(10) Scores
(a) Contact IAE for disposition.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 601/TASK 71-21-12-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Forward Engine Mount Bolts

Figure 602/TASK 71-21-12-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(11) Visually examine the forward engine mount bolts and nuts (8).
(a) No cracks are allowed. If a crack is found on one of the bolts or

nuts (8), all five bolts, washers and nuts MUST be replaced
(Ref. TASK 71-21-12-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 71-21-12-400-010).
(12) Check the installation torque of the forward engine mount bolts.
NOTE : Do not loosen the bolts before checking the torque.

____
NOTE : Only check one bolt at a time.

____
(a) Remove the retainer assemblies from the engine mount bolts
(Ref. TASK 71-21-12-000-010).
(b) Remove the lockwire from the center bolt (1).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TORQUE WRENCH DOES NOT TOUCH THE
_______
FORWARD ENGINE MOUNT DURING TIGHTENING TO NOT CHANGE
THE TORQUE APPLIED TO THE BOLTS.
1
_ Use the CHEST,TORQUE SET-ENGINE R I to perform the
installation torque test to the engine mount bolts (1) and
(16).
2
_ Apply an installation torque value to between 43.39 and 47.45
m.daN (319.98 and 349.92 lbf.ft) in the tightening direction
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) to the forward engine mount bolts
(1) and (16). Some initial rotation of the bolts may be
experienced during application of the torque.
NOTE : The given torque value takes into account the length of
____
the torque wrench.
3
_ Use the Torque wrench (TEM item 10) to torque the forward
engine mount bolt (16).
4
_ Use the Torque wrench (TEM item 20) and the load reducer (TEM
item 60) to Torque the center engine bolt (1).
NOTE : The use of the load reducer (P/N GA184A) with the
____
torque wrench (P/N TQFRM14) changes the value of the
torque selected. You must set a value between 13 and 14
m.daN (96 and 103 lbf.ft) on the wrench to get the

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Checking the bolt or nut
CAUTION : ALL BOLTS AND NUTS REMOVED BECAUSE OF FAILURE OF THE

_______
INSTALLATION TORQUE CHECK MUST BE DISCARDED.
1
_ If the bolt (1) or (16) or nut (3) or (14) holds torque,
proceed to step (e).
(d) If the bolt (1) or (16) or nut (3) or (14) DOES NOT hold torque,
replace ALL five bolts and nuts one at a time (Ref. TASK 71-21-
12-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 71-21-12-400-010).
(e) Safety the center engine bolt (1) with lockwire (Material No.
V02-147) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(f) Install the retainer assemblies on the engine mount bolts

(Ref. TASK 71-21-12-400-010).
(g) Torque the bolts (7) to between 0.27 and 0.40 m.daN (23.89 and
35.39 lbf.in) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-21-12-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-21-12-440-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-21-12-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-21-12-200-011
General Visual Check of the Forward Engine Mount
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-21-12-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-21-12-941-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-21-12-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-21-12-040-051
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU). (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-21-12-010-053
D. Open the thrust reverser halves. (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-21-12-210-051
A. Examine the forward engine mount

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-21-12-991-150)
(1) Visually examine all of the anti-rotation and retainer plates for
corrosion, any obvious damage and security of attachment. Reject any
loose or missing fasteners or damaged parts. Use inspection lamp and
inspection mirror.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Visually examine the forward engine mount to the pylon for security
of attachment.
(3) Visually examine the right and left thrust links for security of
attachment. Reject any loose or missing fasteners.
(4) Visually examine the mount hardware for cracks and other obvious
damage. Reject any damaged parts.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-21-12-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves. (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-21-12-440-051
Subtask 71-21-12-410-053
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls. (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-21-12-200-013
Detailed Inspection of Forward Engine Mount Installation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CMM 712112
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-21-12-010-059
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-21-12-020-051
A. Disassemble the forward engine mount
(1) Disassemble the forward engine mount (Ref. CMM 712112)
Subtask 71-21-12-210-053
B. Inspect the forward engine mount
(1) Do the detailed inspection of the forward engine mount (Ref. CMM
712112)
Subtask 71-21-12-420-051
C. Assemble the forward engine mount
(1) Assemble the forward engine mount (Ref. CMM 712112)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-21-12-410-058
A. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040)
Subtask 71-21-12-869-050
B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-21-12-200-014
Inspection of the Front Mount Tube
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-20-00-700-010 Adjustment of the Front Mount Tube with engine
removal
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-21-12-010-065
A. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-21-12-040-057
B. Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU). (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-21-12-010-066
C. Open the thrust reverser halves. (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-21-12-210-055
A. Examine the front mount tube.
(1) If the front mount tube touches the mount tube stopper assembly,
adjust the tube (Ref. TASK 71-20-00-700-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-21-12-410-066
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves. (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-21-12-440-055

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 616
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-21-12-410-067
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls. (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-21-12

Page 617
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MOUNT - AFT (1550KM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 71-22-11-000-010
Removal of the Aft Engine Mount
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data to remove the Aft Engine Mount
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-22-11-991-151 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-22-11-020-062
A. Remove the Power Plant
(1) Removal of the power plant (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-22-11-410-068
A. Attach the Aft engine mount sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-22-11-991-151)

over the aft engine mount (1).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aft Engine Mount


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aft Engine Mount


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aft Engine Mount


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Attach the SLING-LIFTING (IAE1N20015) (10) to the aft engine mount
(1) with two toll bolts (12) and washers (13). Tighten bolts.
NOTE : Use the two holes diagonally opposite of each other

____
Subtask 71-22-11-010-068
B. Remove the Aft engine mount

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-22-11-991-151)
CAUTION : THE AFT ENGINE MOUNT WEIGHS 81.6 LBS (37 KGS).
_______
(1) Remove the nuts (9), washers (7) and (8), bolts (6) and retainers (5)
from the link assemblies (2). Attach points on the engine mount
flange.
(2) Remove the inner pins (3) and the outer pins (4) from the link
assemblies (2). Attach points on the engine mount flange.
(3) Remove the Aft engine mount (1).
Subtask 71-22-11-010-069
C. Remove the Aft engine mount sling
(1) Remove the bolts (12) and washers (13) from the aft engine mount.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-22-11-400-010
Installation of the Aft Engine Mount
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK supplies the data to install the Aft engine mount
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-22-11-991-151 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-22-11-410-069
A. Attach the Aft engine mount sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-22-11-991-151)

over the aft engine mount (1).
(2) Attach the SLING-LIFTING (IAE1N20015) (10) to the aft engine mount
(1) with two toll bolts (12) and washers (13). Tighten bolts.
NOTE : Use the two holes diagonally opposite of each other

____
(3) Raise the hoist to straigthen the sling.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-22-11-410-070
A. Install the Aft engine mount

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-22-11-991-151)
CAUTION : THE AFT ENGINE MOUNT WEIGHS 81.6 LBS (37 KGS).
_______
(1) Position the aft engine mount (1) over the engine mount flange.
(2) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-078) to the inner and
outer pins (3) and (4).
(3) Insert the outer pin (4) and the inner pin (3) through the holes in
the engine mount flange and the link assemblies (2). Align the slot
ends.
(4) Attach the retainers (5) to the engine mount flange with bolts (6),
washers (7) and (8) and nuts (9).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (9) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-22-11-010-070
B. Remove the Aft engine mount sling

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-22-11-991-151)
(1) Remove the tool bolts (12) and washers (13) from the aft engine mount
(1).
(2) Remove the SLING-LIFTING (IAE1N20015) (10).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-22-11-420-062
A. Install the power plant
(1) Installation of the power plant (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).
Subtask 71-22-11-410-071
B. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

MOUNT - AFT (1550KM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________
TASK 71-22-11-200-010
Detailed Inspection of Aft Engine Mount Installation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK gives the data for a detailed inspection of the Aft engine mount
with or without engine removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific fiber optic scope

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(120.00 to 600.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-22-11-991-150 Fig. 601
71-22-11-991-152 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-22-11-941-050
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-22-11-010-051
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-22-11-040-050
C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-22-11-010-052

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-22-11-110-050
E. Clean the aft engine mount
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the aft engine mount with a lint free cloth made moist with

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-22-11-210-051
A. Examine the aft engine mount

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-22-11-991-150)
NOTE : The nuts for the beam adjoining bolts are designed to tighten
____
against the shoulders of the bolts and not against the outer beam.
For this reason, there may be some noticeable end play or
looseness of the bolts even after the nuts have been properly
torqued.
(1) Visually examine the three link assemblies (2) for cracks and
corrosion. Give special attention to the critical areas of the links
(Ref Detail B). Use an inspection mirror and inspection lamp and
fiber optic scope.
NOTE : The full circumference of the lugs (180 deg.) may not be
____
visible using an inspection mirror and inspection lamp.
(2) Visually examine the link assemblies (2) for correct installation to
the turbine case and to the mount beam assembly.
(3) Visually examine, as far as possible, the mount beam assembly (1) for
cracks.
(4) Visually examine the three link pin assemblies for cracks, corrosion
and correct installation.
CAUTION : REMOVE ONLY ONE SOLID SHEAR PIN AT A TIME.

_______
(a) Remove the nuts (10), washers (9) and (6) and bolts (5) attaching
the retainer plates (7) at each shear pin assembly.
(b) Push out the solid pin (8) from the sleeve.
(c) Visually examine the solid pin (8) for cracks and corrosion.
(d) Use a fiber optic scope to visually examine the inside of the
sleeve for cracks and corrosion.
(e) Install the solid pin (8) in the sleeve.
(f) Install the retainer plates (7) with bolts (5), washers (6) and
(9) and nuts (10).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aft Engine Mount

Figure 601/TASK 71-22-11-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(g) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.23 and 0.28 m.daN (20.35 and
24.77 lbf.in).
(h) Repeat steps (a) through (h) for each shear pin assembly.
(5) Visually examine all of the anti-rotation and retainer plates (4) for
corrosion, any obvious damage and correct installation.
(6) Corrosion
- Discoloration caused by corrosion is acceptable provided there is
no pitting or reduction in the cross-sectional area of the
component.
(7) Cracks
- No cracks are allowed.
(8) Scores
- Components with scores up to 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) deep when blended
are acceptable.
- Components with scores in excess of 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) are to be
rejected.
(9) Check installation torque of the aft engine mount bolts.

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 71-22-11-991-152)
CAUTION : ALL BOLTS AND BARREL NUTS REMOVED BECAUSE OF FAILURE OF THE
_______
INSTALLATION TORQUE CHECK MUST BE DISCARDED.
NOTE : Do not loosen the bolt before checking the torque.

____
NOTE : Perform the torque check one bolt at a time.

____
(a) Cut and discard the lockwire from the bolts (1).
(b) Check the torque of the bolts by applying an installation torque

to between 65 and 70.5 m.daN (479.35 and 519.91 lbf.ft) in the
tightening direction (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
NOTE : Some initial rotation of the bolts may be experienced

____
during application of the torque.
(c) If a bolt (1) or barrel nut (4) does not hold the torque, replace
all four bolts (1) and barrel nuts (4) one at a time, as follows:
1
_ Lubricate the bolts (1) and the washers (2) with anti seize

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Aft Engine Mount

Figure 602/TASK 71-22-11-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Installation of the barrel nuts:

_______
CAUTION : DO A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE BARREL NUTS. NO

_______
CRACKS, NICKS, SCRATCHES OR GOUGES, ARE ALLOWED.
SILVER PLATING MISSING FROM THE EXTERNAL SURFACE IS
ACCEPTABLE. THE THREADS MUST BE IN GOOD CONDITION
AND NO SILVER PLATING IS ALLOWED TO BE MISSING FROM
THE THREADS. IF THE SILVER PLATING HAS BEEN WORN OFF
OR REMOVED FROM THE THREADS, REPLACE THE BARREL NUT.
a
_ Install the barrel nuts (4), the bolts (1) and the washers
(2).
NOTE : You must install the washers (2) with the recessed
____
side against bolt head.
3
_ TORQUE the bolts (1) to between 65 and 70.5 m.daN (479.35 and
519.91 lbf.ft) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
____
torque, make sure that the surfaces between the pylon
and the aft engine mount are in contact.
(d) Safety the bolts (1) with lockwire (Material No. V02-147)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-22-11-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-22-11-440-050

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-22-11-410-052
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-22-11-200-011
General Visual Examination of the Aft Engine Mount
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-22-11-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-22-11-941-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-22-11-010-053
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-22-11-040-051

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-22-11-010-054

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-22-11-210-052
A. Examine the aft engine mount

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-22-11-991-150)
(1) Visually examine the link assemblies for security of attachment to

the turbine case and to the mount beam assembly. Reject any loose or
missing fasteners.
(2) Visually examine all of the anti-rotation and retainer plates for any
obvious damage and security of attachment. Reject any loose or
missing fasteners.
(3) Visually examine the mount assembly for cracks and other obvious
damage. Reject any damaged parts.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-22-11-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-22-11-440-051
B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012):
Subtask 71-22-11-410-054
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 613
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-22-11-200-012
Detailed Inspection of Aft Engine Mount Installation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CMMV 712211
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-22-11-010-065
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-22-11-020-061
A. Disassemble the aft engine mount
(1) Disassemble the aft engine mount (Ref. CMMV 712211).
Subtask 71-22-11-210-059
B. Inspect the aft engine mount
(1) Do the detailed inspection of the aft engine mount (Ref. CMMV
712211).
Subtask 71-22-11-420-061
C. Assemble the aft engine mount
(1) Assemble the aft engine mount (Ref. CMMV 712211).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 614
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-22-11-410-065
A. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040)
Subtask 71-22-11-869-054
B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-22-11

Page 615
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ELECTRICAL HARNESS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
The engine electrical harnesses connect the electrical components installed
in the nacelle to the aircraft electrical systems.
The harnesses have two primary assemblies. The fan zone harness and the core
zone harness. Each of these primary assemblies has smaller harness
assemblies
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The core zone harnesses are connected to the fan zone harnesses at the
bifurcation panel. The harnesses are installed around the engine and go up
to the pylon break points. Here they interface with the aircraft electrical
systems. The harnesses are attached to the engine with brackets, raceways,
clips and clamps.
2. Description
___________
A. The harness assemblies

(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
(1) that are part of the fan zone harness are:
(a) The Electronic Engine Control (EEC) harness.
(b) The EEC and ignition supply harness.
(c) The general supply harness.
(2) These harness assemblies are connected to the following engine

components:
(a) The EDA.
(b) The ACOC modulating valve.
(c) The stage 10 solenoid valve.
(d) The pneumatic starter valve.
(e) The stage 7 solenoid valves.
(f) The ACOC oil temperature thermocouple.
(g) The relay box.
(h) The EEC.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Electrical Harnesses - Left Side of Engine

Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Electrical Harnesses - Right Side of Engine

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(i) The Fuel Metering Unit (FMU).
(j) The fuel flow transmitter.
(k) The Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) fuel temperature

thermocouple.
(l) The FCOC fuel temperature thermocouple.
(m) The fuel diverter and return valve.
(3) that are part of the core zone harness are:
(a) The fire detection (system A), cabin services and nacelle
overtemperature harness.
(b) The fire detection (system B) harness.
(c) The EEC harness.
(d) The EEC link harness.
(e) The Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) harness.
(f) The ignition harness.
(4) These harness assemblies are connected to the following engine

components:
(a) The Active Clearance Control (ACC) actuator.
(b) The Variable Stator Vane (VSV) actuator.
(c) The Low Pressure Control (LPC) bleed master actuator.
(d) The T2.5 CM terminal.
(e) The terminal block.
(f) The igniter boxes.
(g) The 10th stage valve.
(h) The T3 sensor.
(i) The EGT thermocouples.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. Operation
_________
The engine electrical harness supply the power that is necessary for the
electrical systems. They also transmit the signals for the nacelle
sub-systems and the engine control and monitoring functions.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ELECTRICAL HARNESS - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 71-50-00-210-010
Wire Harness Visual Inspection - All Power Plant Electrical Cables
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable to all power plant electrical cables.

This procedure provides the information necessary to accomplish the wire
harness visual inspection.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-50-00-941-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-50-00-010-056

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-50-00-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-50-00-010-059

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-50-00-210-051
A. Inspection, Reparation and Connection:
(1) Cable visual inspection:
(a) Inspect all the cables in the harness for damage to the outer
coating and braid.
(b) Inspect the wires for chafing, cuts, abrasions or damage.
(2) Connector visual inspection:
(a) Inspect the connector for looseness and make sure the coupling
nut is positioned to permit proper contact between mating pins
and sockets.
(b) Disconnect the connectors as necessary to make sure the contacts

are not bent or damaged and are properly seated in the connector.
(3) Repair the damaged parts (ref. AMM 70-71-00 P.block 001)
(4) Connect all the connectors and secure.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-50-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-50-00-440-053

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-50-00-410-059
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-50-00-220-010
Wire Continuity Check - All Power Plant Electrical Cables
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable to all power plant electrical cables. This

procedure provides the information necessary to accomplish a contact pin (or
socket) to contact pin (or socket) electrical wire continuity check.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Digital Multimeter Model 160B
No specific Ohmmeter Model 260
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-50-00-941-054

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-50-00-010-057

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-50-00-040-054

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-50-00-010-060

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-50-00-020-050
A. Disconnect the two connectors of the wire harness which contains the
cable of the circuit to be checked.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-50-00-220-050
B. Wire continuity check.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO CONNECTOR PINS WHEN YOU DO CONTINUITY

_______
CHECKS. DAMAGED PINS CAN BECOME LOOSE AND CAN THUS
INTERMITTENTLY PREVENT CORRECT CONTINUITY.
(1) Do a wire continuity check on the suspect contacts/wire from

point-to-point (end to end). Use a Digital Multimeter Model 160B or
Ohmmeter Model 260 or equivalent.
(2) Each circuit must have continuity from one end of the wire to the
other end of the wire.
(3) Defective circuits must be repaired (ref. AMM 70-71-00 Pb 001)
Subtask 71-50-00-420-050
C. Connect all the connectors and secure.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-50-00-410-057
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-50-00-440-054

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-50-00-410-060
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-50-00-220-011
Insulation Resistance and Shorted Wire Checks - All Power Plant Electrical
Cables
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable to all power plant electrical cables. This

procedure provides the information necessary to accomplish an insulation
resistance check and a shorted wire check.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific megohmmeter model 1863

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-50-00-941-055

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 609
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-50-00-010-058

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-50-00-040-055

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-50-00-010-061

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-50-00-020-051
A. Disconnect the two connectors of the wire harness which contains the
cable of the circuit to be checked.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 610
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-50-00-220-051
B. Shorted wire Check and Insulation Resistance Check:
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO CONNECTOR PINS WHEN YOU DO CONTINUITY

_______
CHECKS. DAMAGED PINS CAN BECOME LOOSE AND CAN THUS
INTERMITTENTLY PREVENT CORRECT CONTINUITY.
(1) Shorted wire check.
(a) Do the shorted wire check on the suspect wire. Use a megohmmeter
model 1863 or equivalent.
(b) Set the megohmmeter to the 100 volt DC scale.
1
_ Check the resistance between each pair of wires which are
suspect.
2
_ The resistance must be infinity.
3
_ Defective circuits must be repaired (ref. AMM 70-71-00 pb
001).
(2) Insulation resistance check:
(a) Do the insulation resistance check on the suspect circuit. Use a

megohmmeter model 1863 or equivalent.
(b) Set the megohmmeter to the 500 volt DC scale.
1
_ Connect one test lead of the megohmmeter to the backshell body
of the connector. Connect the other test lead to the contact
(pin or socket) of the connector.
2
_ Measure the insulation resistance.
3
_ The resistance must be a minimum of 20 megohms.
4
_ Defective circuits must be repaired (ref. AMM 70-71-00 pb
001).
Subtask 71-50-00-420-051
C. Connect all the connectors and secure.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 611
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-50-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM2
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-50-00-440-055
Subtask 71-50-00-410-061
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-50-00

Page 612
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HARNESS - EEC AND IGNITION SUPPLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 71-51-42-000-010
Removal of the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific inserter/extractor
No specific access platforms 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-21-49-000-012 Removal of the Anti-ice Duct No. 3

80-13-49-000-010 Removal of the Starter Duct
71-51-42-991-162 Fig. 401
71-51-42-991-163 Fig. 402
71-51-42-991-164 Fig. 403
71-51-42-991-165 Fig. 404
71-51-42-991-166 Fig. 405
71-51-42-991-167 Fig. 406
71-51-42-991-168 Fig. 407
71-51-42-991-169 Fig. 408
71-51-42-991-170 Fig. 409
71-51-42-991-176 Fig. 410

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-51-42-991-172 Fig. 411

71-51-42-991-173 Fig. 412
71-51-42-991-174 Fig. 413
71-51-42-991-175 Fig. 414
71-51-42-991-157 Fig. 415
71-51-42-991-158 Fig. 416
71-51-42-991-159 Fig. 417
71-51-42-991-160 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-51-42-941-051
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-42-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 71-51-42-010-055
C. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platforms in position on the left side and the right
side of the engine.
Subtask 71-51-42-010-056
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the anti-ice duct No. 3 (Ref. TASK 30-21-49-000-012).
(2) Remove the starter duct (Ref. TASK 80-13-49-000-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-51-42-020-051
A. Disconnect the harness

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-42-991-162)
(1) Disconnect these electrical connectors:
(a) The connector 4004VC-A at the left C-duct.
(b) The connectors 4101KS-A and 4101KS-B at the thrust reverser

control valve.
(c) The connectors 4012VC-A and 4013VC-A at the air intake cowl.
(d) The connectors 402VC-A and 406VC-A at the pylon interface panel.
(e) The connectors 403VC-A and 407VC-A at the pylon interface panel.
(f) The connector 4005VC-A at the right C-duct.
(g) The connectors 4000KS-J1 and 4000KS-J7 at the EEC.
(h) The connectors 4000VC-A, 4001VC-A, 4002VC-A and 4003VC-A at their

related plug breaks.
Subtask 71-51-42-620-051
B. Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on all the electrical connectors and

all the electrical receptacles.
Subtask 71-51-42-020-052
C. Disconnect the harness clips from the front of the LP

compressor/intermediate case
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-42-991-163)
PRE SBE 71-0177: Engine Power Plant - EEC and Ignition supply harness,
rerouting of Thrust Reverser Control Valve cables
(1) Make a note of the position of the spacer (4). Remove the bolt (1),
the washer (2) and the spacer (4) from the clip (3) at position A.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(2) Remove the bolt (6) and the washer (7) from the clip (5) at position
B.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

EEC and Ignition Supply Harness

Figure 401/TASK 71-51-42-991-162

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the bolts (9), the washers (8) and the nuts (11) from the
clips (10) at position C.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
the washer (13), the nut (16) and the spacer (12) from the clip (15)
at position D.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(5) Make a note of the position of the spacer (39). Remove the bolts
(27), (29), (33) and (36), the washers (26), (32), (35) and (38) and
the spacer (39) from the clips (28), (30), (31), (34) and (37) at
positions E, F, G and H.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165)
(6) Make a note of the positions of the spacers (51) and (55). Remove the
bolts (49) and (53), the washers (52) and (56) and the spacers (51)
and (55) from the clips (50) and (54) at positions J and K.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
bolt (60), the washer (59), the nut (62) and the spacers (57) and
(61) from the clips (58) at position L.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
(8) Make a note of the positions of the spacers (73), (74) and (77).
Remove the bolt (76), the washer (75), the nut (79) and the spacers
(73), (74) and (77) from the clip (78) at position M.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
(9) Remove the bolt (80) and the washer (82) from the clip (81) at
position N.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
PRE SBE 71-0288
position P.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
END OF PRE SBE 71-0288
POST SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(11) Remove the bolt (83) from the clip (84) at position P.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
END OF POST SBE 71-0288
(12) Remove the bolt (97), the washers (98) and (99) and the nut (95) from
the clip (96) at position Q.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(13) Remove the bolt (103), the washers (101) and (104) and the nut (102)
from the clip (100) at position R.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
POST SBE 71-0288
(14) Remove the bolt (103), the washer (101) and the nut (102) from the
clip (100) at position R.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
position S.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
clip (120) at position T.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
(17) Remove the bolts (122) and (124) and the washers (123) and (125) from
the clips (121), (126) and (127) at positions U and V.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
the clips (139) and (141) at positions W and X.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-42-991-170)
(19) Remove the bolts (145) and the washers (146) from the clips (144) and
(154) at position Y.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 409/TASK 71-51-42-991-170

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

71-51-42

Page 417
Aug 01/08

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-42-020-065
D. Disconnect the harness clips from the front of the LP

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-42-991-163)
SBE 71-0177: Engine Power Plant - EEC and Ignition supply harness,
rerouting of Thrust Reverser Control Valve cables
the washer (2) and the spacer (4) from the clip (3) at position A.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
B.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(3) Remove the bolts (9), the washers (8) and the nuts (11) from the
clips (10) at position C.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
at position D
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(27), the washers (26), the nut (41) and the spacer (39) from the
clips (28) and (40) at positions E.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165)
(6) Remove the bolts (29), (33) and (36) and the washers (32), (35) and
(38) from the clips (30), (31), (34) and (37) at positions F, G and
H.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165)
bolts (49) and (53), the washers (52) and (56) and the spacers (51)
and (55) from the clips (50) and (54) at positions J and K.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
(61) from the clips (58) at position L.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Remove the bolt (76), the washer (75), the nut (79) and the spacers
(73), (74) and (77) from the clip (78) at position M.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
position N.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
PRE SBE 71-0288
position P.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
POST SBE 71-0288
(12) Remove the bolt (83) from the clips (81) and (84) at position P.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
the clip (96) at position Q.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
POST SBE 71-0288
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
position S.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

clip (120) at position T.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
the clips (121), (126) and (127) at positions U and V.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
(138) and (143), the washers (140) and (142) and the spacer (156)
from the clips (139), (141) and (157) at positions W and X.
(20) Make a note of the position of the spacer (158). Remove the bolt
(145), the washer (146) and the spacer (158) from the clips (144),
(154) and (159) at position Y.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)
(21) Make a note of the positions of the spacers (169) and (174). Remove
the bolts (166) and (171), the washers (167) and (172), the nuts
(170) and (175) and the spacers (169) and (174) from the clips (168)
and (173) at positions AB and AC.
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-42-991-172)
(22) Remove the bolts (176) and (180), the washers (177) and (181) and the
nut (179) from the clips (178) and (182) at positions AD and AE.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-42-991-173)
clip (185) at position AF.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-42-991-173)
(187), the washer (188) and the spacer (190) from the clip (189) at
position AG.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-42-991-174)
position AH.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-42-991-174)
nuts (197) and (201) from the clips (196) and (200) at positions AJ
and AK.
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-51-42-991-175)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 411/TASK 71-51-42-991-172

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 412/TASK 71-51-42-991-173

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 413/TASK 71-51-42-991-174

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 414/TASK 71-51-42-991-175

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-42-010-057
E. Remove the two cables from the terminal block

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)
PRE SBE 73-0137
(1) Remove the screws (152) and (153) and remove the backshell (150) from
the terminal block connector.
(2) Remove and discard the lacing tape that attaches the screen tails to
the harness.
(3) Remove and discard the adhesive tape from around the cables at the
clamp position.
(4) Remove the screws (148) and (149) and the washer (155) that attach
the cover (147) to the terminal block (151).
(5) Remove the cover (147).
Post SBE 71-0275 only:
(6) Remove the adhesive from the cables.
(7) Use the inserter/extractor to remove the cable, 8T077, from the
terminal E on the terminal module TM817.
terminal C on the terminal module TM824.
(9) Remove the two cables from the backshell (150).
Subtask 71-51-42-010-062
F. Remove the two cables from the terminal block

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)
SBE 73-0137: Engine - Powerplant - Installation of new terminal block
(1) Remove the screws (152) and (153) and remove the backshell (150) from
(2) Remove and discard the lacing tape that attaches the screen tails to
the harness.
(3) Remove and discard the adhesive tape from around the cables at the
clamp position.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Remove the screws (148) and (149) and the washer (155) that attach
the cover (147) to the terminal block (151).
(5) Remove the cover (147).
(6) Remove the adhesive from the cables.
terminal E on the terminal block M81714/3-D-A1.
terminal C on the terminal block M81714/3-D-B1.
(9) Remove the two cables from the backshell (150).
Subtask 71-51-42-020-053
G. Disconnect the harness clips from the rear of the LP

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-42-991-157)
the washer (2) and the spacer (4) that attach the clip (3) to the
engine at position A.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158)
the washer (9), the spacer (12) and the nut (10) that attach the clip
(11) to the engine at position C.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158)
(3) Remove the bolts (5) and (13) and the washers (6) and (14) that
attach the clips (7) and (15) to the engine at positions B and D.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158)
(4) Remove the bolt (26) and the washer (27) that attach the clip (28) to
the engine at position E.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
PRE SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 415/TASK 71-51-42-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(5) Remove the bolt (33), the washers (32) and (38) and the nut (29) that
attach the clips (30) and (31) to the engine at position F.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
POST SBE 71-0288
(6) Remove the bolt (33) and the nut (29) that attach the clips (30) and
(31) to the engine at position F.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
(7) Remove the bolt (34), the washer (35) and the nut (36) that attach
the clips (37) to the engine at position G.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
(8) Remove the bolts (48), (51) and (54) and the washers (49), (52) and
(56) that attach the clips (50), (53) and (55) to the engine at
positions H, J and K.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-42-991-160)
the clips (59) to the engine at position L.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-42-991-160)
Subtask 71-51-42-020-054
H. Remove the EEC and ignition supply harness from the engine
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-42-991-163, 415/TASK 71-51-42-991-157)
(1) Remove the harness from the clips (28), (31), (34) and (37) at
positions E, F, G and H and the clips (50) and (54) at positions J
and K.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165, 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
(2) Remove the harness from the clips (81), (84), (96), (100) and (105)
at positions N, P, Q, R and S and the clips (120), (121) and (127) at
positions T, U, and V.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167, 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168,
408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
positions W, X and Y.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-42-991-170, 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 432
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 418/TASK 71-51-42-991-160

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 433
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Remove the harness from the clip (3) at position A and the clips (30)
and (37) at positions F and G.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158, 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
positions H, J, K and L.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-42-991-160)
(6) Remove the EEC and ignition supply harness from the engine.
Subtask 71-51-42-010-058
J. Transferable parts removal

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-42-991-163, 415/TASK 71-51-42-991-157)
(1) Remove all the clips from the EEC and ignition supply harness at
positions A, B, C, D, F, L and M.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165, 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166,
406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
(2) Remove all the clips from the EEC and ignition supply harness at
positions B, C, D and E.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158, 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
SBE 71-0177
(3) Remove all the clips from the thrust reverser control valve cables at
positions X, Y, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AG, AH, AJ and AK.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176, 411/TASK 71-51-42-991-172,
412/TASK 71-51-42-991-173, 413/TASK 71-51-42-991-174, 414/TASK 71-51-
42-991-175)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 434
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-51-42-400-010
Installation of the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific inserter/extractor
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
lacing tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 435
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

30-21-49-400-012 Installation of the Anti-ice Duct No. 3
71-51-42-000-010 Removal of the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness
71-51-42-000-010 Removal of the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness
80-13-49-400-010 Installation of the Starter Duct
71-51-42-991-162 Fig. 401
71-51-42-991-163 Fig. 402
71-51-42-991-164 Fig. 403
71-51-42-991-165 Fig. 404
71-51-42-991-166 Fig. 405
71-51-42-991-167 Fig. 406
71-51-42-991-168 Fig. 407
71-51-42-991-169 Fig. 408
71-51-42-991-170 Fig. 409
71-51-42-991-176 Fig. 410
71-51-42-991-172 Fig. 411
71-51-42-991-173 Fig. 412
71-51-42-991-174 Fig. 413
71-51-42-991-175 Fig. 414
71-51-42-991-157 Fig. 415
71-51-42-991-158 Fig. 416
71-51-42-991-159 Fig. 417
71-51-42-991-160 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-51-42-860-051
engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 436
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
(4) Make sure that the anti-ice duct No. 3 (Ref. TASK 30-21-49-000-012)
is removed.
(5) Make sure that the starter duct (Ref. TASK 80-13-49-000-010) is
removed.
Subtask 71-51-42-010-060
B. Make sure that the fan cowls are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-51-42-865-054
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 71-51-42-410-055
D. Transferable parts installation

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-42-991-163, 415/TASK 71-51-42-991-157)
(1) Install the clips on the replacement EEC and ignition supply harness
at positions A, B, C, D, F, L and M.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164, 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165,
405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166, 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 437
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Install the clips on the replacement EEC and ignition supply harness
at positions B, C, D and E.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158, 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
SBE 71-0177
(3) Install the clips on the replacement thrust reverser control valve
cables at positions X, Y, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AG, AH, AJ and AK.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176, 411/TASK 71-51-42-991-172,
412/TASK 71-51-42-991-173, 413/TASK 71-51-42-991-174, 414/TASK 71-51-
42-991-175)
Subtask 71-51-42-630-051
E. Remove the covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connectors and the

electrical receptacles.
Subtask 71-51-42-110-051
F. Clean the terminal block backshell and screws

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002) to clean:
(a) The threads of the backshell (150).
(b) The threads of the screws (153).
(2) Dry the backshell and the screws with a clean lint free cloth.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 438
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-51-42-420-051
A. Install the EEC and ignition supply harness

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-42-991-163, 415/TASK 71-51-42-991-157)
(1) Put the harness in position on the engine.
(2) Install the harness in the harness clips (28), (31), (34) and (37) at
positions E, F, G and H and the clips (50) and (54) at positions J
and K.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165, 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
(3) Install the harness in the clips (81), (84), (96), (100) and (105) at
positions N, P, Q, R and S and the clips (120), (121) and (127) at
positions T, U and V.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167, 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168,
408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
(4) Install the harness in the clips (139) and (141) at positions W and
X.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-42-991-170)
(5) Install the harness in the clips (144) and (154) at position Y.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)
(6) Install the harness in the clip (3) at position A and the clips (30)
and (37) at positions F and G.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158, 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
(7) Install the harness in the clips (50), (53), (55) and (58) at
positions H, J, K and L.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-42-991-160)
Subtask 71-51-42-420-052
B. Connect the harness to the electrical connectors

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-42-991-162)
(1) Connect these electrical connectors (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010):
(a) The connector 4004VC-A at the left C-duct.
(b) The connectors 4101KS-A and 4101KS-B at the thrust reverser

control valve.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 439
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) The connectors 4012VC-A and 4013VC-A at the air intake cowl.
(d) The connectors 402VC-A and 406VC-A at the pylon interface panel.
(e) The connectors 403VC-A and 407VC-A at the pylon interface panel.
(f) The connector 4005VC-A at the right C-duct.
(g) The connectors 4000KS-J7 and 4000KS-J1 at the EEC.
(h) The connectors 4000VC-A, 4001VC-A, 4002VC-A and 4003VC-A at their

related plugbreaks.
Subtask 71-51-42-410-056
C. Install the two cables on the terminal block

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)
PRE SBE 73-0137
(1) Install the two cables in the backshell (150) and put the screen
tails equally around the ground ferrule.
(2) Install three layers of adhesive tape (Material No. V02-148) along
the length of the cables, from the TM817 Terminal Junction Module and
the TM824 Terminal Junction Module for a distance of approximately
6.0 in. (152.3997 mm).
(3) Attach the screen tails to the harness with the lacing tape (Material
No. V02-159).
(4) Wind the adhesive tape (Material No. V02-148) around the cables at
the clamp position, so that the clamp will hold the harness tightly.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE LOCKING COMPOUND IS CONFINED TO THE THREADS.

_______
(5) Apply one drop of locking compound (Material No. V08-026) to the
threads of the backshell (150) in two places.
(6) Install the backshell on the terminal block connector. TORQUE the
backshell to 10 lbf.in (0.11 m.daN).
threads of the two screws (152) and (153).
(8) Attach the cable clamp with the two screws (152) and (153).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 440
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(9) TORQUE the two screws (152) and (153) to between 10 and 20 lbf.in
(0.11 and 0.22 m.daN).
(10) Use the inserter/extractor to install the cable, 8T033, into terminal
C on the terminal module TM824.
E on the terminal module TM817.
(12) Put the cover (147) on the terminal block (151) and attach the cover
with the screws (148) and (149) and washer (155).
(13) TORQUE the two screws (148) and (149) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN).
Subtask 71-51-42-410-060
D. Install the two cables on the terminal block

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)
assembly
(1) Install the two cables in the backshell (150) and put the screen
tails equally around the ground ferrule.
(2) Install three layers of adhesive tape (Material No. V02-148) along
the length of the cables, from the M81714/3-D-A1 Terminal Junction
Module and the M81714/3-D-B1 Terminal Junction Module for a distance
of approximately 6.0 in. (152.3997 mm).
(3) Attach the screen tails to the harness with the lacing tape (Material
No. V02-159).
(4) Wind the adhesive tape (Material No. V02-148) around the cables at
the clamp position, so that the clamp will hold the harness tightly.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE LOCKING COMPOUND IS CONFINED TO THE THREADS.

_______
threads of the backshell (150) in two places.
(6) Install the backshell on the terminal block connector. TORQUE the
backshell to 10 lbf.in (0.11 m.daN).
threads of the two screws (152) and (153).
(8) Attach the cable clamp with the two screws (152) and (153).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 441
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(9) TORQUE the two screws (152) and (153) to between 10 and 20 lbf.in
(0.11 and 0.22 m.daN).
C on the terminal block M81714/3-D-B1.
E on the terminal block M81714/3-D-A1.
(12) Put the cover (147) on the terminal block (151) and attach the cover
with the screws (148) and (149) and the washer (155).
(13) TORQUE the two screws (148) and (149) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN).
Subtask 71-51-42-420-053
E. Attach the harness to the front of the LP compressor/intermediate case

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-42-991-163)
PRE SBE 71-0177
(1) Install the spacer (4) in the position noted during removal
(Ref. TASK 71-51-42-000-010). Attach the clip (3) and the spacer (4)
to the engine with the bolt (1) and the washer (2) at position A.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(2) Attach the clip (5) to the engine with the bolt (6) and the washer
(7) at position B.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(3) Attach the clips (10) to the engine with the bolts (9), the washers
(8) and the nuts (11) at position C.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(Ref. TASK 71-51-42-000-010). Attach the clip (15) and the spacer
(12) to the engine with the bolt (14), the washer (13) and the nut
(16) at position D.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(39) to the engine with the bolt (27) and the washer (26) at position
E (make sure that the general services harness clip at position E is
also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 442
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Attach the clips (30), (31), (34) and (37) to the engine with the
bolts (29), (33) and (36) and the washers (32), (35) and (38) at
positions F, G and H.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165)
(7) Install the spacers (51) and (55) in the positions noted during
removal (Ref. TASK 71-51-42-000-010). Attach the clips (50) and (54)
and the spacers (51) and (55) to the engine with the bolts (49) and
(53) and the washers (52) and (56) at positions J and K.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
removal (Ref. TASK 71-51-42-000-010). Attach the clip (58) and the
spacers (57) and (61) to the engine with the bolt (60), the washer
(59) and the nut (62) at position L (make sure that the general
services harness clip at position L is also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
(9) Install the spacers (73), (74) and (77) in the positions noted during
spacers (73), (74) and (77) to the engine with the bolt (76), the
washer (75) and the nut (79) at position M (make sure that the
general services harness clip at position M is also attached to the
engine).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
(82) at position N.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(85) at position P (make sure that the EEC harness clip at position P
is also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
POST SBE 71-0288
(12) Attach the clip (84) to the engine with the bolt (83) at position P
(make sure that the EEC harness clip at position P is also attached
to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 443
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(13) Attach the clip (96) to the engine with the bolt (97), the washers
(98) and (99) and the nut (95) at position Q (make sure that the EEC
harness clip at position Q are also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(101) and (104) and the nut (102) at position R (make sure that the
EEC harness clip at position R are also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
POST SBE 71-0288
(15) Attach the clip (100) to the engine with the bolt (103), the washer
(104) and the nut (102) at position R (make sure that the EEC harness
clip at position R are also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
(16) Attach the clip (105) to the engine with the bolt (107) and the
washer (106) at position S (make sure that the tube clip at this
position is also attached to the engine)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
(117) and the nut (119) at position T (make sure that the tube clip
at this position is also attached to the engine)
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
(18) Attach the clips (121), (126) and (127) to the engine with the bolts
(122) and (124) and the washers (123) and (125) at positions U and V.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
(19) Attach the clips (139) and (141) to the engine with the bolts (138)
and (143) and the washers (140) and (142) at positions W and X.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-42-991-170)
(20) Attach the clips (144) and (154) to the engine with the bolt (145)
and the washer (146) at position Y.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 444
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(21) TORQUE the nuts that follow to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013):
(a) The nuts (11) and (16) at positions C and D

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(b) The nut (62) at position L

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
(c) The nut (79) at position M

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
(d) The nuts (95) and (102) at positions Q and R

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
(e) The nut (119) at position T.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
(22) TORQUE the bolts that follow to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013):
(a) The bolts (1) and (6) at positions A and B

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(b) The bolts (27), (29), (33) and (36) at positions E, F, G and H
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165)
(c) The bolts (49) and (53) at positions J and K

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
(d) The bolts (80) and (83) at positions N and P

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
(e) The bolt (107) at position S

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
(f) The bolts (122) and (124) at positions U and V

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
(g) The bolts (138) and (143) at positions W and X

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-42-991-170)
(h) The bolt (145) at position Y.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 445
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-42-420-065
F. Attach the harness to the front of the LP compressor/intermediate case

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-42-991-163)
SBE 71-0177
(Ref. TASK 71-51-42-000-010). Attach the clip (3) and the spacer (4)
to the engine with the bolt (1) and the washer (2) at position A.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(7) at position B.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(3) Attach the clips (10) to the engine with the bolts (9), the washers
(8) and the nuts (11) at position C.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(16) at position D.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(Ref. TASK 71-51-42-000-010). Attach the clips (28) and (40) and the
spacer (39) to the engine with the bolt (27), the washer (26) and the
nut (41) at position E (make sure the general services harness clip
at position E is also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165)
(6) Attach the clips (30), (31), (34) and (37) to the engine with the
bolts (29), (33) and (36) and the washers (32), (35) and (38) at
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165)
and the spacers (51) and (55) to the engine with the bolts (49) and
(53) and the washers (52) and (56) at positions J and K.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 446
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

spacers (57) and (61) to the engine with the bolt (60), the washer
(59) and the nut (62) at position L (make sure that the general
services harness clip at position L is also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
(9) Install the spacers (73), (74) and (77) in the positions noted during
spacers (73), (74) and (77) to the engine with the bolt (76), the
washer (75) and the nut (79) at position M (make sure that the
general services harness clip at position M is also attached to the
engine).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
(82) at position N.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
POST SBE 71-0288
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
(98) and (99) and the nut (95) at position Q (make sure that the EEC
harness clip at position Q are also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
PRE SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 447
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(101) and (104) and the nut (102) at position R (make sure that the
EEC harness clip at position R are also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
POST SBE 71-0288
(104) and the nut (102) at position R (make sure that the EEC harness
clip at position R are also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
(16) Attach the clip (105) to the engine with the bolt (107) and the
washer (106) at position S (make sure that the tube clip at this
position is also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
(117) and the nut (119) at position T (make sure that the tube clip
at this position is also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
(122) and (124) and the washers (123) and (125) at positions U and V.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
(Ref. TASK 71-51-42-000-010). Attach the clips (139), (141) and (157)
to the engine with the bolts (138) and (143) and the washers (140)
and (142) at positions X and W.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-42-991-170)
to the engine with the bolt (145) and the washer (146) at position Y.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)
removal (Ref. TASK 71-51-42-000-010). Attach the clips (168) and
(173) to the engine with the bolts (166) and (171), the washers (167)
and (172) and the nuts (170) and (175) at positions AB and AC.
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-42-991-172)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 448
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(176) and (183), the washers (177) and (184) and the nuts (179) and
(186) at positions AD and AF.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-42-991-173)
(23) Attach the clips (182) to the engine with the bolts (180) and the
washers (181) at position AE.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-42-991-173)
(Ref. TASK 71-51-42-000-010). Attach the clips (189) and the spacer
(190) to the engine with the bolt (187) and the washers (188) at
position AG.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-42-991-174)
(25) Attach the clips (193) to the engine with the bolts (191) and the
washers (192) at position AH.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-42-991-174)
(26) Attach the clips (196) and (200) to the engine with the bolts (194)
and (198), the washers (195) and (199) and the nuts (197) and (201)
at positions AJ and AK (make sure the EVM harness at positions AJ and
AK is also attached to the engine).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-51-42-991-175)
23-11-911-013):
(a) The nuts (11) and (16) at positions C and D

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(b) The nut (41) at position E

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165)
(c) The nut (62) at position L

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
(d) The nut (79) at position M

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
(e) The nuts (95) and (102) at positions Q and R

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
(f) The nut (119) at position T

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 449
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(g) The nuts (170) and (175) at positions AB and AC
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-42-991-172)
(h) The nuts (179) and (186) at positions AD and AF

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-42-991-173)
(i) The nuts (197) and (201) at positions AJ and AK.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-42-991-174)
23-11-911-013):
(a) The bolts (1) and (6) at positions A and B

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-51-42-991-164)
(b) The bolts (29), (33) and (36) at positions F, G and H

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-42-991-165)
(c) The bolts (49) and (53) at positions J and K

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-42-991-166)
(d) The bolts (80) and (83) at positions N and P

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-42-991-167)
(e) The bolt (107) at position S

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-42-991-168)
(f) The bolts (122) and (124) at positions U and V

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-42-991-169)
(g) The bolts (138) and (143) at positions W and X

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-42-991-170)
(h) The bolt (145) at position Y

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-42-991-176)
(i) The bolt (180) at position AE

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-42-991-173)
(j) The bolts (187) and (191) at positions AG and AH.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-42-991-174)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 450
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-42-420-054
G. Attach the harness to the rear of the LP compressor/intermediate case

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-42-991-157)
(1) Install the spacer (4) in the position noted on removal (Ref. TASK
71-51-42-000-010). Attach the clip (3) and the spacer (4) to the
engine with the bolt (1) and the washer (2) at position A.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158)
(12) to the engine with the bolt (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10)
at position C.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158)
(3) Attach the harness clips (7) and (15) to the engine with the bolts
(5) and (13) and the washers (6) and (14) at positions B and D.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158)
(27) at position E.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(5) Attach the clips (30) and (31) to the engine with the bolt (33), the
washers (32) and (38) and the nut (29) at position F.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
POST SBE 71-0288
(6) Attach the clips (30) and (31) to the engine with the bolt (33) and
the nut (29) at position F.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
(35) and the nut (36) at position G.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 451
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(48), (51) and (54) and the washers (49), (52) and (56) at positions
H, J and K.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-42-991-160)
(58) at position L.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-42-991-160)
23-11-911-013):
(a) The nut (10) at position C

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158)
(b) The nuts (29) and (36) at positions F and G

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
(c) The nut (60) at position L.

(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-42-991-160)
23-11-911-013):
(a) The bolts (1), (5) and (13) at positions A, B and D

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-42-991-158)
(b) The bolt (26) at position E

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-42-991-159)
(c) The bolts (48), (51) and (54) at positions H, J and K.

(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-42-991-160)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-51-42-410-057
A. Close Access
(1) Install the anti-ice duct No. 3 (Ref. TASK 30-21-49-400-012).
(2) Install the starter duct (Ref. TASK 80-13-49-400-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 452
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-42-410-058
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-51-42-865-055
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1JH
FOR 1000EM1
2JH1, 3JH1
FOR 1000EM2
2JH2, 3JH2
Subtask 71-51-42-942-051
D. Remove the warning notice(s).
Subtask 71-51-42-710-051
E. For test requirements:
(1) Do an operational test of the EEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-710-040) and an

operational test of the FADEC System on the ground (Ref. TASK 73-22-
00-710-040).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-42

Page 453
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HARNESS - GENERAL SERVICES - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 71-51-43-000-010
Removal of the General Services Harness
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers, caps, plugs

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-51-43-991-150 Fig. 401
71-51-43-991-163 Fig. 402
71-51-43-991-179 Fig. 403
71-51-43-991-153 Fig. 404
71-51-43-991-154 Fig. 405
71-51-43-991-157 Fig. 406
71-51-43-991-174 Fig. 407
71-51-43-991-151 Fig. 408
71-51-43-991-152 Fig. 409
71-51-43-991-155 Fig. 410
71-51-43-991-156 Fig. 411
71-51-43-991-171 Fig. 412

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-51-43-991-183 Fig. 413

71-51-43-991-180 Fig. 414
71-51-43-991-160 Fig. 415
71-51-43-991-161 Fig. 416
71-51-43-991-181 Fig. 417
71-51-43-991-175 Fig. 418
71-51-43-991-176 Fig. 419
71-51-43-991-177 Fig. 420
71-51-43-991-166 Fig. 421
71-51-43-991-167 Fig. 422
71-51-43-991-168 Fig. 423
71-51-43-991-169 Fig. 424
71-51-43-991-172 Fig. 425
71-51-43-991-173 Fig. 426
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-51-43-941-065
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-43-010-079
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(3) Remove the upper starter duct (Ref. TASK 80-13-49-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-51-43-020-066
A. Disconnect the general services harness.
(1) Make a note of the positions of these parts:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-43-991-150, 402/TASK 71-51-43-991-163,
403/TASK 71-51-43-991-179)
(a) The general services harness.
(b) The electrical connectors.
(c) The ground connections GP1, GP2, GP3 and GP4.

They must be put in the same positions on installation.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-43-991-150, 402/TASK 71-51-43-991-163,
403/TASK 71-51-43-991-179)
(a) The connectors 401VC-A and 409VC-A at the mid pylon interface
panel.
(b) The connectors 404VC-A, 405VC-A, 408VC-A and 447VC-A at the

forward pylon interface panel.
(c) The connector 4010VC-A at the air intake cowl.
(d) The connector 4100KS-B at the relay box.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

General Services Harness - Connnector and Clip Point Locations

Figure 401/TASK 71-51-43-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

General Services Harness - Connector and Clip Point Locations

Figure 402/TASK 71-51-43-991-163

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

General Services Harness - Connector and Ground Point Locations

Figure 403/TASK 71-51-43-991-179

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) The connector 4000DN-A at the anti-ice valve.
(f) The connectors 4000XU-C, 4000XU-A and 4000XU-B at the integrated

drive generator.
(g) The connector 4011VC-A at the air intake cowl.
(h) The connector 4006EN-A at the No. 4 bearing compartment scavenge

valve.
(i) The connector 4005EN-A at the No. 4 bearing scavenge oil pressure
transducer.
(j) The connectors 4000WD1-A and 4000WD2-A at the accessory zone fire
detectors.
(k) The connector 1030GK-A at the hydraulic pump.
(l) The connector 4000KC-A at the fuel shut off valve.
(m) The connector 4004EN-A at the engine oil temperature transducer.
(n) The connector 4000EL-A at the fuel filter differential pressure

switch.
(o) The connector 4002EN-A at the engine oil quantity transducer.
(p) The connector 4001EN-A at the differential pressure switch for

the engine scavenge-oil filter.
(q) The connector 1074GK-A at the low hydraulic pressure warning

switch.
(r) The connector 4000EN-A at the engine oil pressure switch.
(s) The connector 4003EN-A at the engine oil pressure transducer.
(3) Remove the ground connections from the engine ground point brackets.
(a) Remove the nut (20), the bolt (24) and the washer (23) which
attach the clip (22) to the engine ground point bracket (21)
(GP3).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-43-991-153)
(b) Remove the bolts (26) and the washers (25) which attach the
ground connections to the bracket GP3.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-43-991-153)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

General Services Harness - Clip Point Details

Figure 404/TASK 71-51-43-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Remove the nut (40), the bolt (44) and the washer (43) which
attach the clip (41) to the engine ground point bracket (42) GP4.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-43-991-154)
(d) Remove the bolts (46) and the washers (45) which attach the
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-43-991-154)
(e) Remove the nut (115), the bolt (119) and the washer (118) which
attach the clip (117) to the engine ground point bracket (116)
GP2.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-43-991-157)
(f) Remove the bolts (121) and the washers (120) which attach the
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-43-991-157)
(g) Remove the nut (79), the bolt (81) and the washer (80) which
attach the clip (77) to the engine ground point bracket (78) GP1.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174)
(h) Remove the bolts (82) and the washers (83) which attach the
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174)
Subtask 71-51-43-620-051
B. Put the applicable covers, caps, plugs on all of the electrical

connectors and the electrical receptacles.
Subtask 71-51-43-020-067
C. Do the steps below:
(1) Release the general services harness from the bottom of the LP
compressor case.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-43-991-151)
(a) Make a note of the positions of these parts. They must be put in
the same positions on installation:
1
_ The bolts (2), (5) and (9), the washers (3), (6) and (8) and
the clips (1), (4) and (7)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-43-991-152)
2
_ The bolt (29), the washer (28) and the clip (27).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-43-991-153)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 405/TASK 71-51-43-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

General Services Harness - Connector and Clip Point Locations

Figure 406/TASK 71-51-43-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

General Services Harness - Ground Connections and Clip Point Details

Figure 408/TASK 71-51-43-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 409/TASK 71-51-43-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3
_ The bolts (49) and (52), the washers (48) and (51) and the
clips (47) and (50).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-43-991-154)
4
_ The bolts (64), (68), (73) and (75) the washers (65), (67),
(71), (72), (76) and (78) the nuts (70) and (77) and the clips
(63), (66), (69) and (74).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155)
5
_ The bolts (91), (98) and (101) the washers (90), (97) and
(100) the spacer (88) and the clips (89), (96) and (99).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
PRE SBE 71-0288
6
_ The bolt (95), the washer (94) and the clips (92) and (93).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
POST SBE 71-0288
The bolt (95) and the clips (92) and (93).

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
PRE SBE 71-0288
7
_ The bolt (113), the washer (114) and the clip (112).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
POST SBE 71-0288
8
_ The bolt (113) and the clip (112).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
9
_ The bolts (132), (137), (139) and (143), the washer (135),
(138), (142) and (144), the nuts (134), (140) and (145) and
the clips (133), (136), (141) and (146).
10
__ The bolt (160), the washers (159) and (161), the nut (157) and
the clip (158).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

71-51-43

Page 417
Nov 01/07

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

PRE SBE 71-0288
11
__ The bolt (165), the washer (162), the nut (163) and the clip
(164).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
POST SBE 71-0288
12
__ The bolt (165), the nut (163) and the clip (164).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
PRE SBE 71-0288
13
__ The bolt (168), the washer (169), the spacer (167) and the
clip (166).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
POST SBE 71-0288
14
__ The bolt (168), the spacer (167) and the clip (166).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
PRE SBE 71-0288
15
__ The bolt (173), the washers (172) and (174), the nut (170) and
the clip (171).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
POST SBE 71-0288
16
__ The bolt (173), the nut (170) and the clip (171).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Remove the bolts (2),(5) and (9) and the washers (3), (6) and (8)
which attach the clips (1), (4) and (7) to the engine bracket and
the rafts
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-43-991-152)
(detail A, B, and C).
(c) Remove the harness from the clips (3), (4) and (7).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-43-991-152)
(d) Remove the bolt (29) and the washer (28) which attach the clip
(27) to the engine raft
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-43-991-153)
(detail D).
(e) Remove the bolts (49) and (52) and the washers (48) and (51)
which attach the clips (47) and (50) to the engine brackets.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-43-991-154)
(f) Remove the bolts (64) and (68) and the washers (65) and (67)
which attach the clips (63) and (66) to the engine bracket and
the raft
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155)
(detail G and H).
(g) Remove the nut (70), the washers (71) and (72) and the bolt (73)
which attach the clip (69) and the fire detector clip to the
engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155)
(detail J).
(h) Remove the nut (77), the washers (76) and (78) and the bolt (75)
which attach the clip (74), the fire detector clip and the EEC
Harness clip to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155)
(detail K).
(i) Remove the harness from the clips (66), (69) and (74)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155)
(detail H, J and K).
(j) Hold the spacer (88). Remove the bolt (91) and the washer (90)
which attach the clip (89) and the spacer (88) to the engine
bracket
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(detail L).
PRE SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(k) Remove the bolt (95) and the washer (94) which attach the clips
(92) and (93) to the engine brackets
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(detail M).
POST SBE 71-0288
(l) Remove the bolt (95) which attach the clip (92) to the engine
brackets
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(detail M).
(m) Remove the bolts (98) and (101) and the washers (97) and (100)
which attach the clips (96) and (99) to the engine brackets
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(detail N and P)
(n) Remove the harness from the clips (89), (92), (96) and (99)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(detail L, M, N and P).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(o) Remove the bolt (113) and the washer (114) which attach the clip
(112) to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-43-991-157)
(detail Q).
POST SBE 71-0288
(p) Remove the bolt (113) which attach the clip (112) to the engine
bracket
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-43-991-157)
(detail Q).
(q) PRE-SBE 79-0088: Remove the nut (134), the washers (135) and
(154), the spacers (151) and (153), and the bolt (132) which
attach the clips (133), (150), (152) and (155) to the general
services harness, the raceway and the bracket

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-43-991-183)
(detail R).
(r) SBE 79-0088: Remove the nut (134), the washer (135) and the bolt
(132) which attach the clip (133) to the engine raceway
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-43-991-183)
(detail R).
(s) Remove the bolt (137) and the washer (138) which attach the clip
(136) to the engine bracket.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-43-991-183)
(detail S).
(t) Remove the nuts (140) and (145), the bolts (139) and (143) and
the washers (142) and (144) which attach the clips (141) and
(146) to the tubes
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-43-991-183)
(detail T and U).
(u) Remove the nut (157), the washers (159) and (161) and the bolt
(160) which attach the clip (158) and the tube clip to the tube
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail V).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(v) Remove the nut (163), the washer (162) and the bolt (165) which
attach the clip (164) and the EEC Harness clip to the tube
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail W).
POST SBE 71-0288
(w) Remove the nut (163) and the bolt (165) which attach the clip
(164) and the EEC Harness clip to the tube
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail W).
PRE SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 413/TASK 71-51-43-991-183

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(x) Hold the spacer (167). Remove the bolt (168) and the washer (169)
which attach the clip (166), the spacer (167) and the EEC Harness
clip to the engine bracket. Remove the spacer (167)
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail X).
POST SBE 71-0288
(y) Hold the spacer (167). Remove the bolt (168) which attach the
clip (166), the spacer (167) and the EEC harness clip to the
engine bracket. Remove the spacer (167)
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail X).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(z) Remove the nut (170), the washers (172) and (174) and the bolt
(173) which attach the clip (171) and the Ignition Supply Harness
and EEC Harness clip to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail Y).
POST SBE 71-0288
(aa) Remove the nut (170) and the bolt (173) which attach the clip
(171) and the Ignition Supply Harness and EEC Harness clip to the
engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail Y).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Release the general services harness from the left side of the LP
compressor case
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-51-43-991-180)
(a) Make a note of the positions of these parts. They must be put in
the same position on installation:
1
_ The nuts (4), (5) and (16), the washers (1), (7), (10) and
(17), the bolts (2) (8), (11) and (14), the clips (3), (6),
(12) and (15) and the spacers (9) and (13)
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160)
2
_ The nut (30) and (40), the washers (29), (34), (37) and (41)
the bolts (28), (32), (36) and (38) and the clips (31), (33),
(35) and (39)
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-43-991-161)
3
_ The nuts (51), (56) and (64), the bolts (54), (58), (60) and
(66), the washers (53), (56), (61) and (67), the clips (52),
(57), (62) and (65) and the spacers (59) and (63)
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-43-991-181)
4
_ The nut (84), the bolts (86) and (89), the washers (87) and
(90) and the clips (85)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174)
5
_ The bolts (103), (106) and (107), the washers (102), (105) and
(108), and the clips (101), (104) and (109)
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-43-991-175)
(b) Remove the nuts (4) and (16), the washers (1) and (17) and the
bolts (2) and (14) which attach the clips (3) and (15) to the
tubes
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160)
(detail A and D).
(c) Remove the nut (5), the bolt (8) and the washer (7) which attach
the clip (6) and the EEC harness clip to the tube
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160)
(detail B).
(d) Hold the spacers (9) and (13). Remove the bolt (11) and the
washer (10) which attach the clip (12), the EEC Harness clip, the
spacers (9) and (13) and the tube to the engine bracket. Remove
the spacers (9) and (13)
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160)
(detail C).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

General Services Harness - Ground and Clip Point Locations

Figure 414/TASK 71-51-43-991-180

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 416/TASK 71-51-43-991-161

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 417/TASK 71-51-43-991-181

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 432
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 418/TASK 71-51-43-991-175

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 433
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) Remove the harness from the clips (3), (6), (12) and (15)
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160)
(detail A and D).
(f) Remove the nuts (6), (30) and (40), the washers (29) and (41) and
the bolts (28) and (38) which attach the clips (31) and (39) to
the tubes
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-43-991-161)
(detail E and H).
(g) Remove the bolts (32) and (36) and the washers (34) and (37)
which attach the clips (33) and (35) to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-43-991-161)
(detail F and G).
(h) Remove the harness from the clips (31), (33), (35) and (39)
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-43-991-161)
(detail E, F, G and H).
(i) Remove the nut (51), the bolt (54) and the washer (53) which
attach the clip (52) and the tube clip to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-43-991-181)
(detail J).
(j) Hold the spacer (59). Remove the nut (55), the washer (56) and
the bolt (58) which attach the clip (57), the spacer (59) and the
tube clip to the tube. Remove the spacer (59)
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-43-991-181)
(detail K).
(k) Hold the spacer (63). Remove the nut (64), the bolt (60) and the
washer (61) which attach the clip (62) and the spacer (63)
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-43-991-181)
(detail L).
(l) Remove the bolt (66) and the washer (67) which attach the clip
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-43-991-181)
(detail M).
(m) Remove the nut (84), the bolt (86) and the washer (87) which
attach the clip (85) to the tube
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174)
(detail N).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 434
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(n) Remove the bolt (89) and the washer (90) which attach the clip
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174)
(detail P).
(o) Remove the bolts (103) and (106) and the washers (102) and (105)
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-43-991-175)
(detail Q and R).
(p) Remove the bolt (107) and the washer (108) which attach the EEC
and Ignition Supply Harness clip and the clip (109) to the engine
bracket
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-43-991-175)
(detail S).
(3) Release the general services harness from the right side of the LP
compressor case.
(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 71-51-43-991-176)
PRE SBE 73-0137
(a) Make a note of the positions of these parts. They must be put on
the same position on installation.
1
_ The washer (5), the bolt (7), and the clip (6).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
PRE SBE 71-0288
2
_ The nut (2), the washer (1), the bolt (4) and the clip (3).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
POST SBE 71-0288
3
_ The nut (2), the bolt (4) and the clip (3).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
END OF POST SBE 7160288
PRE SBE 71-0288
4
_ The nut (12), the washers (11) and (15), the bolt (14) and the
clip (13).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 435
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

General Services harness - Clip Point Details

Figure 419/TASK 71-51-43-991-176

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 436
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 437
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POST SBE 71-0288
5
_ The nut (12), the washer (15), the bolt (14) and the clip
(13).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
6
clip (38).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
PRE SBE 71-0288
7
(28).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
POST SBE 71-0288
8
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
PRE SBE 71-0288
9
_ The nut (33), the washers (32) and (35), the bolt (34), the
bracket (30) and the clip (31).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
POST SBE 71-0288
10
__ The nut (33), the washer (35), the bolt (34), the bracket (30)
and the clip (31).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
PRE SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 438
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 439
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

11
__ The washer (41), the bolt (42) and the clip (43).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
POST SBE 71-0288
12
__ The bolt (42) and the clip (43).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
13
__ The bolts (54), (58) and (62), the washers (56), (59) and
(61), and the clips (55), (57) and (60).
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
14
(88), the clips (73), (83), (87) and (90), the cover (76) and
the screws (77), (78), (81) and (82).
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
15
__ The nut (103), the washers (104), (107) and (110), the bolts
(101), (105) and (108) and the clips (102), (106) and (109).
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
16
(128) and the clips (123), (126), (127) and (130).
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
17
(147) and the clips (143), (146) and (149).
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(b) Remove the nut (2), the washer (1) and the bolt (4) which attach
the Ignition Supply Harness and the EEC Harness clip to the clip
(3)
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail A).
POST SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 440
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 441
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 442
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 443
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 444
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 445
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 446
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Remove the nut (2) and the bolt (4) which attach the Ignition
Supply Harness and the EEC Harness clip to the clip (3)
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail A).
(d) Remove the bolts (7) and the washers (5) which attach the clip
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail B).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(e) Remove the nut (12), the washers (11) and (15) and the bolt (14)
which attach the clip (13) and the Ignition Supply Harness and
the EEC Harness clip to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail D).
POST SBE 71-0288
(f) Remove the nut (12), the washer (15) and the bolt (14) which
attach the clip (13) and the Ignition Supply Harness and the EEC
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail D).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(g) Remove the nut (27), the washer (26) and the bolt (29) which
attach the Ignition Supply Harness clip and the clip (28) to the
tube
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail E).
POST SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 447
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(h) Remove the nut (27) and the bolt (29) which attach the Ignition
Supply Harness clip and the clip (28) to the tube
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail E).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(i) Remove the nut (33), the washers (32) and (35) and the bolt (34)
which attach the EEC Harness and the Ignition Supply Harness
clip, the bracket (30) and the clip (31) to the tube clip
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail F).
POST SBE 71-0288
(j) Remove the nut (33), the washer (35) and the bolt (34) which
attach the EEC Harness and the Ignition Supply Harness clip, the
bracket (30) and the clip (31) to the tube clip
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail F).
(k) Remove the nut (37), the washers (36) and (40) and the bolt (39)
which attach the clip (38) to the EEC Harness clip
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail G).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(l) Remove the bolt (42) and the washer (41) which attach the EEC
Harness clip and the clip (43) to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail H).
POST SBE 71-0288
(m) Remove the bolt (42) which attach the EEC Harness clip and the
clip (43) to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail H).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 448
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(n) Remove the harness from the clips (31), (38) and (43)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail F, G and H).
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(detail J).
(p) Remove the bolts (58) and (62) and the washers (59) and (61)
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(detail K and L).
(q) Remove the harness from the clips (55), (57) and (60)
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(detail J, K and L).
(r) Remove the harness from the terminal block (80)

(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail M).
1
_ Remove the screws (77) and (78) and washer (91) which attach
the cover (76) to the terminal block (80). Remove the cover
(76).
2
_ Attach temporary tags to identify which harness cables connect
to the terminals A, B and C on TM817 and the terminals A and B
on TM824.
3
_ Use the cable installation/removal tool and remove the cables
from the terminals A, B and C on TM817 and the terminals A and
B on TM824.
4
_ Remove the screws (81) and (82) and the clamp cable from the
backshell (79).
5
_ Remove the backshell (79) from the terminal block connector.
6
_ Remove the adhesive tape from the harness cables at the
position marked by the backshell clamp.
7
_ Remove the lacing tape from around the screen tails of the
harness cables.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 449
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

8
_ Bend the screen tails away from the cables and release the
ground ferrule.
9
_ Remove the five harness cables from the terminal block (80),
the ground ferrule and the backshell (79).
POST SBE 71-0275 only:
10
__ Remove the adhesive tape from the cables.
(s) Hold the spacer (86). Remove the bolt (85) and the washer (84)
bracket. Remove the spacer (86)
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail N).
(t) Remove the bolt (89) and the washer (88) which attach the clip
(90) and the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness clip to the engine
bracket
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail P).
(u) Remove the harness from the clips (83), (87) and (90)
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail N and P).
attach the clip (102) and the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness
clip to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(detail Q).
(w) Remove the bolts (105) and (108) and the washers (107) and (110)
which attach the clips (106) and (109) to the engine rafts
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(detail Q, R and S).
(x) Remove the harness from the clips (102), (106) and (109)
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(y) Remove the bolts (121) and (129) and the washers (122) and (128)
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail T and V).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 450
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(z) Remove the bolt (125) and the washer (124) which attach the clips
(126) and (127) to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail U).
(aa) Remove the harness from the clips (123), (126), (127) and (130)
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail T, U and V).
(ab) Remove the bolts (141) and (145) and the washers (142) and (144)
which attach the clips (143) and (146) to the engine raft
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(detail W and X).
(ac) Remove the bolt (148) and the washer (147) which attach the clip
raft
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(detail Y).
(ad) Remove the harness from the clips (143), (146) and (149)
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(detail W, X and Y).
(4) Release the general services harness from the right side of the LP
compressor case.
(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 71-51-43-991-176)

assembly.
(a) Make a note of the positions of these parts. They must be put on
the same position on installation.
1
_ The washer (5), the bolt (7) and the clip (6).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
PRE SBE 71-0288
2
_ The nut (2), the washer (1), the bolt (4) and the clip (3).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
POST SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 451
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
PRE SBE 71-0288
4
clip (13).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
POST SBE 71-0288
5
(13).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
6
clip (38).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
PRE SBE 71-0288
7
(28).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
POST SBE 71-0288
8
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
PRE SBE 71-0288
9
_ The nut (33), the washers (32) and (35), the bolt (34), the
bracket (30) and the clip (31).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 452
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POST SBE 71-0288
10
__ The nut (33), the washer (35), the bolt (34), the bracket (30)
and the clip (31).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
PRE SBE 71-0288
11
__ The washer (41), the bolt (42) and the clip (43).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
POST SBE 71-0288
12
__ The bolt (42) and the clip (43).
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
13
__ The bolts (54), (58) and (62), the washers (56), (59) and (61)
and the clips (55), (57) and (60).
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
14
(88), the clips (73), (83), (87) and (90), the cover (76) and
the screws (77), (78), (81) and (82).
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
15
__ The nut (103), the washers (104), (107) and (110), the bolts
(101), (105) and (108) and the clips (102), (106) and (109).
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
16
(128) and the clips (123), (126), (127) and (130).
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
17
(147) and the clips (143), (146) and (149).
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
PRE SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 453
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the Ignition Supply Harness and the EEC Harness clip to the clip
(3)
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail A).
POST SBE 71-0288
(c) Remove the nut (2) and the bolt (4) which attach the Ignition
Supply Harness and the EEC Harness clip to the clip (3)
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail A).
(d) Remove the bolts (7) and the washers (5) which attach the clips
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail B).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(e) Remove the nut (12), the washers (11) and (15) and the bolt (14)
which attach the clip (13) and the Ignition Supply Harness and
the EEC Harness clip to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail D).
POST SBE 71-0288
(f) Remove the nut (12), the washer (15) and the bolt (14) which
attach the clip (13) and the Ignition Supply Harness and the EEC
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail D).
PRE SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 454
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(g) Remove the nut (27), the washer (26) and the bolt (29) which
attach the Ignition Supply Harness clip and the clip (28) to the
tube
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail E).
POST SBE 71-0288
(h) Remove the nut (27) and the bolt (29) which attach the Ignition
Supply Harness clip and the clip (28) to the tube
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail E).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(i) Remove the nut (33), the washers (32) and (35) and the bolt (34)
which attach the EEC Harness and the Ignition Supply Harness
clip, the bracket (30) and the clip (31) to the tube clip
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail F).
POST SBE 71-0288
(j) Remove the nut (33), the washer (35) and the bolt (34) which
attach the EEC Harness and the Ignition Supply Harness clip, the
bracket (30) and the clip (31) to the tube clip
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail F).
(k) Remove the nut (37), the washers (36) and (40) and the bolt (39)
which attach the clip (38) to the EEC Harness clip
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail G).
PRE SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 455
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(l) Remove the nut (42) and the washer (41) which attach the EEC
Harness clip and the clip (43) to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail H).
POST SBE 71-0288
(m) Remove the nut (42) which attach the EEC Harness clip and the
clip (43) to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail H).
(n) Remove the harness from the clips (31), (38) and (43)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(detail J).
(p) Remove the bolts (58) and (62) and the washers (59) and (61)
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(detail K and L).
(q) Remove the harness from the clips (55), (57) and (60)
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(r) Remove the harness from the terminal block (80)

(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail M).
1
_ Remove the screws (77) and (78) and the washer (91) which
attach the cover (76) to the terminal block (80). Remove the
cover (76).
2
_ Attach temporary tags to identify which harness cables connect
to the terminals A, B and C on M81714/3-D-A1 and the terminals
A and B on M81714/3-D-A1.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 456
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3
_ Use the cable installation/removal tool and remove the cables
from the terminals A, B and C on M81714/3-D-A1 and the
terminals A and B on M81714/3-D-B1.
4
_ Remove the screws (81) and (82) and the clamp cable from the
backshell (79).
5
_ Remove the backshell (79) from the terminal block connector.
6
_ Remove the adhesive tape from the harness cables at the
position marked by the backshell clamp.
7
_ Remove the lacing tape from around the screen tails of the
harness cables.
8
_ Bend the screen tails away from the cables and release the
ground ferrule.
9
_ Remove the five harness cables from the terminal block (80),
the ground ferrule and the backshell (79).
10
__ Remove the adhesive from the cables.
(s) Hold the spacer (86). Remove the bolt (85) and the washer (84)
bracket. Remove the spacer (86)
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail N).
(t) Remove the bolt (89) and the washer (88) which attach the clip
bracket
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail P).
(u) Remove the harness from the clips (83),(87) and (90)
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail N and P).
attach the clip (102) and the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness
clip to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(detail Q).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 457
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(w) Remove the bolts (105) and (108) and the washers (107) and (110)
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(detail R and S).
(x) Remove the harness from the clips (102), (106) and (109)
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(detail R and S).
(y) Remove the bolts (121) and (129) and the washers (122) and (128)
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail T and V).
(z) Remove the bolt (125) and the washer (124) which attach the clips
(126) and (127) to the engine bracket
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail U).
(aa) Remove the harness from the clips (123), (126), (127) and (130)
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail T, U and V).
(ab) Remove the bolts (141) and (145) and the washers (142) and (144)
which attach the clips (143) and (146) to the engine raft
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(detail W and X).
(ac) Remove the bolt (148) and the washer (147) which attach the clip
raft
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(detail Y).
(ad) Remove the harness from the clips (143), (146) and (149)
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(5) Carefully remove the general services harness from around the LP
compressor case.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-43-991-150, 402/TASK 71-51-43-991-163,
403/TASK 71-51-43-991-179)
(6) Remove the transferable parts
(a) Remove the remaining clips from the general services harness.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 458
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-51-43-400-010
Installation of the General Services Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 459
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-51-43-000-010 Removal of the General Services Harness
71-51-43-991-150 Fig. 401
71-51-43-991-163 Fig. 402
71-51-43-991-179 Fig. 403
71-51-43-991-153 Fig. 404
71-51-43-991-154 Fig. 405
71-51-43-991-157 Fig. 406
71-51-43-991-174 Fig. 407
71-51-43-991-151 Fig. 408
71-51-43-991-152 Fig. 409
71-51-43-991-155 Fig. 410
71-51-43-991-156 Fig. 411
71-51-43-991-171 Fig. 412
71-51-43-991-183 Fig. 413
71-51-43-991-180 Fig. 414
71-51-43-991-160 Fig. 415
71-51-43-991-161 Fig. 416
71-51-43-991-181 Fig. 417
71-51-43-991-175 Fig. 418
71-51-43-991-176 Fig. 419
71-51-43-991-177 Fig. 420
71-51-43-991-166 Fig. 421
71-51-43-991-167 Fig. 422
71-51-43-991-168 Fig. 423
71-51-43-991-169 Fig. 424
71-51-43-991-172 Fig. 425
71-51-43-991-173 Fig. 426

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 460
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-51-43-860-087
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 71-51-43-010-081
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the upper starter duct is removed (Ref. TASK 80-13-49-
000-010).
(3) Make sure that the anti-ice duct No. 3 is removed (Ref. TASK 30-21-
49-000-012).
Subtask 71-51-43-410-066
C. Install the clips from the removed harness on to the replacement harness.
Notes were made of their positions on removal (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-
010).
Subtask 71-51-43-630-051
D. Remove the applicable covers, caps, plugs from the electrical connectors
and the electrical receptacles.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 461
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-43-110-051
E. Clean the replacement parts and their interfaces
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with the cleaning fluid
(2) Use a clean dry lint-free cloth and remove the dirty cleaning fluid
from the parts while they are wet.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-51-43-420-065
A. Installation of the general service harness
(1) Put the general services harness around the LP compressor case in the
correct position for installation.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-43-991-150, 402/TASK 71-51-43-991-163,
403/TASK 71-51-43-991-179)
(2) Connect the general services harness

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-43-991-150, 402/TASK 71-51-43-991-163,
403/TASK 71-51-43-991-179)
(a) Connect these electrical connectors (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010):
1
_ The connectors 401VC-A and 409VC-A at the mid pylon interface
panel.
2
_ The connectors 404VC-A, 405VC-A, 408VC-A and 447VC-A at the
forward pylon interface panel.
3
_ The connector 4010VC-A at the air intake cowl.
4
_ The connector 4100KS-B at the relay box.
5
_ The connector 4000DN-A at the anti-ice valve.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 462
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

6
_ The connector 4000XU-C, 4000XU-A and 4000XU-B at the
integrated drive generator.
7
_ The connector 4011VC-A at the air intake cowl.
8
_ The connector 4006EN-A at the No. 4 bearing compartment
scavenge valve.
9
_ The connector 4005EN-A at the No. 4 bearing scavenge oil
pressure.
10
__ The connector 4000WD1-A and 4000WD2-A at the accessory zone
fire-detectors.
11
__ The connector 1030GK-A at the hydraulic pump.
12
__ The connector 4000KC-A at the fuel shut-off valve.
13
__ The connector 4004EN-A at the engine oil temperature
transducer.
14
__ The connector 4000EL-A at the fuel filter differential
pressure switch.
15
__ The connector 4002EN-A at the engine oil quantity transducer.
16
__ The connector 4001EN-A at the differential pressure switch for
the engine scavenge oil filter.
17
__ The connector 1074GK-A at the low hydraulic pressure warning
switch.
18
__ The connector 4000EN-A at the engine oil pressure switch.
19
__ The connector 4003EN-A at the engine oil pressure transducer.
(b) Attach the ground connections to the ground points brackets
1
_ At the ground point bracket GP3, attach the ground connections
to the bracket with the bolts (26) and the washers (25).
Attach the connections in the same positions they were removed
from (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-010)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-43-991-153)
(detail GP3).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 463
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

2
_ Attach the clip (22) to the bracket (21) with the bolt (24),
the washer (23) and the nut (20) in the position noted during
removal (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-010)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-43-991-153)
(detail GP3).
3
_ TORQUE the bolts (24) and (26) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-43-991-153)
(detail GP3).
4
from (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-010)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-43-991-154)
(detail GP4).
5
_ Attach the clip (41) to the bracket (42) with the bolt (44),
removal (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-010)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-43-991-154)
(detail GP4).
6
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-43-991-154)
(detail GP4).
7
from (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-010)
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-43-991-157)
(detail GP2).
8
_ Attach the clip (117) to the bracket (116) with the bolt
(119), the washer (118) and the nut (115) in the position
noted during removal (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-010)
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-43-991-157)
(detail GP2).
9
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-43-991-157)
(detail GP2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 464
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

10
__ At the ground point bracket GP1, attach the ground connections
from (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-010)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174)
(detail GP1).
11
__ Attach the clip (77) to the bracket (78) with the bolt (81),
removal (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-010)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174)
(detail GP1).
12
__ TORQUE the bolts (81) and (82) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174)
(detail GP1).
(3) Install the general services harness to the bottom of the LP

compressor.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-51-43-991-151)
Install the nuts, the bolts,the washers and the clips in the
positions written during the removal task (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-
010)
(a) Put the harness into the clip (4) and (7)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-43-991-152)
(detail B and C).
(b) Attach the clips (1) and (4) to the engine raft with the bolt (2)
and (5) and the washer (3) and (6)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-43-991-152)
(detail A and B).
(c) Attach the clip (7) to the engine bracket with the bolt (9) and
the washer (8)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-51-43-991-152)
(detail C).
(d) Attach the clip (27) to the engine raft with the bolt (29) and
the washer (28)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-51-43-991-153)
(detail D).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 465
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) Attach the clips (47) and (50) to the engine bracket with the
bolt (49) and (52) and the washer (48) and (51)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-51-43-991-154)
(detail E and F).
(f) Attach the clip (63) to the engine raft with the bolt (64) and
the washer (65)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155)
(detail G).
(g) Put the harness into the clips (66), (69) and (74)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155)
(detail H, J and K).
(h) Attach the clip (66) to the engine bracket with the bolt (68) and
the washer (67)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155)
(detail H).
(i) Attach the fire detector clip and the clip (69) to the engine
bracket with the bolt (73), the washers (71) and (72) and the nut
(70)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155)
(detail J).
(j) Attach the EEC Harness clip, fire detector clip and the clip (74)
to the engine bracket with the bolt (75), the washers (76) and
(78) and the nut (77)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-51-43-991-155)
(detail K).
(k) Put the harness into the clips (89), (92), (96) and (99)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(detail L, M, N and P).
(l) Put the spacer (88) between the clip (89) and the engine bracket.
Attach the clip (89) and the spacer (88) to the engine bracket
with the bolt (91) and the washer (90)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(detail L).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(m) Attach the clips (92) and (93) to the engine bracket with the
bolt (95) and the washer (94)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(detail M).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 466
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POST SBE 71-0288
(n) Attach the clips (92)and (93) to the engine bracket with the bolt
(95)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(detail M).
(o) Attach the clips (96) and (99) to the engine bracket with the
bolts (98) and (101) and the washers (97) and (100).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(detail N and P)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(p) Attach the clip (112) to the engine bracket with the bolt (113)
and the washer (114)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
POST SBE 71-0288
(q) Attach the clip (112) to the engine bracket with the bolt (113)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-51-43-991-156)
(r) PRE-SBE 79-0088: Attach the clips (133), (150), (152) and (155)
to the bracket, the raceway and the general services harness with
the bolt (132), the spacers (151) and (153), the washers (135)
and (154) and the nut (134)
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-43-991-183)
(detail R).
(s) SBE 79-0088: Attach the clip (133) to the engine raceway with the
bolt (132), the washer (135) and the nut (134)
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-43-991-183)
(detail R).
(t) Attach the clip (136) to the engine bracket with the bolt (137)
and the washer (138)
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-43-991-183)
(detail S).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 467
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(u) Attach the clips (141) and (146) to the tube with the bolts (139)
and (143), the washers (142) and (144) and the nuts (140) and
(145)
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-51-43-991-183)
(detail T and U).
(v) Attach the clip (158) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt
(160), the washers (159) and (161) and the nut (157).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail V).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(w) Attach the EEC Harness clip and the clip (164) to the tube with
the bolt (165), the washer (162) and the nut (163)
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail W).
POST SBE 71-0288
(x) Attach the EEC Harness clip and the clip (164) to the tube with
the bolt (165) and the nut (163)
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail W).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(y) Put the (167) between the clip (166) and the EEC harness clip.
Attach the EEC Harness clip, the spacer (167) and the clip (166)
to the engine bracket with the bolt (168) and the washer (169)
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail X).
POST SBE 71-0288
(z) Put the spacer (167) between the clip (166) and the EEC Harness
clip. Attach the EEC Harness clip, the spacer (167) and the clip
(166) to the engine bracket with the bolt (168)
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail x).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 468
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(aa) Attach the EEC Harness and Ignition Supply Harness clip and the
clip (171) to the engine bracket with the bolt (173), the washers
(172) and (174) and the nut (170)
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-43-991-171)
(detail Y).
(ab) TORQUE the bolts (2), (5), (9), (29), (49), (52), (64), (68),
(73), (75), (91), (95), (98), (101), (113), (132), (137), (139),
(143), (160), (165), (168) and (173) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-51-43-991-157)
(4) Install the general services harness to the left side of the LP
compressor
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-51-43-991-180)
Install the nuts, the bolts, the washers and the clips in the
position written during the removal task (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-
010).
(a) Put the harness into the clip (3), (6), (12) and (15)
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160)
(detail A, B, C and D)
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160)
(b) Attach the clip (3) and (15) to the tubes with the bolts (2) and
(14), the washers (1) and (17) and the nuts (4) and (16)
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160)
(detail A and D).
(c) Attach the clip (6) and the EEC Harness clip to the tube with the
bolt (8), the washer (7) and the nut (5)
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160)
(detail B).
(d) Put the spacers (9) and (13) between the tube and the EEC Harness
clip. Attach the clip (12), the EEC Harness clip, the spacers (9)
and (13) and the tube to the engine bracket with the bolt (11)
and the washer (10)
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-51-43-991-160)
(detail C).
(e) Put the harness into the clips (31), (33), (35) and (39)
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-43-991-161)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 469
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(f) Attach the clips (31) and (39) to the tubes with the bolts (28)
and (38), the washers (29) and (41) and the nuts (30) and (40)
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-43-991-161)
(detail E and H).
(g) Attach the clips (33) and (35) to the engine brackets with the
bolts (32) and (36) and the washers (34) and (37)
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-51-43-991-161)
(detail F and G).
(h) Attach the clip (52) and the tube clip to the engine bracket with
the bolt (54), the washer (53) and the nut (51)
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-43-991-181)
(detail J).
(i) Put the spacer (59) between the clip (57) and the tube. Attach
the clip (57) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt (58),
the washer (56) and the nut (55)
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-43-991-181)
(detail K).
(j) Put the spacer (63) between the clip (62) and the engine bracket.
Attach the clip (62) to the engine bracket with the bolt (60),
the washer (61) and the nut (64)
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-43-991-181)
(detail L).
(k) Attach the clip (65) to the engine bracket with the bolt (66) and
the washer (67)
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-51-43-991-181)
(detail M).
(l) Attach the clip (85) to the tube with the bolt (86), the washer
(87) and the nut (84)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174)
(detail N).
(m) Attach the clip (88) to the engine raft with the bolt (89) and
the washer (90)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-51-43-991-174)
(detail P).
(n) Attach the clips (101) and (104) to the engine brackets with the
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-43-991-175)
(detail Q and R).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 470
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(o) Attach the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness clip and the clip
(109) to the engine bracket with the bolt (107) and the washer
(108)
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-51-43-991-175)
(detail S).
(p) TORQUE the bolts (2), (8), (11), (14), (28), (32), (36), (38),
(51), (58), (60), (66), (86), (89), (103), (106), and (107) to 40
lbf.in (0.45 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Install the general services harness to the right side of the LP
compressor.
(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 71-51-43-991-176)
Install the nuts, the bolts, the washers, the clips, the screws, the
bracket and the cover in the positions written during the removal
task (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-010).
PRE SBE 73-0137
(a) Put the harness into the clips (3), (6) and (13) (details A, B
and D).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(b) Attach the clip (3) to the Ignition Supply Harness and EEC
Harness clip with the bolt (4), the washer (1) and the nut (2)
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail A).
POST SBE 71-0288
(c) Attach the clip (3) to the Ignition Supply Harness and EEC
Harness clip with the bolt (4) and the nut (2)
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail A).
(d) Attach the clip (6) to the engine bracket with the bolt (7) and
the washer (5)
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail B).
PRE SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 471
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) Attach the clip (13) and the Ignition Supply Harness and EEC
Harness clip to the bracket with the bolt (14), the washers (11)
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail D).
POST SBE 71-0288
(f) Attach the clip (13) and the Ignition Supply Harness and EEC
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail D).
(g) Put the harness into the clips (28), (31), (38) and (43)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(h) Attach the clip (28) and the Ignition Supply Harness clip to the
tube with the bolt (29), the washer (26) and the nut (27)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail E).
POST SBE 71-0288
(i) Attach the clip (28) and the Ignition Supply Harness clip to the
tube with the bolt (29) and the nut (27)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail E).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(j) Attach the tube clip, the clip (31) and the Ignition Supply
Harness and EEC Harness clip to the bracket (30) with the bolt
(34), the washers (32) and (35) and the nut (33)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail F).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 472
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POST SBE 71-0288
(k) Attach the tube clip, the clip (31) and the Ignition Supply
Harness and EECHarness clip to the bracket (30) with the bolt
(34), the washer (35) and the nut (33)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail F).
(l) Attach the clip (38) to the EEC Harness clip with the bolt (39)
and the washers (36) and (40) and the nut (37)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail G).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(m) Attach the EEC Harness clip and the clip (43) to the engine
bracket with the bolt (42) and the washer (41)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail H).
POST SBE 71-0288
(n) Attach the EEC Harness clip and the clip (43) to the engine
bracket with the bolt (42)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail H).
(o) Attach the clip (55) to the engine raft with the bolt (54) and
the washer (56)
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(detail J).
(p) Put the harness into the clips (55), (57) and (60)
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 473
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(q) Attach the clips (57) and (60) to the engine bracket with the
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(detail K and L).
(r) Install the five harness cables to the terminal block (80)
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail M).
1
_ Put the five cables through the backshell (79), the ground
ferrule and into the terminal block.
2
_ Install three layers of adhesive tape (Material No. V02-148)
along the length of the cables, from the TM817 Terminal
Junction Module and the TM824 Terminal Junction Module for a
distance of approximately 6.0 in. (152.3997 mm).
3
_ Align the screen tails of the five cables with the screen
tails of the cables installed in the terminal block.
4
_ Put the screen tails of all the cables an equal distance apart
around the terminal block connector.
5
_ Push the ground ferrule along the cables to hold the screen
tails against the terminal block connector.
6
_ Bend the screen tails over the ground ferrule and along the
cables.
7
_ Attach lacing tape (Material No. V02-159) around the screen
tails, immediately behind the ground ferrule, to hold them in
the correct position.
8
_ Install the backshell (79) on to the terminal module
connector.
9
_ Use a pencil to make a small mark on the cables to show the
position of the cable clamp. Remove the backshell (79) from
10
__ Wind sufficient lacing tape (Material No. V02-159) around the
cables, at the position marked with the pencil, to let the
cable clamp hold the cables.
11
__ Put two drops of the locking compound (Material No. V08-026)
opposite each other, on the threads of the terminal block
connector.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 474
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

12
__ Install the backshell (79) on to the terminal block connector.
Tighten the backshell with your hand.
13
__ Put one drop of the locking compound (Material No. V08-026) on
the threads of the screws (81) and (82). Install the screws
and the cable clamps to the backshell (79). Tighten the screws
to the standard torque value.
14
__ Use the cable installation/removal tool and install the cables
to the terminals A, B and C on TM817 and the terminals A and B
on TM824, as tagged on removal. Remove the temporary tags from
the five cables.
(s) Put the cover (76) on the terminal block (80) in the correct
position for installation. Attach the cover (76) to the terminal
block (80) with the screws (77) and (78) and the washer (91)
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail M).
(t) Put the harness into the clip (73), (83), (87) and (90) (details
M and N).
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(u) Attach the clips (73) and (83) to the engine bracket with the
bolt (74) and washer (75) (detail M).
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(v) Put the spacer (86) between the clip (87) and the bracket. Attach
the clip (87) and the spacer (86) to the engine bracket with the
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail N).
(w) Attach the clip (90) and the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness clip
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail P).
(x) Put the harness into the clips (102), (106) and (109)
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(y) Attach the clip (102) and the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness
clip to the engine bracket with the bolt (101), the washer (104)
and the nut (103).
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 475
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(z) Attach the clips (106) and (109) to the engine rafts with the
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(detail R and S).
(aa) Put the harness into the clip (123), (126), (127) and (130)
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail T and U).
(ab) Attach the clip (123) to the engine raft with the bolt (121) and
the washer (122)
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail T).
(ac) Attach the clips (126) and (127) to the engine bracket with the
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail U).
(ad) Attach the clip (130) to the engine raft with the bolt (129) and
the washer (128)
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail V).
(ae) Put the harness into the clips (143), (146) and (149)
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(af) Attach the clip (143) and (146) to the engine raft with the bolts
(141) and (145) and the washer (142) and (144)
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(detail W and X).
(ag) Attach the clip (149) and the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness
clip to the engine raft with the bolt (148) and the washer (147)
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(detail Y).
(ah) TORQUE the bolts (4), (7), (14), (29), (34), (39), (42), (54),
(58), (62), (74), (85), (89), (101), (105), (108), (121), (125),
(129), (141), (145) and (148) and the screws (77) and (78) to 40

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 476
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) Install the general services harness to the right side of the LP
compressor.
(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 71-51-43-991-176)
Install the nuts, the bolts, the washers, the clips, the screws, the
bracket and the cover in the positions written during the removal
task (Ref. TASK 71-51-43-000-010).

assembly.
(a) Put the harness into the clips (3), (6) and (13) (details A, B
and D).
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(b) Attach the clip (3) to the Ignition Supply Harness and EEC
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail A).
POST SBE 71-0288
(c) Attach the clip (3) to the Ignition Supply Harness and EEC
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail A).
(d) Attach the clip (6) to the engine bracket with the bolt (7) and
the washer (5)
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail B).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(e) Attach the clip (13) and the Ignition Supply Harness and EEC
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail D).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 477
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POST SBE 71-0288
(f) Attach the clip (13) and the Ignition Supply Harness and EEC
Harness clip to the bracket with the bolt (14), the washer (15)
and the nut (12)
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 71-51-43-991-177)
(detail D).
(g) Put the harness into the clips (28), (31), (38) and (43)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
PRE SBE 71-0288
(h) Attach the clip (28) and the Ignition Supply Harness clip to the
tube with the bolt (29), the washer (26) and the nut (27)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail E).
POST SBE 71-0288
(i) Attach the clip (28) and the Ignition Supply Harness clip to the
tube with the bolt (29) and the nut (27)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail E).
PRE SBE 71-0288
(j) Attach the tube clip, the clip (31) and the Ignition Supply
(34), the washers (32) and (35) and the nut (33)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail F).
POST SBE 71-0288

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 478
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(k) Attach the tube clip, the clip (31) and the Ignition Supply
(34), the washer (35) and the nut (33)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail F)
(l) Attach the clip (38) to the EEC Harness clip with the bolt (39)
and the washers (36) and (40) and the nut (37)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail G).
(m) Attach the EEC Harness clip and the clip (43) to the engine
bracket with the bolt (42) and the washer (41)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail H).
(n) Attach the EEC Harness clip and the clip (43) to the engine
bracket with the bolt (42)
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 71-51-43-991-166)
(detail H)
(o) Put the harness into the clips (55), (57) and (60)
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(detail K and L).
(p) Attach the clip (55) to the engine raft with the bolt (54) and
the washer (56)
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(detail J).
(q) Attach the clips (57) and (60) to the engine brackets with the
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-43-991-167)
(detail K and L).
(r) Install the five harness cables to the terminal block (80)
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail M).
1
_ Put the five cables through the backshell (79), the ground
ferrule and into the terminal block.
2
_ Install three layers of adhesive tape (Material No. V02-148)
along the length of the cables, from the M81714/3-D-A1
Terminal Junction Module and the M81714/3-D-B1 Terminal

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 479
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Junction Module for a distance of approximately 6.0 in.
(152.3997 mm).
3
_ Align the screen tails of the five cables with the screen
tails of the cables installed in the terminal block.
4
_ Put the screen tails of all the cables an equal distance apart
around the terminal block connector.
5
_ Push the ground ferrule along the cables to hold the screen
tails against the terminal block connector.
6
_ Bend the screen tails over the ground ferrule and along the
cables.
7
_ Attach lacing tape (Material No. V02-159) around the screen
tails, immediately behind the ground ferrule, to hold them in
the correct position.
8
_ Install the backshell (79) on the terminal module connector.
9
_ Use a pencil to make a small mark on the cables to show the
position of the cable clamp. Remove the backshell (79) from
10
__ Wind sufficient lacing tape (Material No. V02-159) around the
cables, at the position marked with the pencil, to let the
cable clamp hold the cables.
11
__ Put two drops of the locking compound (Material No. V08-026)
opposite each other on the threads of the terminal block
connector.
12
__ Install the backshell (79) on to the terminal block connector.
Tighten the backshell with your hand.
13
__ Put one drop of the locking compound (Material No. V08-026) on
the threads of the screws (81) and (82). Install the screws
and the cable clamps to the backshell (79). Tighten the screws
to the standard torque value.
14
__ Use the cable installation/removal tool and install the cables
to the terminals A, B and C on M81714/3-D-A1 and the terminals
A and B on M81714/3-D-B1, as tagged on removal. Remove the
temporary tags from the five cables.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 480
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(s) Put the cover (76) on the terminal block (80) in the correct
position for installation. Attach the cover (76) to the terminal
block (80) with the screws (77) and (78) and the washer (91)
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail M).
(t) Put the harness into the clip (73), (83), (87) and (90) (details
M and N).
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(u) Attach the clips (73) and (83) to the engine bracket with the
bolt (74) and washer (75) (detail M).
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(v) Put the spacer (86) between the clip (87) and the bracket. Attach
the clip (87) and the spacer (86) to the engine bracket with the
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail N).
(w) Attach the clip (90) and the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness clip
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 71-51-43-991-168)
(detail P).
(x) Put the harness into the clips (102), (106) and (109)
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(y) Attach the clip (102) and the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness
clip to the engine bracket with the bolt (101), the washer (104)
and the nut (103).
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(z) Attach the clips (106) and (109) to the engine rafts with the
(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 71-51-43-991-169)
(detail R and S).
(aa) Put the harness into the clip (123), (126), (127) and (130)
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(details T and U).
(ab) Attach the clip (123) to the engine raft with bolt (121) and the
washer (122)
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail T).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 481
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(ac) Attach the clips (126) and (127) to the engine bracket with the
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail U).
(ad) Attach the clip (130) to the engine raft with the bolt (129) and
the washer (128)
(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 71-51-43-991-172)
(detail V).
(ae) Put the harness into the clips (143), (146) and (149)
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(af) Attach the clips (143) and (146) to the engine raft with the
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(detail W and X).
(ag) Attach the clip (149) and the EEC and Ignition Supply Harness
clip to the engine raft with the bolt (148) and the washer (147)
(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 71-51-43-991-173)
(detail Y).
(ah) TORQUE the bolts (4), (7), (14), (29), (34), (39), (42), (54),
(58), (62), (74), (85), (89), (101), (105), (108), (121), (125),
(129), (141), (145) and (148) and the screws (77) and (78) to 40
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-51-43-410-067
A. Close Access
(2) Install the upper starter duct (Ref. TASK 80-13-49-400-010).
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 482
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-43-710-059
B. Do an Operational Test of the FADEC System on the Ground (Ref. TASK 73-
22-00-710-040) and an Operational Test of the EEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-
710-040).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-43

Page 483
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HARNESS - IGNITION SUPPLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 71-51-44-000-010
Removal of the Ignition Supply Harness (Pre SBE 71-0288 only)
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

For POST SBE 71-0288 refer to the AMM TASK 71-51-42-000-010.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platforms 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-51-44-991-150 Fig. 401
71-51-44-991-151 Fig. 402
71-51-44-991-152 Fig. 403
71-51-44-991-153 Fig. 404
71-51-44-991-154 Fig. 405
71-51-44-991-155 Fig. 406
71-51-44-991-156 Fig. 407
71-51-44-991-157 Fig. 408
71-51-44-991-169 Fig. 409
71-51-44-991-168 Fig. 410

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-51-44-991-158 Fig. 411

71-51-44-991-159 Fig. 412
71-51-44-991-160 Fig. 413
71-51-44-991-161 Fig. 414
71-51-44-991-162 Fig. 415
71-51-44-991-163 Fig. 416
71-51-44-991-164 Fig. 417
71-51-44-991-165 Fig. 418
71-51-44-991-166 Fig. 419
71-51-44-991-167 Fig. 420
71-51-44-991-170 Fig. 421
71-51-44-991-171 Fig. 422
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-51-44-941-060
(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
pushbutton switch is OFF.
(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize

the FADEC 1(2).

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-44-865-074
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 71-51-44-010-066
C. Get Access

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platforms in position on the left side and the right
side of the engine.
Subtask 71-51-44-010-067
D. Get Access
(2) Remove the starter duct (Ref. TASK 80-13-49-000-010).

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-51-44-020-059
A. Disconnection of the Harness

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-44-991-150)
(a) The connectors 4100KS-D and 4100KS-C from the relay box
(b) The connectors 4002VC-A and 4003VC-A from the electrical harness
receptacles attached to the brackets
(c) The connectors 4000JH1-A and 4000JH2-A from the igniter box.
Subtask 71-51-44-620-050
B. Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on all the electrical connectors and

all the electrical receptacles.
Subtask 71-51-44-020-060
C. Disconnection of the Harness Clips from the Front of the LP Compressor/

Intermediate Case
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151)
PRE SBE 73-0140
A.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152)
POST SBE 73-0140
(2) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2) and the nut (4) from the clip (3)
at position A.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the bolt (5), the washer (6) and the nut (8) from the clip (7)
at position B.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152)
(4) Remove the bolt (9) and the washer (10) from the clips (11) and (12)
at position C.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 404/TASK 71-51-44-991-153)
(5) Remove the bolt (13), the washer (14) and the nut (17) from the clips
(15) and (16) at position D.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 404/TASK 71-51-44-991-153)
Subtask 71-51-44-020-061
D. Disconnection of the Harness Clips from the Rear of the LP Compressor/

Intermediate Case
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151)
PRE SBE 79-0088
(1) Remove the bolt (18), the washer (19) and the nut (21) from the clip
(20) at position F.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 405/TASK 71-51-44-991-154)
the washers (27) and (23), the nut (22) and the spacer (25) from the
clips (26) and (24) at position G.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 405/TASK 71-51-44-991-154)
(3) Remove the bolt (29), the washer (30) and the nut (32) from the clip
(31) at position H.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 405/TASK 71-51-44-991-154)
POST SBE 79-0088
(4) Remove the bolt (33), the washer (34) and the nut (37) from the clips
(35) and (36) at position J.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 406/TASK 71-51-44-991-155)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Ignition Supply Harness


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500



EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 404/TASK 71-51-44-991-153

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 405/TASK 71-51-44-991-154

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 406/TASK 71-51-44-991-155

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

clips (40), (42) and (43) at position K.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 406/TASK 71-51-44-991-155)
PRE SBE 72-0189
the washer (47), and the spacer (50) from the clips (48), (49) and
(51) at position L.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 407/TASK 71-51-44-991-156)
position M.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 408/TASK 71-51-44-991-157)
POST SBE 72-0189 and PRE SBE 79-0088
(127) and the spacer (129) from the clip (128) at position AB.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 409/TASK 71-51-44-991-169)
END OF POST SBE 72-0189 and END OF PRE SBE 79-0088
POST SBE 79-0088
(127), the washer (130) and the spacer (129) from the clip (128) at
position AB.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 409/TASK 71-51-44-991-169)
POST SBE 72-0189, PRE SBE 79-0088 and POST SBE 79-0088

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 407/TASK 71-51-44-991-156

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 408/TASK 71-51-44-991-157

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 409/TASK 71-51-44-991-169

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

clip (125) at position AA.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 410/TASK 71-51-44-991-168)
END OF POST SBE 72-0189, END OF PRE SBE 79-0088 and END OF POST SBE
79-0088
PRE SBE 72-0189
at position N.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 411/TASK 71-51-44-991-158)
(12) Make a note of the position of the spacers (58) and (61). Remove the
bolt (55), the nut (59) and the spacers (58) and (61) from the clips
(57) and (60) at position N.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 411/TASK 71-51-44-991-158)
POST SBE 79-0088
(61) from the clips (57) and (60) at position N.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 412/TASK 71-51-44-991-159)
position P.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 412/TASK 71-51-44-991-159)
position Q.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 413/TASK 71-51-44-991-160)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 410/TASK 71-51-44-991-168

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 411/TASK 71-51-44-991-158

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 412/TASK 71-51-44-991-159

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 413/TASK 71-51-44-991-160

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the clips (70) and (71) at position R.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 413/TASK 71-51-44-991-160)
PRE SBE 72-0189 and POST SBE 79-0088
the clips (76) and (77) at position S.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 414/TASK 71-51-44-991-161)
END OF PRE SBE 72-0189 and END OF POST SBE 79-0088
(18) Remove the bolt (74) and the nut (79) from the clips (76) and (77) at
position S.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 414/TASK 71-51-44-991-161)
PRE SBE 72-0189
the clips (82) and (83) at position T.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 415/TASK 71-51-44-991-162)
the nut (85) and the spacer (86) from the clips (82) and (83) at
position T.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 415/TASK 71-51-44-991-162)
POST SBE 79-0088

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 414/TASK 71-51-44-991-161

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 415/TASK 71-51-44-991-162

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

clips (82) and (83) at position T.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 416/TASK 71-51-44-991-163)
PRE SBE 72-0189
the clips (89) and (90) at position U.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 417/TASK 71-51-44-991-164)
(100), the washers (94) and (99), the nut (93) and the spacer (97)
from the clips (95),(96) and (98) at position V.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 417/TASK 71-51-44-991-164)
(101) and the spacer (103) from the clip (102) at position W.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 418/TASK 71-51-44-991-165)
(25) Remove the bolt (104) and the nut (107) from the clips (105) and
(106) at position X.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 418/TASK 71-51-44-991-165)
(26) Remove the bolt (108) and the nut (111) from the clips (109) and
(110) at position Y.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 419/TASK 71-51-44-991-166)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 416/TASK 71-51-44-991-163

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 417/TASK 71-51-44-991-164

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 418/TASK 71-51-44-991-165

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 419/TASK 71-51-44-991-166

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 432
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(112), the nut (116) and the spacer (114) from the clips (113) and
(115) at position Z.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 420/TASK 71-51-44-991-167)
POST SBE 79-0088
from the clips (133) and (134) at position AC.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 421/TASK 71-51-44-991-170)
Subtask 71-51-44-010-068
E. Removal of the Core Engine Part of the Harness through the Bifurcation
Panel
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-44-991-171)
(1) Remove the four bolts (137) and the four nuts (138) from the
bifurcation panel.
(2) Remove the two flame trap brackets (139).
(3) Remove the core engine part of the harness through the bifurcation
panel.
Subtask 71-51-44-020-062
F. Removal of the Ignition Supply Harness from the Engine

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151)
positions A, B, C and D.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152,
404/TASK 71-51-44-991-153)
PRE SBE 79-0088

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 433
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 420/TASK 71-51-44-991-167

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 434
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 421/TASK 71-51-44-991-170

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 435
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 422/TASK 71-51-44-991-171

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 436
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the harness from the clips (20), (26) and (31) at positions F,
G and H.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 405/TASK 71-51-44-991-154)
POST SBE 79-0088
(3) Remove the harness from the clips (35) and (43) at positions J and K.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 406/TASK 71-51-44-991-155)
PRE SBE 72-0189
(4) Remove the harness from the clips (48) and (54) at positions L and M.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 407/TASK 71-51-44-991-156,
408/TASK 71-51-44-991-157)
POST SBE 72-0189
(5) Remove the harness from the clips (125) and (128) at positions AA and
AB.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 409/TASK 71-51-44-991-169,
410/TASK 71-51-44-991-168)
(6) Remove the harness from the clips (57) and (62) at positions N and P.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 411/TASK 71-51-44-991-158,
412/TASK 71-51-44-991-159)
(7) Remove the harness from the clips (67) and (70) at positions Q and R.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 413/TASK 71-51-44-991-160)
(8) Remove the harness from the clips (77) and (82) at positions S and T.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 414/TASK 71-51-44-991-161,
415/TASK 71-51-44-991-162, 416/TASK 71-51-44-991-163)
PRE SBE 72-0189

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 437
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(9) Remove the harness from the clips (90) and (98) at positions U and V.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 417/TASK 71-51-44-991-164)
(10) Remove the harness from the clips (102) and (106) at positions W and
X.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 418/TASK 71-51-44-991-165)
(11) Remove the harness from the clip (110) at position Y.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 419/TASK 71-51-44-991-166)
(12) Remove the harness from the clip (115) at position Z.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 420/TASK 71-51-44-991-167)
POST SBE 79-0088
(13) Remove the harness from the clip (134) at position AC.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 421/TASK 71-51-44-991-170)
(14) Remove the ignition supply harness from the engine.

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 438
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-44-010-069
G. Transferable Parts Removal

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151)
(1) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at positions A,
B, C and D.
PRE SBE 79-0088
(2) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at positions F,
G and H.
POST SBE 79-0088
(3) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at positions J
and K.
PRE SBE 72-0189
(4) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at positions L
and M.
POST SBE 72-0189
(5) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at positions AA
and AB.
(6) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at positions N
and P.

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 439
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(7) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at positions Q,
R, S and T.
PRE SBE 72-0189
(8) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at positions U
and V.
(9) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at positions W
and X.
(10) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at position Y.
(11) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at position Z.
POST SBE 79-0088
(12) Remove all the clips from the ignition supply harness at position AC.

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 440
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-51-44-400-010
Installation of the Ignition Supply Harness (Pre SBE 71-0288 only)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

For POST SBE 71-0288 refer to the AMM TASK 71-51-42-400-010.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean lint-free cloth

(0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-51-44-000-010 Removal of the Ignition Supply Harness (Pre SBE
71-0288 only)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 441
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-51-44-991-150 Fig. 401
71-51-44-991-151 Fig. 402
71-51-44-991-152 Fig. 403
71-51-44-991-153 Fig. 404
71-51-44-991-154 Fig. 405
71-51-44-991-155 Fig. 406
71-51-44-991-156 Fig. 407
71-51-44-991-157 Fig. 408
71-51-44-991-169 Fig. 409
71-51-44-991-168 Fig. 410
71-51-44-991-158 Fig. 411
71-51-44-991-159 Fig. 412
71-51-44-991-160 Fig. 413
71-51-44-991-161 Fig. 414
71-51-44-991-162 Fig. 415
71-51-44-991-163 Fig. 416
71-51-44-991-164 Fig. 417
71-51-44-991-165 Fig. 418
71-51-44-991-166 Fig. 419
71-51-44-991-167 Fig. 420
71-51-44-991-170 Fig. 421
71-51-44-991-171 Fig. 422
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-51-44-860-058
(a) Make sure that a warning notice is in position to tell persons

not to start the engine.
pushbutton switch is OFF. Make sure that a warning notice is in
position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 442
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Make sure that the anti-ice duct No. 3 is removed (Ref. TASK 30-21-
49-000-012).
(5) Make sure that the starter duct is removed (Ref. TASK 80-13-49-000-
010).
Subtask 71-51-44-010-070
B. Make sure that the fan cowls are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-51-44-865-075
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-51-44-410-058
A. Transferable Parts Installation

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151)
(1) Install the clips on the replacement ignition supply harness at

positions A, B, C and D.
PRE SBE 79-0088

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 443
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POST SBE 79-0088

positions J and K.
PRE SBE 72-0189

positions L and M.
POST SBE 72-0189

positions AA and AB.

positions N and P.

positions Q, R, S and T.
PRE SBE 72-0189

positions U and V.

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 444
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

positions W and X.
(10) Install the clip on the replacement ignition supply harness at

position Y.
(11) Install the clip on the replacement ignition supply harness at

position Z.
POST SBE 79-0088

position AC.
Subtask 71-51-44-630-050
B. Removal of the covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connectors and the

Subtask 71-51-44-110-050
C. Cleaning of the Nuts and the Bolts of the Bifurcation Panel

(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-44-991-171)
_______
IRRITATED.

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 445
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Use a clean lint-free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-002) to clean:
(a) The threads of the bolts (137).
(b) The threads of the nuts (138).
(2) Dry the nuts and the bolts with a clean lint-free cloth.
Subtask 71-51-44-420-059
D. Installation of the Ignition Supply Harness

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151)
(2) Install the harness in the harness clips (3), (7), (11) and (15) at
positions A, B C and D.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152,
404/TASK 71-51-44-991-153)
PRE SBE 79-0088
(3) Install the harness in the harness clips (20), (26) and (31) at
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 405/TASK 71-51-44-991-154)
POST SBE 79-0088
(4) Install the harness in the harness clips (35) and (43) at positions J
and K.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 406/TASK 71-51-44-991-155)
PRE SBE 72-0189
(5) Install the harness in the harness clips (48) and (54) at positions L
and M.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 407/TASK 71-51-44-991-156,
408/TASK 71-51-44-991-157)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 446
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POST SBE 72-0189
(6) Install the harness in the harness clips (125) and (128) at positions
AA and AB.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 409/TASK 71-51-44-991-169,
410/TASK 71-51-44-991-168)
(7) Install the harness in the harness clips (57) and (62) at positions N
and P.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 411/TASK 71-51-44-991-158,
412/TASK 71-51-44-991-159)
(8) Install the harness in the harness clips (67) and (70) at positions Q
and R.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 413/TASK 71-51-44-991-160)
(9) Install the harness in the harness clips (77) and (82) at positions S
and T.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 414/TASK 71-51-44-991-161,
415/TASK 71-51-44-991-162, 416/TASK 71-51-44-991-163)
PRE SBE 72-0189
(10) Install the harness in the harness clips (90) and (98) at positions U
and V.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 417/TASK 71-51-44-991-164)
(11) Install the harness in the harness clips (102) and (106) at positions
W and X.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 418/TASK 71-51-44-991-165)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 447
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(12) Install the harness in the harness clip (110) at position Y.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 419/TASK 71-51-44-991-166)
(13) Install the harness in the harness clips (115) at positions Z.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 420/TASK 71-51-44-991-167)
POST SBE 79-0088
(14) Install the harness in the harness clip (134) at position AC.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 421/TASK 71-51-44-991-170)
Subtask 71-51-44-420-060
E. Connection of the Harness to the Electrical Connectors

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-44-991-150)
(a) The connectors 4100KS-D and 4100KS-C at the relay box
(b) The connectors 4002VC-A and 4003VC-A at the electrical harness

receptacles attached to the brackets
(c) The connectors 4000JH1-A and 4000JH2-A at the igniter box.
Subtask 71-51-44-440-050
F. Installation of the Core Engine Part of the Harness through the

Bifurcation Panel
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 71-51-44-991-171)
(1) Install the core engine part of the harness through the bifurcation
panel.
(2) Install the two flame trap brackets (139).

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 448
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the four bolts (137) and the four nuts (138) to the
bifurcation panel.
(4) TORQUE the four nuts (138) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 71-51-44-420-061
G. Attach the Harness to the Front of the LP Compressor/Intermediate Case

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151)
PRE SBE 73-0140
(2) at position A.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152)
POST SBE 73-0140
(2) Attach the clip (3) to the engine with the bolt (1), the washer (2)
and the nut (4) at position A.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152)
(3) Attach the clip (7) to the engine with the bolt (5), the washer (6)
and the nut (8) at position B.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152)
the washer (10) at position C.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 404/TASK 71-51-44-991-153)
washer (14) and the nut (17) at position D.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 404/TASK 71-51-44-991-153)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 449
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(6) TORQUE the nuts that follow to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013):
(a) The nuts (4), (8) and (17) at positions A, B and D.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152,
404/TASK 71-51-44-991-153)
(7) TORQUE the bolts that follow to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013):
(a) The bolts (1) and (9) at positions A and C

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 403/TASK 71-51-44-991-152,
404/TASK 71-51-44-991-153)
Subtask 71-51-44-420-062
H. Attach the Harness to the Rear of the LP Compressor/Intermediate Case

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151)
PRE SBE 79-0088
(1) Attach the harness clip (20) to the engine with the bolt (18), the
washer (19) and the nut (21) at position F.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 405/TASK 71-51-44-991-154)
spacer (25) to the engine with the bolt (28), the washers (27) and
(23) and the nut (22) at position G.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 405/TASK 71-51-44-991-154)
washer (30) and the nut (32) at position H.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 405/TASK 71-51-44-991-154)
POST SBE 79-0088
washer (34) and the nut (37) at position J.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 406/TASK 71-51-44-991-155)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 450
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

and the spacer (41) to the engine with the bolt (38), the washers
(39) and (44) and the nut (45) at position K.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 406/TASK 71-51-44-991-155)
PRE SBE 72-0189
and the spacer (50) to the engine with the bolt (46) and the washer
(47) at position L.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 407/TASK 71-51-44-991-156)
(7) Attach the harness clip (54) to the engine with the bolt (52) and the
washer (53) at position M.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 408/TASK 71-51-44-991-157)
(129) to the engine with the bolt (127) at position AB.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 409/TASK 71-51-44-991-169)
POST SBE 79-0088
(129) to the engine with the bolt (127) and the washer (130) at
position AB.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 409/TASK 71-51-44-991-169)
POST SBE 72-0189, PRE SBE 79-0088 and POST SBE 79-0088

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 451
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

washer (124) and the nut (126) at position AA.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 410/TASK 71-51-44-991-168)
END OF POST SBE 72-0189, END OF PRE SBE 79-0088 and END OF POST SBE
79-0088
PRE SBE 72-0189
(59) at position N.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 411/TASK 71-51-44-991-158)
(12) Install the spacers (58) and (61) in the position noted during
and the spacers (58) and (61) to the engine with the bolt (55) and
the nut (59) at position N.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 411/TASK 71-51-44-991-158)
POST SBE 79-0088
and the spacers (58) and (61) to the engine with the bolt (55), the
washer (56) and the nut (59) at position N.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 412/TASK 71-51-44-991-159)
washer (63) at position P.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 412/TASK 71-51-44-991-159)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 452
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

washer (66) at position Q.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 413/TASK 71-51-44-991-160)
washers (69) and (72) and the nut (73) at position R.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 413/TASK 71-51-44-991-160)
PRE SBE 72-0189 and POST SBE 79-0088
washers (75) and (78) and the nut (79) at position S.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 414/TASK 71-51-44-991-161)
END OF PRE SBE 72-0189 and END OF POST SBE 79-0088
(18) Attach the harness clips (76) and (77) to the engine with the bolt
(74) and the nut (79) at position S.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 414/TASK 71-51-44-991-161)
PRE SBE 72-0189
washers (81) and (84) and the nut (85) at position T.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 415/TASK 71-51-44-991-162)
spacer (86) to the engine with the bolt (80) and the nut (85) at
position T.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 415/TASK 71-51-44-991-162)
POST SBE 79-0088

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 453
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

spacer (86) to the engine with the bolt (80), the washers (81) and
(84) and the nut (85) at position T.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 416/TASK 71-51-44-991-163)
PRE SBE 72-0189
the washers (88) and (91) and the nut (92) at position U.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 417/TASK 71-51-44-991-164)
and the spacer (97) to the engine with the bolt (100), the washers
(94) and (99) and the nut (93) at position V.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 417/TASK 71-51-44-991-164)
(103) to the engine with the bolt (101) at position W.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 418/TASK 71-51-44-991-165)
and the nut (107) at position X.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 418/TASK 71-51-44-991-165)
and the nut (111) at position Y.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 419/TASK 71-51-44-991-166)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 454
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. TASK 71-51-44-000-010). Attach the clips (113) and (115) and
the spacer (114) to the engine with the bolt (112) and the nut (116)
at position Z.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 420/TASK 71-51-44-991-167)
POST SBE 79-0088
(28) Attach the clips (133) and (134) to the engine with the bolt (131),
the washers (132) and (135) and the nut (136) at position AC.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 421/TASK 71-51-44-991-170)
(29) TORQUE the nuts that follow to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013):
PRE SBE 79-0088
(a) The nuts (21), (22) and (32) at positions F, G and H.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 405/TASK 71-51-44-991-154)
POST SBE 79-0088
(b) The nuts (37) and (45) at positions J and K.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 406/TASK 71-51-44-991-155)
(c) The nut (59) at position N.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 411/TASK 71-51-44-991-158,
412/TASK 71-51-44-991-159)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 455
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) The nut (73) at position R.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-51-44-991-159, 413/TASK 71-51-44-991-160)
(e) The nuts (79) and (85) at positions S and T.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 414/TASK 71-51-44-991-161,
415/TASK 71-51-44-991-162, 416/TASK 71-51-44-991-163)
PRE SBE 72-0189
(f) The nuts (92) and (93) at positions U and V.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 417/TASK 71-51-44-991-164)
(g) The nut (107) at position X.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 418/TASK 71-51-44-991-165)
(h) The nut (111) at position Y.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 419/TASK 71-51-44-991-166)
POST SBE 72-0189
(i) The nut (116) at position Z.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 420/TASK 71-51-44-991-167)
POST SBE 72-0189
(j) The nut (126) at position AA.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 410/TASK 71-51-44-991-168)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 456
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POST SBE 79-0088
(k) The nut (136) at position AC.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 421/TASK 71-51-44-991-170)
(30) TORQUE the bolts that follow to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013):
PRE SBE 72-0189
(a) The bolts (46) and (52) at positions L and M.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 407/TASK 71-51-44-991-156,
408/TASK 71-51-44-991-157)
(b) The bolt (64) at position P.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 412/TASK 71-51-44-991-159)
(c) The bolt (65) at position Q.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 413/TASK 71-51-44-991-160)
(d) The bolt (101) at position W.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 418/TASK 71-51-44-991-165)
POST SBE 72-0189
(e) The bolt (127) at position AB

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-51-44-991-151, 409/TASK 71-51-44-991-169)

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 457
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-51-44-410-059
A. Close Access
(2) Install the starter duct (Ref. TASK 80-13-49-400-010).
Subtask 71-51-44-410-060
B. Close Access
items.

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-51-44-865-076
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 71-51-44-942-050
D. Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 458
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-44-710-057
E. For Test Requirements:
(1) Do the operational test of the EEC (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-710-040) and
an operational test of the FADEC System on the ground (Ref. TASK 73-
22-00-710-040).

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-44

Page 459
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

RELAY BOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________
TASK 71-51-49-000-010
Removal of the Relay Box (4100KS)
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers, caps, plugs

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ties (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-51-49-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-49

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-51-49-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 71-51-49-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-51-49-020-051
A. Disconnect the electrical connectors.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-49-991-150)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector 4100KS-A from the relay box
receptacle.
(2) Attach the disconnected harness to the primary harness (so the
harnesses do not bend) with ties (Material No. V06-086).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector 4100KS-E from the relay box.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-49

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Relay Box
Figure 401/TASK 71-51-49-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-49

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(4) Attach the disconnected harness to the mounting bracket (so the
harness does not bend) with V06-086 ties.
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors 4100KS-B, 4100KS-C and 4100KS-D.
(6) Attach the disconnected harness to the primary harness (so the
harnesses do not bend) with ties (Material No. V06-086).
Subtask 71-51-49-020-050
B. Remove the relay box.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-49-991-150)
(1) Remove the nut (4), the washers (5) and the bolt (3) that attaches
the bonding strap to the mounting bracket.
(2) Remove the four bolts (1) and washers (2) that attach the relay box
to the mounting bracket.
(3) Remove the relay box.
Subtask 71-51-49-620-050
C. Put the applicable covers, caps, plugs on all of the electrical

connectors and the electrical receptacles.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-49

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-51-49-400-010
Installation of the Relay Box (4100KS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

74-00-00-710-041 Operational Test of the Ignition System with the CFDS
71-51-49-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-49

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-51-49-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 71-51-49-010-051
B. Make sure that the fan cowls are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-51-49-630-050
A. Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connectors

Subtask 71-51-49-110-050
B. Clean the replacement parts and their interfaces.
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with the cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-002) and clean the replacement parts and their
interfaces.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-49

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(2) Use a clean dry lint free cloth and remove the dirty cleaning fluid
Subtask 71-51-49-420-050
C. Installation of the Relay Box and the Bonding Strap:
(1) Install the relay box

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-49-991-150)
(a) Install the relay box on the mounting bracket with the four bolts
(1) and washers (2).
(b) TORQUE the bolts (1) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Install the bonding strap.
_______
(a) Clean the bonding strap connector and its mating faces on the
bracket with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-002).
(b) Attach the bonding strap to the bracket with the bolt (3), the
two washers (5) and the nut (4).
(c) Do a resistance check between the bonding strap and the bracket.
The resistance must not be more than 5 milli ohms.
(d) Do a resistance check between the bracket and flange FB. The
resistance must not be more than 5 milli ohms.
(e) If the bonding strap resistance check is not satisfactory, do

step (a) again. Make sure the bonding strap is not damaged and is
installed correctly.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-49

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-49-420-051
D. Connect the electrical connectors.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-51-49-991-150)
(1) Remove the V06-086 ties which attach the electrical

harness/connectors 4100KS-B, 4100KS-C and 4100KS-D to the primary
harness.
(2) Connect each electrical connector to the relay box receptacle.
(3) TORQUE the connectors to 18 lbf.in (0.20 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
(4) Remove the V06-086 ties which attach the electrical connectors
4100KS-A and 4100KS-E to the primary harness and mounting bracket.
(5) Connect each electrical connector to the relay box receptacle.
(6) TORQUE the connectors to 21 lbf.in (0.23 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
(7) Attach the electrical harness together with lacing tape (Material No.
V02-159).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-51-49-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-49

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-51-49-710-050
B. Do an operational test of the ignition system with the CFDS (Ref. TASK
74-00-00-710-041).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-51-49

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HARNESS - FIRE DETECTION (SYSTEM A) CABIN SERVICES AND NACELLE TEMPERATURE
__________________________________________________________________________
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 71-52-41-000-010
Removal of the Fire Detection (System A), Cabin Services and Nacelle
Temperature Harness
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-52-41-991-150 Fig. 401
71-52-41-991-151 Fig. 402
71-52-41-991-152 Fig. 403
71-52-41-991-153 Fig. 404
71-52-41-991-154 Fig. 405
71-52-41-991-161 Fig. 406
71-52-41-991-155 Fig. 407
71-52-41-991-156 Fig. 408
71-52-41-991-162 Fig. 409

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-52-41-991-157 Fig. 410

71-52-41-991-158 Fig. 411
71-52-41-991-159 Fig. 412
71-52-41-991-163 Fig. 413
71-52-41-991-164 Fig. 414
71-52-41-991-165 Fig. 415
71-52-41-991-166 Fig. 416
71-52-41-991-167 Fig. 417
71-52-41-991-168 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-52-41-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 71-52-41-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in position on the left side of the engine.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-41-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-52-41-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-52-41-020-057
A. Disconnect the harness

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-41-991-150)
(a) Connectors 452VC-A and 450VC-A at the pylon interface panel.
(b) Connector 4000HA-A at the bleed pressure regulator valve.
(c) Connector 4001HA-A at the high pressure bleed valve.
(d) Connector 4008KS-A at the nacelle temperature sensor.
(e) Connector 4001WD1-A and 4001WD2-A at the fire detector.
Subtask 71-52-41-620-051
B. Put covers/caps/plugs on all the electrical connectors and the electrical

receptacles.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fire Detection (System A), Cabin Services and Nacelle Temperature Harness
Figure 401/TASK 71-52-41-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-41-020-052
C. Remove the harness.
Pre SBE 72-0189

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-41-991-151)
(1) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2) and the nut (4) that attach the
harness clip (3) to the engine (Ref. detail A).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
harness clip (7) to the engine (Ref. detail B).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
the harness clip (19) to the engine (Ref. detail C).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
the washer (23), the spacer (27) and the nut (26) that attach the
harness clip (25) to the engine (Ref. detail D).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
bolt (33), the washer (32), the spacers (30) and (31) and the nut
(29) that attach the harness clip (28) to the engine (Ref. detail E).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(47) that attach the harness clip (45) to the engine (Ref. detail F).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
harness clip (52) to the engine (Ref. detail G).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(8) Remove the bolts (55) and the washers (56) from the ground points.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
the harness clip (69) to the engine (Ref. detail H).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 402/TASK 71-52-41-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(74) that attach the harness clip (72) to the engine (Ref. detail J).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)
nuts (87) and (94) that attach the harness clips (88) and (91) to the
engine (Ref. detail K and L).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
the harness clips (95) and (99) to the engine (Ref. detail M).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
the harness clip (112) to the engine (Ref. detail N).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
nuts (115) and (120) that attach the harness clips (114) and (119) to
the engine (Ref. detail P and Q).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(133), the washer (132), the spacer (135) and the nut (136) that
attach the harness clip (134) to the engine (Ref. detail R).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(138), the washer (137), the spacer (141) and the nut (140) that
attach the harness clip (139) to the engine (Ref. detail S).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
the harness clip (142) to the engine (Ref. detail T).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(18) Remove the bolts (159) and (160) and the washers (158) and (161) that
attach the harness clips (156) and (157) to the engine bracket (Ref.
detail at U)
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-41-991-159)
(19) Remove the bolts (165) and (169), the washers (164) and (168), the
spacer (170) and the nuts (162) and (166) that attach the harness
clips (163) and (167) to the engine (Ref. detail V and W).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-41-991-159)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 412/TASK 71-52-41-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(20) Remove the fire detection (system A), cabin services and nacelle
temperature harness from the engine.
Subtask 71-52-41-020-059
D. Remove the harness.
SBE 72-0189
Pre SBE 75-0081
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-41-991-151)
harness clip (3) to the engine (Ref. detail A).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
harness clip (34) to the engine (Ref. detail C).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(9) Remove the bolt (77) and the nut (78) that attach the harness clip
(79) to the engine (Ref. detail H).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)
(74) that attach the harness clip (72) to the engine (Ref. detail J).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)
(11) Remove the bolts (100) and (102) that attach the harness clips (101)
and (103) to the engine (Ref. detail K and L).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
(12) Make a note of the position of the spacers (105) and (107). Remove
the bolt (108), the nut (106) and the spacers (105) and (107) that
attach the harness clip (104) to the engine (Ref. detail M).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
(13) Remove the bolt (170) that attaches the harness clip (171) to the
engine (Ref. detail X).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
the bolt (172), the spacers (173) and (174) and the nut (176) that
attach the harness clip (175) to the engine (Ref. detail Y).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(122), the spacer (125) and the nut (124) that attach the harness
clip (123) to the engine (Ref. detail N).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
(128) to the engine (Ref. detail P).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(238) to the engine (Ref. detail R).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(147) to the engine (Ref. detail S)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(178) to the engine (Ref. detail Z).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(181) to the engine (Ref. detail AA).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
(183) to the engine (Ref. detail AB).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
clip (188) to the engine (Ref. detail AC).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
clip (191) to the engine (Ref. detail AD).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
Remove the bolt (199), the spacers (194), (197) and (198) and the nut
(196) that attach the harness clip (195) to the engine (Ref. detail
AE).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
the bolt (202), the washer (203), the spacers (200) and (201) and the
nut (204) that attach the harness clip (205) to the engine (Ref.
detail AF).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
the harness clip (207) to the engine (Ref. detail AG).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
Subtask 71-52-41-020-060
E. Remove the harness.
SBE 72-0189
SBE 75-0081
PRE SBE 79-0088
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-41-991-151)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the harness clips (210) and (213) to the engine (Ref. detail A).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
(3) Make a note of the postion of the spacer (37). Remove the bolt (35),
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)
detail J).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the harness clip (217) to the engine (Ref. detail AH).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
the bolt (219), the washer (224), the nut (221) and the spacers (222)
and (223) that attach the harness clip (220) to the engine (Ref.
detail AJ).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
detail L).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(147) to the engine (Ref. detail S).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(178) to the engine (Ref. detail Z).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(181) to the engine (Ref. detail AA).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
(183) to the engine (Ref. detail AB).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
clip (188) to the engine (Ref. detail AC).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
clip (191) to the engine (Ref. detail AD).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
Remove the bolt (199), the spacers (194), (197) and (198) and the nut
(196) that attach the harness clip (195) to the engine (Ref. detail
AE).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
detail AF).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
the harness clip (207) to the engine (Ref. detail AG).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-41-020-062
F. Remove the harness.

SBE 72-0189
SBE 75-0081
SBE 79-0088
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-41-991-151)
the harness clips (210) and (213) to the engine (Ref. detail A).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
the washer (9), the spacer (13), and the nut (12) that attach the
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)
detail J).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)
the harness clip (217) to the engine (Ref. detail AH).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
detail AJ).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
detail L).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(147) to the engine (Ref. detail S).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(21) Make a note of the position of the spacer (242). Remove the nut
(240), the bolt (244), the washer (245) and the spacer (242) that
attach the clip (243) to the tube (241) (Ref. detail AK).
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-52-41-991-167)
(22) Remove the nut (250), the bolt (246) and the washer (247) that attach
the clip (248) to the tube (249) (Ref. detail AL).
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-52-41-991-167)
(23) Remove the nut (254), the bolt (251) and the washer (252) that attach
the clip (255) and the clip (256) to the tube (253) (Ref. detail AM).
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-52-41-991-167)
(24) Remove the nut (260), the washer (258) and the bolt (257) that attach
the clip (259) to the tube (261) (Ref. detail AN).
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-52-41-991-168)
(25) Pre SBN 71-0295

Remove the nut (265), the bolt (262) and the clip (263) that attach
the tube (266) to the fire/overheat detector bracket (264) (Ref.
detail AP).
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-52-41-991-168)
(26) SBN 71-0295

Make a note of the position of the spacer (269). Remove the nut
(271), the bolt (267) and the spacer (269) that attach the clip (273)
and the tube (272) to the tube (270) (Ref. detail AQ).
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-52-41-991-168)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 417/TASK 71-52-41-991-167

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Figure 418/TASK 71-52-41-991-168

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 432
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-41-020-058
G. Transferable parts removal
(1) Remove all the clips from the harness to prepare the replacement
harness for installation.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 433
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-52-41-400-010
Installation of the Fire Detection (System A), Cabin Services and Nacelle
Temperature Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Idle Test
71-52-41-000-010 Removal of the Fire Detection (System A), Cabin
Services and Nacelle Temperature Harness
71-52-41-000-010 Removal of the Fire Detection (System A), Cabin
Services and Nacelle Temperature Harness
71-52-42-000-010 Removal of the Fire Detection (System B) Harness

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 434
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-52-41-991-150 Fig. 401

71-52-41-991-151 Fig. 402
71-52-41-991-152 Fig. 403
71-52-41-991-153 Fig. 404
71-52-41-991-154 Fig. 405
71-52-41-991-161 Fig. 406
71-52-41-991-155 Fig. 407
71-52-41-991-156 Fig. 408
71-52-41-991-162 Fig. 409
71-52-41-991-157 Fig. 410
71-52-41-991-158 Fig. 411
71-52-41-991-159 Fig. 412
71-52-41-991-163 Fig. 413
71-52-41-991-164 Fig. 414
71-52-41-991-165 Fig. 415
71-52-41-991-166 Fig. 416
71-52-41-991-167 Fig. 417
71-52-41-991-168 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-52-41-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 435
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-41-010-053
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-52-41-040-051
deactivated: (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)
Subtask 71-52-41-420-053
D. Install the clips to the fire detection (system A), cabin services and
nacelle temperature harness.
(1) Install the clips from the removed harness to the replacement
harness.
Subtask 71-52-41-630-051
E. Remove the covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connectors and the


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 436
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-52-41-420-058
A. Connect the harness

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-41-991-150)
(a) Connectors 452VC-A and 450VC-A at the pylon interface panel.
(b) Connector 4000HA-A at the bleed pressure regulator valve.
(c) Connector 4001HA-A at the high pressure bleed valve.
(d) Connector 4008KS-A at the nacelle temperature sensor.
(e) Connectors 4001WD1-A and 4001WD2-A at the fire detector.
Subtask 71-52-41-420-054
B. Install the harness
Pre SBE 72-0189

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-41-991-151)
washer (2) and the nut (4) (Ref. detail A).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
washer (5) and the nut (8) (Ref. detail B).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
washer (20) and the nut (22) (Ref. detail C).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. TASK 71-52-41-000-010). attach the harness clip (25) to the
engine with the bolt (24), the washer (23), the spacer (27) and the
nut (26) (Ref. detail D).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 437
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

removal (Ref. TASK 71-52-41-000-010). attach the harness clip (28) to
the engine with the bolt (33), the washer (32), the spacers (30) and
(31) and the nut (29) (Ref. detail E).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(48) and the nut (47) (Ref. detail F).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. TASK 71-52-41-000-010). attach the harness clip (52) to the
nut (50) (Ref. detail G).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(8) Attach the cables (identified as 1, 2, 3 and 4) to their related

ground points with the bolts (55) and the washers (56).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
washer (67) and the nut (70) (Ref. detail H).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)
(75) and the nut (74) (Ref. detail J).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)
(89) and (92), the washers (90) and (93) and the nuts (87) and (94)
(Ref. detail K and L).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
(98), the washer (97) and the nut (96) (Ref. detail M).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
washer (110) and the nut (113) (Ref. detail N).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 438
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(117) and (118), the washers (116) and (121) and the nuts (115) and
(120) (Ref. detail P and Q).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(Ref. TASK 71-52-41-000-010). Attach the harness clip (134) to the
engine with the bolt (133), the washer (132), the spacer (135) and
the nut (136) (Ref. detail R).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
engine with the bolt (138), the washer (137), the spacer (141) and
the nut (140) (Ref. detail S).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
washer (144) and the nut (143) (Ref. detail T).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(159) and (160) and the washers (158) and (161) (Ref. detail U).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-41-991-159)
(165) and (169), the washers (164) and (168), the spacer (170) and
the nuts (162) and (166) (Ref. detail V and W).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-41-991-159)
23-11-911-013):
(a) The nuts (4) and (8)

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
(b) The nuts (22), (26) and (29)

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(c) The nuts (47) and (50)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(d) The nut (70)

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)
(e) The nut (74)

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 439
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(f) The nuts (87) and (94)
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
(g) The nuts (96) and (113)

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
(h) The nuts (115), (120) and (136)

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(i) The nuts (140) and (143)

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(j) The nuts (162) and (166)

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-41-991-159)
(21) TORQUE the bolts that follow to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN): (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013)
(a) The bolts (159) and (160)

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-41-991-159)
(b) The bolt (55)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
Subtask 71-52-41-420-059
C. Install the harness
SBE 72-0189
Pre SBE 75-0081
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-41-991-151)
washer (2) and the nut (4) (Ref. detail A).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
nut (12) (Ref. detail B).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
nut (38) (Ref. detail C).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 440
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
removal (Ref. TASK 71-52-41-000-010). Attach the harness clip (39) to
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
nut (78) (Ref. detail H).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)
(75) and the nut (74) (Ref. detail J).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)
(100) and (102) (Ref. detail K and L).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
removal (Ref. TASK 71-52-41-000-010). Attach the harness clip (104)
to the engine with the bolt (108), the spacers (105) and (107) and
the nut (106) (Ref. detail M).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 441
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(13) Attach the harness clip (171) to the engine with the bolt (170) (Ref.
detail X).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
the nut (176) (Ref. detail Y).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
engine with the bolt (122), the spacer (125) and the nut (124) (Ref.
detail N).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
(16) Attach the harness clip (128) to the engine with the bolt (126) and
the nut (127) (Ref. detail P).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
the nut (177) (Ref. detail Z).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
the nut (180) (Ref. detail AA).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
the nut (185) (Ref. detail AB).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
detail AC).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 442
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

detail AD).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
(24) Install the spacers (194), (197) and (198) in the position noted
during removal (Ref. TASK 71-52-41-000-010). Attach the harness clip
(195) to the engine with the bolt (199), the spacers (194), (197) and
(198) and the nut (196) (Ref. detail AE).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
to the engine with the bolt (202), the washer (203), the spacers
(200) and (201) and the nut (204) (Ref. detail AF).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
washer (208) and the nut (206) (Ref. detail AG).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
23-11-911-013):

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
(b) The nuts (26), (38) and (40)

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(d) The nut (78)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(e) The nut (74)

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)
(f) The nuts (106) and (124)

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
(g) The nuts (127) and (237)

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 443
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(h) The nuts (143) and (148)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(i) The nuts (176) and (177)

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(j) The nuts (180), (185) and (189)

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
(k) The nut (204)

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
(l) The nut (206)

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
70-23-11-911-013)
(a) The bolt (55)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(b) The bolts (100) and (102)

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
(c) The bolt (170)

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
Subtask 71-52-41-420-060
D. Install the harness
SBE 72-0189
SBE 75-0081
PRE SBE 79-0088
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-41-991-151)
(211), the washer (212) and the nut (214) (Ref. detail A).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 444
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)
(232) and (234) and the nut (233) (Ref. detail J).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)
washer (216) and the nut (218) (Ref. detail AH).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 445
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(222) and (223) and the nut (221) (Ref. detail AJ).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
(227) and (228) and the nut (226) (Ref. detail L).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
detail X).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
detail N).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
the nut (127) (Ref. detail P).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 446
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

the nut (177) (Ref. detail Z).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
the nut (180) (Ref. detail AA).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
the nut (185) (Ref. detail AB).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
detail AC).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
detail AD).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
(26) Install the spacers (194), (197) and (198) in the position noted
during removal (Ref. TASK 71-52-42-000-010). Attach the harness clip
(195) to the engine with the bolt (199), the spacers (194), (197) and
(198) and the nut (196) (Ref. detail AE).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
(200) and (201) and the nut (204) (Ref. detail AF).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
washer (208) and the nut (206) (Ref. detail AG).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
23-11-911-013):

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 447
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) The nuts (26), (38) and (40)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(d) The nut (78)

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)
(e) The nut (233)

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)
(f) The nuts (106) and (124)

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
(g) The nut (226)

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
(h) The nuts (127) and (237)

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(i) The nut (148)

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(j) The nuts (176) and (177)

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(k) The nuts (180), (185) and (189)

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
(l) The nuts (190), (196) and (204)

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)
(m) The nuts (206), (218) and (221)

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
70-23-11-911-013)
(a) The bolt (55)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(b) The bolt (170)

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 448
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-41-420-062
E. Install the harness

SBE 72-0189
SBE 75-0081
SBE 79-0088
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-41-991-151)
(211), the washer (212) and the nut (214) (Ref. detail A).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(5) Install the spacer (41) and (42) in the position noted during removal
(Ref. TASK 71-52-41-000-010). Attach harness clip (39) to the engine
with the bolt (44), the washer (43), the spacers (41) and (42) and
the nut (40) (Ref. detail E).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)
(6) Install the spacer (59) and (61) in the position noted during removal
(Ref. TASK 71-52-41-000-010). Attach harness clip (58) to the engine
with the bolt (62), the washer (57), the spacers (59) and (61) and
the nut (60) (Ref. detail F).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 449
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)
(10) Install the spacer (232) and (234) in the position noted during
(232) and (234) and the nut (233) (Ref. detail J).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)
washer (216) and the nut (218) (Ref. detail AH).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
(222) and (223) and the nut (221) (Ref. detail AJ).
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
(227) and (228) and the nut (226) (Ref. detail L).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
detail X).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 450
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

detail N).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
tube (241) with the bolt (244), the washer (245), the spacer (242)
and the nut (240) (Ref. detail AK).
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-52-41-991-167)
(22) Attach the harness clip (248) to the tube (249) with the bolt (246),
the washer (247) and the nut (250) (Ref. detail AL).
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-52-41-991-167)
(23) Attach the harness clip (255) and the clip (256) to the tube (253)
with the bolt (251), the washer (252) and the nut (254) (Ref. detail
AM).
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-52-41-991-167)
(24) Attach the harness clip (259) to the tube (261) with the bolt (257),
the washer (258) and the nut (260) (Ref. detail AN).
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-52-41-991-168)
(25) Pre SBN 71-0295

Attach the harness clip (263) and the tube (266) to the fire/overheat
detector bracket (264) with the bolt (262) and the nut (265) (Ref.
detail AP).
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-52-41-991-168)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 451
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(26) SBN 71-0295
Install the spacer (269) in the position noted during removal
(Ref. TASK 71-52-41-000-010). Attach the harness clip (273) and the
tube (272) to the tube (270) with the bolt (267), the washer (268),
the spacer (269) and the nut (271) (Ref. detail AQ).
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-52-41-991-168)
23-11-911-013) :

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-41-991-152)
(b) The nuts (26), (38) and 40)

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-41-991-153)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(d) The nut (78)

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-41-991-161)
(e) The nut (233)

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-41-991-155)
(f) The nuts (106) and (124)

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-41-991-162)
(g) The nut (226)

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-41-991-156)
(h) The nuts (127) and (237)

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-41-991-157)
(i) The nut (148)

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-41-991-158)
(j) The nuts (176) and (177)

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
(k) The nuts (180), (185) and (189)

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-41-991-164)
(l) The nuts (190), (196) and (204)

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-41-991-165)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 452
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(m) The nuts (206), (218) and (221)
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 71-52-41-991-166)
(n) The nuts (210), (220) and (224)

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 71-52-41-991-167)
(o) Pre SBN 71-0295

The nuts (230) and (235)
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-52-41-991-168)
(p) SBN 71-0295

The nuts (230) and (241)
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 71-52-41-991-168)
(28) TORQUE the bolts that follow to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN) : (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013)
(a) the bolt (55)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-41-991-154)
(b) the bolt (170)

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-41-991-163)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-52-41-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-52-41-440-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 453
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-41-410-052
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-52-41-710-051
D. Do an EEC system test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-022).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-41

Page 454
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

HARNESS - FIRE DETECTION (SYSTEM B) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 71-52-42-000-010
Removal of the Fire Detection (System B) Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Covers/caps/plugs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-52-42-991-156 Fig. 401
71-52-42-991-159 Fig. 402
71-52-42-991-160 Fig. 403
71-52-42-991-157 Fig. 404
71-52-42-991-152 Fig. 405
71-52-42-991-153 Fig. 406
71-52-42-991-154 Fig. 407
71-52-42-991-161 Fig. 408
71-52-42-991-155 Fig. 409
71-52-42-991-162 Fig. 410
71-52-42-991-163 Fig. 411
71-52-42-991-164 Fig. 412
71-52-42-991-171 Fig. 413
71-52-42-991-173 Fig. 414
71-52-42-991-172 Fig. 415

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-52-42-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 71-52-42-010-051
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform in position on the right side of the core
engine.
Subtask 71-52-42-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-42-010-053
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-52-42-020-051
A. Remove the Fire Detection (System B) Harness as follows:
Pre SBE 72-0189
(1) Disconnect the fire detection (system B) harness

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
(a) Make a note of the position of the harness. It must be put in the
same position on installation.
(b) Disconnect the electrical connectors:
1
_ Disconnect the connector 454VC at the aft
pylon-interface-panel.
2
_ Disconnect the connector 4001WD2-A at the fire detector.
(2) Put the applicable Covers/caps/plugs on the electrical connectors and

the electrical receptacles.
(3) Release the fire detection (system B) harness from the core engine
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
(a) Make a note of the positions of the parts before they are
removed. They must be put in the same positions on installation.
the clip (4) to the tube (Ref. detail at A).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(c) Remove the nut (9), the washer (8), the bolt (5) and the spacers
(6) and (7) which attach the clip (10) to the tube (Ref. detail
at B).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fire Detection (System B) Harness - Connector and Clip Point Locations

Figure 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fire Detection (System B) Harness - Clip Point Details

Figure 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(d) Remove the harness from the clips (4) and (10) (Ref. detail at A
and B).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(e) Remove the nut (21), the bolt (25) and the spacers (23) and (24)
which attach the clip (22) to the tube (Ref. detail at C).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-42-991-160)
(f) Remove the harness from the clip (22) (Ref. detail at C).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-42-991-160)
(g) Remove the bolts (28) and (29) and the washers (27) and (30)
which attach the clips (26) and (31) to the engine bracket (Ref.
detail at D).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-42-991-157)
(h) Remove the nut (43), the bolt (46), the washer (45) and the
spacer (42) which attach the tube clip, the Nacelle Temperature
Sensor Harness clip and the clip (44) to the engine raceway (Ref.
detail at E).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-42-991-157)
(i) Remove the nut (50), the washer (47) and the bolt (48) which
attach the clip (49) to the engine raceway (Ref. detail at F).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-42-991-157)
(j) Remove the harness from the clips (26), (31), (44) and (49) (Ref.
detail at D, E and F).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-42-991-157)
(k) Remove the nut (55), the bolt (54) and the washer (53) which
attach the clip (52) to the engine raceway (Ref. detail at G).
(l) Remove the nut (60), the bolt (57), the washer (58) and the
spacer (59) which attach the clip (56) to the engine raceway
(Ref. detail at H).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-42-991-152)
(m) Remove the harness from the clips (52) and (56) (Ref. detail at G
and H).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-42-991-152)
(n) Remove the nut (72), the bolt (75), the washer (74) and the
(Ref. detail at J).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 403/TASK 71-52-42-991-160

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 404/TASK 71-52-42-991-157

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fire Detection (Sysem B) Harness - Clip Point Details

Figure 405/TASK 71-52-42-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(o) Remove the nut (76), the bolt (77) and the washer (78) which
attach the clip (79) to the engine raceway (Ref. detail at K).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(p) Remove the harness from the clips (73) and (79) (Ref. detail at J
and K).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(q) Remove the nut (81), the bolt (82) and the spacer (83) which
attach the raceway clip and the clip (80) to the tube (Ref.
detail at L).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(r) Remove the nut (85), the bolt (87) and the washer (86) which
attach the tube clip and the clip (84) to the tube (Ref. detail
at M).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(s) Remove the nut (101), the washer (100), the bolt (99) and the
washer (98) which attach the ignition supply harness clip and the
clip (102) to the engine bracket (Ref. detail at N).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(t) Remove the harness from the clips (80), (84) and (102) (Ref.
detail at L, M and N).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(u) Remove the bolt (104) which attaches the clip (103) to the engine
bracket (Ref. detail at P).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(v) Remove the bolt (107), the washer (108) and the spacer (105)
which attach the clip (106) to the engine bracket (Ref. detail at
Q).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(w) Remove the nut (113), the washer (112), the bolt (109) and the
washer (110) which attach the clip (111) to the tube (Ref. detail
at R).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(x) Remove the harness from the clips (103), (106) and (111) (Ref.
detail at P, Q and R).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(y) Remove the nut (126), the washer (127), the bolt (124) and the
washer (128) which attach the tube clip and the clip (125) to the
tube (Ref. detail at S).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(z) Remove the nut (129), the bolt (131) and the washer (132) which
attach the clip (130) to the engine bracket (Ref. detail at T).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(aa) Remove the bolt (133) and the washer (134) which attach the clip
(135) to the engine bracket (Ref. detail at U).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(ab) Remove the harness from the clip (125) (Ref. detail at S).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(ac) Remove the nut (138) and the bolt (136) which attach the tube
clip and the clip (137) to the bracket (Ref. detail at V).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)
(ad) Remove the nut (152), the bolt (149) and the washer (150) which
at W).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)
(ae) Carefully remove the fire detection (system B) harness from the
core engine.
(af) Remove and keep the remaining clips from the fire detection
(system B) harness, for the installation of the new harness.
Subtask 71-52-42-020-055
B. Remove the Fire Detection (System B) Harness as follows:
SBE 72-0189
Pre SBE 75-0081

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1
2

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
the clip (4) to the tube (Ref. detail at A).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(c) Remove the nut (9), the washer (8), the bolt (5) and the spacers
(6) and (7) which attach the clip (10) to the tube (Ref. detail
at B).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(d) Remove the harness from the clips (4) and (10) (Ref. detail at A
and B).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(e) Remove the nut (33), the bolt (36) and the spacers (34), (35) and
(37) which attach the clip (32) to the tube (Ref. detail at C).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-42-991-160)
(f) Remove the harness from the clip (32) (Ref. detail at C).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-42-991-160)
(g) Remove the nut (38), the bolt (40) and the spacer (41) which
attach the clip (39) to the tube (Ref. detail at X).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-42-991-163)
(h) Remove the nut (63), the bolt (61) and the spacer (64) which
at Y).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-42-991-163)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 417
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 411/TASK 71-52-42-991-163

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(i) Remove the nut (161) and the bolt (160) which attach the tube
clip and the clip (162) to the tube (Ref. detail at Z).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-42-991-163)
(j) Remove the harness from the clips (39), (62) and (162) (Ref.
detail at X, Y and Z).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-42-991-163)
(k) Remove the nut (163) and the bolt (165) which attach the clip
(164) to the tube (Ref. detail at AA).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-42-991-164)
(l) Remove the nut (166) and the bolt (168) which attach the tube
clip and the clip (167) to the tube (Ref. detail at AB).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-42-991-164)
(m) Remove the bolt (65) and the spacer (66) which attach the clip
(67) to the engine raceway (Ref. detail at AC).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-42-991-164)
(n) Remove the harness from the clips (164), (167) and (67) (Ref.
detail at AA, AB and AC).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-42-991-164)
(o) Remove the nut (153), the bolt (156), the washer (155) and the
(Ref. detail at H).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-42-991-152)
(p) Remove the harness from the clip (157) (Ref. detail at H).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-42-991-152)
(q) Remove the nut (90), the bolt (88) and the washer (89) which
attach the tube clip and the clip (91) to the engine raceway
(Ref. detail at J).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(r) Remove the nut (76), the bolt (77) and the washer (78) which
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(s) Remove the harness from the clips (91) and (79) (Ref. detail at J
and K).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 412/TASK 71-52-42-991-164

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(t) Remove the nut (81), the bolt (82) and the spacer (83) which
detail at L).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(u) Remove the nut (85), the bolt (87) and the washer (86) which
at M).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(v) Remove the nut (101), the washer (100), the bolt (99) and the
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(w) Remove the harness from the clips (80), (84) and (102) (Ref.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(x) Remove the bolt (104) which attaches the clip (103) to the engine
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(y) Remove the bolt (107), the washer (108) and the spacer (105)
Q).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(z) Remove the nut (113), the washer (112), the bolt (109) and the
washer (110) which attach the clip (111) to the engine bracket
(Ref. detail at R).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(aa) Remove the harness from the clips (103), (106) and (111) (Ref.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(ab) Remove the nut (126), the washer (127), the bolt (124) and the
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(ac) Remove the nut (129), the bolt (131) and the washer (132) which
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 421
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(ad) Remove the bolt (133) and the washer (134) which attach the clip
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(ae) Remove the harness from the clip (125) (Ref. detail at S).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(af) Remove the nut (138) and the bolt (136) which attach the tube
clip and the clip (137) to the bracket (Ref. detail at V).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)
(ag) Remove the nut (152), the bolt (149) and the washer (150) which
at W).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)
(ah) Carefully remove the fire detection (system B) harness from the
core engine.
(ai) Remove and keep the remaining clips from the fire detection
Subtask 71-52-42-020-056
C. Remove the Fire Detection (System B) Harness as follows:
SBE 72-0189
SBE 75-0081
SBE 79-0088

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
1
2


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 422
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
(b) Pre SBN 71-0295

Remove the nut (184), the bolt (180) and the clip (181) which
attach the tube (183) to the fire/overheat detector bracket (Ref.
detail at AD).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-42-991-171)
(c) SBN 71-0295

Remove the nut (230), the bolt (226) and the spacer (228) that
attach the clip (232) and the tube (231) to the tube (229) (Ref.
detail AJ).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-42-991-173)
(d) Remove the nut (189), the washer (186) and the bolt (185) which
attach the clip (187) to the tube (188) (Ref. detail at AE).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-42-991-171)
(e) Pre SBN 71-0295

Remove the harness from the clips (181) and (187) (Ref. detail at
AD and AE).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-42-991-171)
SBN 71-0295
Remove the harness from the clips (187) and (232) (Ref. detail at
AE and AJ).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-42-991-171, 414/TASK 71-52-42-991-173)
(f) Remove the nut (205),the bolt (200) and the washer (201) which
attach the clip (204) and the clip (202) to the tube (203) (Ref.
detail at AF).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-42-991-172)
(g) Remove the nut (214),the bolt (210) and the washer (211) which
attach the clip (212) to the tube (213) (Ref. detail at AG).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-42-991-172)
(h) Remove the nut (225),the bolt (220), the washer (221) and the
spacer (223) which attach the clip (222) to the tube (224) (Ref.
detail at AH).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-42-991-172)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 423
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 413/TASK 71-52-42-991-171

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 424
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 414/TASK 71-52-42-991-173

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 425
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500


Figure 415/TASK 71-52-42-991-172

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 426
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(i) Remove the harness from the clips (204), (212) and (222) (Ref.
detail at AF, AG and AH).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-42-991-172)
(j) Remove the nut (90), the bolt (88) and the washer (89) which
attach the tube clip and the clip (91) to the engine raceway
(Ref. detail at J).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(k) Remove the nut (76), the bolt (77) and the washer (78) which
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(l) Remove the harness from the clips (91) and (79) (Ref. detail at J
and K).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(m) Remove the nut (81), the bolt (82) and the spacer (83) which
detail at L).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(n) Remove the nut (85), the bolt (87) and the washer (86) which
at M).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(o) Remove the nut (101), the washer (100), the bolt (99) and the
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(p) Remove the harness from the clips (80), (84) and (102) (Ref.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(q) Remove the bolt (104) which attaches the clip (103) to the engine
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(r) Remove the bolt (107), the washer (108) and the spacer (105)
Q).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 427
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(s) Remove the nut (113), the washer (112), the bolt (109) and the
washer (110) which attach the clip (111) to the engine bracket
(Ref. detail at R).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(t) Remove the harness from the clips (103), (106) and (111) (Ref.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(u) Remove the nut (126), the washer (127), the bolt (124) and the
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(v) Remove the nut (129), the bolt (131) and the washer (132) which
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(w) Remove the bolt (133) and the washer (134) which attach the clip
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(x) Remove the harness from the clip (125) (Ref. detail at S).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(y) Remove the nut (171), the bolt (169), the washer (173) and the
spacer (172) which attach the clip (170) to the bracket (Ref.
detail at V).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)
(z) Remove the nut (174), the washer (179), the bolt (177) and the
washer (178) which attach the clips (175) and (176) to the engine
bracket (Ref. detail at W).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)
(aa) Carefully remove the fire detection (system B) harness from the
core engine.
(ab) Remove and keep the remaining clips from the fire detection

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 428
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-52-42-400-010
Installation of the Fire Detection (System B) Harness
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26-12-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Engine Fire and Overheat

Detection with the Centralized Fault Display System
(CFDS)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 429
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-52-42-991-156 Fig. 401
71-52-42-991-159 Fig. 402
71-52-42-991-160 Fig. 403
71-52-42-991-157 Fig. 404
71-52-42-991-152 Fig. 405
71-52-42-991-153 Fig. 406
71-52-42-991-154 Fig. 407
71-52-42-991-161 Fig. 408
71-52-42-991-155 Fig. 409
71-52-42-991-162 Fig. 410
71-52-42-991-163 Fig. 411
71-52-42-991-164 Fig. 412
71-52-42-991-171 Fig. 413
71-52-42-991-173 Fig. 414
71-52-42-991-172 Fig. 415
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-52-42-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 430
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-42-010-052
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-52-42-410-054
deactivated: (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-52-42-420-053
A. Install the clips from the removed harness on to the replacement harness,
in the positions written during the removal task (Ref. TASK 71-52-42-000-
010).
Subtask 71-52-42-630-051
B. Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connectors

Subtask 71-52-42-110-051
C. Clean the replacement parts and their interfaces
_______
IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 431
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Material No. V01-002) to clean the replacement parts and their
interfaces.
(2) Use a clean, dry lint free cloth and remove the dirty cleaning fluid
Subtask 71-52-42-420-051
D. Install the Fire Detection (System B) Harness as follows:
Pre SBE 72-0189

PRE SBE 79-0088
(1) Put in position and connect the Fire Detection (System B) Harness as
follows:
(a) Put the fire detection (system B) harness on the core engine in
the correct position for installation (Ref. TASK 71-52-42-000-
010).
(2) Connect the fire detection (system B) harness

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
(a) Connect the electrical connectors:
1
_ Connect the connector 454VC at the aft pylon-interface-panel.
2
_ Connect the connector 4001WD2-A at the fire detector.
(3) Install the fire detection (system B) harness to the core engine
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
(a) The positions of the parts were written on removal. Make sure
they are installed correctly during assembly (Ref. TASK 71-52-42-
000-010):
(b) Put the harness in the clip (125) (Ref. detail at S).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(c) Attach the clip (151) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt
(149), the washer (150) and the nut (152) (Ref. detail at W).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)
(d) Attach the clip (137) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt
(136) and the nut (138) (Ref. detail at V).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 432
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(e) Attach the clip (135) to the engine bracket with the bolt (133)
and the washer (134) (Ref. detail at U).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(f) Attach the clip (130) to the engine bracket with the bolt (131),
the washer (132) and the nut (129) (Ref. detail at T).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(g) Attach the clip (125) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt
(124), the washers (128) and (127) and the nut (126) (Ref. detail
at S).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(h) Put the harness into the clips (103), (106) and (111) (Ref.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(i) Attach the clip (111) to the tube with the bolt (109), the
washers (110) and (112) and the nut (113) (Ref. detail at R).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(j) Put the spacer (105) between the clip (106) and the engine
bracket in the correct position for installation. Attach the clip
(106) and the spacer (105) to the engine bracket with the bolt
(107) and the washer (108) (Ref. detail at Q).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(k) Attach the clip (103) to the engine bracket with the bolt (104)
(Ref. detail at P).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(l) Put the harness into the clips (80), (84) and (102) (Ref. detail
at L, M and N).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(m) Attach the Ignition Supply Harness clip and the clip (102) to the
engine bracket with the bolt (99), the washers (98) and (100) and
the nut (101) (Ref. detail at N).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(n) Attach the clip (84) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt
(87), the washer (86) and the nut (85) (Ref. detail at M).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 433
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(o) Put the spacer (83) between the engine raceway clip and the tube
in the correct position for installation. Attach the clip (80),
the tube and the spacer (83) to the engine raceway clip with the
bolt (82) and the nut (81) (Ref. detail at L).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(p) Put the harness into the clips (73) and (79) (Ref. detail at J
and K).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(q) Attach the clip (79) to the engine raceway with the bolt (77),
the washer (78) and the nut (76) (Ref. detail at K).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(r) Put the spacer (71) between the clip (73) and the tube in the
correct position for installation. Attach the clip (73) to the
tube with the bolt (75), the washer (74) and the nut (72) (Ref.
detail at J).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(s) Put the harness into the clips (52) and (56) (Ref. detail at G
and H).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-42-991-152)
(t) Put the spacer (59) between the clip (56) and the engine raceway
in the correct position for installation. Attach the clip (56)
and the spacer (59) to the engine raceway with the bolt (57), the
washer (58) and the nut (60) (Ref detail at H ).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-42-991-152)
(u) Attach the clip (52) to the engine raceway with the bolt (54),
the washer (53) and the nut (55) (Ref. detail at G).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-42-991-152)
(v) Put the harness into the clips (26), (31), (44) and (49) (Ref.
detail at D, E and F).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-42-991-157)
(w) Attach the clip (49) to the engine raceway with the bolt (48),
the washer (47) and the nut (50) (Ref. detail at F).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-42-991-157)
(x) Put the spacer (42) between the Nacelle Temperature Sensor
Harness clip and the tube clip in the correct position for
installation. Attach the clip (44), the tube clip and the Nacelle
Temperature Sensor Harness clip to the engine raceway with the
bolt (46), the washer (45) and the nut (43) (Ref. detail at E).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 434
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-52-42-991-157)
(y) Attach the clips (26) and (31) to the engine bracket with the
bolts (28) and (29) and the washers (27) and (30) (Ref. detail at
D).
(z) Put the harness into the clip (22) (Ref. detail at C).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-42-991-160)
(aa) Put the spacer (23) between the tube clip and the clip (22) in
the correct position for installation. Put the spacer (24)
between the other tube clip and the tube in the correct position
for installation. Attach the clip (22), the spacers (23) and (24)
and the tube clips to the tube with the bolt (25) and the nut
(21) (Ref. detail at C).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-42-991-160)
(ab) Put the harness into the clips (4) and (10) (Ref. detail at A and
B).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(ac) Put the spacer (6) between the tube and the bracket in the
correct position for installation. Put the spacer (7) between the
tube and the clip (10) in the correct position for installation.
Attach the clip (10), the spacers (6) and (7) and the tube to the
bracket with the bolt (5), the washer (8) and the nut (9) (Ref.
detail at B).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(ad) Attach the clip (4) to the tube with the bolt (1), the washer (3)
and the nut (2) (Ref. detail at A).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(ae) TORQUE the nuts (2), (9), (21), (43), (50), (55), (60), (72),
(76), (81), (85), (101), (113), (126), (129), (138) and (152) to
40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN).
(af) TORQUE the bolts (28), (29), (104), (107) and (133) to 40 lbf.in
(0.45 m.daN).
Subtask 71-52-42-420-055
E. Install the Fire Detection (System B) Harness as follows:
SBE 72-0189
Pre SBE 75-0081
PRE SBE 79-0088

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 435
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

follows:
010).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
1
2
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
(a) The positions of the parts was written on removal. Make sure they
are installed correctly during assembly (Ref. TASK 71-52-42-000-
010):
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(c) Attach the clip (151) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt
(149), the washer (150) and the nut (152) (Ref. detail at W).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)
(d) Attach the clip (137) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt
(136) and the nut (138) (Ref. detail at V).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
at S).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 436
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(Ref. detail at P).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
at L, M and N).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
and K).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 437
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(r) Put the spacer (89) between the raceway end and the clip (91) in
the correct position for installation. Attach the raceway end,
the spacer (89), the clip (91) and the tube clip to the engine
raceway with the bolt (88) and the nut (90) (Ref. detail at J).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(s) Put the harness into the clip (157) (Ref. detail at H).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-42-991-152)
(t) Put the spacer (154) between the clip (157) and the engine
raceway in the correct position for installation. Attach the clip
(157) and the spacer (154) to the engine raceway with the bolt
(156), the washer (155) and the nut (153) (Ref detail at H ).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-52-42-991-152)
(u) Put the harness into the clips (164), (167) and (67) (Ref. detail
at AA, AB and AC).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-42-991-164)
(v) Put the spacer (66) between the clip (67) and the engine raceway
in the correct position for installation. Attach the clip (67)
and the spacer (66) to the engine raceway with the bolt (65)
(Ref. detail at AC).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-42-991-164)
(w) Attach the clip (167) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt
(168) and the nut (166) (Ref. detail at AB).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 71-52-42-991-164)
(x) Attach the clip (164) to the tube with the bolt (165) and the nut
(163) (Ref. detail at AA).
(y) Put the harness into the clips (39), (62) and (162) (Ref. detail
at X, Y and Z).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-42-991-163)
(z) Attach the clip (162) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt
(160) and the nut (161) (Ref. detail at Z).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-42-991-163)
(aa) Attach the tube clip and the clip (62) to the tube with the bolt
(61) and the nut (63) (Ref. detail at Y).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-42-991-163)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 438
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(ab) Put the spacer (41) between the tube clip and the clip (39) in
the correct position for installation. Attach the clip (39), the
spacer (41) and the tube clip to the tube with the bolt (40) and
the nut (38) (Ref. detail at X).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 71-52-42-991-163)
(ac) Put the harness into the clip (32) (Ref. detail at C).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-42-991-160)
(ad) Put the spacer (37) between the tube clip and the tube in the
correct position for installation. Put the spacer (34) between
the tube and the other tube clip and the spacer (35) between the
tube clip and the bracket in the correct position for
installation. Attach the clip (32), the spacers (37), (34) and
(35) and the tube clips to the tube with the bolt (36) and the
nut (33) (Ref. detail at C).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-52-42-991-160)
(ae) Put the harness into the clips (4) and (10) (Ref. detail at A and
B).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(af) Put the spacer (6) between the tube and the bracket in the
correct position for installation. Put the spacer (7) between the
tube and the clip (10) in the correct position for installation.
Attach the clip (10), the spacers (6) and (7) and the tube to the
bracket with the bolt (5), the washer (8) and the nut (9) (Ref.
detail at B).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(ag) Attach the clip (4) to the tube with the bolt (1), the washer (3)
and the nut (2) (Ref. detail at A).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-52-42-991-159)
(ah) TORQUE the nuts (2), (9), (33), (38), (63), (161), (163), (166),
(153), (90), (76), (81), (85), (101), (113), (126), (129), (138)
and (152) to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN).
(ai) TORQUE the bolts (65), (104), (107) and (133) to 40 lbf.in (0.45
m.daN).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 439
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-42-420-056
F. Install the Fire Detection (System B) Harness as follows:
SBE 72-0189
SBE 75-0081
SBE 79-0088
follows:
010).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
1
2
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-52-42-991-156)
(a) The positions of the parts were written on removal. Make sure
they are installed correctly during assembly (Ref. TASK 71-52-42-
000-010):
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(c) Attach the clips (175) and (176) to the engine bracket with the
bolt (177), the washers (178) and (179) and the nut (174) (Ref.
detail at W).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)
(d) Put the spacer (172) between the clip (170) and the engine
(169), the washer (173) and the nut (171) (Ref. detail at V).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 71-52-42-991-162)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 440
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
at S).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 71-52-42-991-155)
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
(Ref. detail at P).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 71-52-42-991-161)
at L, M and N).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 441
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-52-42-991-154)
and K).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(r) Put the spacer (89) between the raceway end and the clip (91) in
the correct position for installation. Attach the raceway end,
the spacer (89), the clip (91) and the tube clip to the engine
raceway with the bolt (88) and the nut (90) (Ref. detail at J).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-52-42-991-153)
(s) Put the harness into the clips (222),(212) and (204) (Ref. detail
at AH, AG and AH).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-42-991-172)
(t) Put the spacer (223) between the tube and the clip in the correct
position for installation. Attach the clip (222) and the spacer
(223) to the tube (224) with the bolt (220), the washer (221) and
the nut (225) (Ref detail at AH ).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-42-991-172)
(u) Attach the clip (212) to the tube (213) with the bolt (210), the
washer (211) and the nut (214) (Ref. detail at AG).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-42-991-172)
(v) Attach the clips (202) and (204) to the tube (203) with the bolt
(200), the washer (201) and the nut (205) (Ref. detail at AF).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 71-52-42-991-172)
(w) Pre SBN 71-0295

Put the harness into the clips (187) and (181) (Ref. detail at AD
and AE).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-42-991-171)
SBN 71-0295
Put the harness into the clips (187) and (232) (Ref. detail at AD
and AJ).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-42-991-171, 414/TASK 71-52-42-991-173)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 442
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(x) Attach the clip (187) to the tube (188) with the bolt (185), the
washer (186) and the nut (189) (Ref. detail at AE).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-42-991-171)
(y) Pre SBN 71-0295

Attach the clip (181) to the fire/ overheat detector bracket
(182) and the tube (183) with the bolt (180) and the nut (184)
(Ref. detail at AD).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 71-52-42-991-171)
(z) SBN 71-0295

Put the spacer (228) between the tube (231) and the clip (232) in
the correct position for installation. Attach the clip (232) and
the spacer (228) to the tube (231) with the bolt (226), the
washer (227) and the nut (230) (Ref. detail at AJ).
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 71-52-42-991-173)
(aa) TORQUE the nuts (90), (76), (81), (85), (101), (113), (126),
(129), (171), (174), (184), (189), (205), (214) and (225) (174)
to 40 lbf.in (0.45 m.daN).
(ab) TORQUE the bolts (104), (107) and (133) to 40 lbf.in (0.45
m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-52-42-869-052
A. Preparation before the test:
items.
(3) Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
Subtask 71-52-42-710-051
B. Do this test:
(1) On the upper DU, make sure that the FIRE ENG1(2) LOOP A FAULT or FIRE
ENG1(2) LOOP B FAULT message has gone out of view.
(2) Do an operational test of the fire detection system (Ref. TASK 26-12-
00-710-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 443
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-52-42-869-053
C. Do the EIS stop procedure: (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 71-52-42-410-052
D. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 71-52-42-440-050
E. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 71-52-42-410-053
F. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-52-42

Page 444
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POWER PLANT DRAINS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The powerplant drain system collects fluids that may leak from some of the
engine accessories and drives. The fluids collected from the power plant are
discharged overboard through the drain mast.
2. ________________
System Operation
A. General
The drain system comprises two sub-systems:
- fuel drains,
- oil, hydraulic and water drains.
The two sub-systems come together at the same drain mast. This drain mast
is installed below the engine accessory gearbox.
B. Fuel Drains
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The fuel drain lines come from engine accessories on the engine core, the
engine fan case and gearbox. The engine core drains go through the
bifurcation panel.
The fuel drain system is connected to these engine accessories:
- Booster bleed master actuator )
- Booster bleed slave actuator ) Engine
- Variable Stator Vane Actuator ) Core
- Active Clearance Control Actuator )
- Fuel diverter valve ) Engine fan case
- Air Cooled Oil Cooler actuator ) Engine fan case
- Fuel metering unit ) Gearbox
- LP/HP fuel pumps )
Fuel that can leak from these accessories is removed by a steel tube
connected to the accessory or gearbox mounting pad. The tubes are shaped
to go around the engine and go in the side of the drain mast.
Each tube is connected by a union with a packing seal at the accessory or
gearbox pad.
C. Oil, Hydraulic and Water Drains

(Ref. Fig. 003)
The oil, hydraulic and water drains system comes from engine accessories
on the engine fan case and gearbox.
The drain system is connected to these engine accessories:
- Integrated Drive Generator )
- Air starter ) Gearbox
- Hydraulic Pump )
- Oil tank scupper ) Oil tank

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Block Diagram of the Drain System

Figure 001

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Drain System

Figure 002

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Oil, Hydraulic and Water Drain System

Figure 003

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

The only hydraulic fluid drain is from the hydraulic pump. The other
drains are for engine oil or accessory lubricant. Each tube is connected
by a union with a packing seal at the accessory or gearbox pad.
D. Permitted drain system leakage

Permitted drain system leakage rates are given in 71-70-00 P.Block 201
(Power Plant Drains - Maintenance Pratices)
E. Drain Mast
(Ref. Fig. 004)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Drain Mast
Figure 004

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POWER PLANT DRAINS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________
TASK 71-70-00-600-010
Leakage Rates at Drains Mast
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task supplies the data to do a check of the leakage rates at the drains
mast.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container 4l (1USgal)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-70-00-869-050
A. Make sure that the engine safety precautions have been applied (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-860-012).
Subtask 71-70-00-941-051
B. Put the container 4l (1USgal) below the drains mast.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-70-00-790-050
A. Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-

047) and set the engine power to idle.
Subtask 71-70-00-790-051
B. Check for leaks at the drains mast
CAUTION : IF DURING A COLD WEATHER START THE GROUND CREW REPORTS A FUEL
_______
LEAK FROM THE FUEL PUMP DRAIN MAST, RUN THE ENGINE AT IDLE FOR
FIVE MINUTES. IF THE LEAK STOPS DURING THE FIVE MINUTES, THE
AIRCRAFT CAN BE DISPATCHED WITHOUT MAINTENANCE ACTION.
CAUTION : IF THE LEAK IS STILL PRESENT AFTER FIVE MINUTES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE LEAKAGE RATE IS WITHIN THE LIMITS STATED IN TABLE 1.
CAUTION : IF THE LEAKAGE RATE IS MORE THAN THE LIMITS STATED IN TABLE 1,
_______
THE AIRCRAFT CAN CONTINUE TO FLY FOR A MAXIMUM OF 25 HOURS OR
10 FLIGHTS, PROVIDED THAT THE LEAKAGE RATE IS NOT MORE THAN THE
LIMITS STATED IN TABLE 2.
(1) Compare the quantity got to the limits shown in the tables which
follow:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| UNIT | LIMIT | DRAIN |
| --------------------------------
| | cc/hr |drops/min| MAST PORTS|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|FUEL UNITS | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Pumps - Fuel only | 30 | 10 | F.P |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Pumps - Fuel and Oil Mixture | 30 | 10 | F.P |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Pumps - Oil only | 10 | 3 | F.P |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Booster Stage Bleed Valve Actuator - Master| 10 | 3 | CORE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Booster Stage Bleed Valve Actuator - Slave | 10 | 3 | CORE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Diverter Unit | 0 | 0 | F.D |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Metering Unit | 0 | 0 | F.M.U |

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| UNIT | LIMIT | DRAIN |
| --------------------------------
| | cc/hr |drops/min| MAST PORTS|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Air Cooled Oil Cooler | 0 | 0 | A.C.O.C|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Active Clearance Control | 10 | 3 | CORE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Variable Stator Vane Actuator | 10 | 3 | CORE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|OIL UNITS | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Air Starter | 10 | 3 | S |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Integrated Drive Generator | 10 | 3 | I.D.G |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|HYDRAULIC UNIT | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Hydraulic Pump | 10 | 3 | HYD |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1
NOTE : The drops/minute rates are calculated from the formula that
____
follows:
20 x cc/hr
----------------------- = Drops/Minute
60
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|UNIT | LIMIT | DRAIN |
| -------------------------------
| |cc/hr |drops/min| MAST PORTS|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|FUEL UNITS | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Pumps - Fuel only | 120 | 40 | F.P |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Pumps - Fuel and Oil Mixture | 120 | 40 | F.P |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Pumps - Oil only | 10 | 3 | F.P |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Booster Stage Bleed Valve Actuator - Master | 120 | 40 | CORE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|UNIT | LIMIT | DRAIN |
| -------------------------------
| |cc/hr |drops/min| MAST PORTS|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Booster Stage Bleed Valve Actuator - Slave | 120 | 40 | CORE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Diverter Unit | 120 | 40 | F.D |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fuel Metering Unit | 120 | 40 | F.M.U |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Air Cooled Oil Cooler | 120 | 40 | A.C.O.C |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Active Clearance Control | 120 | 40 | CORE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Variable Stator Vane Actuator | 120 | 40 | CORE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|OIL UNITS | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Air Starter | 10 | 3 | S |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Integrated Drive Generator | 10 | 3 | I.D.G |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|HYDRAULIC UNIT | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Hydraulic Pump | 10 | 3 | HYD |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-70-00-869-051
A. Stop the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
Subtask 71-70-00-942-050
B. Remove the container and discard all drained fuel or oil.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

POWER PLANT DRAINS - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 71-70-00-200-010
General Visual Inspection of the Power Plant Drain Lines and Connectors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 3 ft. (0.91 m)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-70-00-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-70-00-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 71-70-00-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-70-00-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-70-00-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-70-00-110-050
E. Clean the power-plant drains tubes

_______
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002), to clean the tubes.
(2) Dry the tubes with a clean lint free cloth.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-70-00-991-150)
Subtask 71-70-00-210-050
A. Examine the power-plant drains tubes
(1) Use the inspection lamp and the inspection mirror and make sure that
these parts are serviceable:
(a) The lockwire.
(b) The tube connection nuts and unions.
(c) The bolts, the nuts, the clips and the brackets which attach the
drain tubes to the engine.
(2) If any of the above parts are unserviceable, reject them.
connections of the drain tubes for leaks. Leaks are not permitted
(a) If leaks are found, examine the tube connection nuts for loss of
torque.
general condition of the drain tubes
(a) Examine the tubes for cracks
1
_ If a tube is cracked, reject it.
(b) Examine the tubes for dents.
1
_ Dents with smooth contours which do not decrease the diameter
of the tube more than 10 percent, accept the damage.
2
_ Dents with sharp contours or which decrease the diameter of
the tube more than 10 percent, reject the tube.
3
_ Dents which are less than 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) apart, reject the
tube.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(c) Examine the tubes for nicks, scratches, scores and fretting
1
_ Up to 0.003 in. (0.08mm) in depth with smooth contours, accept
the damage.
2
_ Damage which does not have smooth contours or is more than
0.003 in. (0.08) in depth, reject the tube.
(d) Examine the support lugs of the tubes
1
_ If a support lug is distorted or cracked, reject the tube.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-70-00-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-70-00-440-050
Subtask 71-70-00-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Power Plant Drains


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Power Plant Drains


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-70-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DRAIN MAST - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 71-71-42-000-010
Removal of the Drains Mast
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-71-42-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-71-42-941-052

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-42

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 71-71-42-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-71-42-991-150)
Subtask 71-71-42-020-053
A. Disconnect the Drain Tubes
(1) Cut and discard the wire that safeties the nine drain tubes.
(2) Disconnect the drain tubes from the collector plate assembly (5).
Subtask 71-71-42-020-051
B. Remove the Drains Mast
(1) Remove the four bolts (3) which attach the drain mast (4) and the
collector plate assembly (5) to the two brackets (1) and (2).
(2) Remove the drains mast (4) from the collector plate assembly (5).
(3) Remove the collector plate assembly (5) from the engine.
Subtask 71-71-42-620-050
C. Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-42

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Drain Mast
Figure 401/TASK 71-71-42-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-42

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-71-42-400-010
Installation of the Drains Mast
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-71-42-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-42

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-71-42-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 71-71-42-010-053
B. Get Access
010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 71-71-42-630-050
C. Remove the appropriate covers/caps/plugs from the openings.
Subtask 71-71-42-110-050
D. Clean the Drains Mast
_______
IRRITATED.
(methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) to clean the replacement
parts and their interfaces.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-42

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-71-42-991-150)
Subtask 71-71-42-420-051
A. Install the Drains Mast
(1) Hold the collector plate assembly (5) and the drains mast (4) on the
engine in the correct position for installation.
(2) Install the four bolts (3) loosely, to hold the drains mast assembly
to the engine.
Subtask 71-71-42-420-053
B. Attach the Nine Drain Tubes
(1) Attach the drain tubes to their appropriate connections.
(2) TORQUE the bolts (3) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
(3) Hold each tube with an applicable wrench.
(4) TORQUE the connectors to between 105 and 115 lbf.in (1.18 and 1.29
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Safety the connections with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)

(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-71-42-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-42

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

DRAIN TUBES - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
TASK 71-71-43-000-010
Removal of the Drain Tubes
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-71-43-991-150 Fig. 401
71-71-43-991-151 Fig. 402
71-71-43-991-152 Fig. 403
71-71-43-991-153 Fig. 404
71-71-43-991-154 Fig. 405
71-71-43-991-155 Fig. 406
71-71-43-991-156 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-71-43-941-052
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/(1/2)
1(2)
Subtask 71-71-43-010-054
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-71-43-020-052
A. Remove the fuel diverter drain tubes (1, 2 and 3).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-71-43-991-150)
(1) Remove the nuts, washers, spacers, bolts, clamps.
(2) Disconnect the drain tube (1, 2, 3) B-nuts from the union on the fuel
diverter and drain mast. Remove tubes.
Subtask 71-71-43-020-054
B. Remove fuel metering unit drain tube (4).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-71-43-991-151)
(1) Remove the nuts, washers, spacers, bolts, clamps.
(2) Disconnect the drain tube (4) B-nuts from the fuel metering unit and
the drain mast. Remove tube.
Subtask 71-71-43-020-055
C. Remove the fuel pump drain tube (5).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-71-43-991-152)
(1) Disconnect the drain tube (5) B-nuts from the union on the fuel pump
and the drain mast. Remove tube.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Diverter Unit Drain Tubes

Figure 401/TASK 71-71-43-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Metering Unit Drain Tube

Figure 402/TASK 71-71-43-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Fuel Pump Drain Tube

Figure 403/TASK 71-71-43-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-71-43-020-056
D. Remove the oil tank scupper drain tube (6).

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-71-43-991-153)
(1) Remove bolts and clamps.
(2) Disconnect drain tube (6) B-nuts from the union on the oil tank
scupper and the drain mast. Remove tube.
Subtask 71-71-43-020-057
E. Remove the hydraulic pump drain tube (7).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-71-43-991-154)
(1) Remove the nut, washer, bolts and clamps.
(2) Disconnect drain tube (7) B-nuts from the union on the hydraulic pump
and the drain mast.
Subtask 71-71-43-020-058
F. Remove the ACOC actuator, IDG and the air starter drain tubes (8, 9, 10
and 11).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-71-43-991-155)
(1) Remove the nut, washer, spacer, bolts, clamps.
(2) Disconnect the drain tubes (8, 9, 10 and 11) B-nuts from the union on
the IDG, air starter, ACOC actuator and the drain mast. Remove tubes.
Subtask 71-71-43-020-059
G. Remove the bifurcation panel drain tubes (12 and 13).

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-71-43-991-156)
(1) Remove the nuts, washers, spacers, bolts, clamp.
(2) Disconnect the drain tubes B-nut from the bifurcation panel fitting
tube and the drain mast B-nut. Remove tubes.
Subtask 71-71-43-410-052
H. Put the applicable covers/caps/plugs on all the openings.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Oil Tank Scupper Drain Tube

Figure 404/TASK 71-71-43-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic Pump Drain Tube

Figure 405/TASK 71-71-43-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

ACOC, Actuator, IDG and Air Starter Drain Tubes

Figure 406/TASK 71-71-43-991-155

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Bifurcation Panel Drain Tubes

Figure 407/TASK 71-71-43-991-156

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TASK 71-71-43-400-010
Installation of the Drain Tubes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-71-43-991-150 Fig. 401
71-71-43-991-151 Fig. 402
71-71-43-991-152 Fig. 403
71-71-43-991-153 Fig. 404
71-71-43-991-154 Fig. 405
71-71-43-991-155 Fig. 406
71-71-43-991-156 Fig. 407

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-71-43-941-053
(1) On the center pedestal, on the Eng panel 115VU, make sure that a
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 71-71-43-010-055
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 71-71-43-020-053
C. Remove the appropriate covers/caps/plugs from the openings.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-71-43-420-052
A. Install the fuel diverter drain tubes.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 71-71-43-991-150)
NOTE : Unless otherwise instructed, do not tighten to torque tube nuts or

____
attaching hardware until all the tubes and attaching hardware are
installed in the correct position.
(1) Attach the drain tubes (1, 2 and 3) to the unions on the fuel
diverter unit, FCOC tube, low oil pressure switch tube and to the
engine bracket.
(2) Connect drain tubes (1, 2 and 3).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 412
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove hardware and clip. Fit the P-clip to the oil tube and attach
to the raceway, the EEC harness and the drain tube using existing
hardware.
(4) Connect the drain tube (3) to the drain mast collector plate.
(5) Attach the drain tubes with clamps, bolts, washers, nuts and spacers.
If necessary, replace the bolt and spacer with a longer bolt and
spacer.
(6) TORQUE the nuts on the drain tubes (1, 2, 3) and the drain mast tube
B-nut tube to between 110 and 125 lbf.in (1.24 and 1.41 m.daN).
Subtask 71-71-43-420-053
B. Install fuel metering unit drain tube (4).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 71-71-43-991-151)
(1) Connect the drain tube (4) to the fuel metering unit and the drain
mast collector plate tube.
(2) Attach the drain tube (4) to the fuel servo tube rail assembly,
existing harness clamp and wire harness clamp with a clamp, existing
hardware and lockwire (Material No. V02-156).
(3) Attach the drain tube (4) with clamps, bolts, washers, nuts, spacers
and existing hardware.
(4) TORQUE the nuts on the drain tube (4) and the drain mast tube B-nut
to between 110 and 125 lbf.in (1.24 and 1.41 m.daN).
Subtask 71-71-43-420-054
C. Install the fuel pump drain tube (5).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 71-71-43-991-152)
(1) Install the packing and the union to the fuel pump drain port in the
gearbox. TORQUE the union to between 110 and 125 lbf.in (1.24 and
1.41 m.daN).
(2) Connect the drain tube to the fuel pump union.
(3) Connect the drain tube (5) to the drain mast tube. TORQUE the B-nut
on the drain mast tube to between 110 and 125 lbf.in (1.24 and 1.41
m.daN).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-71-43-420-055
D. Install the oil tank scupper drain tube (6).

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 71-71-43-991-153)
(1) Lubricate the seal with engine oil (Material No. V10-039). Install
the seal and the union in the oil tank scupper. TORQUE the union to
between 200 and 250 lbf.in (2.26 and 2.82 m.daN).
(2) Connect the drain tube to the oil tank scupper union.
(3) Connect the drain tube to the drain mast tube with a clamp and bolt.
TORQUE the nut on the drain tube and the drain mast tube B-nut to
(4) Install the drain tube to the appropriate locations with clamps,
bolts and initial hardware.
Subtask 71-71-43-420-056
E. Install the hydraulic pump drain tube (7).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 71-71-43-991-154)
(1) Lubricate the packing with system hydraulic fluid.
(2) Install the packing and the hydraulic pump union on the gearbox to
the hydraulic pump drain port. TORQUE the union to between 110 and
125 lbf.in (1.24 and 1.41 m.daN).
(3) Connect the drain tube to the hydraulic pump union.
(4) Connect the drain tube (7) to the drain mast tube with a clamp, bolt,
washer and a nut. TORQUE the nuts on the drain tube and the drain
mast tube B-nuts to between 110 and 125 lbf.in (1.24 and 1.41 m.daN).
(5) Attach the drain tube (7) to the oil tank scupper drain tube and the
fire detector with existing hardware.
Subtask 71-71-43-420-057
F. Install the ACOC actuator, IDG, and the air starter drain tubes (8, 9,
10, 11).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 71-71-43-991-155)
WARNING : INSTALL THE SEAL, COUPLING AND DRAIN TUBE IN THIS PROCEDURE
_______
BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE IDG.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 414
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(1) Lubricate the seal with engine oil (Material No. V10-039). Install
the seal and coupling in the IDG. The drain pad is in the gearbox.
TORQUE the coupling to between 150 and 175 lbf.in (1.69 and 1.97
m.daN).
(2) Install the drain tube (11) on the IDG coupling. Paint a Torque
stripe on the connection.
(3) Install the drain tubes (8, 9) in their appropriate locations with
clamps, bolts, washers, nuts and spacers. Safety the connection with
lockwire (Material No. V02-156).
(4) Install the packing and the union in the air starter. TORQUE the
union to between 110 and 125 lbf.in (1.24 and 1.41 m.daN). Safety the
connection with lockwire (Material No. V02-156).
(5) Install the drain tube (11) on the air starter union.
(6) Instal the drain tubes (8, 9, 10, 11) to their appropriate locations
in the drain mast tubes with clamps, bolts, washers and nuts. TORQUE
the nuts on the drain tubes and drain mast tube B-nuts (8, 9, 10) to
between 110 and 125 lbf.in (1.24 and 1.41 m.daN), drain tube (11) to
Subtask 71-71-43-420-058
G. Install the bifurcation panel drain tubes (1, 20)

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 71-71-43-991-156)
(1) Attach the drain tubes (12, 13) to their appropriate connections.
NOTE : Make sure all tubes are free of preload and are far enough
____
away from adjacent components and structure.
(2) Attach bolts, washers and nuts. TORQUE the nuts to between 50 and 70
lbf.in (0.56 and 0.79 m.daN) on the bifucation panel tube fitting.
(3) Attach the drain tube (1) to the tube (2) with a clamp, bolts,
washers and nuts.
(4) Attach the drain tube to the fuel feed tube with a clamp, bolt,
washer, spacer and a nut.
(5) Attach the drain mast B-nut to the drain tube with a bolt, washer and
nut. TORQUE the nuts on the drain mast tube that connects to the
drain tube to between 110 and 125 lbf.in (1.24 and 1.41 m.daN).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-43

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TUBES - DRAIN, POWER PLANT FUEL - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________
TASK 71-71-48-200-010
General Check of the Power Plant Fuel Drain Tubes
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for a general check of the power plant fuel
drain tubes without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-48

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-71-48-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-71-48-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 71-71-48-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-48

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-71-48-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-71-48-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-71-48-110-050
E. Clean the fuel drain tubes

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-71-48-991-150)
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002), to clean the fuel drain tubes (1), (2), (3), (4), (5),
(6) and (7).
(2) Dry the fuel drain tubes with a clean lint free cloth.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-48

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Power Plant Fuel Drain Tubes

Figure 601/TASK 71-71-48-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-48

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-71-48-210-050
A. Examine the fuel drain tubes with the inspection lamp and the inspection
mirror
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-71-48-991-150)
(1) Examine the fuel drain tubes (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) for
security of attachment.
(a) If the drain tubes are loose, examine these items for damage,
wear and loss of torque:
1
_ The attachment nuts and bolts.
2
_ The attachment clips.
3
_ The wire that safeties the connections.
4
_ The union nuts and the tube end fittings.
(b) If one (some) of the items has (have) damage or wear, reject it
(them).
(2) Examine the fuel drain tubes (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7)
connections for leaks. No leaks are permitted.
(a) If leaks are found:
1
_ Examine the union nuts for loss of torque.
2
_ If there is a loss of torque, examine the union nuts and the
tube end fittings for damage and wear.
3
_ If damage or wear is found, reject it (them).
(3) Examine the general condition of the fuel drain tubes (1), (2), (3),
(4), (5), (6) and (7).
(a) Examine the fuel drain tubes for cracks, dents and damage
1
_ If the tube(s) has (have) cracks, reject it (them).
2
_ If the tube(s) has (have) dents or damage, reject it (them).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-48

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-71-48-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-71-48-440-050
Subtask 71-71-48-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-48

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TUBES - DRAIN ENGINE FUEL - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________
TASK 71-71-49-200-010
Examine the Engine Fuel Drain Tubes
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for a general check of the engine fuel drain
tubes without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-49

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-71-49-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-71-49-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 71-71-49-010-051
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-49

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-71-49-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-71-49-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-71-49-991-150)
Subtask 71-71-49-110-050
A. Clean the fuel tubes
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002) and clean the tubes (1), (2), (3) and (4).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-49

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Core Engine Fuel Drain Tubes

Figure 601/TASK 71-71-49-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-49

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-71-49-210-050
B. Examine the engine fuel drain tubes:
(1) Examine the fuel tubes for security of attachment
(a) Use the inspection lamp and the inspection mirror and examine the
fuel tubes (1), (2), (3) and (4) for security of attachment.
(b) If the fuel tubes are loose, examine these items for damage, wear
and loss of torque:
1
2
3
_ The wire.
4
_ The union nuts and tube end fittings.
(c) Reject items that are worn or damaged.
(2) Examine the fuel drain tubes for signs of leaks
fuel drain tubes (1), (2), (3) and (4) connections for signs of
leaks. Leaks are not permitted.
(b) If signs of leaks are found:
1
_ Check the union nuts for a loss of torque. If the union nuts
are loose, examine the tube end fittings and union nuts for
wear and damage. Reject tubes with damaged or worn union nuts
or tube end fittings.
(3) Examine the general condition of the fuel drain tubes
fuel drain tubes (1), (2), (3) and (4) for:
1
_ Cracks.
2
_ Dents.
3
_ Damage.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-49

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

(b) Reject fuel drain tubes that have:
1
_ Cracks.
2
_ Dents.
3
_ Damage.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-71-49-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-71-49-440-050
Subtask 71-71-49-410-050
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-71-49

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

TUBES - OIL, HYDRAULIC AND WATER DRAIN - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________
TASK 71-73-49-200-010
Inspection of the Oil, Hydraulic and Water Drain Tubes
_______
ONE HOUR.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED HYDRAULIC
_______
FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-73-49

Page 601
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-73-49-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 71-73-49-941-068
1(2).
Subtask 71-73-49-010-084

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-73-49

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Subtask 71-73-49-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 71-73-49-010-085

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-73-49-110-050
E. Clean the drain tubes

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-73-49-991-150)
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002) to clear the tubes.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-73-49

Page 603
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic and Water Drain Tubes

Figure 601/TASK 71-73-49-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-73-49

Page 604
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 71-73-49-210-051
A. Examination of the Drain Tubes:

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 71-73-49-991-150)
(1) Examine the drain tubes (1) and (2) for security of attachment. Use
the inspection lamp and the inspection mirror
(a) If the drain tubes are loose, examine these items for damage,
wear and loss of torque:
1
2
3
_ The lockwire.
4
_ The tube connection nuts.
(b) If (some of) the above items have damage or wear, reject it
(them).
(2) Examine the drain tubes (1) and (2) and their connections for signs
of leaks. No leaks are permitted. Use the inspection lamp and the
inspection mirror
(a) If signs of leaks are found
1
_ Examine the tube connection nuts for loss of torque.
2
_ If there is a loss of torque examine the tube connection nuts
and the tube end fitting for damage and wear. If they have
damage or wear, reject them.
(3) Examine the general condition of the drain tubes (1) and (2). Use the
inspection lamp and the inspection mirror
(a) Examine the tubes for cracks
1
_ If the tube(s) has (have) cracks reject it (them).
(b) Examine the tubes for dents and damage
1
_ If the tube(s) has (have) dents or damage, reject it (them).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-73-49

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 71-73-49-410-069
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 71-73-49-440-052
Subtask 71-73-49-410-070
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 71-73-49

Page 606
Feb 01/10

CES

Nammcesa 000050 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nammcesa 000050 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nammcesa 000050 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

L.E.P. 1- 8 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

71-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-00-20 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-00-20 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

1- 3 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-11-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-11-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-11-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-11-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-11-43 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-14 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-14 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-14 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-16 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-16 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-16 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-17 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-17 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-13-19 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-20-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-20-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-21-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-21-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-22-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-22-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-50-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-50-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-51-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-51-43 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-51-44 MOD.20011P0003 INCORPORATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

71-51-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-52-41 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-52-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-70-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-70-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-70-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-71-42 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-71-43 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-71-48 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-71-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

71-73-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 71-00-00 R 215 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 257 Feb01/10

71-00-00 R 299 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 522 Feb01/10 71-00-00 R 573 Feb01/10

71-00-20 R 402 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R 453 Feb01/10 71-00-20 R A404 Feb01/10

71-11-11 R 417 Feb01/10 71-11-11 R 827 Feb01/10 71-13-00 R 208 Feb01/10

71-13-00 R 629 Feb01/10 71-13-14 R 608 Feb01/10 71-13-16 R 424 Feb01/10